The fossils of the South Downs, or, Illustrations of the geology of Sussex

ee alae

eabyeee, hetatiat Sally tn
mn nT Mea es

oe teeeres

Pibrary of the Museum

OF

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

Founded by private subscription, in 1861.

DR. L. p—E KONINCK’S LIBRARY.

| OINDe Jo,

in iit

ONG i
’ ”
; my

pl! uy :
Alain
va ve Ms ih
a a a

i
A

iy ;

THE

FOSSILS OF THE SOUTH DOWNS,

&e.

ati
Ay

=

=

—

Lao. Vii.

: ane! SRS Brady”
Y ‘ aay

EOP Harapet 2h

Gideon Vantell det “3 Mary Ann Mantell Scudp® 2628.

STRATA AT CASTLE HILL NEAR NEWHAVEN,

THE

FOSSILS OF THE SOUTH DOWNS;

OR

ILLUSTRATIONS

OF THE

GEOLOGY OF SUSSEX.

BY GIDEON MANTELL, F.L.S.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, MEMBER OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, &c.

THE ENGRAVINGS EXECUTED BY

MRS. MANTELL,
FROM DRAWINGS BY THE AUTHOR.

eee

« Des Vinstant que je me suis consacré & la médicine, persuadé que la connoissance des corps
naturels, source unique de la matitre médicale, est indispensable au médecin, qui en tire tous ses secours,
et qui y retrouve tout ce qui dans J’ordre physique peut faire le bonheur, ou causer le malheur des
hommes ; je n’ai cessé d’y employer les momens, dont les occupations nombreuses attachées 4 notre état,
mont laissé la disposition.” "a

Oryctographie de Brucelles, par F. X. Burtin.

“ The mind which has been directed to the investigation of a favourite science, is unwilling to
persuade itself, that its powers, however feeble, have been concentrated in vain; since the faintest
rays, when collected into a focus, produce some degree of illumination.”

Dr. Armstrong.

LONDON:
LUPTON RELFE, 13, CORNHILL.

1822.

‘ a vig Ot

;
oS isle a oe & Gee ee
Rad 4 ! \ Pa ee 7h ae | 3 tt FOL ( dL

, i

ae nity a ary penietiel ‘A ae

AF, a AiR VEN ogee, Two CA WO. AARC, OAT URUED HOU EA of A707 mee 1.

ae aan aE te See bes

¥ Bea re) Pe ad ': Gas | te

, TH CAT POMRE AO AIVATONA ABT

ae i ;
wh CAE ‘asthe

’ ran: ? a .
. SDUTUN SAT VE ATA WOR Ze
Peele Tia ¢ it al cy Paw, Phat rex! ate
. vor , ae
deta a ECON =

: ¥
\ - ) ; y est . oY

murs Mare

; doy avis sorganaintitos. af; amp spain Bia sibhe ab ¢ techs

' Pa) ( rcpages aaa eed old oto Sup: ignbeas ne okay renathai he 3 glaniie 7A

etils sHod lous I onlay i + ee fi 9h, ronal dite aiiphagttit: et

ine : ee ition 4 eplctia a vet if
rT

a ae a nay oe

S37) tae i tg cane soma ay
at SN a ra Dees contr, uae ig igs

TO

DAVIES GILBERT, ESQ, M.P. F.R.S. and L.S.

PRESIDENT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CORNWALL, &e. &c. &c.

THIS VOLUME IS INSCRIBED

AS A
TRIBUTE OF THE HIGHEST RESPECT TO HIS TALENTS,

AND

OF GRATITUDE FOR HIS FRIENDSHIP.

Castle Place, Lewes,
May 1, 1822.

ate

ui

Bid hae 20.8 LM O8k PWASIILD, OLIV AG

=

Pe TEAR AAS BO:

ethan

“ah ah CRUE TATOOS ANE TO! MMOL

=) ‘ Va Mae ee Te 4 yee . : i
es i eR SA aR hi ial ea i
CEMA ab AIO MMe A a aR: te ;
; is Hk DAN She aie : R 7" MOAT athaatoars F
fds Sash Ske pm MN PEAS | A BA, Mite) Vi iE OE
‘ ’ diye i - ' ‘ ; » hat) a Ly are Ai i | rage Bhs vii i
e , ee ; - ‘rye ty weg é t : Meee OTT E 4
ae Y An OF Taa* THOM ANY sO STURT) oy
Are © ATE SMO sok SU ge iF
Oy ee ee A ae toe oye usrser ea iow eae * pian

vty ao) o Oe P te
;

celine Waite catr any noe taunt:

; J ag |

id

peat bibs 1B ata
arte eet sa nine nA Liane
Fa ll Oe, SAR A he

ihe

PREFACE.

Tue flattering manner in which the Prospectus of the present volume
has been received, and the condescension of His Masrsty, who has been
graciously pleased to honour it with his august patronage, are circum-
stances which demand my most grateful acknowledgments, and are the

more gratifying to my feelings, as they were wholly unexpected.

It is, however, with much diffidence that I appear before the public
in the characters of an artist and an author, conscious as I am, that my

humble talents can offer but few pretensions to its favour, or indulgence.

Having at an early period in life, imbibed a predilection for the study
of natural history, and subsequently been educated in a profession inti-
mately connected with that science, upon fixing my residence at Lewes,
I resolved to devote my leisure moments to the investigation of the
« Organic remains of a former world;” a study replete with interest and

instruction.

The fossils of Sussex had not then excited attention, and this con-
sideration induced me to select them for the more immediate objects of

examination; since in a district previously unexplored by the geologist,

vill PREFACE.

there was reason to hope, that some interesting and useful information
might be obtained :—how far that expectation has been realized, it is for

the reader to determine.

In the prosecution of these researches, the physical structure of the
country necessarily came under consideration, and the enquiry assumed
a new and more important character. ‘The extraneous fossils were no
longer regarded merely as subjects of natural history, but as memorials of
revolutions which have swept over the face of the earth, in ages ante-

cedent to all human record and tradition.

The following pages contain the result of my labours. They have
been composed under circumstances particularly unfavourable to literary
pursuits; and such as those only can duly appreciate, who are aware of
the numerous and anxious duties, which a country practitioner is called
upon to perform. Few indeed have been the moments dedicated to this
work, that have not been snatched from the hours of repose, after active

and laborious exertion during the day.

Another formidable obstacle has arisen from local situation, which has
prevented access to a comprehensive library, and thus deprived me of the
important aid to be derived from an unlimited reference to the works of

others.

If I allude to these circumstances, it is not from the unmanly wish of
shrinking from candid and honourable criticism; but neither prudence
nor policy require me to suppress any thing that can be offered in

extenuation of the imperfections of this volume.

PREFACE. 1X

As the engravings are the first performances of a lady but little skilled
in the art, I am most anxious to claim for them every indulgence. I am
well aware that the partiality of a husband may render me insensible to
their defects; but although they may be destitute of that neatness and
uniformity, which distinguish the works of the professed artist, they
will not, I trust, be found deficient in the more essential requisite of

correctness.

It was originally intended to have restricted these researches to the
South-eastern division of Sussex; but they have insensibly extended over
a wider field, and now, in a great measure, comprehend the geological
phenomena of the whole county. That the sketch is incomplete, I most
readily acknowledge; nor am I desirous that it should be considered in
any other light than as a collection of facts illustrative of the physical
structure of the district.

The Essay on the Mosaic account of the Creation, was communicated,
to me by a clergyman of the established church, soon after the announce-
ment of the present work for publication. The vast importance of the
subject, and the ability and temper with which it is discussed, render any
apology for its insertion unnecessary. I will not, however, conceal the
gratification it affords me, that the excellent author has chosen these
humble pages as the medium of its appearance before the public; since
the arguments he has adduced must effectually silence the idle clamours
that have been raised against geological speculations, from their supposed

tendency to scepticism.

I now arrive at the most gratifying ‘part of my labours; that of

returning my warmest thanks for the kind and able assistance which my
b

x PREFACE.

scientific friends and correspondents have so liberally afforded me: but
there are others to whom a deeper debt of gratitude is due; who have
taken a lively interest in the success and reputation of the author, and
have patronized his undertaking with a zeal and liberality far exceeding
his most sanguine expectations*. To these excellent and much valued
friends, I am indeed under infinite obligations ; and whatever may be the
fate of this volume, the consciousness that it has procured me the ac-
quaintance and esteem of characters as eminent in science, as they are
estimable in private life, will more than compensate for any pains and

anxiety it may have occasioned.

Castle Place, Lewes,
May Ist, 1822.

* Among these, Mrs. Durrant, and William Baldock, Esq. of Malling House, near
Lewes, merit my warmest acknowledgments.

SUBSCRIBERS.

HIS MAJESTY. Four Copies.

The Right Hon. the Earl of Ashburnham.
John Armstrong, M. D. Physician to the Fever Institution of London.
John Abernethy, Esq. F.R.S. Bedford Row, London.

Sir Charles Burrell, Bart. M.P. Knapp Castle, Sussex.

His Excellency Count Breunner, F.M.G.S. Vienna.

Walter Burrell, Esq. M. P. for the county of Sussex, West Grinsted Park.

William Baldock, Esq. Malling House. ive Copies.

Robert Blencowe, Jun. Esq.

Rey. W. Buckland, F.R.S. M.G.S. Professor of Mineralogy and Geology at the
University of Oxford.

The very Rev. H. Beeke, D. D. Dean of Bristol, F.L.S. &c.

Robert Barclay, Esq. Berry Hill.

G. W. Braikenridge, Esq. Bristol.

Rey. Sackville Bale, Withyham, Sussex.

Thomas Blair, M. D. Brighton.

Miss Benett, Norton House, Warminster, Wilts.

W. H. Baldock, Esq. Petham House, near Canterbury.

Richard Bright, Esq. H.M.G.S. Hamereen, near Bristol.

Rey. Edward John Burrows, A.M. F.R. & L.S. M.G.S. London.

Henry Blackman, Esq. Lewes.

William Borrer, Jun. Esq. F. L.S. Henfield, Sussex.

Col. Birch, Bath.

The Right Hon. the Earl of Chichester, Stanmer Park.

The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Chichester.

Lord George Cavendish, Burlington House.

The Dowager Lady Crewe, Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

J. M. Cripps, Esq. M.A. F.A. & L.S. Brighton.

Rev. E. D. Clarke, L.L. D. Professor of Mineralogy at the University of Cambridge.
b2

Xl SUBSCRIBERS.

Rev. W. D. Conybeare, F.R.S. M.G.S. Brislington, near Bristol.
George Cook, D.D. M.G.S. Tortworth, Gloucestershire.

E. J. Curteis, Esq. M. P. for the county of Sussex, Windmill Hill.
George Courthope, Esq. Bedford Square, London.

Rey. Courthope, Lewes.

William J. Campion, Esq. Danny.

Major Cator, Royal Artillery.

Rey. J. Constable, Ringmer.

Rey. P. G. Crofts, M. A. Lewes.

Thomas Cooper, Esq. Lewes.

Mrs. Curteis, Heronden, near Tenterden, Kent.

Henry Campion, Esq. Deanery, Malling.

Rev. James Capper, Wilmington.

Mrs. Elizabeth Cobbold, Holywell, near Ipswich.

The Rev. George Cookson, A. M. Bath.

The Hon. and Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Durham, L. L.D. H.M.L.S.
Mrs. Durrant, Malling House. Two Copies.
Samuel Durrant, Esq. Malling House. Two Copies.
Col. Downman, C.B. Royal Artillery.

J. M. Durrant, Esq. Malling House.

W. Delmar, Esq. Kenfield House, near Canterbury.
George D’Albiac, Esq. Buckham Hill, Sussex.

John Apseley Dalrymple, Esq. Gate House, Sussex.
Davies, Esq. Brompton.

Mr. Joseph Davey, Lewes.

John Drewett, Esq. Peppering, near Arundel.

Dr. Davis, Bath.

The Right Hon. the Earl of Egremont, Petworth.
Exeter College Library, Oxford.

John Ellman, Esq. Southover, near Lewes.

Owen Evans, Esq. Little Hampton, Sussex.

The Right Hon. Lord Viscount Gage, Firle Place.

Davies Gilbert, Esq. M.P. F.R. & L.S. M.G.S. P.G.S.C. Eastbourne. Two Copies.
Mrs. Gilbert, Eastbourne.

G. B. Greenough, Esq. F.R. & L.S. M.G.S. London.

Mr. Gabriel Grover, Cliffe, Lewes.

Miss Godlee, Lewes.

Mrs. Gent, Devizes, Wilts.

SUBSCRIBERS.

John Hawkins, Esq. F.R.S. H.M.G.S. Bignor Park, near Petworth, Sussex.

Copies.
Rey. Robert Hallifax, M.G.S. Standish, near Gloucester.
John Hoper, Esq. Lewes.
Thomas Hodson, Iisq. M.R.C.S. Lewes.
Rey. Henry Hoper, A. M. Portslade, near Brighton.
Miss Harris, Petham House, near Canterbury.
Rey. Thomas Poole Hooper, A.M.
Thomas Humphrey, Esq. Chichester.
Mrs. Thomas Harrison, Spring Gardens Terrace, London.
George Harrison, Esq. Treasury Chambers, Whitehall.
Rey. John Hanley, Amberley, Sussex.
H. H. Henly, Esq. Sandringham Hall, near Lynn, Norfolk.
Rey. T. Horsfield, Lewes.

Ebenezer Johnston, Esq. Lewes.
Mrs. Jackson, Lewes.
Rey. H. Jenkins, A.M. Magdalen College, Oxford.

Thomas Read Kemp, Esq. Lewes.
Christopher Kell, Esq. Lewes.
Samuel Luck Kent, Esq. Carpenter’s Hall.

Charles Lyell, Jun. Esq. M.A. M.G.S. Bartley Lodge, Hants.
Mr. Loder, Brighton.

The Lewes Library Society.

Wilson Lowry, Esq. Great Titchfield Street, London.

William Mabbott, Esq. Uckfield.

George Mantell, Esq. Farringdon, Berks.

Mrs. Moody, Bathampton House, near Salisbury.
Rey. Thomas Miller, Bockleton, Worcestershire.

Mrs. Newton, Southover.

The Rev. Sir H. Poole, Bart. The Hook, Chailey.
J. Parkinson, Esq. M.G.S. Hoxton Square, London.
Thomas Partington, Esq. Offham.

Rev. J. B. Powell, Newick Parsonage.

George Phillips, Esq. Lombard Street.

xi

Three

SUBSCRIBERS.

J. Watts Russell, Esq. M.P. F.R.S.

Mr. Cater Rand, Lewes.

John Rickman, Esq. Wellingham. F

Mr. John Relfe, Gracechurch Street, London.
The Library Society of Rye.

Sir George Shiffner, Bart. M. P. Coombe Place.

Rey. A. Sedgewick, Woodwardian Professor, F.R. and M.G.S. University of Cam-
bridge.

Josias Smith, Esq. Lewes.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

Thomas Smith, Esq. F.R. and L.S. M.G. S. Paper Buildings, Inner Temple, London.

John Smith, Esq. Foreign Consul, Brighton.

Rey. George Griffin Stonestreet, East Cowes, Isle of Wight.

Mrs. Sober, Western Lodge, Brighton.

G. B. Sowerby, Esq. F.L.S. King Street, Covent Garden. Szx Copies.

Inigo Thomas, Esq. Ratton, Sussex.

Rev. F. Tuttee, Glyndbourne, Sussex.

John Tilney, Esq. London.

Thomas Tourle, Esq. Landport, near Lewes.
Thomas George Thomas, Esq. Ratton.

Edward Verrall, Esq. Lewes.
Richard Verrall, Esq. Inner Temple, London.
Edmund Vallance, Esq. Brighton.

G. Williams, M.D. F.L.S. Reg. Prof. Bot. and Radclivian Librarian, University of
Oxford.

H. Warburton, Esq. F.R. and L.S. M.G.S. London.

Richard Weekes, Esq. F. L.S. Hurstperpoint.

John Woollgar, Esq. M.A.S. Lewes.

Mr. Nehemiah Wimble, Lewes.

W. Wood, Esq. F.R. and L.S. Strand, London. Two Copies.

Rey. Peter Wood, A.M. Broadwater, Sussex.

G. E. Woodhouse, Esq. Oxford Street, London.

Mrs. Woodhouse, Kentish Town.

William Henry Williams, M. D. F.L.8. &c. Ipswich.

Rev. C. P. N. Wilton, M.A. F.C. P.S. Blakeney, Gloucestershire.

James Woodhouse, Esq. London. °

Arnold Wainwright, Esq. Calcot, near Reading.

CONTENTS.

Page
. Preliminary Essay ' - - - - - = 3 1
. Geographical Description of the South-Eastern Division of Sussex = 14
. Geological Structure of the County - = = ¥ e a1
. §L Green Sand Formation = = 2 = iH oA
. 1. Ivon Sand - - - = = e a 25
. 2. Tilgate Limestone, &c. - - - = ae 2 37
. 3. Weald Clay, and Sussex Marble : = = 2 z 61
. 4. Green Sand - - - - = - . “ 69
. § IL. Chalk Formation - - - - = 2 19
. 5. Blue Chalk Marl = - - = = 2 S 80
. 6. Grey Chalk Marl - - - - : Seog
. ‘7. Lower Chalk : - - - 2 E = =~ Ge
. 8. Upper, or Flinty Chalk = - = . z - 139
. § IL. Tertiary Formations - - = a ps - 4
. 9. Druid Sandstone . - - : 2 TEP ORS)
. 10. Plastic Clay - - - - = 3 - 256
. 11. London Clay - - - = : s - 267
. §TV. Alluvial Formations - - : & - BA
. 12. Diluvium - - = n 3 a - O45
. 13. Alluvium - - - = z Fe - 285
. Concluding Observations - - = = 2 - 995
. List of new Genera and Species - - = - a Dy!
. Explanation of the Plates - - - - - - 309

Index - - - - = = Ee = ol

ERRATA.

The distance of the author from the press, and the hasty manner in which he has been
compelled to inspect the proofs, have occasioned mistakes, which a more deliberate revision of
the text would have prevented. Errors that are merely typographical are too obvious to re-
quire notice; those which affect the sense are here subjoined.

Page 15, line 28, for “first,” read Arun.

22, ——- 19, — “ Bracksley,” read Bewley.
—— 23, —- 18, — “ west,” read coast.
—__- 27, — 7, — “ insulated,” read insinuated.
— 30, —- 3, — “ these,” read there.
— 38, —- £9, — “ they,” read the strata.
— 82, —— 16, — “ aucula pectinat,” read nucula pectinata.
— 101, —- 5, — “the marl,” read since the marl.
— 106, — 26, — “ spinous obtuse,” read obtuse spinous.
— 108, —- 8, — “closel,” read closely.
— 112, — 11, — “ hawe,” read has.
— 141, — 31, — “ Brongniarti,’ read Hoperi.
—— 164, -—— 29, — “ spongus corpus,” read spongus.—corpus
— 172, —- 9, — “a state,” read the state.
— 174, — 18, — “ been closed,” read be enclosed.
— 178, — 15, — “ et d’eponge.” read d’eponge.
253, —— 20, — “ circumstances similar,” read similar circumstances,

In the Wood cut, p. 175, the letters of reference 0. c. are misplaced: the former should
stand in the place of the latter.

*,* Since this Volume was committed to the press, the public have been favoured with an elegant and highly
interesting work on the Trilobites and fossil Crustacea, by M. M. Brongniart and Desmarest, in which allusion is
made to the specimens from the Sussex chalk ; and it is highly gratifying to me to find that the opinions of these
eminent naturalists coincide with those I have advanced in the following pages. On the species which I have
named Astacus Leachii, (see p. 221.) M. Desmarest offers the following remarks :—“ Le crustacé auquel apparte-
naient ces pinces, avait la forme ordinaire des Macroures, et ne présentait, sur les piéces que nous avons vues’
d’autres caractéres extérieurs que ceux qui consistaient dans la présence de trois forts tubercules sur chaque coté
de la carapace, qui ¢tait d’ailleurs trés-rugueuse. I] était un peu plus grand que l’Ecrevisse fluviatile.’—Crust.
Foss. p. 137. The fossil crustacea of the Blue marl, (see p. 97.) this celebrated philosopher considers, with Dr.
Leach, as being nearly related to the genus Corystes, (Crust. Foss. p. 125). The Scytuarus Mantelli of M. Des-
marest (Crust. Foss. p. 130.) is, I believe, from Sussex, but as I have some doubts on the subject, it is not noticed
in this volume. Vide Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces Fossiles, par A. Brongniart, et A. G. Desmarest. one vol.
4to. with Eleven Plates, price 10. 1s.

PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

ON THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE MOSAIC ACCOUNT OF THE
CREATION, AND THE GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH.

(IN A LETTER TO THE AUTHOR.)

Dear Sin,

SounD PuILosorHuy, and revealed religion, are naturally connected with
each other. However widely they may differ as to the manner in which
they severally proceed, they are both professedly tending towards one
common object,—the establishment of truth. Philosophy sets out in its
pursuit of this object, from the lowest point,—Religion from the highest : the
former begins with the last effect, the latter commences with the first cause.
Hence the mutual advantages to be derived from alliance are obvious ;
for where both parties are found to arrive from various directions, at the
same conclusions, each will acquire an increased degree of confidence, as
to their attainment of the grand object which both had in view.

With these ideas respecting the general connexion which ought to
subsist between philosophy and religion, you will perhaps excuse my
taking the liberty of sending you a few observations, relative to their
particular connexion, with respect to that department, on which you
have publicly announced your intention of entering.

Geology and religion are inevitably brought into contact, on the great
point of the creation of the world, and it appears to me highly desirable

ie

4 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

to ascertain, whether each, when rightly understood, does not declare the
same thing on this interesting subject.

Now I am aware that some of the commonly received opinions
respecting the Mosaic account of the creation, are entirely at variance
with the inferences reasonably deduced from the researches of Geology.

But common opinions are often far removed from truth, and it might
be particularly expected, that they would be erroneous in such a case as
the present. The ordinary Christian, rarely looks to the Bible with a
philosophic eye; even where the opportunity and power of close exa-
mination exist, it is seldom that men inquire farther than into the
authoritative evidence in favour of revelation; and finding that evidence
sufficient to satisfy their minds, they at once receive the Bible as the
Word of God.

The same conviction which leads them to this implicit faith in the
Bible, as containing a revelation of divine truth, leads them also to look
to it without the smallest reference to the deductions of science. It is
viewed simply as the great repository of religious instruction; and even
the historical parts, are rarely considered in any other light, than as the
vehicles of improvement under the form of example. Hence it happens,
that we are particularly liable to error, with respect to those parts which
incidentally touch upon scientific points. Even the best informed and
most serious Christian, never having been accustomed to consider them
scientifically, is in great danger of giving way to vulgar prejudices, and_
thus of falling into the most palpable mistakes.

Our consideration of the Mosaic account of the creation, will present
us with more than one instance of this description.

It will probably occur to most readers that they can recollect the time
when they presumed that every night and day mentioned in the first
chapter of Genesis, must be strictly confined to the term of twenty-four
hours ; though there can be no doubt but that Moses never intended any
such thing. Critics moreover inform us, that his words ought never to
have been so translated as to lead us into the suspicion, that he intended
to make any declaration to this effect.

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. 3

We are told that the word which is translated pay, does in fact, signify
an indefinite period of time; but common sense ought to have led us to
the same conclusion, in regard to the three first days. For how could
Moses intend to limit the duration of the day to its present length,
before, according to his own shewing, the sun had begun to divide the
day from the night.

But there are other prevailing errors with respect to the Mosaic
account, of much greater consequence as touching the discoveries of
Geology.

Moses is generally understood to give a particular description of the
Creation of the World out of nothing; and he is supposed to fix the
date of this creation, to a period, either immediately previous to, or
actually contemporary with the three first days afterwards mentioned.

But surely these suppositions are wholly gratuitous. All that Moses
says of the creation of gross matter is, Ist, that it was created by God ;
Qdly, that this creation took place in the beginning. Nothing can be
more summary than the first of these declarations, nothing can be more
indefinite than the second.

First, as to the manner in which the mass of the earth came into
existence, we are left wholly in the dark; Moses simply declares it to be
a creation; and he claims the glory of its creation for the one true God.

Secondly, as to the period when this mass was made, he only says that
it was in “the beginning,” a period this, which might have been a million of
years before, just as well as on, or immediately previous to, the three first
days. But that it could not have been on these days, appears to me plain
from Moses’ own words in the second verse ; “ And the earth was without
form, and void, and darkness was upon the face of the deep, and the spirit
of God moved upon the face of the waters.” Moses here describes an
intermediate state of our planet, between the creation in the beginning,
and that of the six days; and it is especially remarkable, that he speaks
of the earth and water, as being actually in existence during this inter-
mediate state—“ The earth was’”—*the deep” of “ waters” also was.

The force of these remarks is much increased, first, by the negative
BQ

4 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

circumstance, that Moses afterwards passes on to the creation of light,
atmosphere, &c. without the most distant allusion to any other creation
of earth and water *.

Secondly, by the positive circumstance, that in verses 6, 7, and 9, he
evidently speaks of /and and water again, as already existing, and probably
existing much in their present state; except only, that the water covered
the earth, and the continents of the earth which lay buried beneath the
water, had not their present superficial form ; “ The earth was without.form.”

On these grounds, I may perhaps be allowed to infer, that the common
opinions above stated are erroneous.

These opinions being removed, it appears to me that the Mosaic
account of the creation, tallies with the inferences deducible from the
discoveries of Geology, in the most remarkable and satisfactory manner.

First, it carries back the original creation of the solid mass of the
earth, to an indefinitely distant period, beyond the first date given in
verse 5.

Geology infers the immense antiquity of the earth, from the numerous
strata of which it appears to be composed, lying one above the other,
and many, if not all of them, bearing strong marks of their having been
gradually formed.

Qdly. The Mosaic account signifies that this planet was subject to
great and violent revolutions, of which it gives one remarkable instance, in
the chaotic state, which immediately preceded the present creation f.

Geology infers the same thing, from the forced positions of the
strata, and from the various materials of which they are composed.

* He describes God as saying, “ Let the light be, &c.” but he never represents him as
saying, “ Let the earth or the water be,” which most undoubtedly he would have done, if he had
intended to give us the same particular account of the creation of the gross matter of the
planet, as he has done of what may be called the furniture with which it is at present provided.

+ We may consider Noah’s deluge as the second instance of the same nature, though it
was carried to a less extent. It is remarkable, that St. Peter, speaking of this event, describes.
it as a perishing of the world. Of any other revolution it did not come within the design of
Moses to speak, as the great purpose of his account was to furnish man with a history of his
own race.

The New Testament however, supplies an instance of a third revolution. See the
following note.

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. 5

3dly. Moses, so far as he goes, countenances the opinion that the
earth’s crust was formed from water, since he represents the whole earth
as covered with Warrr, and the “Spirit of God moving,” or brooding,
“upon the waters.”

The Geologist concludes, that even the granite which forms the peaks
of the highest mountains, has been deposited from water, since it is full
of regular crystallizations*.

The secondary strata are decidedly traced to a similar origin.

4thly. While the Mosaic account leaves abundant room for the
presumption, that the earth may have been inhabited, at one or more
than one period, previously to the present order of things, it clearly
shews that whatever beings may have existed, they were either wholly, or
partly different, from those by which the earth is now tenanted.

Moses declares that at the chaotic period, the earth was “void,” that
is, according to Patrick, “having no beasts, or trees, or herbs, or any thing
else wherewith we now behold it adorned.”

Geology appears to establish the fact, that there must have been an
order, or orders of created beings in existence, previously to the present;
and it shews, that this order, or these orders, must have been principally
different from that now on the earth +.

* ‘This remark is inferred, from what M. Cuvier says in the 7th chapter of his Essay on
the Theory of the Earth, but I am aware that it is open to objection: the crystallizations
alluded to, might have taken place, after a state of igneous fusion. I cannot help noticing
here, that while Moses leads us to infer, that the great agent in the earth’s last grand revo-
lution, was water, the New Testament tells us, that the great agent in the earth’s next
revolution, will be jire.

Whether water, or fire, had been instrumental in operating any former revolutions, it was
not the object of the Writers of the Old, or New Testament, to inform us. 'The observations
of the Geologist would lead us to suppose, that each might have been in action, at different
periods; and the Bible supports this supposition,—but, let it be especially observed, that it is
not committed in the support of it, any farther than as regards the earth’s last, and its now
approaching revolutions.

+ Those fossil animals which are satisfactorily identified with the present species, and
which are found in situations where it is impossible to account for their appearance, from the
action of any of those existing causes, which are now operating in the production of strata,
may generally be carried back to the time of the deluge.

The solitary instance of man in a fossil state, which is preserved in the British Museum,
was obtained from a very recent formation on the island of Antigua: (see page 254 of Jame-
son’s Cuvier, where it is questioned whether the man was not a Carib.) Cuvier decidedly

6 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

5thly. On the presumption that the earth was inhabited previously
to the chaotic period, the Mosaic account leads us decidedly to conclude.
that the whole former order of creation had perished, through want:
of the due support from light and atmosphere. In declaring that the
present light and atmosphere were not called into existence till the first
and second days, Moses leads us necessarily to infer, that during the.
period immediately previous to these days, there had been no light and
atmosphere.

Now it will be very difficult for the Geologist to give any explanation
of certain common phenomena in his province, without having recourse
to some inference, similar to that just derived from the account of Moses *.

The immense accumulations of fossil animals, can hardly be attributed
to any thing less, than the absolute destruction of whole orders of creation.
The state also in which these animals are continually found seems to
require, that they should have perished in some such manner as that
which I have just inferred from the Mosaic account. In numerous in-
stances, the organs of life appear to have been in the most perfect con-
dition to the last. And yet they seem to have died without violence, in
the most quiet manner, as it were by suspension of animation. This
observation is the more remarkable, as a great proportion of these animals
are aquatic, and appear to have perished thus quietly in the midst of their
own element +.

asserts that no fossil bones of man have been found, which can be attributed to a date prior to
the revolution which preceded the deluge. ‘The following observation of the same author is
worthy our particular notice, with reference to what has been advanced in this note. “The
bones of species which are apparently the same with those which still exist alive, are never
found except in the very latest alluvial depositions, or those which are either formed on the
sides of rivers, or on the bottoms of ancient lakes and marshes now dried up, or in the sub-
stance of beds of peat, or in the fissures, and caverns of certain rocks, or at small depths below
the present surface, in places where they may have been overwhelmed by debris, or even
buried by man.”

* J] find that Cuvier (chap. 5.) endeavours to account for the extensive destruction alluded
to under this head, by presuming that the animals perished in consequence of exposure to
various and disagreeing fluids. Marine animals died on exposure to fresh water inundations,
and fresh water animals vice versa. Surely this theory is liable to objection, particularly
where it is found that several distinct marine formations, all equally filled with marine animal
remains, succeed each other.

+ Any inundation like that of the deluge, which was not acompanied by a loss of atmo-
sphere, would be utterly insufficient to account for so extensive a destruction, among tribes of

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. 7

A circumstance which is easily explained on the supposition, that they
died in consequence of losing the support of the atmosphere in which
they had lived. ‘

6thly. Resuming our former presumption, that the earth was in-
habited previously to the chaotic period, and adding the further inference,
that the whole of that former order of creation had been destroyed
at that period, we are plainly taught, that all the remains of that order,
were, during the same period, subjected to the various operations of the
immense body of water, with which the earth was covered.

This again, is exactly what Geology seems to require, from the various
states in which fossil remains are found.

Though some, from having probably been protected by inequalities in
the earth’s surface, or from other unknown causes, are found in almost
the exact state in which they were at the moment of death; others have
evidently been subjected to the greatest violence. The hardest animal
substances have been, as it were, ground to the smallest pieces, by the
action of the waters; and then, by the subsequent stagnation of the
waters, they have been suffered to settle into a mass of compact rock.
Perhaps also, the confusion as to climate which is observable in the fossil
creation, may be attributable to the force of the chaotic waters*. _

Let us now turn our attention to a few points, in the account
which Moses gives, of the present order of things.

animals, to which such a catastrophe would be but partially, and accidentally prejudicial. Of
Noah’s deluge we may observe, that the water subsided gradually, allowing time for most of
the water animals to escape, and leaving the orders of testacea to be almost the only sufferers.
Probably the aquatic remains of this event, which may be found in various parts of the world,
will, on inspection, prove to be chiefly of this description. I cannot allow the present opportunity
to pass, without noticing, that the deluge (however inconsiderable it may have been in its effects,
when compared with chaos, or the end of the world,) is a most important event with reference
to our present subject, as it affords an instance of a revolution “sui generis ;” a revolution, in
which a partial destruction of the organized creation must have taken place; and it is well
worthy of remark, that this partial destruction must have affected in a more especial degree
that species of animals, whose remains are found in such preponderating quantities in the
bowels of the earth.

~ Cuvier at the conclusion of his essay, remarks, that it has not yet been explained why
shells should be found almost every where, while fish are confined to a few places.

* Vide page 12, and note.

8 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

The works of the two first days do not come within the limits of
geological inquiry; yet I cannot help noticing, that though Moses speaks
of an original creation of light and nines neve he does not forbid the
presumption, that the earth eal enjoyed light, and atmosphere, previously
to the chaotic period.

In the second day’s work, moreover, an operation is described, which
is exactly such, as geology seems to require, for the original deposition of
strata. It is to be presumed, that the body of water with which the
globe was covered, held a quantity of earth in suspension and solution.

Now during the second day, or period of time, when a firmament was
made, we are told that the waters were divided, and a great body of them
was elevated in the form of vapour.

The natural consequence of this operation, would be the deposition
of a vast body of earth; I say, such would have been the natural con-
sequences of this operation, for no positive inference on this point, can be
drawn from the words of Moses; and much less can we infer any thing
from Moses, as to the extent of the effects produced. We must presume,
however, that its effects could only have been superficial, as the mass of
the earth had been created before; and as geology gives us reason to
conclude, that no very great deposition of strata has taken place, since the
last order of creation perished.

The only purpose, therefore, for which I would be understood to make
the above remarks, is to shew that tendency of the Mosaic account to
which I have already alluded, viz. its leading us to infer, that the last
crust of the earth was formed by deposition from water.

The next work described is more decidedly to our purpose, and most
remarkably illustrates the observations of the geologist. On the third day
Moses represents the Almighty, as willing, first, that the waters should
be gathered together into one place; secondly, that the dry land should
appear. Here are two operations exactly corresponding with what the
geologist declares to be necessary, in order to account for the present
appearance of the immediate surface of the earth.

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. 9

Cuvier observes, that the present continents must have been formed
by the recession of the water, and the elevation of the earth *.

With respect however to the second operation mentioned by Moses,
it appears to me sufficient to account for many circumstances in the
earth’s form, which are most perplexing to the geologist.

The elevation of our present continents above the level of the basins
which contain the waters of the ocean, the irregularities which occur in
the strata of which these continents are composed, their inclination,
dislocation, &e. clearly shew to the geologist that they must have been
subjected to very great violence; violence proceeding from some cause
far more powerful than any at present known to be in ordinary operation
on the earth }-.

Such a cause is undoubtedly to be found, in the express will of the
great Creator; and surely it cannot be thought fanciful, to suppose that
when God said “ Let the dry land appear” this cause actually produced
the above extraordinary effects {.

This remark seems to gather much force from the observations of
Cuvier, in the Essay already so often referred to. He professedly devotes
a great part of the 31st chapter to the proof of the proposition, that
“the present surface of the earth is not of very ancient formation.” In
the beginning of his last chapter, he distinctly states, that “if there be
any one circumstance thoroughly established in geology, it is that the
crust of our globe has been subjected to a great and sudden revolution.”
And while as to the manner of this revolution, he again speaks of the
bed of the last ocean being laid dry, (according to Moses the dry land
appearing at the word of God,) as to the date of this revolution, he makes
this most important remark: “The epoch of this revolution cannot be

* Tt is unnecessary to refer to particular passages, as M. Cuvier repeatedly alludes to both
these operations in his Essay on the Theory of the Earth.

“The thread of operation is here broken, the march of nature is changed, and none of
the agents which she now employs are sufficient for the production of her ancient works.”
Cuvier, chap. 8.

+ I would by no means be understood to signify, that all the irregularities in the earth’s
strata, are to be traced to this single epoch, many may have occurred in the course of former
revolutions of the earth.

Cc

10 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

dated much further back than five or six thousand years.” A period
this, strikingly corresponding with the date probably to be assigned to
the third day of the Mosaic creation, which, on the presumption that the
following days after the first appearance of the sun, were actually days of
the present length, will be about 5820 years. This coincidence is the
more valuable, as it is plain that it does not arise from any intention in
M. Cuvier, to accommodate himself to the account of Moses.

Indeed it is remarkable, that the only revolution for which Cuvier has
recourse to the authority of the word of God, is that of the deluge, and
the date of this event will bring him considerably short of the latest
period, which he has himself fixed for the last great catastrophe. I cannot
leave the present point without observing, that Cuvier states it as his
own opinion, that even the primitive strata were more or less affected by
the last revolution of which we have been speaking. In the fourth and
seventh chapters, he has these striking remarks :—having before spoken
of the previous revolutions, by which those primitive masses which
now form the peaks of the highest mountains, were originally “ lifted
up,” at the end of the seventh chapter he observes, that “these
primitive masses have also suffered other revolutions posterior to the
formation of the seconb4ry strata, and have perhaps given rise to, or at
least have partaken of some portion of the revolutions and changes, which
these latter strata have experienced.” There are actually considerable
portions of the primitive strata uncovered, although placed in lower
situations than many of the secondary strata, and we cannot conceive
how it should have so happened, unless the primitive strata in these
places had forced themselves into view after the formation of those which
are secondary. Cuvier mentions other remarkable circumstances tending
to establish the same point.

I find from Dr. Kidd’s excellent work on Geology, that he agrees with
Saussure and De Luc, in supposing that operations of a nature very similar
to those above inferred from the Mosaic account, must have taken place
shortly previous to the appearance of the present order of creation on
the earth’s surface. Saussure was of opinion that there had been a great

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. ll

earthquake, or movement of the solid mass of the earth, beneath the
chaotic ocean: and that this movement had been followed by a most
violent irruption of the waters, after which irruption the waters gradually
subsided ; for which gradual subsidence the Mosaic account affords suf-
ficient room in the indefinite duration of the third day. I cannot pass
over, in this place, Saussure and De Luc’s united opinions, that the
human race cannot be very old. They would seem indeed, according to
Dr. Kidd’s representation, to be decidedly of opinion, that the origin of
the human race must be dated subsequent to the above catastrophe ; and
though they do not, like Cuvier, go so far as to date that catastrophe,
yet they would plainly lead us to conclude, that that catastrophe was the
last which had materially affected the crust of the earth; that since it
had occurred, the earth’s surface had continued much in its present state ;
as even the very boulders which it had produced had not been removed,
nor yet, in all cases, covered.

Before I leave the consideration of the Mosaic account, I cannot
forbear offering a few observations on the passage from verse 14 to 19*.

Now in this passage, Moses surely cannot be understood to speak of
the first creation of the sun and planets, for he had told us before, that
God had made them in the beginning; Moses therefore must here be
understood to signify, merely that God now gave them a fresh regulation
with respect to the earth and to each other.

With respect to the earth, he tells us, that they were now made to

* To guard against the imputation of rashness in consequence of the observations which I
have presumed to offer on this passage, let me request the reader’s very attentive perusal of
the following most excellent note, extracted from the works of Bishop Beveridge, and cited by
tS learned editors of the Family Bible lately published by the Society for promoting Christian

nowledge.

a We must distinguish betwixt God’s saying let such a thing be, and let such a thing
do, so or so. By the first, he produced the thing out of nothing; by the other, he gave laws
to it, then in being. As when he said, ‘ Let there be light,’ by that word, the light which was
not before, began to be; but when he said, let there be light in the firmament to divide the
day from the night, &c. he thereby gave laws to the light he had before made, where he
would have it be, and what he would have it do. This is what we call the law of nature; that
law which God has put into the nature of every thing, whereby it always keeps itself within
such bounds and acts according to such rules as God has set it, and by that means shews forth
the glory of his wisdom and power.”

c2

12 PRELIMINARY ESSAY.

serve as lights: and being lights, they became further useful, by their
own and the earth’s mutual motion, to distinguish times and seasons.

That Moses must be understood to speak, not of the planets them-
selves, but only of their becoming lights with respect to the earth, is
evident, not only from the circumstance of his having previously mentioned
their creation, in the first verse, but also, from his detaching the creation
of light, from what is afterwards said to be the making of the sun, moon,
and stars. This latter circumstance plainly shews, that Moses understood
light, to be quite independent of the heavenly bodies. Having therefore
previously spoken of the separate and independent creation of the heavens
and the light, we may conclude, that in the passage under consideration, he
could only have intended some fresh regulation respecting them, and this
regulation could only have been that which he very clearly describes.
They became the great points from which light was to be communicated
to the earth*. And as by the communication of light, they now first,
after the period of chaos, in which darkness prevailed +, became visible
from the earth, they now first, after the same period, became useful for
the purpose of marking the change of day and night, summer and winter.

Whether they had ever served the same purpose before this period,
under any former order of things, it did not come within the intention
of the Mosaic account to declare, though nothing in that account forbids
such a supposition ; and it is open to the geologist to draw what inferences
he can, from the presumed nature of the fossils he meets with, and from
the actual situations in which he finds them.

* Herschel’s conjecture that the sun’s light is only communicated, and that it arises from
luminous nebule surrounding a solid and habitable orb, strikingly illustrates this part of the
Mosaic account. :

+ What may have been the state of other planets of our system during the period of
darkness with respect to the earth, it were equally uséless and unavailing to inquire; but I
cannot forbear observing, that the instances, first, of the earth itself on the original creation of
light, secondly, of Saturn with his ring, shew that each planet may have had light independent
of the sun.

{ I am informed that all the fruits which have been found in a fossil state are tropical.

This would seem to favour the presumption that the earth did not formerly receive light in the
same way as at present.

PRELIMINARY ESSAY. 13

I must now conclude with a few general remarks on the account which
Moses has left us of the creation.

It is plain to common sense, that he had not the most distant idea of
entering into, or accommodating himself to philosophical inquiries.

His first object was to claim for the God of Israel, the glory of having
created the whole visible universe. His second object was, to give an
account of the origin of man, and of that order of things which first began
to exist at the same time with man.

Such being manifestly the sole objects of Moses, all we can reasonably
expect from him touching scientific points is, first, that he should say
nothing directly contrary to the certain conclusions of philosophy.—
Secondly, that he should furnish some few hints in aid of such conclusions.
It appears to me that he has answered both these expectations; and
in answering them, he has given a strong proof that he wrote under
the direction of wisdom superior to his own. When alluding thus to the
divine authority of Moses, it will be necessary that I should guard against
a misapprehension of my meaning. I would by no means intimate, that
the writings of Moses need any support from reasonings, such as those
into which we have been led. The authoritative and moral evidence to
which I have referred in a former part of this letter as sufficient to satisfy
the generality of inquirers, is the great, and only true ground, on which
the authority of Moses always has rested, and always must rest.

But while on this ground, I firmly believe that “ God spake by Moses,’
I am glad to find that evidence which brings me to the same point, and
which comes even home to my senses, has been furnished by the researches
of geology.

IT am,
Yours, &ce.

14 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE

mie

GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SOUTH-EASTERN DIVISION
OF SUSSEX.

Sussex is a maritime county, bordered on the west by Hampshire, on
the north by Surrey, on the east and north-east by Kent, and on the
south by the British Channel*.

The strata of which it is composed, form three principal groups, each
possessing characters that materially affect the geographical features of
the county, and present a striking instance of the intimate relation that
exists between the physical appearance of the surface of the earth, and
its geological structure. The popular division of this tract into the
Downs, Weaup, and Forrst-Riper, may therefore be considered as
sufficiently correct and comprehensive for our present purpose, since it is
descriptive of the external characters of the district, and is agreeable to
the natural arrangement of the strata.

The Downs} are a chain of hills covered with a fine verdant turf,
possessing in a striking degree that smoothness and regularity of outline,
for which the mountain masses of the chalk formation, are so remarkable.
Commencing with the bold promontory of Beachy-Head, they traverse the
county in a direction nearly east and west, and pass into Hampshire near

* “ Northernmost point Black-Corner, N. lat. 51° 9'.—48' long. W. of Greenwich.
Southernmost . . Selsey Bill, N. lat. 50° 43/—47' W. long.
Easternmost . . Kent Wail, N. lat. 50° 56’—49' E. long.
Westernmost . . Stansted Park, N. lat. 50° 53/—58' W. long.
Dallawayps History of the Western Division of the County of Sussex, 4to. 1815, vol. i.p. 5.

+ “Though I have now travelled the Sussex Downs upwards of thirty years, yet I still
investigate that chain of majestic mountains with fresh admiration, year by year. ‘This range,
which runs from Chichester east as far as Eastbourne, is about sixty miles in length, and is
called the ae Downs, properly speaking, only round Lewes.” Natural History of Selbourne,
1802, p. 276.

SOUTH-EASTERN DIVISION OF SUSSEX. 15

Compton. Their length is between fifty and sixty miles, their greatest
breadth seven miles, and their mean altitude about five hundred feet
above the level of the sea. ‘Their northern escarpment is in general steep
and abrupt, but on the south they descend by a gentle declivity, and
unite almost imperceptibly with the low lands of the coast.

From Beachy-Head to Brighton, they present an immediate barrier
to the sea, forming a bold and precipitous line of coast; but proceeding
westerly, they extend inland in an oblique direction, and occupy the
centre of Western Sussex. From this circumstance, a considerable
difference exists in the geological relations of the eastern and western
divisions of the county; the latter being characterized by a range of
chalk hills in the centre, with a maritime district formed of clay and
gravel on the south, and a weald composed of sand and clay on the
north.

Throughout its whole extent this chain exhibits decisive manifestations
of the action of water; not only are the ridges and summits of the hills
rounded and even, but their surface is every where furrowed by coombes,
or narrow undulating ravines ; these uniting terminate in vallies, that inter-
sect the downs in a direction nearly north and south, and form extensive
outlets for the rivers that flow from the interior of the country into the
British Channel. The course of the smaller excavations or coombes is
exceedingly various, but their general bearing is east and west; they
gradually increase in breadth as they descend, and their opposite sides
have corresponding angles and sinuosities ; this appearance however is not
observable in the principal vallies.

The chalk hills of Sussex are separated into five distinct masses, by
the following rivers ; viz. the Arun, the Adur, the Ouse, and the Cuckmere.

The first is situated in Western Sussex: it rises in the forest of St.
Leonard, near Horsham, and taking its course to the westward for a few
miles, turns suddenly to the south, passes through the chalk near Arundel,
and falls into the sea to the west of Little Hampton.

The Adur constitutes the western boundary of the South Downs,
properly so called; like the former, it has its origin in St. Leonard’s

16 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE

forest, and passing by Steyning and Bramber, enters the British Channel
at New Shoreham.

The Ouse, which is the principal river in the south-eastern part of the
county, rises by two branches; the one has its source in St. Leonard’s
forest, and the other in the forest of Worth, north of Cuckfield. The
river formed by the confluence of these streams pursues a tortuous course
to the southward, and passing to the east of Lewes, which it separates
from the adjacent town of the Cliff, flows through the flat alluvial tract of
Lewes Levels, and discharges itself into the sea at Newhaven harbour.

The Cuckmere has its source near Warbleton, and being augmented
by numerous tributary streams, in its course by Hellingly, Arlington,
Alfriston, &c., falls into the British Channel at the haven which bears its
name.

By these rivers the drainage of the country is effected, and it is worthy
of observation, that they invariably flow from an older over a newer
country ; or, in other words, that the strata forming the district from
whence they take their rise, are of anterior formation to the chalk vallies
by which they empty themselves into the ocean.

The Weraup * of Sussex, is an extensive vale that occupies the centre
of the south-eastern part of the county, and running parallel with the
Downs, forms their northern boundary. It was anciently an immense
forest, (called by the earlier colonists Coid Andred, by the Romans, Silva
Anderida, and by the Saxons Andreadswald,) which even in the time of
Bede, was a mere retreat for deer and swine; the greater part is now in
an excellent state of cultivation. It consists of various beds of clay,
sand, and limestone, and is comparatively of low elevation: its breadth is
from 5 to 10 miles, and its length from 30 to 40 miles; it is estimated to
contain 425,000 acres. ‘The surface is intersected by numerous vallies,
which generally occur at the outcrop or basseting edges of the strata, and
form channels for the numerous streams that are tributary to the rivers in

* “ Opposite to the South Downs on the north are the Surrey hills falling abruptly south-
ward, and sloping gradually to the north, and between these two lines of hills, is the Weald
of Sussex and Surrey.” Young's Agricultural Survey.

SOUTH-EASTERN DIVISION OF SUSSEX. 17

their vicinity. The whole tract rises with a gradual sweep from the foot
of the Downs, and unites with the higher lands of the forest ridge.

The Forest-ripce constitutes the north-eastern extremity of the
county. It is composed of the more elevated portions of the sand
formation, and from the rocky and abrupt termination of its ridges, which
are for the most part either crested with forests, or overgrown with
underwood, forms a tract of country remarkable for its romantic and
picturesque scenery. The principal heights in this range are Wych Cross,
Brightling Down, Dane’s Hill, Fairlight Down, and Crowborough Beacon;
the last mentioned is the highest and most central eminence, and is 804
feet above the level of the sea.

“The climate in the western part of the maritime division is very
warm, and highly favourable to the powers of vegetation. The Downs
fronting the south-west are bleak, being exposed to violent winds, which
are impregnated with saline particles, occasioned by the spray beaten
against the sea-beach; and this influence affects the animals as well as
vegetables indigenous to the hills. In the Weald the due circulation of
air is greatly impeded by the forests and thick hedges, and the climate is
' in consequence cold and damp *.”

Such are the geographical features of the masses which compose the
county of Sussex; but as our present investigation has a more immediate
reference to the south-eastern division, it will be necessary to point
out with greater precision the course and position of the chalk hills of
that district, and more especially of those in the vicinity of Lewes and
Brighton.

The South Downs are that portion of the Sussex range which hes
between Eastbourne and Shoreham. They are twenty-six miles long,
about seven miles in breadth, and are divided by the intervention of
rivers into four groups.

The easternmost rises with a gentle slope near Eastbourne, proceeds
inland as far as Folkington, and is separated from the middle division by

* Dallaway's Western Sussex, page 6.

18 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE

the Cuckmere. The southern escarpment composes a rocky and preci-
pitous range of cliffs, extending eastward along the coast from the
embouchure of Cuckmere river to Beachy Head, where it rises to the
altitude of 564 feet.

The middle group is bounded on the east by the line of separation
above mentioned, on the west by Lewes levels, and on the south by
cliffs which reach from Cuckmere haven to Seaford point, from whence
to Newhaven harbour it is skirted by a low marshy coast; the northern
margin is formed by the elevated ridge of Firle hills.

The western division embraces the most considerable extent of Down
in the county. The Adur forms the natural limits of this chain on the ,
west, and the Ouse on the east; the southern slope is washed by the
British Channel, except towards the south-west, where a flat maritime
district, extending from near Brighton to Shoreham harbour, intervenes
and separates it from the sea-shore. The ridge by which it is bounded
on the north, presents a steep escarpment to the Weald, and is the
highest land in the county, Ditchling beacon, the centre of this line, being
864 feet above the level of the sea. Eastward of the beacon lies
Plumpton plain, an elevated platform commanding an extensive view
of the rich scenery of the Weald on the one hand, and of the Downs and
British Channel on the other. Ray mentions the prospect from this
spot as equal to any he had seen in the finest parts of Europe, extending
80 miles towards the sea, and 40 miles inland to Surrey *.

Brighton and Lewes, two of the principal towns in the county, are
situated in this division of the South Downs. The former lies nearly in
the centre of the southern edge, on the margin of an extensive bay,
comprehended between Beachy Head and Selsey Bill, and is sheltered
by a range of hilis on the east, north, and north-east: the peculiarities
of its site, and the structure of the cliffs in its vicinity, will be hereafter
particularized.

Lewes is delightfully situated on the eastern extremity of this range ;

* White's Nat. Hist. of Selbourne, 1802, page 276.

SOUTH-EASTERN DIVISION OF SUSSEX. 19

it lies 50° 52’ north latitude, and is distant 50 miles south from London.
The Downs form an amphitheatre of hills to the east and west of the
town; but the northern and southern slopes are skirted by the Levels.

The ciirF HILLS constitute the last division of the South Downs;
they are a small insulated group, separated from the central and western
chains by the intervention of Lewes Levels. The edge of this range runs
parallel with the read from Southerham to Glynd and Glyndbourne,
passes near Ringmer in its course westward, and terminates at Old
Malling near the banks of the Ouse. The south-eastern angle is formed
by Mount Caburn, and the western escarpment is deeply indented by the
steep valley of the Coombe.

“ The soil of the Downs is subject to considerable variation. On the
summit it is usually very shallow; the substratum is chalk, and over
that a layer of chalk rubble, with a slight covering of vegetable mould.
Along the more elevated ridges there is sometimes merely a covering of
flints, upon which the turf grows spontaneously. Advancing down the
hills the soil becomes deeper, and at the bottom is constantly found to
be of very sufficient depth for ploughing: here the loam is excellent,’
generally ten or twelve inches thick, and the chalk rather broken, and
mixed with loam in the interstices*.”

Some parts of the South Downs are converted into arable, but in
general they are reserved for pasturage, and support a breed of sheep
equal, if not superior, to any in the kingdom f.

Lewes LEVELS, which have already been mentioned as intervening

* Young's Agricultural Survey of Sussex, 8vo. page 5.

+ The sheep fed on the South Downs amount to nearly 200,000; and as there are no
natural springs on the chalk hills, the flocks are supplied with water from large circular
ponds, made on the summits of the Downs; the bottoms of these excavations are covered
with a layer of ochraceous clay, to prevent the water from percolating through the chalk, and
they are seldom known to fail even in the hottest summers. The late Mr. White considered
this circumstance as very remarkable, and has particularly noticed it, in his interesting volume
on the Natural History of Selbourne. “To a thinking mind few phenomena are more strange
than the state of little ponds on the summits of chalk hills, many of which are never dry in the
most trying droughts of summer: on chalk hills, I say, because in many rocky and gravelly
soils, springs usually break out pretty high on the sides of elevated grounds and mountains ; but
‘no person acquainted with chalky districts will allow that they ever saw waters of so pervious
a stratum as chalk, all lie on one dead level, as well-diggers have assured me again and again.

“ Now we have many such little round ponds in this district, and one in particular on one

id)

20 GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.

between the western and central divisions of the South Downs, form
a marshy alluvial plain, through which the Ouse winds its way to the
British Channel. This tract consists of silt, clay, and peat, and is nearly
ten miles long; its breadth varying from half a mile to two miles and
a half. Towards the north-western confines of this plain, are two
remarkable oval mounds or hillocks of chalk marl, situated at a short
distance from each other, near the borough of Southover. ‘They bear
the name of Rhies, a provincial term derived from the Saxon hryg, a
heap, or longitudinal projection*, and are about seventy feet high, and
from two to three furlongs in length.

The sketches comprised in Tablet IT. will, it is presumed, assist in
illustrating the relative position of the several chains of hills by which
this district is traversed, and remove any obscurity that may occur in the
preceding description.

No 1. presents an outline of the southern aspect of the country in
the vicinity of Lewes, taken from a mill near the town; it shews the
Firle and Newhaven hills, the extensive tract of marsh land that fills up
the interval between them, and the Rhies, which are situate in the midst
of the Levels.

The view from the eastern brow of Mount Harry, No. 2, exhibits the
relative situation of Beachy Head, Firle and Newhaven hills, and several
other ranges of Downs, that either have been already noticed, or to which
we may have occasion to refer in the course of these investigations.

No. 3. is a profile of Cliff Hills; it exposes a partial section of the
strata, and points out the situation of several of the principal chalk-pits
in the vicinity of Lewes.

sheep down, three hundred feet above my house; which though never above three feet deep in
the middle, and not more than thirty feet in diameter, and containing perhaps not more than two
or three hundred hogsheads of water, yet never is known to fail, though it affords drink for $
or 400 sheep, and for at least 20 head of large cattle beside.” White’s Nat. Hist. of Selbourne, p. 206.

What however appears to me more extraordinary is the fact, that soon after a new pond
has been made, and has received a partial supply of water from a few passing showers, it
becomes inhabited by various kinds of fresh-water plants and shell-fish, and even frogs and
lizards; although it may be remote from any other pond, and at an elevation of four or five
hundred feet above the level of the surrounding country.

* History of Lewes, 8vo. 1795, page 416.

GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF SUSSEX. 21

Il.

GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF SUSSEX.

Tue investigation of the geological structure of this district is attended
with considerable difficulty. The displacement and disintegration which
some of the strata have sustained; the excess of soil and vegetation with
which in many places their basseting edges are covered at the line of
junction ; and the absence of sections in those situations where the re-
lative position of the rocks is involved in obscurity, present numerous,
and, in some instances, insuperable obstacles, to accurate examination.
Under such circumstances, induction and analogy must supply the place
of actual observation ; but the relative position of the principal masses
having been correctly ascertained, whatever errors may have originated
from the causes alluded to, are of minor importance; since they chiefly
relate to the geographical extent of the strata, and cannot affect the
geological deductions that may be drawn from these researches.

For the information of the general reader, it may be necessary to ob-
serve, that in Sussex, as in every other part of England, the strata main-
tain a certain order of superposition, and that however great the displace-
ment or interruption they may have sustained, this order is never inverted.
To illustrate this remark, we may observe, that the blue chalk marl, which
separates the grey chalk marl from the green sand at Hamsey, Ringmer,
and Laughton, is altogether wanting at Eastbourne, and several other
places; but in these instance the grey chalk marl reposes immediately upon
the green sand, the relative position of the masses remaining unaltered, by
the absence of the intervening deposit.

The following arrangement of the strata of the south-eastern division
of Sussex, is that which, after much reflection, I have been led to consider
as agreeable to their natural order of succession.

22 GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF SUSSEX.

Order of Superposition of the Strata of the South-eastern Division of Sussex,

(commencing with the lowest and most ancient Formation. )

SECONDARY FORMATIONS.

Formations. Principal Divisions. Subdivisions. Localities.
Fairlight Down, Dane’s Hill, Bright-
Sand and sandstone, aoe | ling Down, (alt. 646 feet) Crow-
layers and concretions of iron- borough Beacon, (804 feet alt.)
stone. Wytch Cross, Uckfield, Ashburn-
ham, Ashdown Forest, &c.

Shelly limestone, alternating hac Archer's Wood, near Ash-

i. Iron Sand. <

beds of blue shale and clay. eee Rotherfield, Framfield,

Coal and lignite. Bexhill, Newick, Waldron.
Sandstone, limestone, and lime- ‘
ii. Tilgate Beds. stone slate, reposing on blue Cee woe Cuckfield, Til-
clay. eae
J ({ Blue and lead-coloured clay pass-

pee A PaAstp sit yvealaaneoae manne nntonasel Throughout the Weald of Sussex.
FORMATIONS. Tree Clay. | Petworth, oriSuiscex marble: cea West Grinsted, Ditchling
Common, Plumpton, Laughton.

Containing thick beds and con-

cretions of chert, with veins of Haslemere, Bracksley Heath, Black-

down Hill, Tilvester Hill.

chalcedony.
White sand, and sandstone. On the Broyle, near Ringmer.
: Red sand, and sandstone. Ditchling, Norlington, &c.
iy. Green Sand. Greer eat Broyle, Ringmer Park, Beech Wood,
near Offham.

Passing into iron sand, and con- { Parham Park, Danny, near Hurst-
taining concretions of ironstone, perpoint.

Alternating with and passing into) »,<thourne.
soft grey sand.

-yra.1 § Malm rock. Western Sussex, near Bignor.
§ II ie BlueChalkMarl. eae chalk mar] or galt. Ringmer, Laughton, Hamsey, &e.
CHALK xt vi. Oe, Chalk i Grey chalk marl. Hanns y Stoneham, Base of the
FOR} NS.| With very few flints, and harder { Southerham: forms the lower portion
Yes Las ST { than the Upper Chalk. \_ of the Downs.
viii. Upper Chalk. With numerous beds of flints. The South Downs.
TERTIARY FORMATIONS.
< P Boulders on the summits, plains, (Lewes Race Course, summits and
Re aruid Sand- and vallies of the chalk, and valleys of the Downs, Ralvier!
f in diluvial beds. Shingle Bed at Brighton.
1. ( Ferruginous breccia, with peb- aah
NOS Bitstoneie tonic eo Rae Chimting Castle, Newhaven, &c.
ABOVE THE | *: Plastic Clay. Various beds of sand, marl, and
CHALK. clay, and of gravel formed of ~-Castle Hill, Newhaven.

rolled chalk fiints.
Clay containing fossils, the same
with those of the Calcaire gros- ¢ Bracklesham Bay.
xi. London Clay. sier of Paris.
apse sandstone containing B Rock
green earth. } CBT NNO OKS:

GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF SUSSEX. 23

ALLUVIAL DEPOSITS.

Formations. Principal Divisions. Subdivisions. Localities.
Calcareous rubble, beds of gravel A :
andi sana 2; Brighton Cliffs.

Chalk rubble, and beds of ochra-

ceous clay, with slightly rolled On the summits, slopes, and in the

yallies, of the Downs.

§ IV. xii. DILUVIUM. chalk flints.
ALLUVIAL Boulders of ferruginous breccia A : : ae
anal opm sandstone, &e 2 cee Hills, hills near Piddinghoe.
y, loam, and gravel, containing ? : ¥
bones of land quadrupeds. pcan Benton: Arundel, &c.
Blue clay, silt, &e. Lewes Levels.
xiii. ALLUVIUM, | Tufaceous depositions. Spring, near Pounceford.
(the effect of causes¢ Sand and comminuted shells
still in action. ) | drifted inland by winds from Near Shoreham.
the sea shore.

The general inclination of the beds is towards the south-east, conse-
quently, a line drawn from the west, through the interior of the country,
would pass over the basseting edges of the strata in regular succession.
On the surface the occurrence of a new formation is for the most part in-
dicated by the intervention of a rivulet or valley, by a difference in the
physical appearance of the country, and a corresponding change in the
nature of the soil and its productions.

On the annexed map, I have delineated the outcrop, or geographical
extent of the strata, with as much accuracy, and detail, as my time and
opportunities for examination would permit, and have subjoined a section
of the country, from Castle Hill, near Newhaven, to Little Horsted, which,
with but one exception, comprehends the entire series of the Sussex
formations.

The plan of the stratification, (Table 3, fig. 1.) is merely ideal, and in-
tended to illustrate the arrangement of the beds, and convey a general
idea of the geological structure of the district.

I shall now proceed to describe the strata according to their natural
order of succession, beginning with the lowest or most ancient deposit.

24 GREEN SAND FORMATION.

‘Iv.

§ I. GREEN SAND FORMATION.

Ly conformity with the arrangement of Professor Buckland, the whole
of the Sussex beds below the chalk marl, are included in the present
formation, although they differ most essentially from each other, both in
their physical characters, and in the nature of their organic remains.
But the term formation is now employed by geologists in a very extended
sense, denoting not only a series of similar and contemporaneous strata,
but also an assemblage of contiguous beds, which although differing from
each other in dimensions, colour, constituent substance, mineralogical
productions, and organic remains, are yet presumed to be more nearly
related to each other, than to any other group of deposits.

Vi

§ I. 1. IRON SAND,

CONSISTING PRINCIPALLY OF FERRUGINOUS SAND AND SANDSTONE, AND CONTAINING SUBORDINATE
STRATA OF IRONSTONE, MARL, AND CLAY, WITH SHELLY LIMESTONE; ALTERNATING IRREGU-
LARLY ; AND ALSO BEDS OF WOOD COAL.

The iron sand is considered by Mr. Conybeare as the lowest of the
formations which intervene between the oolites and the chalk. The
sand and sandstone are entirely siliceous, and contain a great proportion
of brown or yellow oxide of iron; often indeed in such quantity, that

IRON SAND FORMATION. 25

many of its beds were formerly worked for the purpose of obtaining the
ore of that metal.

The texture of the sandstones is evidently mechanical, and they often
form coarse-grained conglomerates, consisting of quartzose pebbles of
various sizes, imbedded in a ferrugino-siliceous cement *.

The Forest ridge, and a considerable portion of the Weald, consist of
this deposit, which rises from beneath the Weald clay, and occupies the
north-eastern division of the county. It forms a range of hills which
run in a W. N.W. direction from Hastings to near Horsham, having a
soil either of sandy loam upon grit stone, or of black vegetable earth
upon clay or marl. Its principal elevations have been already mentioned.
A great proportion of these hills is but little better than barren sand, of
which St. Leonard’s and Ashdown forests are computed to contain nearly
thirty thousand acres. The sterility of this extensive tract is ascribed
to the ferruginous impregnation of the soil from the beds of iron-
stone.

On the coast, the ironstone is first seen near Bexhill, rismg from
beneath the marsh land of Pevensey Levels; from whence it forms a line
of cliffs that extends to Hastings, and terminates near Winchelsea.

We shall proceed to notice a few localities of this deposit, in the
south-eastern part of the county.

At Little Horsted, five miles N. N.E. from Lewes, the iron sand first
appears; it is seen, immediately below the turf on the brow of a gentle
elevation near the forty-fifth mile-stone; and forms the hill on which
Horsted church, and the seat of Ewan Law, Esq. are situate. On the
east side of the road, the strata appear in the following succession, dipping
towards the south-west.

1. Sand-stone of a ferruginous colour.

* Extracted from a Memoir on the Iron Sand, by the Rev. W. D. Conybeare, F.R.S.
published in the new edition of Phillips’ Outlines of Geology, 1822. This interesting little
volume is certainly one of the most valuable works on geology that has appeared in this,
or any other country. It contains a complete epitome of all that is at present known
concerning the geological structure of the British islands; and abounds with the most useful
information.

E

26 IRON SAND FORMATION.

2. Grey sand about 6 or 8 inches thick, containing minute
fragments of charred wood.

3. Sandy marl two feet thick.

4, Sand and sandstone highly ferruginous.

5. White sand and sandstone.

On the southern slope of Horsted hill the sand is covered by a bed
of peat, six feet thick, which extends over several fields, and is cut for
domestic purposes.

The wells in the neighbourhood are about sixty feet deep, and have
a constant supply of good water.

Proceeding northward, the sandstone presents a bolder outline, and
rocks of considerable magnitude protrude through the soil on both sides
of the road. The strata are from three to six teet thick, and are separated
from each other, by thin layers of soft sandstone shale; their inclination
is towards the south-west except in a few instances, where a contrary
direction is observable.

In the immediate vicinity of Uckfield, grey sandstone rocks of low
elevation are very numerous. Their summits are rounded and covered
for the most part with coppices and underwood; but their sides are bare,
and exhibit evident traces of diluvian action.

Near “The Rocks,” the seat of Mrs. Jackson, about half a mile west
of Uckfield, a group of sandstone rocks occurs, under circumstances of
considerable beauty and picturesque effect. The path that leads to this
interesting spot lies to the right of the road, and, by a circuitous route,
conducts the spectator to the centre of a wood, when a beautiful lake,
nearly surrounded by rocks, suddenly opens to the view. The cliffs, over-
hanging the water, are from twenty to thirty feet high, and are sur-
mounted by forest trees and underwood. In some places the rocks are
nearly perpendicular; in others they descend with a gentle slope to the
water’s edge, the declivity being covered by a luxuriant vegetation. On
the northern margin, a projecting point of high rock is perforated by a
natural archway, that has been enlarged by art, and this leads to a recess
in the sandstone on a level with the bosom of the lake. From this point

IRON SAND FORMATION. 27

the picturesque beauty of the scene is exhibited to peculiar advantage.
On the opposite shore, the base of a rock that juts into the water is in
like manner excavated into an arch, beneath which a little shallop was
moored at the time of my visit. In one of the vertical cliffs, some fine
young birch trees had taken root between the thin layers that separate
the strata, and in almost every fissure of the rocks numerous plants* had
insulated themselves, and by the beauty and variety of their foliage, re-
lieved the monotonous and sombre appearance of the smooth grey sand-
stone. On the less elevated masses, lichens, mosses, and heaths, were
growing in great profusion and luxuriance. The strata are nearly hori-
zontal, and partake of the characters of those already described.

A fine lake, overhung with sandstone rocks, and crested with a noble
wood, near the seat of the Earl of Sheffield, in the parish of Fletching,
might also be mentioned as affording another example of the picturesque
scenery, to which the irregular surface of the sandstone gives rise in cer-
tain situations. Here, as in other parts of its course, the soil is in ge-
neral sterile; but some spots near Fletching are remarkable for fourishing
oaks : these contain six parts of sand, one part of clay, and a considerable
proportion of finely divided vegetable matter. One hundred parts of this
soil, analyzed by Sir Humphry Davey, gave the following results :

Silica - - - - 54: parts.
Alumina = = = = 28
Carbonate of lime = ~ = 3
Oxide of iron = = = 5
Decomposing vegetable matter - 4
Moisture and loss : = = 6

100+

Near Long-ford, in the parish of Barcombe, a section is exposed by the
road leading from Barcombe Cross to Newick Park. At this spot the
sand bassets out from beneath the Weald Clay, and forms an elevated bank

* Among others I noticed osmunda regalis, antirrhinum cymbalaria, polypodium vulgaris,

polyp. jilix mas, lichen rangiferinus, erica vulgaris, &c.
+ Davey's Elements of Agricultural Chemistry, 4to.

28 IRON SAND FORMATION.

on the north side of the rivulet that flows along the line of junction. The
beds of sand and sandstone are here nearly twelve feet high, and agree in
their nature and relations with those which occur at Horsted.

Insulated portions of sand and sandstone rise to the surface near Isfield
Paper-mill, and also on the opposite bank of the river; but from the
quantity of soil and vegetation with which they are surrounded, their
extent cannot be determined with any degree of accuracy.

On the coast, the cliffs near Hastings expose an interesting section of
the iron sand. ‘The strata are less ferruginous than im the localities pre-
viously described, and the sand is finer and more loose and friable ; it some-
times contains impressions of ferns, charred wood, and the stems of
vegetables.

At Rye the sand is highly ferruginous, and the sandstone of coarser
texture.

It is unnecessary to describe the course of the iron sand and sandstone
more minutely, as the strata, although distributed over a considerable
extent of country, present but little variety, and are destitute of organic
remains: the localities, already noticed, are sufficiently characteristic of
their usual appearance and structure. We shall therefore pass to the
examination of the ironstone, limestone, and coal, since the history of these
beds possesses considerable interest in an economical, as well as a geological
point of view.

1. [ronsTONE.

This substance is internally of a dark steel grey, and generally very
hard and compact; occasionally it is laminated, and separates into thin
flakes upon exposure to the air. It occurs either in irregular concretions
in the sand, or is stratified and alternates with beds of sandstone. The
globular masses often contain nodules of argillaceous earth, round which
the ironstone is disposed in concentric layers.

In some parts of the county the ironstone is of excellent quality, and ex-
tensive founderies were anciently established in different parts of its course :
“ the almost inexhaustible quantity of wood, with which the country was
covered in the early centuries, and the numerous lakes and morasses, which

-IRON SAND FORMATION. 29

the total neglect of drainage had occasioned, being circumstances peculiarly
favourable for the conversion of the iron ore into bars. For, this purpose
the lords of the several manors which lie within the woodland district
collected the rivulets into large ponds, and erected mills and furnaces.
The iron, so procured, was at first principally used for agricultural imple-
ments ;” but Fuller also observes, in his Worthies, that “it is almost in-
credible how many great guns were made of the iron of this county. The
total decline of the manufacture in Sussex is to be attributed to the esta-
blishments in Scotland and Wales, in which pit-coal is used, the superior
cheapness of fuel having enabled them to monopolize the trade.” There
is now but a single foundery in the eastern division, and which belongs to
the Earl of Ashburnham. According to the present practice, it requires
fifty loads of charcoal, and fifty loads of ironstone (twelve bushels to each
load) to make thirteen tons of pig iron*.

Mr. Young, in his “General View of the Agriculture of Sussex,” gives
the following account of the strata of ironstone in the vicinity of Ash-
burnham. “ At Penhurst, near Battel, the soil is gravelly to an indeter-
minate depth. At the bottom of the Earl of Ashburnham’s park, sand-
stone is found solid enough for building. Advancing up the hill, the
sand-rock is twenty-one feet in thickness, but so friable, as easily to be re-
duced to powder. On this immediately a marl sets on, in the different
depths of which the ironstone comes on regularly, in all the various kinds
as follows:

“ 1. Small balls +. Provincially twelve foots, because so many feet di-
stant from the first to the last bed.

“ 2. Grey limestone, which is used as a flux.

<3. Foxes.

“4. Riggitt.

“ 5. Balls.

“6. Caballa balls.

«7, Whiteburn: what tripoli, properly calcined and treated, is made of.

- — * Dallaway's History of the Western Division of the County of Sussex, vol. i. page clxi.
folio, 1815.

‘4. The provincial terms employed by Mr. Young are now obsolete; at least I was unable to
obtain any explanation of them from the workmen, on a recent visit to Ashburnham.

30 IRON SAND FORMATION.

“ 8. Clouts.

“9, Pity.

« Advancing on these is a valley, where the mineral bed seems entirely
broken, and the sandstone sets on. At the distance of something more
than a mile, the ironstone is again seen. Another intervention of sand,
and then at low water when the tide goes out, the beds of ironstone
appear regularly on the shore. In taking the range northwardly, from the
bottom of Ashburnham Park, for twelve miles at least, the strata are
nearly the same, there being no material inequality of surface that does
not partake of sandstone, marl, ironstone, and sand again at the top. The
limestone and ironstone generally rise very near the surface, frequently
within three feet. The ironstone, at forty feet below the surface, is not
so good as nearer to it, being coarser, and working heavier in the furnace.
The very best of the veins are frequently intersected with stripes, the
thickness of a quill, filled with a soft marly matter; and the marl beds
which the iron lies in, wear a bluer appearance than where it is good.
The iron ore, of a dark colour and good quality, is very strongly attracted
by the magnet *.”

2. LimEsTONE and SHALE, 1N BLUE CLAY.

The limestone of the iron sand perfectly resembles, both in appearance
and composition, the Sussex marble of the Weald, and like that deposit is
imbedded in a thick stratum of blue clay; in fact, so striking is the re-
semblance, that but for the remarkable difference observable in their
organic remains, the respective strata, in different parts of their course,
could scarcely be distinguished from each other. The limestone under
examination is of a light bluish grey, dark blue, yellowish, or reddish
brown colour. The upper layers are splintery, and fall to pieces by ex-
posure to the air and moisture ; but the lower beds are extremely hard,
and form slabs, whose superficial measure frequently equals six or seven
feet. It is composed almost entirely of bivalve shells, imbedded in a cal-
careous cement, and. is commonly of a sub-crystalline structure. The shells
chiefly belong to a species of ¢ellina; but they are in too mutilated a state

* Young's Agricultural Survey, 8vo. 1808.

IRON SAND FORMATION. 31

to admit of their characters being correctly determined. This limestone
extends from Hastings to near Battel, Ashburnham, Netherfield, Bur-
wash, Rotherfield, and Framfield; and although its outcrop is in many
places obscured, or altogether concealed by alluvial deposits, yet there can
be no doubt of its continuity beneath the surface, along the tract of country
here described. On the estate of the Earl of Ashburnham extensive lime-
works have long been established, and previously to the present depressed
state of agriculture, were carried on upon a very extended scale. These
works are in the centre of Archer’s Wood, about two miles from Battel.
The limestone is worked by means of shafts, sunk to the depth of from 90
to 120 feet. The following is the order in which the beds ussually occur :

1. Loam of an ochraceous or greyish colour, with thin layers of friable
shelly limestone.

2. Grey limestone, remarkably firm and compact, composed of bivalve
shells, converted into spathose calcareous spar, and held together by a
calcareous cement, alternating with grey marl and shale.

3. Compact blue shale and limestone, in alternate layers, from 14 to 20
inches thick, and destitute of organic remains.

The depth of these beds is indeterminate, but exceeds fifty feet. The
strata incline towards the south-west, and dip beneath the iron sand of
Ashburnham Park.

Mr. Young has given the following admeasurements of the entire
series of limestone and shale, exposed by one of the shafts at Archer’s
Wood ; enumerating them according to their order of succession.

Feet. Inches. Feet. Inches.

Greys. 1. The first limestone 3 3 Fifth limestone 0 8
Shale = = SiO: Shale = 2 3.0
Second limestone 0O 9 Sixth limestone 0 8
Shale = = 9 O Shale = - 2 0
Third limestone . 4 0 Seventh limestone 8 3
Shale = =1 71 39" 0 Shale - = 4 0
Fourth limestone 1 1 Eighth limestone 2 0
Shale = -! 0) Shale. . - = 1 6

32 IRON SAND FORMATION.

Feet, Inches. Fest! Inches:
Ninth limestone OL16 Thirteenth limestone 1 1
Shale = = O 4 Shale = = ino
Tenth limestone 0 9 Fourteenth limestone 0 6.
Shale = = Ite} Shale = = 8 0
Eleventh limestone 1 2 Fifteenth limestone 2 3
Shale = = O 4 ix TOR
Twelfth limestone O 8
Shale - = ipl

«'The last stone is fine enough to set a razor. The Sussex limestone
upon trial has been found to be superior both to the Maidstone and Ply-
mouth stone, and it is now acknowledged that no cement equal to it in
the kingdom has been discovered. It is the received opinion, that the
limestone ranges eight miles from east to west, and one mile from north
to south*.”

At Terrible Down, six miles and a half north-east from Lewes, the
iron sand lies beneath a thick alluvial deposit of loam, sand, and marl, |
interspersed with thin laminz of ironstone shale, and rounded fragments
of sandstone. These beds extend to Kason’s Green, (where they are
succeeded by a dark blue clay, containing shelly limestone, which appears
immediately beneath the turf, and is of very considerable thickness.
Proceeding northwards, the clay forms a gentle declivity, which is skirted
at the bottom by a rivulet: on the opposite side of the stream it swells
into a low hill, and terminates in a valley near the ninth mile-stone.

Here the sand and sandstone re-appear at the surface, rising from
beneath the clay, and gradually uniting with the higher strata of the
Forest ridge, near the Black-boys.

From the absence of natural sections, the relative position of the clay
and sandstone is involved in some obscurity; but the former, with its
imbedded limestone, is so perfectly analogous to that of Ashburnham
above described, that there can be no hesitation in considering them as

* Young's Agricultural Survey. + Vide Tab. 3, figs. 2 and 3.

IRON SAND FORMATION. 33

consecutive deposits. The limestone of Framfield, like that of Ashburn-
ham, Rotherfield, &c. is almost wholly composed of a species of Tellina *;
it is exposed to view on the side of the road leading from Lewes to the
Black-boys, nearly opposite to the ninth mile-stone, and is only occasionally
quarried. :

It lies but a few feet beneath the surface, and occurs in horizontal
strata, divided into thin slabs by layers of blue clay, that contain lamine
of a reddish brown shale, and shells of the same kind as the limestone.
In the section (fig. 2. tab. III.) these beds are represented as if lying in
a basin or hollow of the iron sand; but subsequent observations have
convinced me that this position is incorrect, and that the limestone forms
an intervening deposit.

At Isfield, about six miles from Lewes, in sinking the well near the
Paper Mill, a layer of bivalve limestone was discovered in a bed of blue
clay at the depth of ninety feet. It evidently belongs to the same
deposit as that of Framfield, but. the shells appear to be of a different
species; Mr. Wood (author of General Conchology, &c.) considers them
as nearly related to Tellina cornea, if, indeed, they are not of the same
species.

The geological position of these argillaceous limestone strata is in-
volved in some obscurity. The lowermost beds at Ashburnham are
supposed by an eminent geologist +, to coincide with those of the Pur-
beck limestone; but at the same time he remarks, “that until they shall
have been more scientifically cbserved, it is impossible to speak with
absolute certainty.” In the present imperfect state of our knowledge, it
may indeed be disputed, whether these beds alternate with the ferruginous
sand, (as represented in fig. 3, tab. III.) are situate in a hollow or basin

* Mr. G. B. Sowerby, author of “The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,” kindly
obliged me by an examination of the shells contained in the Framfield limestone. ‘The general
appearance of some of the specimens he thought resembled the Nucule, but other cireumstances
led him to consider it probable that they might belong to the genus Cyréné; the important
question whether they are of marine, or of fresh water origin, is therefore still undecided.

+ Rev. W. Conybeare, in Phillips’ Geological Outlines, &c.

F

34 IRON SAND FORMATION.

of that deposit, (as in figs. 1 and 2, tab. III.) or form a protrusion or hillock
of the Purbeck lime-stone, as in the annexed diagram.

a. a. Iron sand. J. Shelly limestone. c. Purbeck beds.

§ 3. COAL. At Newick Park, Waldron, and Bexhill, seams of
fibrous coal resembling that of Bovey, have been discovered ; but the thick-
ness and extent of the beds have not been correctly ascertained. To
Mr. Cater Rand of Lewes, I am indebted for the following section of
the strata at Newick.

SecTioN OF THE Strata IN Newick Oxp Park,

situate one mile from the banks of the Lewes Canal.
. Vegetable earth and sand.
Sandstone and clay.
. Sandstone and indurated marl.
Shivery sandstone and clay.
. Indurated clay rubble.
. Sandstone and blue clay alternating.
. Strong bind.

8. Coal of the Bovey kind, examined only to the depth of eleven
inches; it bassets out on the side of a rivulet, and may also be observed
in the bank of the adjoining hop grounds. Several bushels of coal were
dug up. The strata have a slight inclination W. N. W.

The Newick coal in my possession has very much the character of
jet: it- is of a velvet, black, does not soil the fingers, has a resinous
lustre, and a conchoidal fracture; is very brittle, and burns with a bright
flame.

ID eT PO We

IRON SAND FORMATION. 35

At Bexhill, the south-eastern extremity of the Forest-ridge towards
the sea, indications of coal induced some enterprising individuals to sink
a shaft, and at the depth of 160 feet, a bed of coal of good quality, was
discovered ; but unfortunately the works were suddenly inundated by a
vast body of water, and the undertaking was finally abandoned.

It appears that the enterprise originated from the suggestions of a
Mr. James, who was sent to Bexhill in 1804, to survey the estates of the
Duke of Dorset. This gentleman perceiving some resemblance between
the strata exposed by the wells at Bexhill Barracks, and those which occur
at Bovey, imagined that a bed of coal might be found at the depth of
about sixty yards. In consequence of this idea, a company of adventurers
was soon formed, and the requisite operations were carried on in a close
near the sea-shore.

I have to offer my acknowledgements to Mr. Rand, for the following
account of the beds passed through on that occasion.

SecTIon or STRATA AT BEXHILL,

explored in a search for coal, in 1804—9.
Yards. Feet. Inches. Yards. Feet. Inches.

Sunk. Soil, clay, and sandy Stone grey rock Oe (0)
loam =) beh ae or GOTO Blue bind - - 02 7
Dark Clunch ce HOO Strong white rock 1 1 4
White rock with kind Dark Clunch 2 QT 89
partings - - 3 0 0 Smut Coal - - O 2 8
Bored. Do. Do? ta ery Ale FO Grey bind - - 4 2 8
Dark Clunch a OO, Blue bind with iron

Grey Rock = il pect O Ore nei. Soha
Dark Clunch Sie a White stone ile Ona)
Strong grey rock L526 Clunch, or fire clay 1 0 2
Blue binds - - 1 O 6 White sandstone 1 2 9

Grey rock with kind Kind clunch parting 0 0 8
partngs - - 6 0 0 Brown sandy rock O 2 9
38.0 0

Bluebind - - 1 0 6 Sharp peldron -

36 IRON SAND FORMATION.

: Yards. Feet. Inches. y i Yards. Feet. Inches.
Wem se LO Blue-bind with iron
Strong brown rock 1 1 O ore =. - = 0 20
Blue-bind, containing ; STRONG COAT wana eta OMnO
impressions of fern we
leaves LEME ING Yards 54 1 9

The borings were continued, but no account remains of the nature
or depth of the strata: mention is made of a second bed of coal four
feet six inches thick, the coal of bad quality, and very sulphureous.
Salt-water oozed through the divisions of the beds, and although an
engine of eighty horse power was employed, the works were completely
inundated.

I have not seen any specimens of the Bexhill coal, but according to
My. Rand, it resembled that of Newick. It is not a little curious, that
research for coal in so improbable a situation, should have been attended
with the slightest indication of such a substance; since if in the present
infancy of geological science, we may venture to draw any general con-
clusions from established facts, there was every reason to suppose, that
such an attempt must have proved abortive.

At Waldron, a thin bed of cannel coal has been noticed on the banks
of a rivulet which separates that parish from Heathfield; but it has not
been examined with any degree of attention. It is stated to occur in beds
of a few inches thick, that extend for a quarter of a mile immediately
beneath the surface, at the bottom of Geer’s wood.

Orcanic REMAINS.

The organic remains discovered in the strata above described, are few
and unimportant. The bivalves of the limestone; the wnpressions of
ferns in the sandstone of Bexhill and Hastings; and the fragments of
lignite in that of Horsted, being the only extraneous fossils that have been
observed. .

IRON SAND FORMATION. 37

In other parts of England, the Iron sand contains nautili, ammonites,
belemnites, ostreze, terebratule, and numerous varieties of spongitz, and
other zoophytes*; but of these no traces exist in the sand of Sussex.

VI.
§ 1,2. Limestone or Tineate Forest.

Tue strata that form the subject of the following observations possess
a high degree of interest, and constitute one of the most important series
of deposits in this part of the kingdom. ‘The nature and variety of their
organic remains, and the general resemblance which they bear to those of
the Purbeck limestone, and Stonesfield slate, have led me to an assiduous
investigation of their history.

I have however to regret, that the distance of my abode from the tract
of country in which they are situated, has presented serious obstacles to
an accurate determination of their geographical dimensions; but I have
spared neither pains nor expense to obtain a general knowledge of their
fossil remains, and geological relations.

As these strata are of inconsiderable extent, and hold an intermediate
situation between the Iron sand and the Weald clay, appearing to repose
upon the former, it seems probable, that they are either a local deposition,
formed in an excavation, or basin, of that deposit ; or a protrusion of the
Purbeck beds, which lie beneath it. Without however, deciding in fa-
vour of either supposition, it has been thought expedient to describe these
strata in a separate section; and for the present, to distinguish them by a
term derived from the central locality of the area they occupy on the
surface.

The strata of Tilgate forest consist of various layers of sandstone, lime-
stone, and calcareous slate, lying on a bed of blue clay, of very consider-

* Phillips’ Outlines, page 140,

38 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

able thickness. Advancing from the Downs, on the Brighton road, the
outcrop of the sandstone is first seen near Taylor’s bridge; and it sub-
sequently appears on the margin of the stream that winds along the foot
of Cuckfield park, a quarter of a mile south of the town. At this spot an
excavation has been made, which exposes to view a perpendicular rock of
sandstone about twenty feet high; the strata are nearly horizontal, and
vary from one to five feet in thickness.

The hill, on the southern slope of which the town of Cuckfield is
situated, is also composed of this formation, and in a field adjoining the
church-yard, the sandstone is seen lying beneath a thick layer of diluvial
aggregate, and containing subordinate beds of limestone.

From the cultivated state of the country, and the quantity of loam
and vegetable soil, I have been unable to trace the outcrop of these de-
posits with the requisite degree of accuracy. In a northerly direction
they extend from Cuckfield through Handcross, and Tilgate forest, to
Crawley, and on the north-west probably as far ‘as Horsham, and St.
Leonard’s forest; eastward I have not noticed them beyond the vicinity
of Lindfield; but it must be acknowledged that from the causes already
mentioned, their geographical extent is but imperfectly known.

On the line of road extending from Hicksted to Crawley, several
quarries have been opened for obtaining the stone for architectural and
other economical purposes, and in these excavations the strata may be
examined with facility.

In the sections that were accessible to observation, some variations
were noticed in the composition and relation of the beds; but these were
neither constant, nor important; and the entire series is readily identified
by the extraordinary character of its organic remains.

The following section is the result of numerous observations, and
may be regarded as the order in which they generally occur; commencing
with the lowermost deposit.

SECTION OF THE STRATA OF T1LGATE ForEsT.

1. Blue tenacious clay destitute of organic remains, and of an indeter-

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 39

minate depth. In this bed water occurs at the depth of thirty or forty
feet. .
2. Compact limestone, of a bluish grey colour, separated by seams of
indurated blue marl, into layers, from three to twelve inches in thickness.
It forms a bed about nine feet thick, and contains the bones of two species
of turtle, of one or more species of crocodile, or monitor; and the remains
of vegetables allied to the euphorbiz. The upper strata are a compact
conglomerate ; the lower are perfectly homogeneous, and where in contact
with the clay, contain shells of the genus vivipara.

3. Yellowish sand, and soft calcareous sandstone, alternating with thin
layers of compact limestone slate ; containing bones of crocodiles, of some
unknown animals, and of birds; bones and plates of two species of tor-
toises; carbonized wood; remains of vegetables resembling the euphor-
biee, arborescent ferns, gigantic reeds; and casts of univalves and bivalves,
&e. This bed is about seven feet thick.

4. Diluvial aggregate, composed of quartz pebbles, and rounded frag-
ments of chalk, limestone, and sandstone, loosely united by a coarse grit ;
it contains immense quantities of minute portions of bone rounded by at-
trition, teeth of fishes, and of lacertee. Thickness from three to six feet.

5. Vegetable mould and loam, from one to three feet thick.

Total thickness of the beds above the clay, about twenty-five feet.

In this enumeration of the strata, those fossils only are mentioned,
which appear to occur most frequently in the respective beds, since the
organic remains are distributed indiscriminately throughout the whole
series of deposits, although certain of them are more abundant in one
stratum, than in another.

The limestone (No. 1.) is exceedingly compact, and offers great resist-
ance to the hammer; it scintillates with steel, effervesces strongly with
acids, and varies considerably in purity. The upper part of the rock is a
conglomerate of a mottled appearance, exhibiting various shades of blue,
white, and greyish green. It is composed of quartz pebbles and irregular
fragments of limestone and bones, imbedded in a calcareous gangue; and
is interspersed with crystallized carbonate of lime. The quartz pebbles

40 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

appear to be of chemical origin, and not derived from the ruin of other
strata. The intermediate layers are a pure bluish grey, or greenish lime-
stone, in texture and appearance very much resembling the finer beds of
the Swindon stone*. .

The inferior layers are very analogous to the Purbeck limestone, and
where in contact with the elay, contain remains of the same kinds of tes-
tacez.

The bed is traversed by thin veins of calcareous spar of a light amber
colour; and this substance generally occupies the fissures in the wood,
bones, and other organic remains, forming groups of tabular, and lenti-
cular crystals in the cavities of the limestone. It also contains small no-
dular masses of carbon, and charred wood. Every kind of fossil that has
been discovered in the strata of 'Tilgate forest, occurs in this bed, viz.
bones and teeth of the gigantic monitor or crocodile ; bones and plates of
turtles; teeth of fishes; leaves and stems of euphorbiz; casts of univalves
and bivalves, &c.

The sand and sandstone, (No. 3,) vary from a light fawn colour to a
deep brown, and in some parts are highly ferruginous. The sandstone
is soft and friable, and alternates with thin layers of calcareous slate. The
latter is compact, but readily separates into thin flakes, and these are di-
vided by the workmen into slabs, from one, to a foot and a half square,
which are used for roofing in that part of the country. The surface of this
slate presents a most extraordinary appearance, being every where marked
with undulating furrows, so strikingly resembling the impressions made on
the sand of the sea shore, by the action of the waves, that I cannot but
regard them as the result of a similar operation.

The sandstone contains the teeth, vertebra, and bones of the croco-
dile, and large portions of the stems of vegetables allied to the euphorbize
and dicksoniz; besides others, which are'in too imperfect a state to admit
of their characters being determined. The slate abounds with the car-

* Swindon, near Marlborough, Wilts; the stone quarried in its vicinity is a member of the
Portland limestone.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 41

bonized foliage of unknown plants, carbonized wood, and casts of uni-
valves and bivalves. Carbonate of lime in lenticular crystals sometimes
occurs between the separations of the strata, and rounded quartz pebbles
in the blocks of sandstone.

The aggregate (No. 2.) is evidently diluvial ; it lies in horizontal layers,
immediately beneath the vegetable mould, and varies from one to six
feet in thickness. It is of considerable extent, and there is scarcely any
inequality of the surface, in the immediate vicinity of Hicksted, Crawley,
&e., where it is not exposed to view. In the upper part of the bed, the
chalk, limestone, sandstone, and quartz pebbles, are reduced to the size
of small grains; and the bones, teeth, and other organic remains, have
suffered an equal degree of comminution; in the inferior layers they are
considerably larger, and the chalk and quartz pebbles less frequent.

The chalk appears to have undergone but little change, except that it
has acquired considerable hardness, probably from an infiltration of crystal-
lized carbonate of lime.

The quartz pebbles exhibit their usual characters; they are slightly
translucent, and being rubbed against each other, emit a strong electric
smell, with a stream of light at the line of collision. This accumulation
of water-worn materials is loosely united bya fine grit, apparently formed
by the farther disintegration of the same substances. The organic remains
contained in it are, with but few exceptions, reduced to very small frag-
ments, which offer but slight indications of their original form. The teeth
and scales are the most perfect, their superior hardness having enabled
them in some measure to resist the action of the water. Of these, the
molar teeth of the anarhicas lupus, are the most abundant. The teeth
and scales of the monitor or crocodile, and the bones and plates of a
species of tortoise, are occasionally found in it; and also the triangular
striated tooth, (No. 14.) and the teeth of a species of squalus, (No. 13.)

We shall now proceed to a more minute examination of the organic
remains of these remarkable strata; and by comparing them with the
recent genera, and species, to which they appear most nearly related,

G

42 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

endeavour to obtain some idea of the form, and structure, of the ori-
ginals.

Orcanic REMAINS OF THE STRATA OF T1LGATE Forest*.

VEGETABLE REMAINS.—These occur either in the form of carbona-
ceous impressions in the limestone slate and carstone; or consist of sand-
stone casts of a ferruginous colour, bearing the form and external characters
of the original.

1. Wood. In the state of carbon or charcoal, still retaining its ligneous
structure. The fissures in its substance are filled, in some specimens,
with white calcareous spar, and in others, with pyrites of a brilliant ap-
pearance ; the latter quickly undergo decomposition by exposure to the air.

It occurs in small portions, which are generally imbedded in the more
compact masses of carstone.

2. The stems or culms of vegetables allied to the euphorbiz, or to
some species of arborescent fern ; perhaps Dicksonia ?

The surface of these fossils is rough, being covered with oblong irre-
gular tubercles, disposed in longitudinal undulating lines. The trunk is
nearly cylindrical, but somewhat compressed, and is contracted at irre-
gular intervals; in some specimens exhibiting rudiments of branches. The
largest are nearly fourteen inches in circumference, and upwards of four
feet in length}; and from the imperfect state in which these occur, it is
evident that the originals attamed a very large size: sections show no
traces of the internal structure. They are associated with impressions of
leaves and other vegetal remains, but my distance from the quarry has
prevented me from ascertaining the relation they bear to each other.

* When the idea of this work first suggested itself, my information concerning these de-
posits was too imperfect for publication, and their description was in consequence excluded
from the original plan. ‘The organic remains I then possessed were but few and uninteresting,
and the plates were devoted to other objects before more illustrative specimens occurred.
Should circumstances permit, I shall hereafter lay before the public, delineations of several
extraordinary fossils recently discovered in these strata.

‘+ One of the finest specimens hitherto discovered is deposited in the British Museum.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 43

They are principally found in the sand and sandstone, and are covered
with a ferrugino-carbonaceous crust, which falls off when the surrounding
- matrix is removed.

I am unacquainted with any vegetables, either recent or fossil, with
which these remains can be identified. They bear some analogy to
the Phitolithus plantites verrucosus of Marten *, but differ in the super-
ficial markings, and are destitute of the imbricated body observable
in the Derbyshire fossil. They agree in their general conformation with
the euphorbie of the East Indies, but at the same time, present differences
sufficiently remarkable to prove their want of identity. In all probability
they are casts formed in the cavities cf the stems of arundinaceous plants:
the crust with which they are invested, being the remains of the cortical
covering of the original.

3. A cylindrical imbricated body, marked with interrupted longi-
tudinal strize—the medullary or internal part of a vegetable, analogous
to the fossils last described. It is composed of sandstone, and occurs in
fragments of a foot or more in length, and from six to eight inches in cir-
cumference.

4, A hollow cylindrical body, slightly compressed ; the cortical or epi-
dermal remains of a vegetable.

This fossil is two inches and a half long, twelve inches in circumference,
and one inch in thickness. The external surface is divided into compart-
ments of a rhomboidal form, by deep cancellated sulci, and the internal is
marked with interrupted longitudinal striz, apparently the impressions of
a body which it formerly enclosed. This specimen is decidedly the re-
mains of the epidermal covering of a plant, and, very probably, cf the
same kind as the fossil, No. 3, the markings on the external surface of
the one, and the impressions on the interior of the other, perfectly corre-
sponding. In its structure it approaches to Plantites verrucosus of Marten,
but its external surface more nearly resembles that of Phitolithus plantites
imbricatus+; it is, however, essentially distinct from either. It is pro-

* Petrificata Derbiensia ; or, Figures and Descriptions of Petrifactions, collected in Derby-
shire, by William Marten, I.L.S. Wigan, 1809. Tab. 11, 12, 13.
+ Petrificata Derbiensia, Tab. 14, fig. 5, and Tab. 50.
GQ

44, STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

bably part of an unknown species of palm, or arborescent fern: Mr. Konig
observes, that “some arborescent Dicksonias are very like it with regard to
the lozenge-shaped bases of the fronds, or leaves.”

This specimen is from the sandstone, and is the only one hitherto
discovered *.

5. A compressed clavated culm or stem ofa plant, the surface pos-
sessing a leafy structure, and having numerous tortuous sinuses, that pass
into the substance of the fossil: a transverse section, three inches in
diameter, exposed thirty-five openings produced by this cause.

These fossils occur in fragments from a few inches, to several feet in
length, and some of them attain a considerable magnitude, being upwards
of two feet in circumference. They are of an irregular club-like form,
having a very narrow base, and are invested with a thick carbonaceous
covering, removable by washing. Their constituent substance is a hard
limestone, of a light ash colour, interspersed with drusy crystals of car-
bonate of lime. They are found associated with the fossil vegetables, pre-
viously noticed, but are of more rare occurrence. ‘The internal structure
of these petrifactions resembles that of many succulent plants, and in their
outward form they so nearly approach the euphorbie, that it may be pre-
sumed they are the remains either of an unknown species of that genus,
or of one very closely allied to it.

6. Impressions and remains of the foliage of unknown vegetables, in a
carbonized state, lying in confused masses in the car-stone and limestone
shale.

So far as their form can be distinguished, some of the leaves appear
to be of an ovate, and others of a lineari-lanceolate shape; but they are
too imperfectly displayed to admit of accurate determination. In some
respects they resemble the foliage of the Derbyshire phytolite, Pet. Derd.
Tab. 12; and as they are associated with the supposed euphorbiz, it
seems probable that the stems of the latter were furnished with leaves, of
which these are the remains.

* Subsequent observations have convinced me that this specimen is decidedly the epider-
mal coyering of Nos. 2 and 3, the latter being the casts of the internal part of the original,

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 45

7. The impressions of leaves, of a species of carex or sedge; per-
haps iris?

These are frequent in the form of reddish brown stains, and im-
pressions ; similar remains also occur in the Stonesfield slate*.

FOSSIL SHELLS.

These, with but one exception, occur only in the state of casts or im-
pressions; and their characters are so imperfectly defined, that it is
scarcely possible to ascertain the genera and species to which they
belong.

8. Vivipara fluviorum ? perhaps Paludine ?

These are apparently similar to the shells of the Petworth marble,
figured in tab. XVII. figs. 5, 6. They occupy the lowermost layers of the
car-stone, and occur in groups of fifty or sixty, disposed in relief on the
surface of the stone, where the latter is in contact with the blue clay.

9. Vivipara extensa, associated with the former.

10. Casts of spiral univalves, of uncertain genera.

11. Casts of two species of mya or unio.

12. Casts of four species of transverse bivalves, whose generic cha-
racters cannot be determined. Some parts of the limestone contain a
considerable number of these nuclei, closely invested by the surrounding
matrix, no appearance of the space formerly occupied by the shells being
perceptible-++. The surface of the casts is smooth, and of a ferruginous
colour, spotted with stellular markings of a darker shade.

REMAINS OF FISHES,

The teeth, and perhaps the scales, are the only parts of fishes that
have been found in these deposits. The former, from their hardness and
durability, are in an excellent state of preservation, retaining their original

* It is worthy of remark, that with the exception of fragments of charred wood, the vegetal
reliquie of the Tilgate limestone and sandstone, consist exclusively of those which possess the
most simple structure, viz. the monocotyledonous, or acotyledonous tribes of plants.

+ This mode of petrifaction is termed redintegration. Vide page 50, Martin's Outlines of
an Attempt to establish a Knowledge of extraneous Fossils on scientific Principles, 8vo. 1809.

Macclesfield.

46 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

sharpness of outline, with their natural polish, heightened and improved
by mineralization. Their colour is a dark chocolate, inclining to black,
apparently produced by an impregnation with oxide of iron: they are ex-
ceeding brittle, and have their cavities filled with the substance in which
they are imbedded.

13. A triangular tooth, of a species of Squalus or shark, resembling in
form the specimen represented, fig. 9. pl. xix. vol. ii. Org. Rem. but
much smaller: it cccurs also at Stonesfield, near Oxford.

14. A triangular tooth, with two lateral processes, the surface longi-
tudinally striated—length 0-2 inch. Mr. Parkinson has figured a similar
fossil from the Old Passage, Gloucestershire, but does not offer any opi-
nion as to what animal it originally belonged.

15. Molar teeth of the Anarhicas Jupus*. These are of a semi-or-
bicular form, sometimes slightly acuminated, from the size of a millet
seed to 0-5 or 0°6 inch in diameter: they possess a beautiful polish, and
are called “fishes eyes” by the workmen. I have compared these fossils
with the molar teeth of the recent A. lupus or sea wolf; and could not per-
ceive the slightest difference either in their form or structure. They are
frequently worn nearly flat, probably from the mastication of hard sub-
stances, as the recent fish preys on crustaceous and testaceous animals.
In one specimen twenty of these bodies are attached to a small block of
limestone. They are very abundant in the alluvial aggregate, and are
found in the Stonesfield slate.

16. Scales of a lozenge shape, an inch long, and three-quarters of an
inch wide, having bifurcated processes of attachment.

These scales are very thick, and of a glossy black colour; the process of
attachment is of a pale brown, and ot a bony, or perhaps, cartilaginous
structure. Although in conformity with the opinion of others, I have
been induced to consider these fossils as belonging to an unknown fish;
yet I entertain some doubts if they may not, with greater propriety, be
referred to an animal of the lizard tribe.

* Vide Parkinson, Org. Rem, vol. 3. xix. fig. 6,7. Lhywd, fig. 1382. 1525. Scilla, Tav. 2.
Faujas. Hist. St. Pierre, tab. xix.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 47

REMAINS OF OVIPAROUS QUADRUPEDS.

These consist of the bones, and plates, of several species of tortoise ;
and the scales, teeth, vertebrz, and other bones, of one or more species of
crocodile.

FOSSIL TORTOISES.

The remains of these animals in my possession, clearly point out the
existence of three species in the Tilgate beds. The first, in the form of
its plates, resembles the Testudo mydas (esculent green turtle) of Linné,
(testudo viridis of Schneider), and must either have belonged to the same
species, or to one very analogous to it. Of this kind I have the following
specimens.

17. Three detached plates on a block of car-stone, resembling the
plates on the left side of the tortoise of St. Peter’s mountain. (Faujas,
Pl. XIV.) ‘Two of these are mutilated, but the other is nearly perfect ;
it is of a quadrangular form, measuring 2-4 by 2°7 inch. and its edges are
slightly dentated.

18. A specimen six inches long, and two wide, composed of three
united dorsal plates.

19. Dorsal plates with rudiments of the ribs.

These fossils are evidently of the same species as the turtles found at
Melsbroeck. It may be proper to remark, that the recent species above-
mentioned, is an inhabitant of the coasts of the islands, and continents of
the torrid zone.

20. Of the second species of testudo, I have but a few imperfect
plates, yet their structure is so well displayed, as to leave no doubt of
their being distinct from those previously described. Their surface is
covered with numerous little pits or hollows, irregularly disposed, and
which served in the recent state, to render the soft integument of the
animal more adherent. The specimens in my possession resemble the
plate from the Paris basin (fig. 1. Fossiles de Paris, reptiles et potssons)
described by Cuvier, and referred by that illustrious naturalist to the sub-
genus Trionyx of M. Geoffroy; a division that contains fresh water species
only.

48 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

21. The existence of a third species is presumed, from a plate, to
which a portion of the rib is still attached. Mr. Clift of the Royal College
of Surgeons, who did me the favor to compare it with the recent turtles
in the Museum of the College, remarks that “ this fossil resembles the third
rib from the neck, of a species allied to the hawk’s-bill turtle,” (testudo im-
bricata) which inhabits the American, and Asiatic oceans. The rib is longi-
tudinally striated, and precisely similar to the specimen from Melsbroeck,
fig. E. Planche V. of Burtin *.

Of the bones of the testudines, I have obtained the following, and
probably several others, which at present I am unable to distinguish from
those of other animals.

22. Part of the Omoplate or scapula. Cuvier, Tome IV. PI. 2. 5. 6.

93... .°. . elavicle. Cuvier, Tome IV. Pl. 2. 5. d.

My excellent friend Mr. Lyell, informs me, that the remains of several
species of testudo have been discovered at Stonesfield ; and that some of
the plates which he saw, resembled the first species above enumerated ,
the circumstance is mentioned here, to point out the remarkable cor-
respondence that exists in the contents of these deposits.

FOSSIL LACERTS.

The teeth, vertebre, bones, and other remains of an animal of the
lizard tribe, of enormous magnitude, are perhaps the most interesting
fossils that have been discovered in the county of Sussex.

The teeth and scales, like those of the fishes, are generally well pre-
served, but the bones have sustained considerable injury from fracture
and attrition, which renders the determination of their osteological cha-
racters exceedingly difficult. Of the numerous specimens in my collection,
not one is perfect ; by far the greater part consisting of fragments rounded
by the action of water, and deprived of those anatomical distinctions so
essentially necessary to the elucidation of the form of the original. They
are heavy, brittle, of a deep brown colour, and strongly impregnated with

_ * Oryctographie de Bruxelles, ou Description des Fossiles tant naturels qu’ accidentels decouverts
jusqua ce Jour dans les Environs de cette Ville, par M. Francois Xavier Burtin. Folio, 1784.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 49

iron ; and when exposed to the action of the blow-pipe, evince unequivocal
proofs of their animal origin. Their cellular structure is sometimes
beautifully displayed, being injected either with limestone, or crystallized
carbonate of lime; and in numerous specimens the medullary cavities of
the long bones are filled with white semi-transparent calcareous spar.
The vertebre are the most entire, but even these have their bodies more
or less compressed, and their processes broken, or altogether destroyed.
But notwithstanding the mutilation these remains have undergone, their
osteological characters are still sufficiently marked, to denote not only the
genus of the animal to which they belonged, but also to afford some slight
indication of its species.

The following are the most illustrative specimens in my possession,
and from which the suggestions hereafter offered concerning the nature of
the original, are principally derived.

24. Teeth of a conical form, slightly curved, their surface covered with
numerous longitudinal ridges or striae, which converge towards the apex:
the superior terminations are acuminated in some examples, and rounded
or obtuse in others.

These fossils are either round, or somewhat compressed, and vary
considerably in size and curvature; they are from 0-2 inch to 3 inches
long, and from 0-3 inch to 2°8 inches in circumference at the base;
the upper part only is striated, the lowermost half being perfectly
smooth. With but few exceptions they consist of the crown of the
tooth only, appearing as if broken off close to the jaw; and although in a
' few instances part of the fang remains, yet the detached state in which
they are found, prevents their mode of insertion from being accurately
determined. The fangs are hollow like those of the crocodile, but the
presence of younger teeth within the cavities of the older ones, as in that
animal, has not been detected *.

The teeth possessing the characters here enumerated, constitute the
following varieties, but whether they originally occupied different situations

* In a specimen recently discovered, this structure is however very apparent.
; a5 i

50 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

in the jaws of the same species, or belonged to different species of the
same genus, cannot at present be determined.

var. a. Nearly cylindrical; diminishing very gradually towards the
apex, which is obtuse. This variety is represented by Lhwyd, figs. 1318
and 1319; the largest specimens are of this kind.

var. 6. A slender delicate tooth, rather compressed, curvature gradual,
apex slightly acuminated ; Mr. Clift, who examined a tooth of this species,
observes “that there can be no doubt of its having belonged either to the
crocodile, or monitor ; I know of no other animals whose teeth have the
lateral ridges so strongly defined.” I have several teeth of this kind from
Stonesfield, collected by Mr. Lyell.

var. c. A slender tooth, nearly straight; very similar in form to the
teeth in the anterior part of the jaw of the Gavial or Gangetic crocodile*.

25. Seales of an irregular rhomboidal form, exceedingly thick, with
one extremity sharply pointed ; these are associated with the teeth above
described, and perfectly resemble the scales of the recent alligator in
Exeter ’Change.

VERTEBRE.

These differ from each other in the number, situation, and form
of their processes, which vary according to the situation the vertebre
respectively occupied in the spinal column. In their general characters
they resemble those of the crocodile, from which however they are
separated, in having both faces slightly concave. A similar structure has
been noticed by Cuvier, in the vertebree of an unknown fossil crocodile,
discovered at Havre and Honfleur; and it is to this species that the
osseous remains of the Tilgate beds most nearly correspond.

The vertebree are of three kinds, viz. dorsal, lumbar, and caudal; the
cervical have not been discovered.

26. * Dorsal. The most perfect specimen resembles the vertebre
delineated by Lhwyd, fig. 1607, and fig. 11. Pl. I}. of Cuvier; or more

* On the authority of Clift, Esq.
+ Description des Ossemens des Environs d’Honfleur et du Havre. Cuvier, Animaux
Fossiles, tome IV. Crocodiles Fossiles.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 51

properly speaking, partakes of the characters of both. The body is
slightly contracted in the middle, and has two costal depressions, or
concave articulating surfaces for receiving the heads of the ribs, (faucette
costale, a. b. Cuvier, loc. cit.) between which are two fossz, each containing
a foramen; the faces are transversely elliptical. The dimensions of the
vertebre are as follow:

Length of the body, 1°5 inch.

Transverse diameter of the faces, 2 inches.

Anterio-posterior diameter, 1°5 inch.

The processes are wanting; but traces of the suture by which the
annular part was united to the body of the vertebree, are very manifest.

27. ° Lumbar. These resemble the former, except that the costal
depressions are absent; they are of a large size, and must have belonged
to an animal of considerable magnitude. One specimen, which is precisely
similar in form to the middle vertebre, in fig. 6, Crocodiles Fossiles, Pl.
I. of Cuvier, (except that both its faces are slightly concave,) is of the
following dimensions :

Length of the body, 5 inches.

Diameter of the faces, 3°8 inches.

Diameter of the middle, 2-8 inches.

Like the vertebrz described by Cuvier, this specimen is more con-
tracted in the middle than those of the recent crocodile, and it also
resembles the former, in having a deep fossa immediately beneath the
annular part. (Vide d. fig. 10. Cuvier, loc. cit.)

28. ° Caudal. In these the axis of the body is much contracted ; they
are of an elongated form, and bear a close analogy to the vertebre of the
recent crocodile, (fig. 7. Pl. II. Os séparés de Crocodiles, Cuvier.) One of
the most interesting specimens* in my possession has the remains of the
spinous and articulating processes.

* This fossil was submitted to the inspection of Mr. Clift, who remarked, that it perfectly
resembled the vertebra of a crocodile, except that both its extremities were concave, while
those of the recent animals of that genus were concave anteriorly and convex posteriorly.

H 2

52 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

Length of the body, 3 inches.

Diameter of the middle, 1-2 inches.

Diameter of the faces, 1-4 inches.

The agreement between the vertebra here described, and those of the
fossil crocodile of Honfleur*, is so striking, as to leave no doubt in my
mind of their identity. This opinion is confirmed by the nature of the
other bones entombed in the same deposit, and which we shall now proceed
to examine.

Of these remains the ribs are the most perfect, and their osteological
characters are decidedly analogous to those of the lizard tribe. The
following are selected as the most illustrative examples.

29. Part of a rib, with the vertebral extremity remaining. The head
of the rib, and the tubercle by which it was attached to the transverse
process of the vertebrz, are broken off, but the situation of these parts is

* ‘Two species of crocodile are found in a fossil state at Havre and Honfleur; one having
its vertebrze concavo-convex, as in the recent species, and the other with both faces of the
vertebre slightly concave. It is to the latter, that the bones in question are referable; a
species that Cuvier considers as extinct, but which is nearly related to the Gavial or Gangetic
crocodile. These organic remains also correspond with those of the Tilgate strata in their
mode of preservation, but the bed in which they are deposited, (and which I had formerly
imagined might be identified with our Weald clay,) is referred by Mr. Parkinson, to the Blue
Lias of Dorsetshire. It may not be uninteresting to add Cuvier’s description of the strata.

After a few prefatory observations, this illustrious naturalist thus proceeds :

“Ils sont tous dans un banc de marne calcaire endurcie, d’un gris bleuatre, qui devient
presque noiratre quand il est humide, et qui régne des deux cétés de Yembouchure de la
Seine, le long durivage du pays de Cawa et de celui du pays d’Auge, comme au cap de la Heve,
et entre Touque et Dives, vis-a-vis les Vaches-noires.

“Tl s’éléve en quelques endroits au-dessus du niveau des plus hautes marées, et dans
dautres il est recouvert par les eaux de lamer. Il récéle partout des huitres, de petites moules,
et de petites tellines discoides d’espéces particuli¢res, et les os eux-mémes ont des huitres et
des tuyeaux de serpules adhérens a leur surface ; mais il n’est pas aisé de dire si ces coquilles y
tenoient déja avant qu’ils eussent été enveloppés par la marne, ou si elles ne s’y sont attachées
que depuis que la mer les a lavés et mis 4 découvert.

“Quant a ce banc de marne, il est certainement plus ancien que la masse immense de craie
qui repose sur lui, et qui s’élevant en falaises de 3 et 400 pieds de hauteur, forme tout le
pays de Caux, une partie du pays d’ Auge, et s'étend en Picardie, en Champagne, et jusqu’en
Angleterre.

“La substance des os est d’un brun trés-foncé, et prend un beau poli; les acides Ja dissol-
vent et en prennent une teinte rougedatre, qui annonce qu’elle est colorée parla fer. lle a
cependant conservé une partie de sa nature animale.” Cuvier, Animaua Fossiles, Tome IV.
Crocodiles Fossiles, p. 17, 18.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 53

sufficiently indicated, to prove the resemblance of the specimen to the
vertebral end of the ribs of the crocodile, Pl. 2, fig. 4. k.i. Os séparés de
Crocodiles. Cuvier, Tome iv.

30. A rib twenty-one inches long, with both extremities destroyed.
The sternal end is transversely elliptical, and about two inches in circum-
ference; the bone gradually increases in width towards the opposite ex-
tremity, where its inner surface becomes nearly flat, and the outer slightly
ridged ; the width of this portion is equal to the circumference of the
sternal end. Fragments of ribs of this kind occur also at Stonesfield.

From the mutilated state of the following specimens, the references to
Cuvier’s figures of the bones of the recent crocodile, are probably in some
instances erroneous; they may, however, for the most part, be regarded
as nearly approximating to correctness.

31. Portion of the sternal end of the clavicle? fig. 10, Pl. 2. (Os
séparés de Crocodiles. Cuvier, Tom. iv.)

32. Head of the radius? 8, fig. 13, Pl. 2.

33. Carpal extremity of the radius? 3, fig. 13, Pl. 2.

34. Part of the os pubis? c¢, fig. 15, Pl. 2.

35. Fragment of the os ilium ? a, fig. 15, Pl. 2.

36. Lower extremity of the femur? B, fig. 12, Pl. 2.

37. Some fragments of a cylindrical bone, probably the femur, indicate
an animal of a gigantic magnitude. I have specimens from ten to twenty-
seven inches long, and from eleven to twenty-five inches in circumference;
the substance of the bone being more than two inches thick; some ex-
amples have large foramina for the passage of blood-vessels*.

38. Lower extremity, and other portions of the tibia? fig. 11, Pl. 2.

39. Fragments of the metatarsal bones? fig. 16, Pl. 2.

* I may perhaps be accused of indulging in the marvellous, if I venture to state, that
upon comparing the larger bones of the Sussex monitor with those of the elephant, there seems
reason to suppose, that the former must have more than equalled the latter in bulk, and haye
exceeded thirty feet inlength! and yet some fragments of bone in my possession, warrant such
a conclusion.

54 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

From the facts that have been presented to our notice, we may with
confidence conclude, that the remains in question belonged to an animal,
approaching in its osteological characters to the crocodile, (or perhaps to
the genus Monitor of Cuvier,) but differing in many important particulars
from the recent species: that they are precisely similar to the bones of
the second species of fossil crocodile discovered at Honfleur, and which
Cuvier considers as an extinct animal, related to the Gavial or Gangetic
crocodile ; lastly, that this species exceeded in magnitude every animal of
the lizard tribe hitherto discovered either in a recent or fossil state.

TEETH AND BONES OF UNKNOWN ANIMALS.

Associated with the remains of the monitor and turtles above de-
scribed, are several teeth and bones, whose characters are too obscure and
uncertain to admit of determination, without the aid of more illustrative
specimens. A brief description of these fossils is here inserted, not in the
hope of being able to elucidate their nature, but to record their existence
in the Tilgate beds with a view to future inquiries.

40. Teeth. Among these are several incisors and molares that
have evidently belonged to the same kind of animal; they are of a very
singular character, and differ from any previously known. ‘The molares
are of an irregular pentagonal form, their sides channelled and obscurely
striated. The masticating surface is perfectly smooth, and rather de-
pressed in the centre, and in the largest specimen is 0°8 inch long, and
0-5 wide. They consist of the crown of the tooth only, and are perfectly
solid.

An incisor tooth that appears to correspond with the preceding, is
1-3 inch long; it is slightly bowed, and nearly smooth on the inner sur-
face, but externally has a longitudinal ridge which extends down the
front. The crown of the tooth is 0°6 inch long, and 0-4 inch: wide ; its
sides are angular, and their edges finely crenated.

41. An incisor tooth of a cuneiform shape, 1:1 inch wide, and 1:4 inch
long; the crown only remains.

When perfect, this specimen must have been of a very considerable

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 55

size ;—several smaller examples were discovered by Mrs. Mantell in the
diluvial aggregate.

42. A curved tooth much compressed, the surface smooth, the apex
obtuse, and the edges serrated. The external margin is thick and
rounded, the inner edge thin and acute; length 1-5 inch.

This specimen resembles fig. 1328 of Lhwyd, but does not entirely
correspond with the figure of that author; a reference to it will however
serve to render this description more intelligible. “The teeth near the
front of the lower jaw of the barracouta, are very similar in form *.”

43. Part of the scale of a fish ? it is half an inch square, and its surface
covered with irregular depressions. “The markings on its surface re-
semble those of the dorsal scales of the sturgeon }.” (Accipenser sturio.)
May it not have belonged to a species of trionyx ?

44. Part of the lower jaw of a fish? (or of an animal allied to the mo-
nitor ?) imbedded in a block of limestone.

This interesting specimen is in the possession of my friend R. Weekes,
Esq. of Hurtperpoint. It is part of the right side of the lower jaw, about
1-6 inch long. It contains seven slender curved pointed teeth, the largest
of which is 0-2 inch long. Mr. Konig, to whose notice it was submitted,
thought it belonged to an animal allied to the monitor.

45. Portion of a rib slightly curved, and nearly flat.

Length 14 inches ; width of the narrowest extremity 2°5 inches, of the
widest, 3 inches ; thickness, 0:8 inch.

This specimen bears a greater resemblance to the rib of a quadruped,
than to those of the lacerte

From this sketch of the strata and organic remains of the Tilgate
strata, imperfect as it may be, several important inferences naturally arise :
but as my information concerning these remarkable deposits is too limited
and uncertain to warrant any general conclusions, I shall not at present

* On the authority of Mr. Clift. + Mr. Clift.

56 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

presume to attempt an explanation of the phenomena they exhibit, but
conclude with a brief recapitulation of the facts which this investigation
appears to have established.

1. The country in the environs of Tilgate forest is composed of various
beds of limestone and sandstone, covered with a layer of diluvial detritus ;
their total thickness being about thirty feet.

2. These deposits (so far as our knowledge extends) are of incon-
siderable extent, occupying a district not exceeding fifteen square miles.

3. They contain the remains of oviparous quadrupeds and fishes ;
fresh water ? and marine shells; and numerous vegetables.

4. Of these remains, a few only are sufficiently entire to point out the
characters of the originals, the most considerable portion being reduced to
fragments, and rounded by attrition ; and all more or less broken and. in-
discriminately mixed together.

5. The more perfect examples are referable to the following animals
and vegetables: viz.

An animal of the lizard tribe, of gigantic magnitude.

Other species of lacertz, the characters of which have not been satis-
factorily determined.

Three species of turtle, two of which are marine, and the third, a fresh
water species; of the former, one is related to Testudo mydas, and the
other to T. imbricata. The fresh water species resembles the fossil turtle —
of the Paris basin.

Two kinds of fishes related to recent species, at present inhabitants of
our seas, (if not the same ?) viz. Squalus mustelus, and Anarhicas lupus.

Several species of bivalve and univalve shell-fish; the former be-
longing to the genera mya and unio; the latter to the genera vivipara ?
or paludina ? consisting of the same species as the shells of the Purbeck
limestone.

The vegetables resemble in their general characters, certain plants
peculiar to tropical regions, namely, the Euphorbie and Dicksonie ; some
of them are evidently the remains of palms and gigantic reeds; and one
species is very similar to the common Carew of our rivers.

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 57

It results from these observations, that the animals and vegetables of
the Tilgate strata, must have been overwhelmed by a fluid in a state of
violent commotion, since they are generally broken, and their fragments
promiscuously intermingled; yet from the perfect manner in which the
teeth, scales, and other parts, are preserved in some examples, there is
reason to conclude, that the originals were not transported from a distant
country, but lived and died in the vicinity of the district, where their
remains are now entombed.

In fact, the existence of dry land at no great distance, seems clearly
indicated by these remains of vegetables and amphibia ; some of the former
must have grown on the borders of a river or lake; and the habits of the
recent species, most nearly related to the latter, warrant a similar conclu-
sion, since they are well known to frequent the rivers and marshy tracts
of tropical regions, in the sands and banks of which they deposit their
egos.

Reflecting upon these extraordinary facts, may we not inquire with the
illustrious Cuvier, “ At what period was it, and under what circumstances,
that turtles and gigantic crocodiles lived in our climate, and were shaded by
forests of palms, and arborescent ferns ?”

On tHE GreoLocicaL PosiTioN oF THE STRATA IN THE ENVIRONS OF
Titcate Forest.

The geological position of these beds is involved in much obscurity, and.
cannot at present be satisfactorily determined. The analogy which they
bear to those of Purbeck* is however so striking, that the mind naturally

* The Purbeck beds occupy the highest place in the oolite series, and consist of thin
strata of argillaceous limestone, alternating with schistose marls, forming an aggregate of more
than 300 feet in thickness.

' The fossils of the Purbeck stone consist chiefly of shells, which are supposed to resemble
fresh water species, as the vivipare, cyclostome, planorbes, &e.; impressions of fish, bones,

I

58 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

assigns to both the same relative situation ; yet the latter are well known
to lie immediately beneath the iron sand formation, while the strata in
question, are almost in contact with the weald clay, appearing on the
surface, as represented in the annexed diagram.

a. Chalk of the South Downs. %. Blue chalk marl. c. Green sand.
d. Weald clay. e. Sand. jf: Tilgate beds. g. Iron sand.

It is obvious from this section, that the only hypothesis by which the
connexion of the Tilgate and Purbeck beds can be rationally explained,
is that of supposing them to form a protrusion through the iron sand ;
the relative position of the respective substances being such, that a de-
nudation, or removal of the upper beds, could not have occasioned their
present appearance. And as the thickness of the iron sand is estimated
at 500 feet, the Tilgate strata, according to this supposition, must be
situated on the summit of a hillock, or peak, 500 feet above the level of
the uppermost beds of the Purbeck limestone.

a. a. Iron sand. 0. Tilgate beds. c¢. Purbeck limestone.

ecies of turtle ; and the bones and teeth of an animal of the lizard
tribe, allied to the crocodile. The circumstances under which these strata appear, differ greatly.
They are distinctly seen in the Isle of Purbeck, and form a considerable district in Yorkshire,
called the Vale of Pickering. Thesame strata appear in Kent, rising together with others, from
beneath the chalk; where from the coarseness of the limestone, it has been called the Kentish Rag.

(Phillips’ Outlines of Geology.)

and plates of one or more sp

STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST. 59

The discussion of this subject cannot, however, be pursued in this
place, without leading to the anticipation of facts hereafter to be ex-
amined ; it will therefore be more convenient to reserve any farther ob-
servations to the concluding section of this volume.

On THE ANALOGY BETWEEN THE Orcanic Remains oF THE TILGATE
Brps, AND THOSE OF STONESFIELD, NEAR OxForp.

In the course of this inquiry, allusion has been made to the fossils of
the Stonesfield slate, and their general resemblance to those of the Tilgate
strata; this correspondence in the organic remains of deposits, whose
geological relations are so entirely dissimilar, is a fact sufficiently in-
teresting to require some attention.

The Stonesfield limestone is well known to belong to the middle beds
of the oolite, and has long been celebrated for the extraordinary character
of its fossils; of which, however, no detailed account has yet appeared
before the public*.

According to Dr. Kidd--, it contains crabs, birds, tortoises, and one or
more large quadrupeds; and the Rev. W. Conybeare, in his highly in-
teresting memoir on the Plesiosaurus{t, mentions, that it also incloses the
remains of “ an immense saurian animal, approaching to the characters of
the monitor, and which, from the proportions of many of the specimens,
cannot have been less than forty feet long.”

With the assistance of Charles Lyell, jun. Esq. M. A. (of Bartley
Lodge, Hants,) and aided by an interesting collection of Stonesfield
fossils, for which I am indebted to his liberality, I have been able to as-
certain that the following organic remains occur in both deposits, viz.

* Tn the second part of the fifth vol. of the Geolog. Trans. just published, Mr. Conybeare
states, that Professors Kidd and Buckland have been long engaged in the study of these in-
teresting remains, and itis expected will shortly publish the result of their observations.

+ Geological Essays, by J. Kidd, M.D. 8yo. 1815, p. 38.

+ Geological Transactions, Vol. 5. p. 592. \
I 4

60 STRATA OF TILGATE FOREST.

The teeth, ribs, and vertebrze of a gigantic animal of the lizard tribe.

Bones and plates of several species of tortoise.

Teeth of a species of squalus and anarhicas.

Seales of fishes, and lacertz.

Bones of birds? and of quadrupeds ?

A plant of the genus carex, allied to recent species. But the resem-
blance extends no farther; the trigonie and belemnites of the Stonesfield
slate do not occur in the Tilgate beds; and the vivipare, euphorbie, &c.
of the latter, have not been discovered in the former deposit. It is
scarcely necessary to add, that the limestone slate of Tilgate exhibits no
traces of oolitic structure.

WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY. 61

Vee

gl. 3. WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY; CONTAINING SUBORDINATE
BEDS OF LIMESTONE AND SANDSTONE.

Syn.—Tetsworth Clay.—Order of Superposition of the Strata, Sc. by Pro-
JSessor Buckland.

A tenacious clay, varying in colour from a yellowish brown to a dark
bluish grey, and containing beds of limestone and sandstone, succeeds the
iron sand deposit. It forms, as its name implies, a soil peculiarly favour-
able to the growth of the oak, the tract of country in which it pre-
dominates producing the finest timber in the county.

The weald clay appears on the surface, between the out-crops of the
iron sand of the forest ridge, and the green sand, and its boundaries, are
tolerably well defined by the basseting edges of those formations. Its
occurrence is also indicated by the badness of the roads, and the lux-
uriant forests of oak with which it is covered in many places. It is of
considerable extent and thickness. The wells sunk in it are deep, and the
water generally of bad quality.

This deposit forms a vale from six to twelve miles in breadth, oc-
cupying the lowest part of the wealds of Kent and Sussex, and skirting
the base of the chain of sand hills situate on the boundary line of the two
counties. This vale commences near Pevensey, and runs parallel with
the northern escarpment of the Downs, to Petworth and Haslemere, its
inner margin extending to Horsham; it then passes into Surrey, and
finally into Kent, where it obtains the same relative situation.

This clay is destitute of organic remains, but is well characterized by
beds of argillaceous shelly limestone, that occur in various parts of its
course in Surrey, Kent, and Sussex.

62 WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY.

We shall now proceed to particularize a few localities of this deposit,
and afterwards give a detailed account of the limestone strata, the geolo-
gical history of which is particularly interesting, from their supposed
analogy to the Purbeck. :

At Swingate, near Plashett Park, in the parish of Ringmer, a well was
sunk in the Weald Clay, to the depth of seventy feet; and at Mr. Hill's,
on the Broyle, a well, ninety feet deep, was carried by borings forty feet
lower; in both instances the water was brackish, and unfit for culinary
purposes: no organic remains were discovered. The deepest borings in
Mr. Hill’s well brought up ironstone and sand.

On a farm belonging to Mr. John Rickman, at another part of the
Broyle, trials were also made for water, but the result was equally un-
favourable. To the intelligent proprietor of that estate, I am indebted
for the following section :

Section of strata in the Broyur, near Rinemer, (communicated by Mr.
John Rickman, of Wellingham.)

Feet.

“ 1, Ochraceous clay, becoming hard, and untractable when dry 5
« 2. Clay, with a thin vein of sand - - - = 5
« 3. Blue oak-tree clay ; tenacious when wet ; crumbles very fine
when exposed to the sun; a good manure for light sandy soils —- 5
« 4, Yellowish brown clay - - - - a val O
« 5. Clay of a light blue colour - - - - 10
« 6, Clay of a deeper blue, impregnated with iron mal waht xe 5

« At this depth a spring suddenly burst forth, and rapidly rose to the
surface: it has continued to flow in a gentle stream, but the water is too
strongly impregnated with iron to be fit for domestic use.” In an ad-
joining field, Mr. R. bored to the depth of sixty feet, when the auger
became immoveably fixed in a hard substance; probably a bed of Sussex
marble*.

* The well-diggers regard the occurrence of this limestone as a sure prognostic of good
water, and assert that where it is absent, the water of the clay is brackish and unpalatable.

WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY. 63

§ Sussex or PerwortH Marste.

Syn.—* Marmor viridi-cinereum cochleis refertum.” Da Costa’s Nat.
Hist. of Fossils, p. 235, No. xxvii.

“ Marble from Petworth, Sussex.” Woodward’s Catalogue, vol. i. p. 20.
x. b. 60 *.

This limestone is of various shades of bluish grey, mottled with
green, and ochraceous yellow, and is composed of the remains of fresh
water univalves, formed by a calcareous cement into a beautiful compact
marble. It bearsa high polish, and is elegantly marked by the sections of
the shells which it contains. The shells belong to the genus vivipara of
Montfort, (Helix vivipara, of Linné,) and are supposed to resemble the
recent species ofour rivers: their constituent substance is a white crystallized
carbonate of lime, and their cavities are commonly filled with the same sub-
stance, presenting a striking contrast to the dark ground of the marble.
In other varieties the substance of the shells is black, and their sections
appear on the surface in the form of numerous lines and spiral figures.

The Sussex marble occurs in layers, from a few inches to a foot in
thickness, and these are commonly separated from each other by thin
seams of clay, or of coarse friable limestone. It is frequently found in
blocks or slabs, sufficiently large for sideboards, columns, or chimney-
pieces, and but few of the ancient residences of the Sussex gentry are
without them. There is historical proof of its having been known to the
Romans, “ and in the early Norman centuries it was much sought after,
and applied as the Purbeck marble was, when cut into small insulated
shafts of pillars, which were placed in the triforia, or upper arcades of
cathedral churches, as at Canterbury and Chichester. At the first men-

*« Marble from Petworth, Sussex. The ground grey, with a cast of green. Tis very
thick set in all parts, with shells chiefly turbinated. Some of them seem to be of that sort of
river shell that Dr. Lister (st. Cochlear. Aug. p. 133.) called Cochlea maxima, fusea sive ni-
gricans, fasciata. Several of the shells are filled with a white spar, which variegates and adds to
the beauty of the stone. This is of about the hardness of the white Genoese marble.” An
Attempt towards a Natural History of the Fossils of England, by J. Woodward, M D. London,
1729, tome 1. p. 20.

64 WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY.

tioned, the archiepiscopal chair is composed of it. Another more general
use was for slabs of sepulchral monuments, into which portraits and in-
scriptions of brass were inserted. In the chancel at Trotton, there is a
single stone, the superficial measure of which is nine feet six inches, by
four feet six inches; and another, in the pavement of the cathedral of
Chichester, measures more than seven feet by three and a half*.” York
Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, Temple Church, Salisbury Cathedral, and
most of the principal gothic edifices in the kingdom, contain pillars or
slabs of this marble. It is singular, that in Woodward’s time, an opinion
prevailed, that these pillars, &c. were artificial, and formed of a cement
cast in moulds ; but, as that author remarks, “ Any one who shall confer
the grain of the marble of those pillars, the spar, and the shells in it, with
those of this marble got in Sussex, will soon discern how little ground
there is for that opinion, and yet it has prevailed very generally. I met
with several instances of it as I travelled through England, and had fre-
quent opportunities of showing those who asserted these pillars to be fac-
titious, stone of the very same sort with that they were composed of,
in the neighbouring quarries +.”

Numerous examples of the durability of this limestone have been
noticed above ; yet from long exposure in damp situations, it undergoes
decomposition, and the petrified testacez may then be extricated almost
entire. The specimens, figs. 5, 6. tab. xvil. are examples of this kind;
the slab delineated in the same plate is of the most compact and beautiful
variety, that occurs in the south-eastern division of the county.

Mr. Young { observes, that this limestone affords a very valuable
manure, equal to chalk; and Hasted|| mentions, that a grey turbinated
marble, greatly resembling it, is found at Bethersden, in Kent : specimens
in my possession, from the last-mentioned locality, are perfectly analogous
to the Sussex marble.

* Dallaway's Western Sussex, chap. 26, page 145.
+ Woodward's Fossils, loc. cit.

t Young’s Agricultural Survey of Sussex.

|| Hasted’s Kent.

WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY. 65

From the considerable depth in the Weald clay, at which this lime-
stone generally occurs, its geographical extent cannot be accurately de-
fined, our knowledge of its course depending, for the most part, upon
such sections as are accidentally exposed, by the sinking of wells, or other
artificial excavations. The information thus obtained is, however, suf-
ficient to prove, that the beds traverse the county in a N.N.W. direc-
tion, extending from Kirdford, in Western Sussex, to Laughton, six miles
N.E. from Lewes, from whence it preceeds eastwardly, and is lost in the
alluvial marshes of Pevensey Levels. Wherever it approaches the sur-
face, it occupies moderately rising ground, generally on the north side of
arvivulet. The following list contains every locality with which I am at
present acquainted :

LocaLiTIEs OF THE Sussex Marxsue.

Kirdford. In the quarries of the Earl of Egremont, lying on blue
clay, twenty feet below the surface.

North Chapel. This locality is mentioned by Da Costa.

Petworth. The quarries are nearly four miles from the town, and the
marble occurs in a bed of blue clay, at the depth of twenty-five feet.
“The bed is horizontal, and is exposed to view in the ravines. It is
divided by fissures into large slabs, fit for tables and other purposes,
varying in thickness, from twelve to twenty-two inches, and is more or
less compact*.”

Wisborough Green.

West Grinsted f.

Friar’s Oak Inn, on the Brighton road +.

St. John’s Common: in blue clay, at the depth of a few feet beneath
the surface, generally covered with a thin bed of loam. The limestone
is of a deeper blue than in most other places, and the slabs, where in con-
tact with the clay, are covered with a profusion of casts of univalves, lying
in relief. The pathways leading to the cottages, situate on the road-side

* I am indebted for this notice, to my excellent friend John Hawkins, Esq. F.R.S. &c. of
Bignor Park, near Petworth.
+ These localities were communicated by Richard Weekes, Esq. F.L.S. &c. of Hurstperpoint.
K

66 WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY.

from hence to near Cuckfield, are generally paved with blocks of
limestone, that have been dug up in sinking the neighbouring wells; by
an attention to this circumstance, (which I have frequently noticed in
other parts of the county) the marble may occasionally be discovered
in situations, where its existence might not otherwise have been sus-
pected.

New Close; on Ditchling Common*.

Blackbrook Wood; beneath a bed of ochraceous clay, four feet thick. -

Plumpton Green *; at the south end of the green, and to the north of
the rivulet.

Street Green ; it occurs under precisely similar circumstances.

Cooksbridge.

Plashett Park. A well sunk near a cottage in the south-eastern
corner of the park, gave the following section :

Feet. Inches.

1. Ochraceous loam = - 5° 0
2. Weald clay - - - 5 0
3. Sussex marble - = = 0 5
4. Weald clay = 2 = 5 0
5. Sussex marble > s O 10
6. Weald clay - - - 9 0
7. Sussex marble - - c O 10

Spring of excellent water. -

26 1 Total depth.

Short Gate. A well thirty feet deep in the Weald clay, passed
through two beds of Sussex marble. |

Broyle Place. In an adjoining field, blocks of the limestone are fre-
quently exposed by the ploughs.

Laughton. In digging the foundation of the mansion lately erected
by Colonel Downman, of the Royal Artillery, a fine bed of Sussex marble
was discovered at the depth of ten feet. It is a very compact variety,

* These localities were communicated by Richard Weekes, Esq. F.L.S.&c. of Hurstperpoint.

WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY. 67

and is separated by thin layers of marl into slabs, from six to twelve inches
thick. A spring of excellent water issues from beneath the limestone
beds, in a well thirty feet deep.

In concluding this account of the Sussex marble, it may be proper to
remark, that it appeared unnecessary to specify every variation in its tex_
ture or colour, since these differences are merely accidental, and do not
affect the geological history of the substance under examination.

Oreanic Remains.

The fossils of the Weald clay, consist only of the shells contained in
the beds of limestone, and these do not present much variety. They are
referable but to one genus, and consist of the following species :

1. Vivipara fluviorum ? Tab. xvij. fig. 5, 6.

2. ——-—\ extensa. Mun. Conch. tab. xxxi. fig. 2.

From the apparent resemblance of these shells to the recent helices,
(Helix vivipara, et H. tentaculata, of Linné) the limestone in which they
are imbedded, has been supposed to be of fresh water origin. The correct-
ness of such an opinion is, however, very questionable, since the characters
of the fossils are not sufficiently defined, to admit of accurate comparison
with their assumed prototypes *.

The analogy between these strata, and the upper beds of the Purbeck,
is so striking, that some eminent geologists have been induced to con-
sider the Sussex marble as belonging to that series of deposits. But the
testaceze of the Purbeck limestone, although corresponding in many

* Mr. G. Sowerby has favoured me with the following remarks on the specimens repre-
sented in tab. xvij. figs. 5, 6

« J will briefly state the reasons which induce me to think the specimens in question are
not of fresh water origin, and consequently not paludine. After a careful examination, 1 can-
not perceive the least appearance of that kind of erosion, so characteristic of fresh water tes-
taceze, and which, though not constant, is in most cases observable in a greater or less degree.
The substance of these shells is also considerably thicker than in any species of paludina ; in-
deed for size, their thickness is very considerable.

* These fossils must not be confounded with the vivipare or paludine, so common in the
marl that lies over the fresh water beds at Headen-hill, in the Isle of Wight, and which
are distinctly eroded, very thin, and of undoubted fresh water origin.

“The only recent shells that resemble the fossils you have submitted to my examination,
are a small species of twrbo, (of Linné) approaching in its characters to turbo littoreus.”

K 2

68 WEALD, OR OAK TREE CLAY.

respects with the vivipare of the Sussex marble, are of a more slender
and elegant form, and certainly belong to a distinct genus. In short,
after repeated examinations of the Weald clay with its imbedded lime-
stone, in various parts of its course through Sussex, I have no hesita-
tion in stating my conviction, that it is perfectly distinct from the Pur-
beck, and is separated from it by the iron sand formation, as represented
in the annexed diagram :

Pee Maun la gst AL

a. b. a eT ay lb i

a. Weald clay, and Sussex marble. b. Iron sand. c. Purbeck
limestone.

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND. 69

VIII.

§ 1. 4. Green or CuioritE Sanp.

Syn. Phillips’ Outlines of Mineralogy and Geology, p. 199.—Smith’s
Strata, p. 12.—Professor Buckland’s Order of Superposition of the British
Islands.

Tue term green sand, in its limited sense, is employed to designate
certain strata of siliceous sand and sandstone, which compose the upper
division of the “Green Sand Formation,” and are interposed between the
Weald clay and the lower beds of the chalk. A considerable portion of
the sand “contains little round masses of a green substance, having a near
resemblance to chlorite, and which sometimes are so abundant as to
give a green tinge to the aggregate of which they form a part: from this
circumstance, the deposit has also been distinguished by the name of
“ Chlorite Sand.” 'This substance, however, has not been chemically
examined, and very probably may prove to be a suboxide of iron *.”

In its course through Sussex, the green sand varies so much in its ex-
ternal appearance, physical characters, and mineral contents, that its out-
crop is traced with difficulty. The strata comprised in this division,
admit of the following synoptical arrangement, viz.

Thick beds and concretions of chert, (provincially termed whinstone,)
s with veins of chalcedony.
White sand and sandstone.
GREEN SAND. Red sand. =
Green sand.
Passing into iron sand, and containing concretions of ironstone.
Alternating with, and passing into soft grey sandstone.

* Phillips’ Outlines.

70 GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND.

Such are the principal members of this deposit, that occur in Sussex.
The lowermost beds first appear in the western part of the county at
Haslemere, Blackdown hill, &c., where the layers and concretions of chert
that characterize this division, are provincially termed IVhinstone. These
are succeeded by the ferruginous sand of Parham, which continues with
but little interruption to Hurstperpoint, and there gradually passes into
the red and white sand and sandstone of Ditchling. Proceeding in an
easterly direction, the sand assumes its characteristic appearance, and at
Westmeston, Cooksbridge, Wellingham, Ringmer, the Broyle, &c. per-
fectly resembles the chlorite sand of Wiltshire. Approaching Eastbourne,
it passes into soft grey sand and sandstone, and is there terminated by
the ocean.

The outcrop of the green sand thus briefly sketched, forms an incon-
siderable tract of country, of variable breadth, extending from Eastbourne,
to the western extremity of the county, and lying parallel with the
northern escarpment of the Downs.

The subdivisions of this deposit in Sussex are not sufficiently important
to require a separate description, and we shall therefore proceed to in-
vestigate the phenomena they present to our notice, without adhering to
geognostic arrangement.

The beds and concretions of chert, occur principally in the western
division of the county. This substance is a variety of hornstone; it occurs
massive, is of a greyish yellow or greenish colour, has a conchoidal frac-
ture, and a glimmering lustre. To my excellent friend, John Hawkins,
Esq. F. R.S. &c. of Bignor Park, I am indebted for the following account
of its characters and position.

“This stone is a compact mass of quartz, but not homogeneous, for
it contains iron, and perhaps some other substance. It occurs in great
abundance in the beds of our building stone, a ragged sandstone, which
constitutes a chain of hills running E. and W. on the north side of the
Arun and Rother: the strata there have a regular dip to the south, and
basset out on the north. At Petworth and on the top of the high hill to
the eastward, this hard stone is dug in great quantities for repairing the

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND. 71

roads*, and I know not in any country a better material. It is usually
disposed in irregular beds in the sandstone, but occasionally forms veins,
which intersect the strata; I call the beds irregular, because they vary
much in breadth and appear not to continue far.

“The Wuinstone+} shows a transition into the sandstone, and they
are certainly of contemporaneous formation. In some situations near
Petworth, great lenticular masses of this substance are imbedded in the
friable sandstone, and these follow the same sedimentary line as the
beds of sandstone, although separated from each other by very wide
intervals: they are therefore unquestionably in situ. These masses
frequently measure eight or ten feet by two or three, and are invariably
surrounded by a more friable and ochraceous sandstone than the rest of
the strata.”

The Whinstone is sometimes traversed by veins of chalcedony, and
it also contains cavities lined with mammillated concretions of the same
substance {.

At Parham, near the village of Storrington, and in the adjoining parish
of Rackham, the sand is highly ferruginous, and contains irregular con-
cretions of ironstone. These beds, which are peculiarly interesting from
the abundance and variety of their organic remains, were first noticed
by my brother, through whose kindness I have obtained a fine series
of specimens.

In Parham Park, the seat of Lord De-la-Zouche, the sand appears
immediately beneath the turf, disposed in the following manner :

1. Surface soil, consisting of sand and vegetable earth; in some parts
of a deep brown colour, approaching to black.

2. A thin layer of ferruginous sand, with small nodular masses of
ironstone.

* Tt was also noticed on Bexley Heath, and on the sides of Blackdown Hill, by Mr.
Lyell. A

+ Whinstone, the name by which the chert is distinguished in Western Sussex, is probably
of Saxon origin ; it is unknown in the south-eastern part of the county.

+ This circumstance was communicated to me by the Rey. C. P. N. Wilton, M.A. &c. of
Blakeney, Gloucestershire.

72 GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND.

3. Brown sand, with nodular concretions of sand, enveloping traces of
zoophytes.

4. Yellowish brown friable sandstone, which hardens by exposure to the
air; it contains numerous casts and impressions of bivalves and univalves.

5. Indurated sandstone of a deep brown colour, enclosing irregular
nodules of ironstone.

6. Sand and sandstone to an indeterminate depth.

The fossils discovered in these strata, consist of the casts and im-
pressions of many kinds of univalves and bivalves; and these occur in the
greatest perfection in the more compact masses of the sandstone. Of the
shells themselves not the slightest vestige remains, the cavities they
formerly occupied being still empty: a circumstance that proves their
destruction must have been effected by some chemical agent, subsequently
to the consolidation of the sand, which now so beautifully retains their
forms and markings.

By a careful comparison of the casts with the corresponding im-
pressions, the following have been identified.

Orceanic REMAINS FROM ParuHam Park.

1. Fragment of an Echino-spatangus.

2. A small species of Patella, of an oval shape, conical, depressed ; the
casts of the interior of the shell only have been discovered.

3. Rostellaria Parkinsoni. Org. Rem. vol. 3. tab. V. fig. 11. It is
evidently of the same species as the siliceous rostellarite of Devonshire,
figured by Mr. Parkinson, and is readily distinguished by its alated outer
lip with one spur-like process: the wreaths are from six to seven in
number, and are slightly costated longitudinally.

4. Natica? A cast one inch long, the outer whorl being seven-tenths
of the whole: volutions four or five. It very closely resembles the nerite,
figured by Faujas St. Fond. Hist. Nat. de la Mont. de St. Pierre, Pl.
xxvii. fig. 2.

5. Fragments of a species of Dentalium, 1°5 inch long, and 0:3 inch in
diameter, at the largest extremity.

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND. 73

6. Mytilus. Casts of a small species, with acuminated beaks, the anterior
side truncated and slightly curved ; a few concentric markings, probably
the lines of growth, are perceptible.

7. Modiola imbricata? Min. Conch. tab. 212. figs. 1,3. The form
of the casts so closely corresponds with that of the figures referred to, that
I have but little hesitation in considering them as the remains of the
same species, although the imbricated external surface has not been
noticed in the Parham specimens.

8. Tellina. The casts of a small flat species ; these are very numerous.

9. Cucullea. A few excellent casts in which the transverse teeth of
the hinge (the characteristic mark of this genus) are very distinctly shewn;
the impression of the external surface has not been observed. Some of
the specimens are of the size and form of C. decussaéa (Min. Conch. tab.
206. figs. 3 and 4.), and in all probability belong to that species; an
impression of the markings of the interval between the beaks, resembles
those of C. oblongata, (Min. Conch. tab. 206. figs. 1 and 2.)

10. Trigonia clavellata. Min. Conch. tab. 87. The casts of this
species are from three to four inches long, and exhibit the structure of
the hinge and the situation of the muscular impression. The markings
of the external surface, upon which its specific characters depend, are also
beautifully preserved.

11. Trigonia aliformis. Min. Conch. tab. 215. The casts of this
_species are very bold and sharp, and seldom exceed an inch in width; the
impressions of the external surface are not uncommon.

12. Venus. The casts of a shell of this genus are very numerous ;
it is an inch long, the width a little exceeding the length; the external
impressions have not been observed.

13. Crassatella? The cast of a species allied to this genus.

14. Venericardia planicosta? Min. Conch. tab. 50. Several remark-
ably perfect casts of a venericardia, allied to this species, have been
obtained from the more compact masses of the ironstone; they differ
‘however from V. planicosta in their width exceeding their length, and in
having but one muscular impression, which is placed near the posterior

L

74 GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND.

margin. The appearance is too constant to be the result of accident, but
it is difficult to explain the cause of this deviation from the usual structure
of the shells of this genus. The specimens are from four to five inches
and a half wide, and weigh from ‘one, to one and a half pounds.

15. Mya intermedia. Min. Conch. tab. 76. fig. 1. The casts are very
elegant, and correspond in every respect with the specimens of this species
that occur in the sandstone of Bognor: the impression of the hinge tooth

is very manifest.
It is a circumstance worthy of remark, that this shell should have been

an inhabitant of the waters that deposited the green sand below the
chalk, and of those which formed the sandstone of the London clay.

16. Pecten quinquecostata. Min. Conch. tab. 56. The lower or
convex valve only has been observed; its form is precisely similar to the
chalk specimens.

17. Perna. Impressions of the hinge of a species of this genus are
preserved in some of the masses of ironstone in my cabinet; and a few
casts of the shell were discovered in the sand by my brother. The largest
specimen of the hinge is about three inches long, and exhibits six casts of
the pits or depressions of the original; they resemble P. aviculoides,
Min. Conch. tab. 66. in their general contour, but probably belong to a
distinct species.

18. 'Terebratula ovata. Min.Conch. tab. 15. fig. 3. It is of an ovate
form, rather depressed, smooth, and obscurely pentangular. This species
also occurs in the green sand of Wilts.

/19. Terebratula; a small striated species, in too imperfect a state to
admit of determination.

Proceeding towards the eastern division of the county, the sand is
observed holding its course in a line parallel with the northern escarp-
ment of the Downs, at Henfield, Hurstperpoint, Stonepound, Keymer, &c.

In the pleasure grounds of W. J. Campion, Esq. of Danny, near

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND. 75

Hurstperpoint, it forms several banks of low elevation, but the sections
which they present are inconsiderable and uninteresting.

On the south side of the turnpike gate at Stone-pound, the sand is of
a reddish brown colour, mottled with yellow; on the north it lies beneath
an alluvial deposit of,

1. Loam and ochraceous clay, about three or four feet.
2. Blue clay, containing a large proportion of sand, five feet.
3. Yellowish grey sand, from eight to ten feet.
4. Reddish brown sand;
these strata dip to the south.

The little town of Ditchling, situated near the foot of the Downs,
stands upon a low mound or hillock of this deposit. Here the sand is of
various shades of red and yellow, interspersed with white ; and is inclined
to the south, dipping beneath the blue chalk marl, which bassets out from
under the chalk hills in the vicinity of the town.

South of Beechwood Green*, the sand rises to the surface, and forms a
bank about eight feet high; in this spot it perfectly resembles the chlorite
sand of Wiltshire. Near Cooksbridge, in sinking the well attached to
the residence of Mr. Warren Lee, chlorite sand was also found at the depth
of forty-five feet, beneath the blue chalk marl. Other localities of this
bed occur in the vicinity of Lewes, of which the following are the most
remarkable, and will serve to convey some idea of its course through this
part of the county.

Locaxitizs oF THE Green Sanp NEAR LEWES.
At Wellingham, near the seat of Mr. John Rickman, covered with a
layer of diluvial clay and pebbles.
Near the mansion of the late Wm. Green, Esq. beneath the blue chalk
marl at the depth of thirty feet.
At the Park-house, in the parish of Ringmer, the well is sunk in chlo-
rite sand, forty feet deep.

* On the road side near Allchin’s cottage. -

i, @

76 GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND.

At Norlington, in the same parish :—here the sand is of a red colour,
and constitutes a low bank, near the house of Mr. New.

In a field east of Ringmer barracks, chlorite sand appears immediately
beneath the turf, and also on the road-side near the fourth mile-stone.

At Willingdon, two miles N.W. of Eastbourne, the green sand is
covered with a thick bed of diluvial sand, which occurs immediately
beneath the surface, and varies from a light grey to a bituminous colour.
This bed abounds with rounded fragments of fossil wood, that occur in
great profusion in a bank on the road-side, near the residence of Mr.
Putland. The specimens are incrusted with a covering of grey sand
containing small pebbles of quartz, and internally are of a light reddish
brown, clouded with darker shades of the same colour. The wood is
calcareous, and bears a good polish, the transverse sections, displaying in
a distinct and beautiful manner the radial insertions and annular mark-
ings, which denote the annual growth of the tree.

In some instances, the wood is studded with the remains of a small
species of Fistulana*, of a pyriform shape, about 0:3 inch long, bearing
some resemblance to F. lagenula, or F. ampullaria, of Lamarck; the
bivalve part of the shell has not been detected, but is in all probability
enveloped in the indurated sandstone with which the tubes are filled.
This species of Fistulana appears to be new, and may be distinguished by
the name of F. pyriformis.

The sand here described, extends to Arlington, Selmeston, &c.; and
in a bank on the south side of the road, leading from Selmeston Fair
Place, to Chilver Bridge, fossil wood of the same kind as that of Wil-
lingdon, has been noticed by Mr. Wm. Figg, jun.

At Chilley, near Pevensey, a bed of sandstone very strongly impreg-
nated with bitumen, occurs beneath a thick layer of marsh land, or silt.
It was discovered a few years since, by Mr, Cater Rand, of Lewes, while
superintending the execution of some improvements in the drainage of

* Fistulana. An equivalved bivalve, gaping, nearly toothless shell, included in a club-
formed testaceous tube, open at the smaller extremity. Org. Rem. vol. iii. p. 199.

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND. ig

Pevensey Levels*. This substance is of a dark chocolate colour,
is easily scraped with the knife, and emits a strong bituminous odour.
Exposed. to the action of the hydro-oxygen blow-pipe it burns with a
bright flame, and fuses into a steel grey enamel }.

On the coast near Southbourne, the sand bassets out from beneath the
chalk marl, and forms a low crumbling cliff, which extends but a short
distance to the north, and then disappears beneath the alluvium of
Pevensey Levels.

This sand is of a grey colour, and is thickly interspersed with particles
of the green substance previously described; it also contains specks of
mica. Where in contact with the superincumbent bed of chalk marl, it
becomes intermixed with that deposit, and some of the fossils peculiar to
each, are associated together at the line of junction. In a hasty visit to
this spot, in the summer of 1818, I collected several species of Inocera-
mus, Pecten, Plicatula, Terebratula, Nautilites, Ammonites, Cirrus, a few
Spongite, and other zoophytes. Few of these, however, are decidedly
analagous to the species which occur in the green sand of Wiltshire: but
partake more of the characters of the chalk marl fossils; indeed it is ob-
vious, that the strata in this place are not exposed to a sufficient depth,
to allow of our obtaining the usual productions of the former.

From what has been previously remarked, the general agreement
between the fossils of the green, grey, and ferruginous sands of Sussex,
and those of the chlorite sand of Wiltshire and Devonshire, is however
sufficiently established. The Trigonie, Cucullee, Rostellaria, Pectinites,
Terebratule, &c. are common to each county, but the mode in which these
remains are preserved differs remarkably. In Wiltshire, the shells have
undergone but little change; in Devonshire, they are converted into chal-

¥ This bed was worked by the Romans, who employed it in the construction of part of
Pevensey Castle. In the alluvial clay near Chilley, Mr. Rand discovered the remains of a
Balista, and a considerable number of enormous balls of bituminous sandstone; the latter were
in all probability intended to supply the engine, which (as is well known) was employed for
hurling large stones.

+ A specimen analysed by my brother, contained 15-4 per cent of bitumen.

78

GREEN OR CHLORITE SAND.

cedony; in Sussex, with but few exceptions, they are entirely destroyed, their
casts and impressions being the only indications of their former existence.

Orcanic ReEmaIns.

As these have been described in the preceding pages, it is only ne-
cessary to subjoin a brief catalogue.

. Wood; in the sand of Willingdon, Selmeston, &c.
. Patella *.
. Rostellaria Parkinsoni.

Natica ?
Dentalium.
Mytilus.

Modiola imbricata.
Tellina.

. Cucullea decussata.

Trigonia clavellata.
- aliformis.

. Venus.

. Crassatella.

. Venericardia planicosta?
. Mya intermedia.

. Pecten quinquecostata.

. Perna.

. Terebratula ovata.

a small striated species.

. Fistulana pyriformis; in the fossil wood of Willingdon, &e.
. Echino-spatangus.

* This and the following, with the exception of Fistulana pyriformis, are from Parham

Park.

CHALK FORMATION. 79

IX.

§ II. CHALK FORMATION.

Comprising 5. Blue chalk marl, or Galt.
6. Grey chalk marl.
7. Lower chalk.
8. Upper, or flinty chalk.

Tus formation constitutes one of the most striking features in the
geology of Sussex. It forms four principal divisions, distinguished from
each other by their chemical characters, and mineralogical productions.

The uppermost consists of chalk, with numerous parallel beds and
layers of flint.

The next is the lower chalk, containing but very few flints, and in
most localities being wholly destitute of them.

The third is the grey chalk marl, composed of chalk, and a considerable
proportion of argillaceous earth.

The lowermost is the blue chalk marl, or galt, that intervenes between
the grey marl and the green sand, and in some parts of its course, passes
into a compact limestone.

The flinty chalk forms the summit, and the chalk without flints the
central mass of the South Downs; the base of this range being composed
of the grey marl, which is denuded in the deep vallies of the chalk, and in
many places unites the insulated portions of that formation. The blue
chalk marl rises from beneath the grey marl, and forms a narrow fillet of
stiff land, on the northern edge of the Downs. ?

The relative situation of these deposits is shewn in the section an-
nexed to the map; and in the plan of the stratification of the south-
eastern part of Sussex, tab. 111. fig. 1. 2

According to the plan adopted in this work, we shall commence our
investigation with the lowermost deposit, the blue chalk marl.

80 BLUE CHALK MARL.

X.

§ Il 5. BLUE-CHALK MARL..

Syn.—Micaceous brick earth. Smith's Strata, p. 13.
Galt of Cambridgeshire. Geological Transactions, Vol. 5. p. 114.
Folkestone marl. Phillips’ Outlines.
Malm rock. Hawkins’ Memoir. History of Sussex, Vol. 2. p. 114.

Tus deposit consists of a stiff marl of a greyish blue, brown, or ferru-
ginous colour. It contains nodular masses of indurated marl, and thin
layers of a reddish brown schistose limestone. In western Sussex the
beds afford good building stone.

The blue marl reposes upon the green sand, its basseting edge inter-
vening between the outcrop of the latter, and the northern escarpment of
the chalk hills. 'The denuded surface of this bed forms a soil remarkable
for its tenacity, and which, in many parts of Sussex and Surrey, is di-
stinguished by the provincial term, “ black land:” it is thus described by
Mr. Young: “ At the northern extremity of the Downs, and usually ex-
tending the same length, is a slip of very rich and stiff arable land, but of
very inconsiderable breadth; it runs for some distance into the vale before
it meets the clay. The soil of this narrow slip is an excessively stiff cal-
careous loam, on a clay bottom; it adheres so much to the share, and is so
very difficult to plough, that it is not an unusual sight to observe ten or
a dozen stout oxen, and sometimes more, at work upon it. It is a soil
that must rank amongst the finest in this, or any other country, being pure
clay and calcareous earth*.” It generally occupies low situations, and

* Young's Agricultural Survey of Sussex.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 81

where uncultivated is covered by rushes and other plants, that affect a
moist and clayey soil.

This deposit seldom exceeds 100 feet in thickness. It may be traced
with but little difficulty, from near Laughton Place, six miles N. E. from
Lewes, through Ringmer, Hamsey, Offham, Plumpton, near Ditchling,
Clayton, New Timber, &c. to Beeding. West of the Adur, its place is
occupied by a compact argillaceous limestone, provincially called Malm
Rock; and which, from the observations of Mr. Hawkins, there can be no
doubt is a contemporaneous formation. This malm rock continues along
the foot of the Downs, near Sullington, Storrington, Amberley, Bignor,
&e. to Petersfield in Hampshire.

On the south-eastern margin of the county, the blue marl disappears,
and the grey marl reposes immediately upon the green sand; this cir-
cumstance is clearly shewn by the section of the cliffs near Eastbourne.

The identity of this bed with the blue marl! of Folkestone*, the galt
of Cambridgeshire, and the malm of Surrey}, cannot for a moment be
doubted; not only is there a perfect agreement in their physical characters,
but also in their geological position, and organic remains. The marl of
Folkestone is said, by Mr. Phillips, to contain 30 per cent. of carbonate of
lime; and that of Ringmer, upon being submitted to the action of acids,
indicated a like proportion. In the absence of natural sections, an exa-
mination of the wells sunk in different parts of its course, are the only
means we possess of obtaining a knowledge of the structure, and organic
remains of this deposit. Availing myself of this source of information, I

* The blue marl of Folkestone has been ably described by Mr. W. Phillips. Folkestone
is built upon the green sand, and the cliffs on the east of the town are from 80 to 90 feet high,
the upper part of which, for a considerable distance from their termination at Copt Point,
consists of the blue marl. Crystallized sulphate of lime occurs in this bed, and numerous re-
mains of shells with their pearly lustre still preserved. There can be no doubt that this deposit
is altogether analogous to that, underlying the chalk at Malling in Kent, in Cambridgeshire
and Oxfordshire, and which, in the latter counties, is provincially termed Galt. (Geological
Transactions, Vol. 5, page 37.) 1

+ At the foot of the chalk hills near Godstone and Bletchingley, the blue marl rises from
beneath the grey marl; and I have collected from these localities precisely the same species of
ammonites, belemnites, nuculz, &c. as those which occur at Ringmer and Laughton.

M

82 BLUE CHALK MARL.

have succeeded in collecting a most interesting series of fossils, many of
which are peculiar to this bed, and are engraved in the plates annexed to
this volume.

It may be proper in this place to remark, that some eminent geologists
appear to have confounded the blue chalk marl with the Weald clay; but
the former invariably occurs above the green sand, and the latter below it.
These beds are also remarkably distinguished from each other by their
organic remains; the blue chalk marl abounding in belemnites and am-
monites, while the clay (as previously remarked) is destitute of fossils, and
its limestone contains shells of the genus vivipara only.

The following sections have been exposed by the sinking of wells in
the vicinity of Lewes, and will serve to illustrate the characters and re-
lations of this deposit.

WELLS SUNK IN THE BLUE CHALK MARL.

Laughton Place. Blue marl, 60 feet. The marl thrown out in deepen-
ing this well, contained Rostellaria Parkinsoni, aucula pectinat, N. similis,
Ammonites splendens, A. lautus Belemnites Lister, &c. ; the last-mentioned
fossil occurs in profusion in every locality of this bed; and at Laughton,
is exposed on the surface of the ploughed lands.

Cottage in Moor Lane, parish of Ringmer. Blue marl, 50 feet. The
lower beds were intermixed with a considerable proportion of green sand,
and contained similar fossils to the preceding.

Ringmer Green. The wells vary from 30 to 90 feet in the marl, but
good water never occurs until the bed is sunk through, and the green sand
appears. In almost every part of this parish the marl encloses hamites,
ammonites, belemnites, innocerami, nucule, &e.; three species of crustacea,
an elegant species of turbinolia, and crystals of sulphate of lime.

Norlington Green, in the parish of Ringmer. Blue marl, 50 feet. The
mar! was not sunk through, and consequently no water appeared. There
is no stratum in the south-eastern part of Sussex, that contains such an
abundance and variety of organic remains, as the marl in this locality. |
From the depth of 15 to 50 feet the shells occur in prodigious quan-

BLUE CHALK MARL. 83

tities, the greater part having their nacreous covering preserved in the
most beautiful manner. In addition to those previously mentioned, I
have collected several species of crustacea, scales and vertebrz of fishes,
teeth of the squalus mustelus, &c.; crystallized sulphate of lime, or selenites,
was also very abundant.

In this well, at the depth of 20 feet, a layer of red marl, a few inches
thick, was discoyered, and another occurred 10 feet lower; this marl is
sufficiently soft for marking on paper, and much resembles the red chalk
used by artists, but is less pure and of a darker colour; meandering
lines filled with a whitish earth, their outline bearing some resemblance
to the linear leaves of graminiverous plants, were distributed through the
mass. I have observed layers of red marl with precisely similar ap-
pearances, in the blue marl (or malm as it is there termed) of Bletchingley,
in Surrey.

Cottage near the residence of the late Wm. Green, Esq. in the parish
of Ringmer. This well gave the following section :

1. Yellow ochraceous loam, 2 - - - 5 feet.
2. Blue marl, containing ammonites, inocerami, hamites, &c.

and crystallized sulphate of lime, - = = - 15 feet.
3. Dark blue marl, inclining to black, - = = = 10 feet.

Small crystals of sulphate of lime were disseminated through
the upper part of this bed ; and in the lower, nodular masses of
indurated marl, containing an intermixture of green sand, with
small grains of quartz. These masses are permeated by veins of
splendid pyrites, and their external surface is studded with groups
of cubo-octaédral crystals of the same substance.

4. Green chlorite sand, = . es = a = 4 feet.

Total thickness, 34 feet.

At this depth a spring of excellent water suddenly appeared, and rose
to the height of 10 feet.
Cottage of Mr. Warren Lee, near Cooksbridge.
M 2

84 BLUE CHALK MARL.

Blue marl, containing hamites, ammonites, nucule, &e. - 95 feet.

Marl, with a great proportion of chlorite sand without organic
remains, = = = = 2 és 4 £ = 45 feet.
140 feet.

Chiltington, on the estate of John Marten Cripps, Esq. M.A.
Blue marl, containing nucule, inocerami, ammonites, &c. 90 feet.
Near New Timber (communicated by Richard Weeks, jun. Esq. F. L.8.
of Hurstperpoint).

1. Grey chalk marl, gradually passing into the next bed, - 20 feet.

2. Blue chalk marl, enclosing immense numbers of ammonites,
inocerami, nucule, &e. = - - = = s : 70 feet.
90 feet.

It is unnecessary to multiply examples; the sections above described
exhibit every material variation observable in the characters of this
deposit, in the south-eastern part of Sussex; we shall now pass to the in-
vestigation of the limestone beds that occur in the western division.

Maum Rock or WESTERN SUSSEX.

The Malm Rock has been already mentioned, as occupying the same
geological position as the blue marl. It is a compact argillaceous lime-
stone, of a blueish grey colour, the lower beds being hard and durable, and
affording a good material for building*. “ The grey chalk passes in-
sensibly into the malm rock, which forms a basement to the chalk hills of
more than half a mile in breadth, and constitutes the substratum of a
good corn soil. It may be traced with but little interruption from Sul-
lington, near Storrington, to Petersfield.”

* My friend J. Hawkins, Esq. favoured me with a series of specimens, shewing the gra-
dual transition of the grey marl into the malm rock.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 85

« A belt of blue clay appears on the north, the geological relation of
which to the preceding has not been ascertained. It invariably accom-
panies the malm rock in the direction here pointed out, and is succeeded
by a narrow and parallel deposit of ferruginous sand%*, slightly indurated,
the surface of which, if we may draw any inference from some insulated
beds of gravel that occur on the highest points, must once have pre-
sented an uniform extent of table land}.”

Orcanic REMAINS.

The fossils of the blue chalk marl, like those of other argillaceous
strata, are remarkable for their beauty, the pearly covering of the shells
being in most instances preserved.

1. Vegetables. Wood is stated by Mr. Phillips to occur at Folkestone;
but I have not observed any decided remains of vegetables in the blue
marl of this part of Sussex. ;

In the malm rock near Amberley, the Rev. J. Hanley has recently dis-
covered the remains of a large tree, in which the ligneous structure of the
original is very distinctly exhibited {.

2. Turbinolia Konigi, tab. xix. fig. 22 and 24.

Inversely conical, aperture circular, divided by numerous perpendicular
lamellze, radiating from the axis to the circumference; axis simple; margin
crenulated ; external surface longitudinally striated ; striz from 25 to 30,
distinct, prominent ; base convex.

This elegant little coral is from 0-4 to 0°5 inch in diameter, and about
0-3 inch high; the lamelle are numerous, generally exceeding 50; the
strize on the external surface are distinct, proceeding from the base to the
margin, where they unite with the lamelle alternately.

This fossil occurs in every locality of the blue marl near Lewes, and
appears to be one of its most characteristic productions. It has also been

* This bed belongs to the green sand, and has been already described in the account of
the strata at Parham Park.

+ Extract of a letter from J. Hawkins, Esq. Bignor Park.

+ On the authority of J. Hawkins, Esq. F. R.S.

86 BLUE CHALK MARL.

found at Godstone in Surrey, Malling in Kent, and in Cambridgeshire. I
have named it in honour of Charles Konig, Esq. of the British Museum,
whose attainments in mineralogical science, can only be equalled by his
zealous exertions for the prosperity of the national institution to which he
is attached.

Fig. 22, the upper surface ; fig. 24, the base.

3. Turbinolia. A small species, inversely conical, compressed, aper-
ture oval; the lamellz numerous, distinct; axis void ; the external surface
covered with minute longitudinal striz, which unite with the lamelle at
the margin.

A few imperfect specimens only have been discovered.

4, Echino spatangus; this specimen resembles the echinite from De-
vizes, figured by Mr. Smith, as peculiar to the brick earth. (Smith’s
strata, Brick earth, fig. 3.)

5. Fragments of a ventricose univalve, its genuine characters not
distinguishable. |

6. Cirrus plicatus. (Min. Conch. Vol. 2, tab. 141. fig. 3.)

A conical univalve, transversely striated; having the umbilicus pli-
cated. Occurs occasionally at Ringmer.

7. Rostellaria carinata. Tab. xix. fig. 10, 11, 12. 14.

Turreted, spirally striated; whorls, eight or nine; ornamented with
a row of tubercles; body of the lower volution strongly carinated above
the middle, and terminating in a spinous process on the outer lip.

The casts of this shell are composed of indurated marl of a glossy
black colour, and but rarely occur in a perfect state. In some specimens
portions of the shell are still visible, and these shew that the original was
covered with minute transverse striz; the tubercles on the shell are more
elongated than in the casts, assuming the form of ribs.

This species occurs at Laughton, Ringmer, Norlington, &c.

Tab. xix. fig. 10, casts of the spire attached to a block of marl.

Fig. 11. A fragment of the summit of the spire covered with the
shell; this elegant specimen exhibits the spiral striz, and the elongated
tubercular projections.

“BLUE CHALK MARL. 37

Vig. 12. A cast in argillaceous ironstone ; the front of the lower whorl
is seen in this specimen, but the outer lip is wanting.

Fig. 14. exposes the lower wreath with its carinated ridge, and
spinous process.

8. Ampullaria canaliculata. 'Tab. xix. fig. 13.

Ventricose, whorls, three or four; transversely and obliquely striated ;
the striz decussating each other; spire short, turns of the spire separated
by a deep channel.

9. Natica ? Tab. xix. fig. 31, 32.

These shells are from Norlington, but are too imperfect to admit of
accurate determination.

10. Dentalium sériatum. Tab. xix. fig. 4. (Min. Conch. tab. Ixx. 4.)
Slightly arched, longitudinally striated; striz ten or eleven, aperture
circular.

Is of frequent occurrence at Folkestone, but is very rare in Sussex.

11. Dentalium. ‘Tab. xix. fig. 28.

This specimen is longitudinally striated, and much compressed; it is in
too mutilated a state to allow of specific distinction.

12. Dentalium ellipticum. Tab. xix. fig. 21, 25. (Min. Conch. tab. Ixx.
6, 7.)

Nearly straight, slightly compressed, aperture circular, external edge
elliptical.

The substance of the shell being thinner laterally, than on the an-
terior and posterior margins, the external outline of the tube is of an
elliptical form, although the aperture is perfectly circular. The annular
markings occasioned by the lines of increase are very numerous, and
render the surface uneven. The shell is changed into a white pulve-
rulent carbonate of lime; casts of the interior, having a black polished
surface, are not uncommon. Mr. Sowerby remarks, “ that they are beau-
tiful oblong cones, which remain after the shell is decomposed, and have
often puzzled collectors, from the difficulty of ascertaining their origin.”

Tab. xix. fig. 21. A specimen in which the shell is preserved.

Fig. 25. A cast of indurated marl.

88 BLUE CHALK MARL.

13. Nautilus inequalis. Tab. xxi. fig. 14, 15. (Min. Conch. tab. xi.
2, 3.) Involute, spheroidal, umbilicate, aperture obovate; septa entire,
slightly concave, the inner septa deeper than the outer; siphuncle placed
near the inner margin.

The specific name of this elegant shell is taken from the remarkable
structure of its septa, which diminish in depth as they approach the aper-
ture; while, in every other species, they increase in size with the age
of the animal.

Tab. xxi. fig. 14. Front view ofa cast from Norlington.

-- fig. 15. Lateral view of the same specimen. This cast is com-
posed of indurated marl, impregnated with iron; remains of the shell
changed into carbonate of lime, form the curved lines which mark the

division of the chambers.

14. Belemnites Listerz. Tab. xix. fig. 17, 18, 23.

—_——_—______ minimus; Lister. Hist. Anim. Anglia, p. 228, fig. 32.

Subfusiform, cylindrical, with one slight longitudinal sulcus; apex
pointed ; siphunculus central, extending through the alveolus to the apex
of the spathose part.

The form of this beautiful little belemnite varies considerably ;
some of the specimens are fusiform, others gently taper towards the
apex; some are perfectly cylindrical, and others contract suddenly.
Their constituent substance is a spathose crystallized carbonate of lime,
of a radiated structure, varying from a dark brown to a light amber
colour; many of the specimens are nearly opaque, but the greater part
are pellucid. The largest example in my collection is 0-2 inch in
diameter, and 1-3 inch in length. Upon the application of a slight force
in the direction of the sulcus, they separate longitudinally, and expose
sections of the chambered structure of the shell, with the siphunculus ex-
tending through the spathose substance to the apex. These fossils occur
in profusion in every locality of the blue marl in Sussex; and also in
Surrey, Kent, and Cambridgeshire. The same species is found at Stut-
gard *.

* Geological Transactions, vol. v. p. 58.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 89

The specimens delineated are from Ringmer.

AMMONITES.

The ammonites of this deposit, are equal in elegance and beauty to
any hitherto known. When first collected, they retain in general a
considerable portion of the original shell, with its nacreous covering
heightened by the changes it has undergone in the mineral kingdom.
They are very iridescent, and in many instances derive a golden lustre
from an impregnation with sulphuret of iron, that renders their appearance
remarkably splendid *. Their cavities are filled with pyrites, indurated
marl, and argillaceous ironstone, and from the excellent state in which
the septa are preserved, their foliaceous structure is shown in numerous
examples.

In the Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle, mention is made of a bed of
clay, in the vicinity of Moscow, where ammonites occur under similar cir-
cumstances, and apparently in the same state of preservation +.

15. Ammonites splendens. Tab. xxi. figs. 13, 17.

Involute, depressed, carene flat, with carinated margins; volutions
three or four, deeply inserted, flat, transversely radiated ; radii depressed,
curved towards the aperture ; a row of distant elongated tubercles on the
inner margin; aperture sagittate ; dissepiments foliaceous ; siphunculus
internal.

The external volutions rapidly increase in breadth, the inner ones
being three-fourths concealed. Two or three radii arise from each tu-

* The pyrites upon which the beauty of these fossils principally depends, undergoes de-
composition upon exposure to the air, even for a short period; a circumstance that occasions
the destruction of nine-tenths of the specimens, after they have lain in the cabinet of the col-
lector but a few weeks. I have employed various means for their preservation, but without
success ; varnishes, gum water, albumen, &c. destroy their lustre, and give them an unpleasant
appearance.

+ “ J’en ai vu d’immenses quantités des ammonites dans les couches d’argile qui forment le
rivage de la Moscoua, prés de Moscou, a cing ou six pieds seulement au-dessous de la surface
du sol. Elles sont toutes d’une grandeur médiocre et n’excédent pas cing 4 six pouces de
diamétre ; elles sont de Pespéce qui est articulée et décorée d’arborisations. Rien n’est si beau
que ces cornes d’ammon dans Iinstant ou on les retire de leur gite; elles sont révetues d’une
couche pyriteuse couleur d’or et gorge de pigeon; mais dés qu’elles ont pris Yair, elles s’ef-
fleurissent et tombent en miettes. Elles sont mélées des beaucoup de bélemnites, qui sont
également d’une volume médiocre. Dict. d Hist. Nat. p. 332. tome vi.

N

90 BLUE CHALK MARL.

bercle, and proceed with an elegant curve from the inner to the outer
margin, where they terminate in angular projections, and form the cre-
nulated margin of the keel. The septa are sinuate, and very foliaceous.
The siphunculus is placed near the inner margin. The aperture is nearly
equal in length to half the diameter of the shell, and is deeply indented
by the inner whorls. The remains of this truly splendid ammonite are
common at Ringmer and Laughton, the specimens varying from half an
inch to two inches in diameter. Small specimens are sometimes found
with the carene rounded, and the wreaths nearly destitute of radii, in
which state they might easily be mistaken for a distinct species.

Tab. xxi. fig. 13. A portion of the outer volution covered with the shell.
— Fig. 17. A cast in pyritous marl, exhibiting the sinuous
septa; small crystals of sulphate of lime are contained in cavities on the
opposite side of this specimen, and pseudomorphous iron pyrites is
disseminated throughout the mass.

16. Ammonites auritus. Min. Conch. tab. 134, vol. ii.

“ Compressed, with obscure radiating undulations, tuberculated at their
origin ; inner whorls exposed ; back deeply channelled, bordered by large,
alternating, compressed tubercles.”

Fragments of this species occur at Ringmer; but none have been
discovered sufficiently perfect for representation.

17. Ammonites planus. 'Tab. xxi. fig. 3.

Involute, depressed, volutions deeply inserted, obscurely marked with
curved striz ; carene flat, with crenulated borders ; aperture sagittate ; dis-
sepiments sinuate.

The surface of the volutions is nearly smooth, the striz being in-
distinct, and in some specimens imperceptible (as in the figure). The
inner wreaths are three-fourths concealed ; the situation of the siphunculus
is unknown.

This species is nearly allied to A. splendens, but differs from it, in
being destitute of tubercles on the inner margin of the volutions, and in
the absence of the radiated markings, with which the surface of the
former species is adorned.

BLUE CHALK MARL. oi

The specimen represented (tab. xxi. fig. 3) is from Ringmer ; the shell
is nearly entire, and most beautifully iridescent.

18. Ammonites Jautus. Tab. xxi. fig. 11. (Geolog. Trans. vol. v. p. 58.)
Involute, depressed, volutions inserted, transversely radiated, radii strongly
curved, arising in pairs from a row of oblique ridges on the inner margin,
and terminating with intermediate rays on the outer edge : carene deeply
channelled, bordered by alternating compressed tubercles; dissepiments
very foliaceous.

The volutions are three or four in number, and two-thirds concealed.
The rays arise in pairs from the ridges of the inner edge, and being joined
by one or two intermediate ones, proceed with an elegant sweep to the
outer margin, where they terminate in obtuse flattened tubercles, ge-
nerally three or four to each tubercle. The carene is deeply channelled,
the edges serrato-tuberculate, the tubercles being disposed alternately.
The aperture is obscurely sagittate, and equal in length to half the dia-
meter of the shell. The situation of the stphunuclus is unknown.

This species resembles A. auritus (of Sowerby), but is distinguished by
its prominent curved rays, by the ridges on the inner volution being less
tubercular, and the inner volutions two-thirds concealed. It occurs at
Laughton, Ringmer, and Norlington.

The figure is from a specimen in which the shell is entire.

19. Ammonites biplicatus. Tab. xxii. fig. 6.

Depressed, slightly umbilicate; volutions inserted, transversely radiated ;
rays prominent, curved, bifurcated, arising from a row of oblong projections
on the inner edge of the volutions, and terminating in tubercles on the
outer margin ; carene flat, bordered by alternating, compressed tubercles.

The volutions are three or four, the tubercles on the inner margin
distinct, each giving origin to a pair of rays that terminate in a tuber-
cular projection on the edge of the keel. The inner volutions are two-
thirds concealed, the inner row of tubercles alone being visible. The carene
is nearly flat between the tuberculated margins by which it is bordered.

The aperture is obtusely sagittate, and its length rather less than half
the diameter of the shell.
N2

92 BLUE CHALK MARL.

This species is thicker than A. /autus, and differs from it in the flat-
ness of the keel, and in having but two rays to each tubercle; it may be
distinguished from A. auritus, by the insertion of the wreaths.

Tab. xxii. fig. 6. A cast of indurated marl, partially covered with the
remains of the shell.

20. Ammonites tuberculatus.

Involute, umbilicate, umbilicus expanded; volutions rounded, inner
whorls nearly two-thirds exposed ; inner margin oblique, smooth, a row of
strong tubercles in the centre of each volution, united by oblique trans-
verse ridges to a corresponding row on the outer margin ; carene broad,
bordered by opposite diverging tubercles ; aperture obovate.

A strongly marked shell, composed of three or four volutions, orna-
mented with remarkably prominent oblong tubercles, which, in some in-
stances, are 0-4 inch high; these are placed obliquely, and united by
ridges that arise in pairs from the inner row. The inner volutions are
partly inserted, the outer row of tubercles being concealed. ‘The middle
of the carene has a deep narrow sulcus or groove, and is bordered by the
marginal set of tubercles. The umbilicus is in the form of a broad in-
verted cone.

This species differs from the last, in the situation and size of its tubercles,
and in their being united by single ridges, which are not curved; in the
volutions being more exposed, the carene sulcated, and the marginal tu-
bercles opposed to each other, instead of alternating ; this circumstance
also separates it from A. auritus. The septa are very foliaceous. It
occurs at Ringmer™*.

HamitTeEs.

Fragments of the straight part of the shells of this genus, are very
common in every locality of the blue marl ; some of them possess a pearly

* Mr. Parkinson describes three other species of ammonites from the blue marl of
Folkestone, viz. A. serratus, A. pansus, and A. ornatus. Fragments occur in this neighbour-
hood which, in all probability, belong to some of these; but they are too imperfect to allow of
their characters being distinguished with cer tainty.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 93

lustre, equal in beauty to the ammonites, and others show the foliaceous
sutures of the dissepiments ; in this state they are the Baculites of some
authors. The hooked part of the shell is very rare, but I have had the
good fortune to discover a few specimens, that exhibit the form of the
original in a more perfect manner, than in any examples previously noticed.

21. Hamites attenuatus. Tab. xix. figs. 29, 30.

Cylindrical, suddenly attenuated immediately beyond the curve;
annular undulations numerous, obtuse.

“The larger limb is suddenly contracted near the curvature ;
and the lesser one is consequently very slender in proportion.” The
undulations are obscure at the back*. Mr. Sowerby, in the specific
description, states that it is slightly compressed ; but this circumstance is
evidently the result of accident, the true form of the original being per-
fectly cylindrical. This species occurs at Laughton, Ringmer, and Nor-
lington, and has also been discovered in Kent and Surrey.

Figs. 29 and 30 are delineations of two remarkably interesting spe-
cimens, the smaller limbs in both instances being nearly perfect, and
exhibiting an excellent type of the structure of the shells of this curious
genus. They were found at the depth of thirty feet, in the well attached
to the cottage of Mr. Warren Lee, near Cooksbridge, and are partly im-
bedded in the blue marl. The lesser limbs are flattened by compression,
and the interstices between the annular costz are partially filled with the
surrounding matrix. The shelly covering is beautifully iridescent.

22. Hamites maximus. Min. Conch. tab. |sii. fig. 1.

« Slightly depressed ? undulations even, rounded, disappearing at the
back, curvature gradual +.”

Fragments of this species have been found at Ringmer, Norlington, &c.

23. Hamites intermedius. Tab. xxiii. fig. 12. (Min. Conch. tab. xii.
2,3.)

Slightly depressed, costated, costz annular, oblique, obtuse ; curvature

rounding.

* Min. Conch. vol. i. p. 137. + Ibid. vol. i. p. 138.

94 BLUE CHALK MARL.

Numerous fragments of this species occur at Ringmer, Norlington, and
Laughton.

The specimen delineated, tab. xxiii. fig. 12, is probably a variety, since
the costze are larger and less numerous than usual; the foliaceous septa
are seen in the upper part of this specimen.

24. Nucula pectinata. Tab. xix. figs. 5, 6. 9. (Min. Conch. tab. 192,
6, 7.)

Transversely elliptical, elongated, convex, longitudinally striated ;
striz diverging from the beaks to the margin, decussated by fine trans-
verse lines ; posterior side truncated ; lunette depressed, cordiform ; margin
‘serrated. .

- The surface of this#elegant shell is marked with longitudinal striae,
crossed by transverse lines, and sepatated by fine sulci ; the latter are but
obscurely shewn in perfect specimens, but are very conspicuous in those that
are worn. In the adult shell the lines of growth are numerous and distinct.
The constituent substance of these fossils is a light fawn-coloured
carbonate of lime ; their cavities being filled with argillaceous ironstone,
which forms bold casts when the shell is decomposed. The lunette at
the truncated extremity is large, and characteristic of the species. The
situation of the teeth of the hinge, and the muscular impressions, are
shewn in the casts.

This shell occurs in almost every locality of the blue marl, to which it
is considered to be peculiar.

Tab. xix. fig. 5. A cast exhibiting the impression of the hinge, the
serrated margin, and the eminences formed by the deep muscular im-
pressions.

Figs. 6 and 9, are different views of a perfect shell.

25. Nucula ovata. Tab. xix. figs. 26 and 27.

Transversely ovate, rather depressed, obscurely striated transversely ;
lunette slightly impressed, cordate, elongated ; margin entire.

This species of nucula is of a transverse oval form, and its surface is
nearly smooth ; the striae being very minute. The lunette is cordiform,
very shallow, and elongated.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 95

Tab. xix. fig. 26. A specimen covered with the shell, the anterior
side broken off.

— fig. 27. A cast of indurated marl, from Laughton Place.

26. Inoceramus concentricus. Tab. xix. fig. 19. (Geolog. Trans. vol.
v. tab. 1. fig. 4.)

Subcordiform, longitudinally, concentrically suleated; beaks converging,
recurved ; lower valve gibbous, produced ; margin entire.

This shell was first described by Mr. Parkinson, in the Geological
Transactions: it had however been long known as a production of the
blue marl, but the imperfect state in which the specimens usually
occurred, prevented its characters from being previously ascertained.
It is a small species, of the curious genus formed by Mr. Sowerby, for the
reception of the large fibrous bivalve of the chalk. The specimens seldom
exceed 1-2 inch in length. The shell is nearly cordiform, and marked by
gentle concentric grooves, the eminences between them being rounded.
The lower valve is gibbous, and produced at the beak nearly one-fifth of
its longest diameter ; the upper valve is smaller and more expanded. The
beaks are approximate, and slightly recurved.

It occurs in every known locality of the blue marl.

Tab. xix. fig. 19, is a remarkably perfect specimen, still retaining a
considerable portion of the shell.

fig. 15, represents the produced part of the beaks detached
from the body of the shell ; examples of this kind are not unfrequent.

27. Inoceramus sulcatus. Tab. xix. fig. 16. (Geolog. Trans. vol. v.
pl. 1. fig. 5.)

Subcordiform longitudinally ; with deep, radiating, oblique, longitu-
dinal sulci; beaks recurved, lower valve produced, margin undulated.

In the position of the beaks, and general form of the valves, this
species corresponds with the former ; from which, however, it is remarkably
distinguished by its longitudinal furrows. These commence at the beak,
and radiate with an oblique curve towards the margin, enlarging as they
proceed. The ridges that separate the sulci are rounded, and are from
seven to nine on each valve. Mr. Parkinson observes, “that on the

96 BLUE CHALK MARL.

surface of the casts, are seen small and close transverse ruge.” The
specimens seldom exceed 1-5 inch in length, and are found in every locality
of the blue marl.

The figure is from an argillaceous cast, in which the pearly covering
of the shell is preserved.

28. Inoceramus Tab. xix. fig. 20.

Other species of this genus, occur at Ringmer and Norlington, but in
too mutilated a state to admit of description. The beautiful specimen
delineated, fig. 20, tab. xix. is remarkable for possessing the fibrous structure
observable in the Inocerami of the chalk ; and for retaining its crenulated
hinge; this shell is probably a variety of I. concentricus.

29 and 30. Tab. xix. figs. ’7 and 8, represent two argillaceous casts of
bivalves from Norlington, the genera of which cannot be correctly ascer-
tained. ‘The former is a front view of a cordiform bivalve, perhaps related
to the Isocardie ; the latter probably belongs to the genus Arca: they are
both solitary examples.

CRUSTACEA.

‘he remains of this order of animals, are so exceedingly rare in the
blue marl, that with the exception of a few fragments, the delineations in
tab. xxix. comprise every specimen that has occurred in Sussex.

To the kindness and liberality of William Elford Leach, M. D. of the
British Museum, who did me the favour to compare them with the recent
species, to which they are most nearly related, I am indebted for the
following identification of their genera.

31. Tab. xxix. figs. 7, 8. 14. “A species of a new genus of the family
Leucosiade *, nearly related to the genus Arcania.” Dr. Leach.

In these specimens the shell or crust of the thorax alone remains. It
is of a suborbicular form, rather inflated, obscurely trilobate, with twelve
or thirteen aculeated tubercles; the margin is dentated.

* The recent Leucosiade have two or four small quadriarticulate antennz inserted between
the eyes. The tailis naked; they have eight legs, all furnished with claws; and two chelate
hand claws. Rees’ Cycloped. Art. Cancer.

BLUE CHALK MARL. 97

From Norlington Green.

Fig. 8, the upper, and fig. 7, the under surface of the same specimen.
Fig. 14 is a younger example of this species.

32. Tab. XXIX. figs. 9, 10. “ A species of a genus of the family
Corystide*, allied to a new Indian genus in the cabinet of Dr. Leach.”

The shell is oblong, ovate, depressed; the surface covered with minute
granule, the margin bidentated near the front. No vestige of the legs:
antenne, or claws, remain.

From Ringmer.

Fig. 9, the under, and fig. 10, the upper surface of the same individual.

33. Tab. X XIX. figs. 11,12. “A species of the genus Etyus, of the
family Canceride.” Dr. Leach.

Transversely obovate, obscurely trilobate; the surface covered with
irregular papille.

From Ringmer.

Fig. 11, the under, and fig. 12, the upper surface of the same example.

34. Tab. XXIX. figs. 13, 15, 16.

« These belong to a genus of the family Corystide, intimately related
to Corystes.” Dr. Leach.

This species is longitudinally obovate, convex, with a tuberculated
dorsal ridge, having a row of three tubercles on each side. The shell is
truncated posteriorly, and the margin laterally tridentated. The abdomen
is composed of six or seven arcuate segments, and there are three or four
legs on each side.

Fig. 13. An imperfect specimen of the thorax.

Figs. 15, 16. Different views of the same fossil. In the former, the
abdomen is seen folded beneath the thorax, and there are rudiments of
legs, on each side. The latter shews the upper surface with the tuber-

* The Corystide have four antenne; the external pair approximate, setaceous, ciliated,
and very long. ‘The eyes remote and pedunculated. The shell is oval, and longer than wide ;
the tail folded under the body when the animal is in a state of repose. They have ten legs; the
anterior pair chelate, the others terminating in an acute elongated nail or claw. Vide Lamarci:,
Animaux sans Vertebres, tome V. 233.

Oo

98 BLUE CHALK MARL.

culated dorsal ridge; the commencement of the abdomen appears at the
base.

35. “ Fragments of the abdomen of two kinds of Astacide.” Dr.
Leach. '

These are too imperfect to require any observation.

Remains oF FIsHEs.

These occur so rarely, that the following are the only examples in my
possession.

36. Scales of some unknown fish.

37. A small vertebra.

38. A tricuspid tooth; resembling those of Squalus mustelus.

Orcanic Rematns or THE Matm Rock or WeEsTERN Sussex.

I am unable to give any satisfactory account of the fossils of this bed ;
and none are enumerated in Mr. Hawkins’ catalogue of the organic re-
mains of that division of the county.

My friend, Mr. Chassereau of Brighton, discovered the culm or stem of
some arundinaceous plant in the limestone, near the Roman villa, at Big-
nor; and also the impression of a coriaceous nut, perhaps of a species of
areca.

In the same locality, white linear markings, resembling those of the
red marl at Norlington, are very numerous between the laminz of the
malm rock ; are these the remains of alge? of fuci? or of corallines ?

Near Amberley Castle, Mr. Chassereau observed ammonites and ino-
cerami; and Mr. Hawkins has lately informed me, that some fine crabs
have been found in the grey limestone of that parish. The fossil tree,
discovered by Mr. Hanley, has already been noticed.

GREY CHALK MARL. 99

XI.

§ I. 6. GREY CHALK MARL.

Tus deposit constitutes the foundation of the chalk hills, its outerop
forming a fillet, or zone, round their base, and connecting the detached
parts of the range with each other.

The texture of the marl is commonly soft and friable, but indurated
blocks occur, which possess the hardness of limestone. It is of a light
grey colour, inclining to brown, and frequently possesses a ferruginous
tinge derived from oxide of iron. It principally consists of carbonate of
lime and alumine, with an intermixture of silica, a very small proportion
of iron, and perhaps of oxide of manganese.

Where denuded, the surface of this deposit composes a fertile tract of
arable land, including some of the best farms in the county.

In the range of low cliffs near Eastbourne, the grey marl is seen rising
from beneath the chalk, and reposing on the grey sand, with which it is
intermingled at the line of junction. Its separation from the super-
incumbent bed of chalk without flints, is well defined, and may be traced
with but little difficulty. From this spot it extends with scarcely any in-
terruption, to Shoreham river, its outcrop being interposed between the
foot of the Downs, and the basseting edge of the blue marl.

In western Sussex it occupies the same relative position, the lower
chalk passing insensibly into the grey marl, and the latter into the malm
rock.

In its course through this tract of country, it forms a few hillocks or
mounds of low elevation, which are remarkable only for the abundance

02

100 GREY CHALK MARL.

and variety of their fossil remains. I shall proceed to notice a few of
the more interesting localities. .

A low bank at Middleham, in the parish of Ringmer, near the seat of
the Rev. J. Constable, contains hamites, turrilites, nautilites, ammonites,
and inocerami. The largest turrilite hitherto discovered was collected
near this spot, and is figured in Min. Conchology, tab. xxiv.

Stoneham, near Lewes; from a marl bank in a field adjoining the turn-
pike-gate, I have collected the same kinds of fossils as at Middleham ; also
rostellarie, auricule, scaphites, &e.

Hamsey Marl Pits. The hillock, of which these pits present a vertical
section, is insulated by the river Ouse. The quarries are situated on the
north side of the church, and are about 25 feet high. The strata are
slightly inclined, and vary from a few inches, to a foot or more in thick-
ness; the indurated layers, are separated by intervening seams of a soft
loose marl, of a dark colour. The face of the rock is traversed by innumer-
able crevices, which, in some instances, are parallel with the stratification,
and in others assume a vertical, or transverse direction.

The lowermost strata are of a blueish grey colour, indicating a transi-
tion to the blue marl, into which the grey marl passes, at the depth of
a few yards. These quarries contain sulphuret of iron, and spicular
crystals of carbonate of lime; the former often composes the constituent
substance of the fossils, the latter occurs in groups, lining the fissures
and cavities in the marl. The organic remains found in these pits are
very numerous, and present considerable interest. ‘They consist of several
species of ammonites, nautili, turrilites, scaphites, hamites, the teeth and
vertebrze of sharks; the supposed fir cones of Cherry Hinton, &e.

-Offham Pit. This excavation lies on the road-side, between Offham
and Cooksbridge; it produces ammonites, nautili, turrilites, scaphites, &c.

Clayton, near Hurstperpoint. A marl pit at this place, has afforded
to the researches of Mr. Weekes, turrilites, hamites, ammonites, scaphites,
&e.

In other localities of the marl, the fossils are less abundant than in

GREY CHALK MARL. 101

those above enumerated, and the turrilites, hamites, and scaphites, but very
rarely occur.

On the surface, a narrow belt of this deposit appears to encircle Lewes
Levels, separating the latter from the edge of the chalk hills; this want
of continuity, however, does not extend beneath the surface: the mar]
is invariably found upon sinking through the alluvial clay, of which the
Levels are composed. Protrusions of the marl through the clay occur in
some situations, and these form islands when the levels are inundated, a
circumstance that, previously to the improved state of the navigation of
the Ouse, was of very frequent occurrence. The principal elevations of
this kind are the two extended ridges called the Rhies, which have been
already described; these, in all probability, owe their form to the action of
eddies, or opposing currents.

MInERALs.

The mineralogical productions of the grey marl are few, and offer but
little variety; they consist of various modifications of sulphuret of iron,
and crystallized carbonate of lime.

1. Crystallized carbonate of lime.

This mineral is frequently semi-diaphanous, varying in colour from a
lightish grey to a gallstone yellow. It occurs in inconsiderable veins, and
occasionally in groups of crystals, lining the cavities of the marl; the usual
form of the crystal is that of an acute rhomboid; of this kind some in-
teresting specimens have lately been discovered at Hamsey. >

2. Sulphuret of iron, or iron pyrites.

This substance, from the decomposition of its surface, is generally of a
yellowish rusty brown colour externally. It occurs in a variety of irre-
gular fantastic shapes, and oftentimes bears the impression of organic
bodies, forming casts of terebratule, pectenites, madreporites, and the inner
volutions of scaphites. Small spherical masses with an elongated stem,
their surface beset with obscure pyramidal crystals, and exposing a bril-
liant radiated structure internally, are not uncommon. One specimen in
my possession contains within a cavity, small crystals of sulphate of lime.

102 GREY CHALK MARL.

Crystals of pyrites terminating in the quadrangular pyramid of an oc-
tohedron, and disposed in irregular groups, are often imbedded in the casts
of ammonites, and other fossil remains; and the marl pits at Hamsey,
contain masses of this mineral bearing the form of a species of Eschara,
somewhat resembling E. foliacea.

3. Oxide of iron, in the state of a reddish brown powder, is frequent in
cavities of the marl, and has probably been produced by the decomposition
of iron pyrites; the greater part of the marl fossils have acquired a fer-
ruginous colour from this mineral.

4. Clay slate. The occurrence of this substance in the marl is clearly
accidental, having been derived from some regular bed of argillaceous slate
of anterior formation to the chalk marl. The only examples hitherto dis-
covered, were imbedded in the marl at Southerham Corner; the largest
is about two inches square, and nearly half an inch thick: the edges are
sharp, and the specimen appears to have suffered but little from attrition.

Orceanic Remains.

The grey chalk marl in its course through Sussex, is well characterized

by its organic remains, which differ both in their nature, and in the mode
of their preservation, from those either of the superincumbent bed of lower
chalk, or of the blue marl upon which it reposes.
- Numerous species of ammonites, nautili, and inocerami, are the most
common productions of the pits near Lewes, which also contain turri-
lites, seaphites, hamites, &c. These remains of testacea very rarely exhibit
any vestige of their original shelly covering, but consist of casts of indu-
rated argillaceous limestone, of an ochraceous or a ferruginous colour,
more or less distorted by compression.

1. Wood. The existence of fossil wood in the chalk formation has
been much questioned by some geologists, but the fact is indisputable, as
numerous examples in my collection satisfactorily prove. It is of a dark
brown colour inclining to black, and when first collected, very distinctly

GREY CHALK MARL. 103

exhibits its ligneous structure. It is exceedingly friable, and falls into a
carbonaceous powder upon exposure to the air.

The specimens found at Hamsey, seldom exceed a few inches either in
length or breadth; they are of a compressed cylindrical form, and appear
to be the remains of branches, or stems of small trees.

Locality. Hamsey.

2. Aments or cones of unknown vegetables?? Tab. IX. figs. 4, 5.
i SS Ile

Woodward's Catalogue, Part 2, p. 22. 6.72. “ Three cones, seeming
to be of the larix.”

Org. Rem. Vol. 1. Pl. 6. figs. 16, 17.

These are the supposed “ fossil juli of the larch,’ for which the chalk
pits of Cherry Hinton have been so long celebrated. Since the time of
Woodward, these bodies have excited considerable attention, and yet their
nature is still involved in obscurity; in fact, their appearance is so equi-
vocal, that some naturalists have been induced to consider them as the
remains of animals, rather than of vegetables.

Dr. Parsons thought they bore a greater resemblance to the roots of a
plant, than to the parts of fructification.

A. B. Lambert, Esq. V.P.L.S. to whom I shewed a very perfect
specimen, was immediately struck with its affinity to the cone of a species
of pinus.

Mr. Parkinson supposes, “ that the appearance of these fossils cer-
tainly supports the idea of their having been either aments or cones of
some tree not now known, at least to the European botanist; whilst, on
the other hand, the situation in which they occur, renders this supposition
highly problematical. Instead of being associated with other fossil ve-
getables, or in matrices which have originated in the decomposition of
vegetable matter, they have only been found in chalk, which has pro-
ceeded chiefly from aqueous deposition ; and in part from the decomposi-
tion of animal, but certainly not of vegetable matter*.”

* Organic Remains, Vol. 1. p. 44’7.

104 GREY CHALK MARL.

Professor Hailstone informs us, that two perfect specimens in the
Woodwardian collection, place their vegetable origin beyond all doubt,
and in corroboration of this opinion, mentions, that in the quarry at Cherry
Hinton, he had discovered the impression of a branch of some vegetable of
the fir tribe, with the linear leaves surrounding it*.

On the other hand, Mr. Konig of the British Museum, who did me the
favour to examine several Hamsey specimens, remarks, that “ these bodies,
although possessing a distant resemblance to the juli of the larch, in all
probability do not belong to the vegetable kingdom; for when exposed to
the action of muriatic acid, they emit the peculiar smell, which is so
strikingly manifested, in dissolving the madreporitic remains of fetid
limestone; the putrid exhalation being almost intolerable.”

As these fossils occur in an excellent state of preservation in the marl
pits at Hamsey, I had indulged the hope of being able to discover a spe-
cimen, that might illustrate their origin, and point out their real nature.
But although by the kind assistance of my brother, more than fifty of
these bodies have been submitted to my examination, I can add but little
to what is already known concerning them.

The remains in question are of a reddish brown colour, from 0-5 inch to
two inches long, of a cylindrical form, and gently tapering towards the apex,
which is obtuse. They are more or less compressed, and have a scaly, cor-
rugated surface. Their constituent substance is precisely of the same nature
as that of the vertebra, and other bones, found in the chalk formation; some
examples have scales of fishes attached to them. In structure they differ
most essentially from any strobilus or cone, for instead of an imbricated sur-
face, formed by scales containing seed, and proceeding from one common
axis, as in the juli of the larch, their scaly appearance is produced by the
undulating margin of the substance of which they are composed; the
latter being irregularly coiled in a spiral manner, round an oval cavity or
receptacle. This appearance is very obvious in tab. ix. fig. 4,in which the
marl is seen projecting through the interstices of the volutions; at the

* Geological Transactions, Vol. 3. p. 250.

GREY CHALK MARL. 105

base of fig. 5, the termination of the last ceil is distinctly exhibited.
Fig. 7, is the longitudinal section of a fragment with the cavity or recep-
tacle filled with marl: in some specimens this is wanting, the fossil being
solid throughout. Fig. 8 is one of the most perfect examples that has been
found in Sussex. The base is thicker, and of a darker colour, than the
body of the fossil, and has much the appearance of a calyx. In another
specimen, a depression in the centre of the base resembles the attachment
of a stem. Fig, 11 is remarkably large, but has suffered considerably
from compression.

Locality. Hamsey.

3. Linear markings, the impressions of leaves? from Hamsey.

These resemble the chalk specimens delineated in tab. ix. figs. 2, 12,
and have been supposed to be the foliage of a species of larch, of which
_the aments or cones, above described, were the fruit. This opinion is how-
ever problematical.

ZOOPHYTES.

The zoophytes of the chalk marl are neither numerous, nor important.
They consist for the most part, of fragments of unknown genera, in which
the characters of the original are too imperfectly developed, to allow of
accurate determination :—a few of the more perfect specimens are here
enumerated.

4. Small turbinated bodies, having a pedicle, the surface covered with
circular pores or cells, irregularly disposed. These, bear some analogy to
the compound porpital madreporite, but their openings do not appear to
possess a stellular structure. Their constituent substance is an earthy
oxide of iron. |

Localities. Hamsey marl-pits, Stoneham, &c.

5. Aleyonium ? pyriformis.

A pyriform body, composed of argillaceous limestone, about two inches

long, the surface presenting a spongeous appearance:—resembling in form
P

106 GREY CHALK MARL.

the alcyonitic flints figured by Mr. Parkinson, Org. Remains, vol. ii,
tab. ix. figs. 4, 6, 12.

This fossil may be referred to. the genus alcyonium, with less hesita-
tion than many of the mineralized zoophytes, to which that name is
usually applied.

Localities. Hamsey, South Bourne, near Beachy Head.

6. A cylindrical ramose zoophyte, about 0-4 inch in diameter, branches
short, distinct, decussatedly opposite *; terminations obtuse, with a central
depression.

The only specimen hitherto discovered possesses the structure here
described, but more perfect examples are necessary to determine its cha-
racters. It approaches in some respects to Aleyonium mammillosum, and
A. ocellatum of Ellis +.

Localities. A marl bank near Malling Gate.

7. Millepora.—— — ? Tab. xv. fig. 10.

A ramose, subcylindrical zoophyte; branches distinct, opposite ; ter-
minations truncated, bilobed, with rounded entire margins, the centres
oblong and depressed; cells irregularly rhomboidal, arranged in parallel

rows.

The cells are but imperfectly shown, and it is scarcely possible to de-
termine their original form with any degree of accuracy.

Locality. Marl bank at Stoneham; near the Rev. J. Constable’s,
Middleham.

8. Millepora Gilbertz.

Foliaceous, flexuous, terminating in projections with oblong openings;
each having an spinous obtuse process: surface covered with minute
circular pores, irregularly disposed.

A very elegant milleporite, composed of crystallized carbonate of lime;
not unfrequent in the localities hereafter mentioned. The short spinous

* 7. €. arranged crosswise, in four rows.
+ Ellis’ Zoophytes, one volume, 4to. 1786, tab, i, figs. 4 and 5.

GREY CHALK MARL. 107

projection, which proceeds from the margin of the terminations, appears to
constitute its specific character.

I have named this species in honour of Davies Gilbert, Esq. M. P.
V.P.R.S., &c. of Eastbourne, a gentleman universally respected for his
public talents, and beloved for the suavity of his manners, and the excel-
lence of his private character.

Localities. In the cliff near Southerham, and Beachy Head.

9. A flexuous zoophyte, occurring in masses of an oval form, from two
to five inches in length.

These fossils bear some affinity to the preceding, but those in my pos-
session do not exhibit any traces of pores, or cells. They have been
supposed to belong to the genus Spongia, but more illustrative examples
are required to establish the conjecture. Their constituent substance is
calcareous spar.

Localities. In'the beds of marl that form a junction with the grey
sand, at Southbourne.

10. Portions of a foliaceous zoophyte, allied to the genus Flustra, the
surface covered with small, ovate, symmetrical openings, disposed in
meshes.

Localities. Stoneham, Middleham.

ECHINITES.

The echinites of the grey marl have their characters but imperfectly
defined, and are extricated from the surrounding matrix with great dif-
ficulty. Their crustaceous coverings are invariably converted into a
brittle crystallized carbonate of lime, and their cavities filled with marl;
they are generally distorted by compression,

11. Cidaris. Tab. xvii. fig. 1.

Circular, depressed, with ten porous ambulacra, and as many -aree.
The surface is covered with twenty rows of small, elegant, perforated
papillz, set on tubercular projections, the margins of which are cre-
nulated.

This fossil appears to be a variety of Echinocidaris savatilis.

1

108 GREY CHALK MARL.

Localities. Hamsey, Offham.

12. Echinospatagus cordiformis (of Breyn.)

An oblong, cordiform echinite, exceedingly common in the chalk, but
of rare occurrence in the marl.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham, Eastbourne.

13. Echinospatagus radiatus ? Organic Remains, vol. iii. tab. iii. figs. 4

and 5.
An ovate galeated echinite, very closel allied to the species re-

ferred to.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham.

14. Echinital spines.

Slender muricated spines, the cucwmerine of Parkinson, are occa-
sionally found at Hamsey; and I have one specimen of a palisadoe spine
from the same place, which possesses a spathose structure.

TESTACEA.

Univalves.

15. Voluta ambigua, tab. xviii. fig. 8.

Although the specimen here figured is merely a cast of the venter,
or lower volution of the shell, its characters are sufficiently obvious to
identify it with V. ambigua of the London clay. It is attached to a por-
tion of Ammonites varzans.

Locality. _Middleham.

16. Buccinum, tab. xvii. fig. 13.

The cast of the last wreath of a ventricose univalve, belonging to this
genus, is the only example that has come under my notice.

Locality. Hamsey.

17. Rostellaria Parkinsoni, tab. xviii. figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10.

Subfusiform, wreaths seven or eight, convex, with longitudinal ribs,
and numerous transverse strize ; outer lip dilated, armed with one styloid
process, beneath which is a broad truncated expansion. ‘This species
occurs in the green sand of Devonshire, and is figured in the third volume
of “Organic Remains,” plate 5, fig. 11. As it has not received a specific

a

GREY CHALK MARL. 109

appellation, I have named it after my excellent friend James Parkinson,
Esq. M.G.S. &c. of Hoxton Square, the learned author of the “ Organic
Remains of a former World.”

The specimens figured, although differing from each other in certain
particulars, are evidently casts of the same species; the differences ob-
servable arising partly from compression, and from the markings of the
original shell being more strongly impressed in some examples, than in
others.

In figures 1 and 5, which are different views of the same specimen,
the wreaths are nearly smooth, with the exception of a few imperfect
costae.

Figures 2 and 4, are nearly flat from compression, and the ribs
almost effaced, but the surface is covered with transverse striz. The
collection of the Geological Society.contains a large specimen of this kind.

Fig. 6. <A cast of five wreaths, including the venter; but the outer
lip and base of the columella are not preserved. In this example the
upper volutions are smooth ; the two lowermost exhibit the ribs and striz-

Fig. 10. Represents a cast of the dorsum, or back of the shell; but the
base of the largest wreath is unfortunately destroyed. In this specimen
the ribs and striz, with the styloid process of the outer lip, are well
defined.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham, Southbourne, Ranscombe.

18. Trochus ——-—— ? Tab. xvii. fig. 7.

The outline of this delicate cast resembles that of Trochus agelutinans
of Brander.

Locality. Hamsey.

19. Trochus ? Tab. xviii. fig. 9.

Discoidal, base slightly convex, the margin acutely angular, aperture—?

The base of the shell delineated in the figure, is the only portion I
have seen; the angular margin is a remarkable character by which this
species may be readily identified *. -

*Tn a specimen of T’rochus agglutinans, from Grignon, recently presented me by M.
Brongiart, the outer margin of the last whorl very closely resembles that of the present
fossil.

110 GREY CHALK MARL.

Locality. Hamsey.

20. Trochus linearis, tab. xviii. fig. 17.

Conical, wreaths slightly convex, transversely striated, with a prominent
line along the centre and base of each volution; base flat ; umbilicus
obscured by the last volution ; aperture transversely depressed.

In figure 17, the linear markings, by which this species is distinguished,
are but obscurely shown; but in a specimen subsequently discovered, and
which contains a portion of the original shell, these characters are strongly
marked.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham.

21. Trochus, tab. xviii. fig. 16.

The cast of a species of trochus of an oval form; probably of T. linearis,
distorted by compression.

Locality. Hamsey, Middleham.

22. Auricula incrassata, tab. xix. figs. 2, 3. 34.

Ovate, ventricose, transversely sulcated ; sulci longitudinally striated ;
spire short; columella triplicated; outer lip thick, with a broad trans-
versely striated border.

The three folds on the columella, the striated sulci, and the broad
band on the margin of the external lip, are the distinguishing marks of
this beautiful shell. It is a small species, consisting of about three volu-
tions, and seldom exceeds half an inch in length, by 0-3 inch in width.
The spire is short, the outer lip thick; the broad striated band gives
a peculiar feature to the back of the shell. The striz which cross the
delicate grooves or sulci, are so minute, as scarcely to be visible to the
naked eye. When viewed with a lens they appear elevated and sharp,
dividing the furrows into minute rectangular cells. This species occurs
silicified in the Blackdown whetstone pits of Devonshire, and is described
by Mr. Parkinson. Mr. Sowerby mentions that “it resembles A. ringens
of Lamarck, but the want of striz within the outer lip, and the presence
of longitudinal strize upon the surface, distinguish the British shell.”

Fig. 2. is an elegant specimen, in which the shell is replaced by a thin
pellicle of reddish brown sulphuret of iron, upen a cast of indurated marl.

GREY CHALK MARL. 111

It shews the plicated folds of the columella, and the broad band of the
outer lip.

Fig. 3. Asmooth cast, in which the spire is more produced than usual.

Fig. 34. A large specimen, exhibiting the back of the shell.

Tab. xvii. fig. 3. is a distorted cast, that bears a closer affinity to
Auricula simulata of Sowerby, (Min. Conch. tab. 163, figs. 5. 8.) than to
the present species. :

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham, Stoneham, Offham.

23. Ampullaria? Tab. xvii. fig. 11.

The cast of a subglobose, ventricose, univalve, probably belonging to
the genus Ampullaria :—the depressions of the spire, and the oblique form
of the cast, originate from compression.

Locality. Hamsey.

24. Vermicularia wmbonata. Tab. xviii. fig. 24.

Discoidal, spire depressed, concave beneath, umbonated above; the
outer volution produced, and marked with distant, annular ridges.

This species is commonly about 0-7 inch in diameter, and consists of
two or three volutions. Itis slightly concave, or umbilicated, on its in-
ferior surface, the inner whorls of the upper sides being concealed by
anumbo. The produced part frequently exceeds in length the longest
diameter of the shell, and is marked with sharp annular ridges; where
these occur, the substance of the shell is much thickened, the cavity of
the tube being diminished nearly one-third. The aperture is simple, and
round.

Fig. 24. This example shows the depressed spire with its central
obtuse knob, and a considerable portion of the produced part of the
external volution. In every specimen of this fossil the shell, hardened
by an impregnation of calcareous spar, still remains.

Locality. Hamsey.

25. Vermicularia Sowerbii. Tab. xviii. figs. 14, 1.

Conical, spiral, smooth, umbilicate, inner wreaths anchylosed, slightly
inserted ; aperture indented by the preceding volution ; outer whorl not
produced ?

112 GREY CHALK MARL.

This species differs from V. wmbonata, in having the spire elevated
and the whorls inserted; the outer volution is not produced in any
specimens yet discovered. The line of separation between the wreaths,
is obscured by an extension of the substance of the shell, by which the
volutions are anchylosed, or cemented together.

The specific name is in honour of James Sowerby, Esq. F'.L.S. &c.
whose indefatigable exertions have very materially contributed to the
elucidation of the Natural History of the British Islands.

Locality. _Hamsey marl-pits.

26. Serpula.

A small group of serpulz have been discovered at Hamsey, by Mrs.
Mantell. The shell is smooth, and very tortuous, bearing some analogy
to S. glomerata ; but is probably a distinct species.

27. Nautilus elegans. Tab. xx. fig. 1. tab. xxi. figs. 1. 4. 8.

Subglobese, umbilicate, transversely sulcated; sulci numerous, linear,
curved, reflexed; volutions one-third inserted; septa concavo-convex,
entire ; stphunculus central; aperture obtusely sagittate.

The thickness of this nautilus is equal to twice its width. The sulci
are transverse, and very numerous, dividing the surface into broad, flat
costee; these form an elegant curve on the back of the shell, and
proceeding laterally, are reflected towards the umbilicus. ‘The septa are
gently undulated, and have their convex surface placed in an opposite
direction to that of the sulci, which they decussate. The siphunculus is
large and nearly central, and the umbilicus very small. In a young state
the sulci are wide, and separated by sharp transverse ribs, the whole sur-
face being marked by numerous longitudinal strie.

Casts of this species are common in the grey marl of Sussex, and
Wiltshire, but no vestiges of the shell itself have been observed. ‘The
pecimens are frequently oblique from compression, and seldom exhibit
the curved sulci in perfection; they are from one to twelve inches in
diameter.

Tab. xx. fig. 1. is a remarkably fine cast of an adult shell, in which
the sulci, with the broad and flat coste, the situation of the siphunculus, and

GREY CHALK MARL. 113

the form of the septa or dissepiments, are well preserved. It was dis-
covered in a marl bank at Middleham, in the winter of 1814.

The following are casts of the young shell.

Tab. xxi. fig. 1. Nearly smooth, the spire oblique, and much com-
pressed.

- fig. 4. In this example a few linear sulci, and the markings
of the septa, are the only indications of the species.

- fig. 8. This very elegant and perfect cast is from Middleham.
It is deeply channelled by the broad transverse sulci, and is an excellent
example of the characters of the young shell.

The small smooth Nautili so frequently met with in various localities
of the marl, are imperfect specimens of N. elegans ina young state. Ina
few instances the septa are composed of sulphuret of iron, and the cham-
bers lined with crystals of carbonate of lime.

Localities. Hamsey, Stoneham, Offham, Middleham, Ranscombe,
Firle, &c.

28, Ammonites Mantelli (of Sowerby.) Tab. xxix. fig. 9, Tab. xxii.
fig. 1.

Discoidal, subumbilicate: volutions subrotund, costate, one-third in-
serted ; costz tubercular, transverse, alternately annular, with from two to
eight rows of tubercles ; ambit flattish, with two rows of marginal tubercles ;
septa very sinuous; siphunculus external.

The number and disposition of the ribs and tubercles of this species
are so various, that although it is one of the most abundant productions
of the grey marl, its specific characters are not easily defined.

The general form of the shell is discoidal, the volutions (which when
perfect are nearly cylindrical,) being flattened by compression, as in the
specimens figured by Mr. Sowerby. The inner wreaths, in those which
are compressed, are nearly two-thirds concealed, but in more perfect
examples are less deeply inserted. The costz are round, and extend
alternately across the whorls, the intermediate ones embracing about two-
thirds of the volutions. The tubercles constitute the following varieties.

Var. costata : with two rows of tubercles, tab. xxi. fig. 9. Two tuber-
Q

114 GREY CHALK MARL.

cles are placed on every rib, and form a row on each margin of the ambit,
or back, of the shell.

Var. tuberculo-costata: with six rows of tubercles. ‘This variety, in
addition to the marginal tubercles, has four rows, which are placed on the
longer coste only ; each side of the shell having one set on the margin of
the umbilicus, and another at a short distance above it.

Var. tuberculata: with eight rows of tubercles. The two additional
sets which distinguish this variety, are placed one on each side, midway
between the margin of the ambit, and the second row of tubercles from
the umbilicus. These intermediate tubercles occur on every rib, each of
the larger costz being ornamented with eight, while the shorter ones have
but four. From the numerous tubercular projections on this variety, the
outer volution is somewhat pentagonal.

The septa of A. Mantelli are numerous, and very foliaceous. The
form of the aperture varies in different specimens, but its width is in
general equal to about two-fifths of the diameter of the shell. The
siphunculus is small, and extends along the centre of the ambit.

This species frequently attains a large size, some specimens exceeding
one foot and a half in diameter; but in these the tubercles are almost
obliterated.

Tab. xxi. fig. 9. A beautiful cast, from Middleham, of the first variety.

Tab. xxii. fig. 1. This specimen also belongs to Var. costata * ; it exhibits
the foliaceous septa, and the situation of the siphunculus. It was col-
lected by my friend, Thomas Woollgar, Esq. of Lewes.

Localities. In almost every spot in Sussex, where an excavation has
been made in the grey marl.

29. Ammonites Sussewviensis. Tab. xx. fig. 2. tab. xxi. fig. 10.

Discoidal, subumbilicate : volutions subquadrangular, inserted, costated;
coste transverse, numerous, with seven rows of tubercles, one of which
extends along the centre of the ambit; septa foliaceous; siphun-

-culus ?

* The plates of this work were completed before any illustrative specimens of the other
varieties had been discoyered.

GREY CHALK MARL. 115

This species is nearly allied to the preceding, but is distinguished by
the ribs in almost every instance, reaching entirely across the volutions ;
and by the central row of tubercles on the ambit.

The sides are flattish, the external margin somewhat angular, the ribs
prominent, in most instances entirely embracing the volutions, but in
some varieties being alternately short, as in A. Mantelli. They are
studded with seven sets of tubercles, arranged in the following manner ;
viz. a row on the inner and outer margins, with two intermediate ones on
each side; and a dorsal row along the ambit. The aperture is nearly
quadrangular ; and the septa foliaceous. The situation of the siphunculus
is unknown.

In the adult shell the ribs are prominent, and somewhat angular, the
dorsum broad and flat, and the central row of tubercles almost obliterated.

This beautiful species varies from a few inches to a foot in diameter,
and was formerly abundant at Hamsey, but is now seldom found.

Tab. xx. fig. 2, represents a specimen of the size and form in which
this species most usually occurs.

Tab. xxi. fig. 10. A perspective view of a small specimen.

Localities. Hamsey, Offham, Middleham, Southerham, Rodmill, Plump-
ton.

30. Ammonites varians. Tab. xxi. fig. 2. 5. 7.

Discoidal, subumbilicate, volutions depressed, half inserted; trans-
versely radiated ; radii bifurcate, undulated, studded with from four to six
rows of tubercles; septa very foliaceous; carene acute, entire; aperture
sagittate ; siphunculus external ?

This species of ammonite is one of the most proteiform of the whole
genus, presenting great variety in the figure, disposition, and number of
the tubercles and cost. It is, however, readily distinguished from its
associates, by the acute entire keel, and the bifurcating tubercular radii.

It is from 0-2 inch to nearly six inches in diameter, and is frequently
compressed into an elliptical, and sometimes into a cordiform shape. The
volutions seldom exceed four in number, and are rather more than half
inserted. The umbilicus is shallow and expanded, its sides smooth, and

Qz

116 GREY CHALK MARL.

crested with a row of small tubercles, from which the radii arise. The
latter proceed obliquely over one-fourth of the volutions, where they form
another set of tubercles, from whence they diverge into two branches,
each terminating in a tubercle on the outer margin. The carene is
smooth, and forms a prominent acute keel, having a row of opposite tu-
bercles placed on each margin.

Ina suite of fifty specimens, in which every individual presented some
peculiarity, three principal varieties were observable, each passing in-
sensibly into the other.

Var. subplana. ‘Tab. xxi. fig. 2.

The volutions depressed, radii linear, inner row of tubercles obscure,
external margin crenated, keel but slightly elevated, aperture sagittate.

Some specimens of this variety are nearly smooth, and the keel so
much compressed, that without the aid of numerous examples, their re-
lation to the tubercular variety could not have been ascertained.

Var. intermedia. ‘Tab. xxi. figs. 7, 8.

In this variety the volutions are rather depressed, the radii broad and
well defined, the tubercles small and distinct, the external margin tu-
berculated, the keel prominent, and the aperture sagittate.

This is the usual form of the species, and holds an intermediate rank,
between the smooth and tubercular varieties.

Var. tuberculata. Min. Conch. Tab. clxxvi. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. 6.

Volutions subrotund ; radiations short, thick, nodular; tubercles elon-
gated, very prominent ; keel acute; aperture roundish.

A very beautiful variety, distinguished by its projecting tubercles, of
which Mr. Sowerby’s figure 1, affords an excellent example. The inner
rows of tubercles are almost effaced, but the marginal and intermediate
sets are strongly relieved, and in some examples become spinous. From
the thickness of the volutions, the aperture is obovate.

Localities ; very abundant at Hamsey, Middleham, Stoneham, &e.

51. Ammonites cinctus.

Dicoidal, subumbilicate, volutions depressed, half inserted, transversely
radiated; radii annular, distant, bifurcate, undulated; umbilicus expanded,

GREY CHALK MARL. ip

sides smooth, with a marginal row of oblique tubercles ; ambit convex, em-
braced by the radii; aperture ovato-sagittate.

The volutions, although compressed, have a slight degree of convexity,
and are ornamented by transverse radiations, that arise from a row of
small tubercles on the inner margin. Each radius divides into two branches,
which pass with a gentle sweep across the ambit, and unite with the cor-
responding undulations of the opposite side; small oblique tubercles are
placed on each radius at the point of bifurcation. The volutions are three
in number, the inner ones being three-fourths concealed. The dorsum,
or ambit, is gently undulated by the radii.

But one specimen has been discovered, the dimensions of which are
as follows: longest diameter 3:8 inches ; width of the outer volution, two-
fifths of the diameter: transverse diameter of the aperture 1:1 inch.

It is scarcely necessary to remark, that although this species approaches
to A. varians, in having bifurcating radiations, and a row of tubercles on
the inner margin, yet it is widely separated from it by the rounded form
of the back, and other obvious differences.

Locality. Middleham.

32. Ammonites faleatus. Tab. xxi. fig. 6. 12.

Depressed, subumbilicate, volutions deeply inserted, transversely
radiated; radii plicated, falciform, extending down the sides of the
umbilicus ; umbilicus small, with crenulated edges; dorsum flat, narrow,
with a longitudinal sulcus; margin plicated; aperture sagittate, siphun-
culus ?

This rare and elegant species is almost flat, the longest diameter ex-
ceeding its greatest thickness nearly four-fifths. The volutions are slightly
enlarged in the centre, but are contracted at the ambit into a narrow flat
keel, with a sulcus down the middle, and delicate plicated edges. The
radii are very slender at their origin in the umbilicus, but gradually in-
crease in breadth, and passing obliquely to the centre of the volutions,
make a sudden curve towards the margin, where they terminate in
obtuse folds. The form of the septa, and the situation of the siphunculus,
are unknown.

118 GREY CHALK MARL.

The shape of the radu is so remarkable, that the species may be readily
identified.
Tab. xxi. fig. 6, the only perfect cast hitherto discovered : from Middle-
ham.

fig. 12. A fragment from Stoneham, exhibiting the flat
sulcated ambit.

Localities. Middleham, Stoneham.

33. Ammonites curvatus. Tab. xxi. fig. 18.

Depressed, subumbilicate, volutions deeply inserted, transversely ra-
diated ; radii falciform, bifurcate at the commencement, terminating in
broad, tubercular curved coste; carene with a longitudinal sulcus, between
two marginal rows of tubercles ; aperture obtusely sagittate.

This ammonite is nearly allied to the preceding, but is evidently a
distinct species. In A. falcatus the curvatures are more numerous than
the oblique radii ; but in the present species, the proportions are reversed,
two or three radii uniting to form one curved rib. ‘The terminations of
the ribs in the latter are tubercular, and separated from each other by a
sulcus; in the former they are gently curved, and appear as if folded or
plaited over each other.

The umbilicus is rather deeper than in 4. falcatus, and has a marginal
row of oblique tubercular projections, from each of which two or three
radii proceed to the centre of the volutions; here they unite, and form a
broad curved rib, that terminates in an elongated tubercle in the margin of
the ambit. Another tubercle is placed on the middle of the curved part.
The keel is grooved, and has two rows of prominent, distinct, opposite tu-
bercles, formed by the termination of the ribs.

Locality. Hamsey. The specimen figured was discovered by my brothez,
and is unique.

34. Ammonites complanatus.

Flat, volutions wholly inserted, the inner half marked with numerous,
indistinct, transverse undulating strice, the outer portion plicated ; umbi-
licus very small, almost concealed; carene slightly convex, its margins

GREY CHALK MARL. 119

crenated by the angular terminations of the plice; aperture slightly
sagittate ; siphunculus ?

The longest diameter is about 8 inches, greatest thickness 1-8 inch,
width of the outer volution 5 inches.

The volutions. are thickest near the middle, and gradually contract
into a narrow keel, which at the aperture, does not exceed 0-4 inch in
width, and has an elevation or ridge down the centre. The plice are
small, and extend from the outer margin over one-third of the wreath,
but the intermediate ones do not reach beyond half that distance: their
terminations are angular, and form a crenated border on each side the
keel.

This species may be distinguished by its flatness, the great width of
the outer volution, the small conical umbilicus, the narrow keel, and the
angular plicz.

The septa are numerous, and very foliaceous.

Locality. Hamsey. |

35. Scaphites striatus. Tab. xxii. figs. 8, 4, 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16.

Volutions transversely striated; striae numerous, oblique, annular, bi-
fureate ; dorsum tumid ; aperture produced, transversely ovate, marginate ;

siphunculus internal?

This species is commonly about an inch in length, the greatest thick-
ness is 0-4 inch, width 0-8 inch. The inner whorls are umbilicate, deeply
inserted, and wholly concealed by the outer volutions. The dorsum is
suddenly enlarged, and the reflected turn terminates before it reaches the
centre. The aperture is entire, of an irregular ovate form; the margin
prominent, the upper part produced, extending a little over the spire.
The whole shell is striated; the striz arise singly from the inner margin,
and dividing into two or three, pass over the dorsum, and unite with the
corresponding ones of the opposite side. The inner half of the outer vo-
lution is somewhat depressed, and from thence the striz extend obliquely
in a radiating manner, and bifurcate at the edge of the depression; to-
wards the aperture of the shell, the striz are larger and more distinct.
The septa are but slightly concave, and their edges have three principal

120 GREY CHALK MARL,

indentations, with several minute sinuosities. The situation of the
siphunculus is unknown, but appears to have been on the internal margin.

The specimens consist of indurated marlaceous casts, occasionally pos-
sessing portions of the shell. The inner volutions are often filled with
sulphuret of iron, and sometimes with calcareous spar. In almost every
instance, the spire is more or less oblique, and otherwise distorted by com-
pression: the variations of shape observable in the specimens delineated,
have evidently been produced by this cause.

Tab. xxii. fig. 3, a dorsal, and fig. 4, a lateral view of a Scaphite from
Hamsey, flattened by compression.

Fig. 9, exhibits the obliquity of the spire: a straight specimen, in my
possession, proves that this appearance is the effect of accident.

Fig. 11, exhibits the usual characters of the species; the aperture is
broken off.

Fig. 13, a specimen from Ranscombe, remarkably distorted.

Figs. 14, 15, different views of a pyritous cast of the inner volution :
the dark spot in the centre of fig. 14 shews the supposed situation of
the siphunculus.

Fig. 16, isa longitudinal section; the inner chamber is filled with dark
brown sulphuret of iron.

Localities. Hamsey, Rodmill, Brighton.

36. Scaphites costatus. Tab. xxii. figs. 8, 12.

Volutions convex, laterally compressed, transversely striated, inner
whorls concealed, inserted; strize furcate, numerous, embracing the ambit:
sides of the outer volutions smooth, with eight or ten distant, oblique, no-
dular projections ; dorsum broad, convex.

This is a less delicate shell than the former; its length is 1 inch, width
0-8 inch; thickness of the back 0-6 inch. It is distinguished from S.
striatus by the nodular projections on the sides of the external volutions.
These proceed from the centre, and diverge into numerous striz, which
encircle the ambit. The back is broad, and the projecting terminations
ot the striz give its edges an undulated appearance. The aperture is
oblong, and fronts the spiral part.

GREY CHALK MARL. 121

Localities. Hamsey: very rare.

37. Hamites armatus. Tab. xxiii. figs. 3,4. Tab. xvi. fig. 5.

Depressed, ornamented with oblique annular costz, and four rows of
tubercles, the marginal ones spinous; siphunculus external? limbs straight,
parallel.

The characters of this beautiful Hamite were first developed by a gi-
gantic specimen found in a marl-pit at Roach, near Benson, in Oxfordshire,
by Professor Buckland, and figured in Min. Conch.; previously to this
discovery, fig. 4 was the finest example extant. The casts of the shell
only remain, and the spinous processes are in consequence but rarely pre-
served. The form of the original was in all probability cylindrical, but
the fossil specimens are in some degree flattened and distorted. The
limbs are straight, the hook or bend being very sudden. There are ge-
nerally one or two coste between each annular row of tubercles, and the
latter embrace two or three ribs. The spines are only known to proceed
from the two dorsal rows of tubercles; but it seems probable, that the
other tubercles are also the rudiments of spinous processes, since all
of them are imperfect, and appear as if broken off. The septa are very
foliaceous.

Tab. xvi. fig. 5, is a fine fragment from Hamsey; traces of the folia-
ceous septa are visible at the fractured part.

Tab. xxiii. fig. 3. View of one of the septa, or chambers, shewing its
foliaceous structure.
fig. 4. This fine specimen has already been noticed ; it is
so much distorted by compression, that only two rows of tubercles are
seen in this view: it was discovered at Hamsey by my brother.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham: rare.

38. Hamites plicatilis. Tab. xxiii. figs. 1, 2.

Subcylindrical, with numerous, oblique, annular ridges, and four rows
of spines: limbs curved. "

The curvature of the limbs distinguishes this species from the one
above described, with which however, it closely corresponds in every other °
particular.

Tab. xxiii. fig. 1, is the only specimen yet discovered, in which the

R

122 GREY CHALK MARL.

spines remain; they are composed of a thin pellicle of reddish brown sul-
phuret of iron, that has replaced the original shell. This example is part
of the lesser limb, broken off near the curvature ; it is inverted in the en-
graving.

fig. 2, part of the larger limb, shewing traces of the folia-
ceous septa.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham: very rare.

39. Hamites alternatus. Tab. xxiii. figs. 10, 11.

Subcylindrical, with oblique annular coste, and two rows of tubercles ;
tubercles marginal, placed on each alternate costa; curvature gradual.

I have seen but one fragment of this species, which, except in size,
agrees with H. spinulosus of Sowerby, the tubercles being in all probability
the bases of spines; it is however impossible to determine their identity
without more perfect examples.

The specimen is elliptical from compression ; the ribs are very distinct
on the sides and back, but almost obliterated on the inner margin. The
tubercles are placed on each alternate rib, a circumstance that separates
this species from the other spiniferous hamites, previously described.

Locality. Middleham.

40. Hamites ellipticus. Tab. xxiii. fig. 9.

Depressed, surrounded by even, undulating ridges, each ornamented
with two small tubercles placed on the outer margin ; curvature elliptical.

This hamite appears to be identified by its even undulating ridges,
each furnished with two tubercles, and the elliptical form of its curvature.
It must however be acknowledged, that there is considerable difficulty in
distinguishing the essential characters of a fossil, from the variations that
are produced by age or accident, particularly when only a single specimen
is known.

Locality. Middleham.

41, Hamites attenuatus ? Tab. xxiil. figs. 8. 13.

This species has already been described as occurring in the Blue Marl.
(Vide Blue Marl Fossils, No. 21.) The specimens here figured are
nearly cylindrical, and covered with oblique annular striz ; it is however
doubtful whether they belong to the species referred to.

GREY CHALK MARL. 123

Tab. xxui. fig. 5, is the fragment of a very large hamite, nearly allied
to the preceding ; it was collected at Hamsey by Mrs. Mantell.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham, Stoneham.

42. Hamites baculoides, 'Tab. xxiii. figs. 6, 7.

Cylindrical, elongated, marked with obscure, oblique, distant undula-
tions on the outer margin ; curvature—— ? septa distant.

Fragments from one to six inches in length, and about 0-4 inch in
diameter, marked with oblique undulations, and occasionally exhibiting
foliaceous septa, are very abundant in every locality of the grey marl near
Lewes : those figured are the most perfect that have yet been discovered.

This species may be easily recognized by its extraordinary length, by
the smoothness of its surface, and the great obliquity of the few undu-
lations with which it is ornamented. The form of the curvature is un-
known ; for although several hundred specimens have been examined, the
short fragment delineated in fig. 6, tab. xxiii. is the only known instance
of a deviation from a straight line. These remains are associated with
fragments of a large size, almost cylindrical, and perfectly smooth: are
these portions of the larger limbs of the same species ? By an inadvertence,
the specimens are represented in the plate, with the largest extremity
downwards.

Localities. In every marl-pit in the south-eastern part of Sussex.

42. Turrilites * costatus. Tab. xxii. fig. 15, Tab. xxiv. figs. 1, 4, 5.

Volutions reversed, convex, ornamented with transverse ribs, beneath
which are two rows of tubercles.

The upper half of each wreath is ornamented with about twenty
smooth, rounded costz, beneath which isa row of elliptical tubercles, and
a set of smaller ones on the inferior margin; the latter are partly obscured
by the next whorl. In almost every example the costz, and tubercles,
pass into each other.

The specimens that occur in Sussex, very rarely exceed three or four
volutions, and are always in some degree compressed ; they are from one

¥ Turrilites. A spiral, turreted, multilocular univalve ; volutions contiguous and apparent ;
septa foliaceous, pierced near the upper margin by a siphunculus, aperture round; columella
smooth.

R 2

(124 GREY CHALK MARL.

to seven inches in circumference, and from three to five inches long; the
lowermost volution is but rarely preserved, and no traces of the shell
remain.

Tab. xxiii. fig. 15, represents a specimen with part of the lowermost
volution.

Tab. xxiv. figs. 1, 4, 5, exhibit the usual varieties of this species: in
figures 4 and 5, the union of the ribs with the tubercles is distinctly
shewn.

Localities. Hamsey, Clayton.

43. Turrilites undulatus. ‘Tab. xxiv. fig. 8, Tab. xxiii. figs. 14. 16.

Volutions reversed, ornamented with prominent transverse cost.

This species was first noticed and described by the author. It is
characterized by its prominent transverse costa, which are undulated in
some examples, and extend directly across the whorls in others. In
many specimens the ribs are oblique, and somewhat tubercular, a cireum-
stance that has led some naturalists to question the correctness of con-
sidering the present species as distinct from T. costatus. In the casts of
the adult shell, the characters of the two species are however distinctly
marked, and leave no doubt of the propriety of their separation.

The Turrilites undulatus attains a larger size than the preceding, some-
times exceeding three inches in diameter.

Tab. xxiv. fig. 8, represents a very perfect example. It consists of
eight volutions, including the lowermost, and exhibits the rounded base
of the columella. On the opposite side, the siphunculus, filled with
sulphuret of iron, is beautifully shewn. To my brother, Mr. Joshua
Mantell, whose kindness I have had repeated occasions to acknowledge,
I am indebted for the possession of this interesting specimen.

Locality. Hamsey.

44. Turrilites tuberculatus. ‘Tab. xxiv. figs. 2, 3, 6, 7.

Volutions reversed, beset with a longitudinal row of nodular projec-
tions, beneath which are three rows of tubercles; inferior surface of the
wreaths radiated.

This species is the largest of the genus. De Montfort mentions
a specimen found at Rouen, which measured nearly a foot and a half in

GREY CHALK MARL. 125

length; and one found by the author, at Middleham, is of much larger
dimensions.

A row of from fifteen to sixteen obtuse rounded tubercles, are disposed
round each volution, at about one-third from the superior margin, and
beneath these are placed three sets of smaller tubercles. The inferior
surface of the whorls is marked with radiating coste, that terminate in
the lowermost row of tubercles. The siphunculus is placed midway
between the larger projections, and the upper edge of the wreaths, which
is impressed by the ribs of the preceding volution. The base of the aper-
ture is contracted, and the tubercles on the body of the last whorl are
elongated, forming irregular tubercular coste, which are reflected towards
the aperture.

The fossil discovered by De Montfort “appears to have been in such
a state of perfection, as to allow of its form being made out completely.
It is regularly formed into a spire, the whorls of which are projecting and
articulated, the foliaceous sutures produced by the edge of the septa being
apparent. The opening of the shell is nearly round; the columella flat
without any folds; and the septa perforated nearly in the centre, by a
syphon *.”

The magnificent British specimen of this species, previously alluded to,
was found in a bank of marl, near the mansion of the Rev. J. Constable,
at Middleham, in the parish of Ringmer. It is a cast of indurated marl
of an ochraceous colour, retaining in one part a thin iridescent pellicle of
the pearly coat of the shell. Six volutions remain, the largest of which is
five inches and a half in diameter. Upon a moderate calculation, the
original, when perfect, must have exceeded two feet in length. The
siphunculus is exhibited on the three upper volutions }.

Tab. xxiv. fig. 7. A remarkably fine cast from Middleham.

The siphunculus, shewn in the three upper volutions, does not exist
in the specimen, but is introduced here that the subject may be more
fully illustrated.

* Organic Remains, Vol. iii. page 147.
+ This specimen is figured in Sowerby’s Mineral Conchology, tab. \xxiv.

126 GREY CHALK MARL.

Tab. xxiv. fig. 6. Perspective view of a cast placed in an inverted po-
sition, to shew the radiated costz on the base of the volutions.

Localities. Middleham, Stoneham.

It is worthy of remark, that this is the only species found in these
localities, while at Hamsey and Offham, where the T. costatus, and T.
undulatus, are met with, the present species does not occur.

BIVALVES.

The bivalves of the grey chalk marl so rarely exhibit any traces of
the hinge, that their generic characters are but seldom distinguishable.
The following are determined with as much accuracy as the imperfect
state of the specimens would admit.

45. Arca. Casts of a small species, about 1-2 inch wide, and 0-7 inch
long, have been discovered at Middleham; the surface is marked with fine,
concentric, transverse striz.

46. Venericardia? Min. Conch. Tab. 259.

This is a small species, with diverging longitudinal striz, and is
figured by Mr. Sowerby.

Localities. _Middleham, Stoneham.

47. Astarte. A minute species, covered with transverse striz.

Locality. Middleham.

48. Avicula. A thin delicate species, allied to Avicula media, Min.
Conch. Tab. 2.

Locality. Hamsey.

49. Venus? Ringmeriensis, Tab. xxv. fig. 5.

Suborbicular, with numerous transverse concentric striz, beaks in-
curved, approximate ; margin entire.

The fine cast here represented, contains no vestige of the shell, and
the structure of the hinge is in consequence unknown; as a temporary
distinction I have referred it to the genus Venus.

Locality. Middleham ; unique.

50. Cardium ? decussatum, Tab. xxv. fig. 3.

GREY CHALK MARL. 127

Valves longitudinally costated ; coste radiating, decussated by con-
centric, transverse striz, and sulci; posterior side truncated, cordiform;
anterior side produced; beaks incurved.

This species, im its general form, approaches Cardium hibernicum
(Min. Conch. tab. 82, figs. 1, 2.) but is distinguished by its numerous
transverse sulci, the absence of the central protrusion, and by the posterior
side being crossed by diverging striz.

The length of this cast rather exceeds its width. The margin of the
posterior side is raised, and a gentle depression is in consequence formed
round the centre, which is somewhat elevated. The termination of the
anterior side is unknown; the dotted outline in the figure indicates its
probable form. The beaks are small and incurved.

The longitudinal ribs pass in a radiating manner, from the beaks to
the margin ; but are not visible on the posterior side. The sulci by which
they are decussated, arise from the depression beneath the beaks, from
whence they diverge across the posterior area, and becoming concentric,
terminate on the edge of the anterior slope. The margin of the valves is
entire.

Tab. xxv. fig. 3. A cast from near Brighton. The shell itself is un-
known.

Localities. Brighton, Hamsey, Middleham, Offham.

51. Pecten Beaveri. Tab. xxv. fig 11.

Depressed, suborbicular, with diverging longitudina coste; ears
nearly equal to the width of the shell; margin irregularly undu-
lated.

The costz are about twenty in number, and diverge from the centre
of the hinge to the margin. The ears are almost equal to the transverse
diameter of the shell.

This species is from 2-5 inches to 3 inches in length, and is commonly
in a good state of preservation.

In almost every example the internal surface onlyis exposed, the shell
being attached to the marl by the outer side; in a small portion which I

128 GREY CHALK MARL.

separated, the external surface was rugous, a circumstance that explains
the cause of its adherence to the surrounding matrix.

The specimen figured is from Hamsey ; it shews the inner surface.

Localities. Southerham, Beachy-head, Hamsey, Ringmer.

52. Pecten triplicata. Tab. xxv. fig. 9.

Subtriangular, longitudinally striated, with three deep, longitudinal
furrows, which form angular plice on the front ; margin crenulated.

Although but one valve of this elegant little Pecten has been dis-
covered, its characters are sufficiently remarkable to warrant a specific
appellation. The surface is furrowed by three deep sulci, that diverge
from the hinge towards the margin, where they terminate in acute,
angular plice. The shell is covered with minute longitudinal striz,
decussated by transverse lines of growth. The margin is thick, and de-
licately crenated.

Locality. Hamsey. The shell itself remains, and appears to have
undergone but little change.

53. Pecten quinquecostata? Tab. xxv. fig. 10.

In many particulars, this beautiful shell resembles the flat valve of P.
quinquecostata* ; but it is much more elongated, and may probably belong
to a distinct species.

Locality. Hamsey.

54. Pecten laminosa. Tab. xxvi. fig. 8. (22?)

Suborbicular, much depressed, concentrically laminated, ears nearly
equal.

This shell so closely resembles P. orbicularis of Sowerby, (Min. Conch.
tab. 186.) that at first I was induced to consider it as belonging to that
species; a more careful examination has however detected differences
which appear to be specific.

The striz in P. orbicularis, are described as elevated and sharp ; but in
the shell before us they are very slight, and are produced by the ter-

* Vide Chalk Fossils, No. 64.

GREY CHALK MARL. 129

mination of concentric laminz. The shell is very thin, and possesses a
glossy appearance; the width and length are nearly equal.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 8, a fine specimen, with the shell entire.

fig. 22, is probably the under valve of this species.

Localities. Hamsey, Stoneham.

55. Pecten Tab. xxvi. fig. 7.

Although the valve here figured is perfect, yet as it only exhibits the
inner surface, and resembles in form several other shells of the genus, the
species cannot at present be ascertained.

Locality. Hamsey.

56. Plagiostoma? aspera. ‘Tab. xxvi. fig. 18.

Subdepressed, obovate, with numerous longitudinal, aculeated sulci.

To the naked eye, this shell appears as if marked with smooth, longi-
tudinal striee, but conveys a sensation of roughness to the touch. With
the assistance of a lens, the striz are perceived to be sulci, dividing the
surface into flat ribs, the edges of which are fringed with minute sharp
points. It has a few irregular lines of growth: the structure of the hinge
is not shewn in any of the specimens in my possession.

This shell bears considerable resemblance to Lima spathula of Lamarck.

Localities. Hamsey, Stoneham : rare.

57. Plagiostoma Tab. xix. fig. 1.

The cast of a transversely ovate, depressed bivalve, apparently of this
genus. It has fifteen prominent costz, which diverge from the beaks to
the margin ; the latter is undulated.

Localities. Hamsey, Middleham.

58. Plicatula spinosa. 'Tab. xxvi. figs. 13. 16, 17.

“ Ovate, depressed, spinous ; spines adpressed, smallest on the deeper
valve, margin entire*.”

The specific description is that given by Mr. Sowerby; the Sussex
specimens being imperfect, and differing in some particulars from those
figured in the Min. Conchology. ‘The latter are described as being

* Min. Conch. Vol. iii. p. 79.

130 GREY CHALK MARL.

“obliquely ovate, with an angle at the beaks, the deeper valve having
radiating undulations, with numerous minute aculei; these are sometimes
wanting. The other valve is for the most part externally concave, with-
out undulations, but bearing sharp hollow spines with their points pressed
close to the surface, and often hooked. The surface that received the
semi-external cartilage, is sometimes very distinct, extending transversely
upon the beaks, so as almost to form ears *.”

Tab. xxvi. figs. 13. 17, agree in many respects with the above descrip-
tion: the shell is very thin, and the spines closely pressed to the surface.
fig. 16, is more convex than the preceding, has but few
spines, and possesses a lamellated structure. Some specimens of this kind
are nearly orbicular, almost destitute of spines, and frequently exceed
1°5 inch in width and length; these probably belong to another species.

Localities. - Hamsey, Stoneham; mutilated specimens are very

common.

59. Terebratula subrotunda. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. figs. 1, 2.

Subrotund, somewhat depressed, smooth, valves equally convex, beaks
short.

This and the following species are abundant in the chalk+, but of rare
occurrence in the marl; they are so common, that a particular description
is unnecessary.

Localities. Hamsey, Eastbourne.

60. 'Terebratula swbundata. Min. Conch. 'Tab. xv. fig. '7.

Subovate, somewhat depressed, smooth ; valves equally gibbous, margin
depressed in front, with two lateral undulations.

Loealities. Hamsey, Eastbourne.

61. Terebratula sulcata.

Depressed, transversely ovate, with diverging longitudinal furrows ;
upper valve convex, lower valve depressed anteriorly; front of the
depressions straight, plicated, with an undulation on each side; beak small,
margin serrated.

* Min. Conch. Vol. iii. page 80. + Vide Chalk Fossils, No. 76.

GREY CHALK MARL. Cou

The shell is about 0°5 inch long, and 0-6 wide. The sulci are strongly
marked, about fifteen or sixteen on each valve, three or four occupying
the straight front of the margin. The beak is slightly produced, and has
a circular perforation.

This species is common at Hamsey: the sulci are bolder and fewer in
number on the straight part of the margin, than in the other Terebratule
of the chalk.

Localities. Hamsey, Stoneham.

62. 'Terebratula Murtini.

Subscrotiform, longitudinally striated, margin finely serrated; both
valves slightly depressed in front, beaks very small.

This is a very minute and delicate species, scarcely 0:3 inch either in
length or width. Each valve is marked with upwards of thirty longi-
tudinal strize, and both are equally convex. The margin is finely serrated
by the terminations of the striz, and is nearly straight in front ; the sides
are not waved, as in the last species.

The specific name is in commemoration of the late William Martin,
Esq. F.L.S. of Macclesfield, the scientific author of Petrificata Derbiensia,
&c. whose premature death must be deeply lamented by every friend of
science.

Locality. Hamsey.

63. Terebratula striatula. Tab. xxv. figs. 7, 8. 12.

Subscrotiform, contracted at the beaks, longitudinally striated, striz
fine, diverging ; margin acute, undulated in front, depressed on each side
the beak ; lower valve with a broad longitudinal sulcus.

The length of this species is generally 0-9 inch; the greatest width
0°7 inch ; thickness 0-4 inch.

The upper valve is convex in the middle, and gradually slopes towards
the margin; the lower valve has a sulcus along the middle. The beak is"
slightly produced, and beneath it the margin is inflected on both sides.
The striz are fine, diverging from the beak to the margin; the latter is
acute, and has a gentle undulation in front, produced by the dorsal
groove ; in the young shell this appearance is not observable.

s2

132 GREY CHALK MARL.

The specimens are marked with transverse lines of increase.

The form of this shell resembles that of ConcuyLiotirnus Anomites
sacculus of Martin*, but that species is more convex, and is destitute of
strie.

Tab. xxv. figs. 7, 8. 12, palit a dorsal, front, and lateral view of the
same specimen.

Locality. Hamsey : very rare.

64. Terebratula squamosa.

Longitudinally ovate, valves equally convex, surface squamous, margin
of the lower valve incumbent, beaks produced.

Length 0:5 inch, width 0-4 inch; the greatest convexity of the united
valves, 0°3 inch. Both valves are equally gibbous; the margin of the
lowermost is slightly incumbent, and surrounds the edge of the upper
valve. The lines of increase are numerous, concentric, and squamous.
The beak is a little produced, and has a circular aperture.

The shells of the Terebratulz of the grey marl, are always in a good
state of preservation; in the present species even some vestige of the
colour remains, the specimens being invariably of a bluish hue.

Locality. Hamsey.

65. Inoceramus tenuis.

Valves convex, marked with numerous fine concentric lines ; posterior
side depressed, small, lunulate ? hinge side short, expanded ; beaks convex,
incurved ; hinge oblique.

The shell of this species is remarkably thin and fragile, and is marked
with numerous concentric lines produced by the lamellated structure of
the surface. ‘The valves are regularly convex, and deepest in the middle.

The posterior slope is small and lunulate; the anterior, short and
expanded. ‘The hinge is rather oblique.

A few indistinct transverse undulations are observable in some ex-
amples. The specimens are usually about four inches long, and three
inches wide: the depth of the united valves 2°8 inches.

* Petrificata Derbiensia, tab, 46. figs. 1, 2.

GREY CHALK MARL. 138

Localities. Hamsey, Offham.

66. Inoceramus Cripsii. Tab. xxvii. fig. 11.

Obovate, much depressed, with numerous concentric transverse ridges;
beaks acuminated; posterior side small, depressed; anterior side ex-
panded ; hinge oblique ?

The valves are of an obovate form, much depressed, and marked with
strong concentric ridges, somewhat obliquely disposed. These characters
distinguish the present species from the one above described. The beaks
are acuminated. The shell increases in width, but diminishes in depth as
it approaches the front. The posterior slope is small and depressed ;
the anterior, expands to form the hinge furrow.

Casts of this species are common, but the shell is seldom preserved. I
have named it in honor of my esteemed friend John Martin Cripps,
Esq. M.A., and it is with great pleasure that I thus publicly express
my grateful acknowledgments for his kind exertions, in promoting the
success of the present publication.

Localities. Ringmer, Hamsey, Offham.

Several other species of Inoceramus occur in the grey marl, but the
specimens hitherto discovered, are in too mutilated a state to admit of
accurate determination.

Fossit Fisues.

The Grey Marl has afforded a few examples of the remains of fishes,
but these are exceedingly imperfect: fragments of bones, a few small ver-
tebrz, irregular patches of scales, and an inconsiderable number of teeth,
are the only specimens hitherto noticed.

67. Remains of a fish. Tab. xxxiv. fig. 10.

This fossil was discovered at Hamsey; it shews vestiges of the tail,
and of one fin, but no conjecture can be formed of the genus of the
original.

134 GREY CHALK MARL.

68. Tooth of the Squalus mustelus.

A tooth, apparently of this species of shark, is delineated in Tab. xxxii.
fig. 5. It is very rare.

Locality. Hamsey.

69. Tooth of the Squalus shinee Tab. xxxii. fig. 12.

This specimen resembles the teeth of the recent species.

Locality. Hamsey, Eastbourne.

CRUSTACEA.

Of the remains of Crustacea, a few portions only have been found;
sufficient indeed to prove the existence of this order of animals in the
grey chalk marl, but too imperfect to allow of a detailed description.

LOWER CHALK. 135

XII.

g II. 7. LOWER CHALK.

XIII.

§ Il 8 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Turse deposits form by far the most considerable and important di-
visions of the chalk formation, and constitute the most striking features
of the geology of Sussex. As their investigation is highly interesting, we
shall endeavour to elucidate the subject, by subjoining a brief notice of
the course of the chalk through the south-eastern part of England, and
on the Continent.

We are informed by Mr. Townsend, “ that the chalk hills are bounded
by a line which stretches from south-west to north-east, and that within
these limits they form three principal mountain ranges. The first, leaving
Berks, runs north through Bucks, Bedfordshire, and Hertfordshire, into
Cambridgeshire, by Dunstable, Hitching, Baldock, and Royston, to Gog-
magog Hills, near Cambridge. The second, passing from Berkshire east-
ward, stretches through Surrey, where it forms the Hog’s back, that beau-
tiful ridge which extends from Farnham to Guildford, and then appears
at Boxhill. ‘This branch forms the hilly country and the downs north of
Reigate, Bletchingley, and Godstone. It enters Kent to the north of
Westerham, and extends by Riverhead, to Wrotham, south of Dartford,
Rochester, Lenham, and Canterbury, to Folkestone and Dover. One di-
vision of this ridge is continued to the north coast of Kent, by Fevers-
ham, near Sheppey, Margate, and North Foreland to Ramsgate. —

136 LOWER CHALK.

“ The third range, leaving Wiltshire and Berkshire, enters Hants, and
to the south passes round Petersfield, then, stretching to the east, forms
a barrier against the sea along the coast from Chichester and the South
Downs as far as Dover, and ranges from Maple-Durham, Houghton,
Steyning, and Lewes, as far as Beachy Head*.”

Insular parts occur in the Isle of Thanet, and Isle of Wight--.

In France the chalk prevails on the skirt of the western boundary of
Mount Jura, extending nearly in a direction from S.K. to N.W., and
covering a space of at least 210 miles long, and 50 broad.

Chalk also occurs in Ireland, Saxony, Spain, Denmark, Sweden, and
Poland f.

The thickness of the chalk formation varies considerably in different
parts of its course. Near Royston it attains an elevation above the sea
of 481 feet; south of Dunstable, it is 994 feet; south of Shaftsbury, 941
feet ; between Lewes, in Sussex, and Alton, in Hampshire, various parts
of the range rise to the height of between 800 and 900 feet; and be-
tween Alton and Dover, between 700 and 800 feet§. In the Sussex range
Ditchling Beacon, which is the highest point, is 856 feet above the level
of the sea.

The mountain ranges formed by the chalk, are characterized by their
smooth and unbroken outline, and are generally covered with a short
verdant turf ||.

The earlier inhabitants of this island, either from choice or necessity,
fixed their settlements on the elevated ridges and platforms of this form-
ation; and vestiges of their sepulchral mounts are still visible scattered

* Townsend's Moses, Vol. i. page 142.

+ Smith's Strata. For amore particular account of the range and extent of the chalk
formation, vide Phillips’ Geological Outlines, edition 1822, page '77.

+t Dr. Berger, Geological Transactions, Vol. i. page 14.

§ Phillips Outlines, 2d edition, 1816.

|| “ In Champagne, in France, there are immense plains of chalk absolutely destitute of
vegetation, except where patches of the Calcaire grossier occur as islands, or oases in the midst
of these deserts. Many parts of this tract have perhaps not been visited for ages by any living
being, no motive existing that could induce any one to wander there. This chalk is said to
contain 11 per cent. of magnesia, to which the barrenness of the soil is supposed to be owing.”
Geological Transactions, Vol. ii. p. 175.

LOWER CHALK. 137

here and there, over the Downs. Stone-henge, and other druidical temples
are situated upon it, being composed of immense blocks of the siliceous
sandstone; that occurs in the form of boulders, on various parts of its
surface.

The description of the South Downs inserted in a former part of this
work, will sufficiently explain the range, and extent, of the Upper and
Lower Chalk, in the south-eastern part of Sussex; varying in altitude from
300 to upwards of 800 feet, this chain of hills extends from Beachy Head
along the coast to Brighton, from whence it stretches through the centre
of western Sussex, into Hampshire. On the north it presents a preci-
pitous escarpment to the Weald, but its southern side descends with a
gentle slope, and on the south-west is lost beneath the beds of the Isle of
Wight basin; while the south-eastern part forms a line of chalk cliffs of
considerable extent.

The South Downs are intersected by four transverse vallies of con-
siderable extent, through which the Arun, the Adur, the Ouse, and the
Cuckmere, flow from the interior of the country into the British Channel ;
the course of these rivers has already been described.

The general dip or inclination of the strata of the Sussex range, is to
the south-east; in a few instances, however, the influence of local causes
has occasioned some exceptions.

The summits of the hills are generally covered with a layer of loose
flints, which lies immediately beneath the turf; and in some places, beds of
sand and clay, with boulders of siliceous sandstone, and breccia, and other
accumulations of diluvial detritus, obtain a similar situation. In numerous
places on the sides and at the base of the Downs, quarries have been opened,
and kilns erected, for converting the chalk into lime, of which immense quan-
tities are annually consumed by the Sussex agriculturists. These partial
sections in the interior, together with the line of coast from Brighton. te
Beachy Head, afford ample opportunities for the examination of the geolo-
gical structure of this interesting chain. ;

We now proceed to a more particular survey of the deposits included
in the present section; but before entering on their investigation, it may

7

138 LOWER CHALK.

be necessary to offer a few remarks, upon the substance of which they are
principally composed.

Cua.k* is a mineral too well known to require description, and yet
its characters are such as could not fail to excite attention, if less fre-
quently presented to our notice.

The Sussex chalk varies in colour from pure white to a bluish grey,
and differs considerably in its coherence and composition. It has an
earthy fracture, is meagre to the touch, and adheres to the tongue; it is
dull, opaque, soft, and light, its specific gravity being about 2°3. It is
composed of lime and carbonic acid, and contains an inconsiderable pro-
portion of silex and iron.

The harder varieties of this substance were formerly in great request
for building, and when protected from the influence of the atmosphere by
a thin casing of limestone, or flint, proved very durable. The ruins of
the priory of St. Pancras, near Lewes, which have stood nearly 800 years,
afford a remarkable instance of this kind; the interior of many of the
walls are six feet thick, and are entirely formed of chalk, the outside
having a facing of Caen-stone and squared flints. At present, chalk is
seldom used in architecture, except in the construction of vaults, cellars,
and other subterranean works.

The Sussex chalk forms two principal divisions, viz. ; the lower or hard
chalk, which is destitute of flints; and the upper chalk, which contains
numerous layers of siliceous nodules, and veins of flint~-.

* Various conjectures have been offered respecting the probable origin of chalk, and the
mode of its formation. Patrin* supposed that it was the production of three different causes.

1. Animal earth, proceeding from the decomposition of organic bodies.

2. Caleareous lava ejected by submarine volcanoes.

3. Detritus of calcareous mountains. ;

Delamétherie imagined it to have been deposited by water in a state of great agitation +.

In Ireland, the chalk acquires a degree of hardness equal to that of compact limestone.
In its geological position, and in the nature of its fossils, it corresponds, however, with that of
England, with which it is considered to be entirely identified. In many places it is covered by
basalt. It contains echinites, terebratule, ammonites, and belemnites.— Geological Transactions,
Vol. iii. pp. 169. 129. Y

+ In some parts of England the beds of chalk admit of a more minute division. Those

_*® Dict. d'Histoire Naturelle, Tom. vi. p. 472. + Journal de Physique, Tom. Ixxx. p. 37.

LOWER CHALK. 139

XII.

§ Il. 7 LOWER CHALK.

Tue absence of siliceous nodules, and the superior hardness of the
chalk, distinguishes this deposit from that which lies above it.

Its colour is of a light grey, enclosing masses of pure white. It forms
the low elevations at the foot of the Downs, and as the situations it occupies
are generally easy of access, a considerable number of quarries have been
opened in different parts of its course. It is regularly stratified, the lines
of separation being composed of a softer chalk, that in some places con-
tains so great a proportion of argilla, as to assume the appearance of marl.
The latter also occurs in transverse and vertical veins, in which the remains
of fishes are more frequent than in the more solid strata.

The general inclination of the beds is towards the south-east, at an
angle of from 5° to 15°. Their total thickness has not been determined,
but is probably not less than 200 feet. A well sunk on the side of the
hill, near Glyndbourne, passed through 120 feet of the lower chalk only.
The lowermost beds were of a deeper grey than the upper, but presented
no other material variation. The cliffs that extend from near Beachy

in the vicinity of Dover, described by Mr. Phillips (Geological Transactions, Vol. v. p. 18.),
are separated by that gentleman into the following, viz.
1. Chalk with numerous flints, 350 feet thick; which is subdivided into
1. A bed with few organic remains.
2. Chalk with interspersed flints, consisting chiefly of organic remains, in which nu-
merous flints of peculiar forms are interspersed, and a few beds of flint.
2. Chalk with a few flints; this stratum is about 130 feet thick.
3, Chalk without flints, 140 feet thick, consisting of
1. A stratum containing very numerous and thin beds of organic remains, 90 feet
thick. Ni
2. A bed 50 feet thick, with few organic remains.
4, Grey chalk, estimated at 200 feet in thickness.

TQ

140 LOWER CHALK.

Head to Southbourne, expose this bed at their base, and afford considerable
facility for its investigation.

Near Lewes, the lower chalk occurs in the quarries at the foot of
Malling Hill, Southerham, Glynd, Glyndbourne, Swanborough, Plumpton,
&e.; and in other parts of the county, along the northern edge of the
Downs, reposing immediately on the grey chalk marl.

The quarry at Southerham, (vide Tab. u. fig. 3. and Tab. vii.) is re-
markable for the inclination and direction of its beds; it is situated on the
east side of the road, on the south-western extremity of Cliff Hills. It
is about 30 feet high, and contains from eight to ten layers of chalk, the
latter varying in thickness from one to eight feet, being separated from
each other by intervening seams of friable chalk marl. These exhibit decided _
proofs of having suffered considerable displacement; they are inclined
obliquely towards the north, at.an angle of from 20° to 30°, their planes
being depressed towards the west... Northward from this spot, at the
distance of about 300 yards, the upper chalk is exposed in the pit of
Messrs. Hillman, in South Street, and here the strata are horizontal. The
hill. in which both these quarries occur, presents a smooth unbroken
outline, conveying no indication of the changes that have taken place be-
neath its surface; hence we may infer, that the displacement of the strata
was antecedent to those revolutions, of which the present form of the
country affords such unequivocal evidence,

MiIneERAts.

1. Sulphuret of iron is the only metallic substance that occurs in the
lower chalk; and of this mineral some elegant crystals, of a reddish or
yellowish brown colour, have been discovered, in the quarries at the foot
of Malling Hill.

Tab. xvi. fig. 11, represents the usual form of the specimens. It con-
sists of nine or ten quadrangular columns, formed of octohedrons piled
upon each other; these proceed from one common centre, ‘and each ter-
minates in a quadrangular pyramid*.

* Similar specimens have been discovered by Mr. Wm. Phillips, in the lower chalk at
Dover. Vide Geological Transactions, Vol. y. p. 37.

LOWER CHALK. 141

The lower chalk, near Beachy Head, contains small cylindrical masses
of pyrites of a steel grey colour, that possess a very brilliant lustre; their
surface is generally invested with pyramidal crystals, having their solid
angles replaced by quadrangular planes.

2. Green sandstone. Small portions of this substance, evidently of the
same nature as the chlorite sand, have been discovered in the chalk at
Southerham.

Orcanic Rematns.

These correspond in most instances with the fossils of the upper
division ; but as they are comparatively of rare occurrence, it will be more
convenient to include them in the general description of the organic re-
mains of the chalk. We shall therefore confine ourselves, in this place,
to an enumeration of those which occur in the lower chalk of Sussex.

1. Wood ; very rare.
2. Supposed juli of the larch.
3. Ventriculites radiatus. The remains of this zoophyte are very
rare in the lower chalk, and generally consist of the stirps only.
Ventriculites alcyonoides : rare.
Choanites subrotundus.
. Apiocrinites ellipticus.
Conulus albogalerus.
Cirrus depressus.
9. —— perspectivus.
10.* - granulatus.
11. Ammonites varians : very rare.
12% Woollgari.
13.* —————— _catinus.
14.* ——____—._ rusticus.
15.* ——____—. Lewesiensis. =
16.* Belemnite.
17. Plagiostoma Brogniarti. * +»

ey DON ES

142 LOWER CHALK.

18. Ostrea.
19. Terebratula subrotunda.

20. ovata.

Pal. undata.
22. Inoceramus mytilloides.
23.* Webster.
24.* ——________.. striatus.
Ob: latus.

26. Astacus Leachii.

27. Squalus cornubicus (the teeth of).
28. mustelus.

29. ——— zygena.

30. Balistes (fins or radii of).

31. Diodon (molar teeth of).
32. Zeus Lewesiensis.

33. Murena Lewesiensis.
34.* Salmo Lewesiensis.

35.* Amaia? Leweszensis.

Those marked thus * have not been discovered in any other deposit.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 143

XIII.

§ Il. 8. UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Tue Uprer Cuatx is characterized by its numerous parallel layers
of flint. In this county it constitutes by far the most considerable portion
of the chalk formation, extending to the summits of the highest hills, and
in some instances reaching nearly to their base.

The chalk of this deposit is generally of a purer white, and of a softer
texture, than the inferior strata; but in other respects, presents no sensible
difference. It is regularly stratified, and partakes of the general inclina-
tion of the other divisions of the series. It is separated by horizontal
layers of siliceous nodules into beds that vary from a few inches, to
several feet in thickness, and which, in some localities, are traversed by
obliquely vertical veins of tabular flint, that may be traced for many
yards without interruption. These are sometimes disposed horizontally,
and form a continuous layer of thin flint, of very considerable extent.

The nodular masses of flint are very irregular in form, and variable in
magnitude; some of them scarcely exceeding the size of a bullet, while
others are several feet in circumference. Although thickly distributed in
horizontal beds or layers, they are never in contact with each other, but
every nodule is completely surrounded by the chalk. Their external sur-
face is composed of a white opaque crust, consisting of an intermixture
of chalk and silex, probably formed by a combination of the outer surface
of the nodule with its investing matrix, while the former was in a soft
state. Internally they are of various shades of grey, inclining to black, and
often contain cavities lined with chalcedony and crystallized quartz.

When first extracted trom the quarry, flint is brittle, has a conchoidal
fracture, and feeble lustre; thin fragments are translucent. Its specific
gravity is 2-594. According to the analysis of Klaproth, it consists of

144 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Silex = 98: Oxide of iron - - 0:25
Lime = 0:5 Water -- & =e
Alumine - 0:25

It is infusible, but upon being submitted to a great heat becomes
white, and opaque. By exposure to the atmosphere, it undergoes con-
siderable change, and assumes a yellow or ferruginous colour, an appear-
ance commonly exhibited by the flints of our ploughed lands. When
in contact with ochraceous clay, or sand containing iron, it frequently
attains a dark carnelian colour externally, the interior being of a lighter
shade ; of this kind, numerous beds occur in the parish of Barcombe.

Flints so commonly enclose the remains of sponges, aleyonia, and other
zoophytes, that some geologists are of opinion that the nucleus of every
nodule, was originally an organic body *, That this has been the case in
most instances is very evident ; and in Sussex, there are comparatively but
few flints, that do not possess traces of zoophytical organization. ‘These
nodules oftentimes exhibit not only the outline of the original zoophyte,
but also its internal structure, preserved in the most delicate and beautiful
manner that can be conceived. In some examples the zoophyte has
undergone decomposition, and the space it occupied been partially filled
with an infiltration of agate, chalcedony, and crystallized quartz.

Although even in the present advanced state of chemical science, we
are unacquainted with the process by which silex may be dissolved in water,
yet that its solution was formerly effected by natural causes on a very ex-
tensive scale, the siliceous nodules, whose history is the subject of these
remarks, afford the most conclusive evidence. At the present moment,
nature in her secret laboratories is still carrying on a modification of the
same operations; of which we have remarkable instances in the boiling
springs of the Geyser, in Iceland +, and of Carlsbad, in Bohemia}. Nor

* « So far as my observation extends, zoophytes appear universally to have formed the
nuclei of nodulated and coated flints.”. Townsend's Character of Moses.

+ The depositions of siliceous tufa, or chalcedony, formed by the boiling springs of the
Geyser, in Iceland, are well known; these waters contain 31:38, of silex per gallon. Vide
Travels in Iceland, by Sir George Stewart Mackenzie, Bart. 4to. Edinburgh, p. 389.

¢ According to the experiments of Klaproth, the spring at Carlsbad contains 25 grains of
silex in 1000 cubic inches of water.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 145

is a high temperature absolutely essential to the solution of silex in water,
since this earth occurs in a large proportion in the mineral waters of our
own island *, and also enters into the composition of the epidermis of
various plants of the cane tribe, and of the English reeds, and grasses.
The epidermis of the Equisetum hyemale, or Dutch rush, consists almost
entirely of silex }.

There is scarcely a single fact in geological science, that has so much
excited the attention of philosophers, or given rise to so many unsatis-
factory conjectures, as the formation of the siliceous nodules of the chalk.
Upon this interesting subject, which is still involved in much obscurity,
I shall not presume to hazard an opinion, but content myself with offer-
ing a condensed view of those theories, that have received the sanction of
some of our most eminent geologists.

The celebrated Werner, whose opinions are embraced by Professor
Jameson, Mr. Parkinson, and others, offers the following explanation of the
phenomenon in question. He supposes, that “during the deposition of
the chalk, air was evolved, which, in endeavouring to escape, formed irre-
gular cavities that were afterwards filled up by infiltration with flint. The
decomposition of the softer parts of the animals thus entombed, may
be considered as a probable source of part of the gaseous matter that
formed these cavities; and the connexion of the animal remains with
those nodules of flint, is easily explained by supposing the shells, crusts
of echini, &c. to have projected into the hollows, or to have been ad-
herent to their sides, at the period at which this infiltration took place.
That the separation and disposition of the matter forming the nodules,
have been the effect of crystallization, is rendered evident by the cavities
Jeft either in these nodules, or in the fossils, being generally lined with
quartz crystals {.”

Upon this subject Dr. Berger § remarks, that with regard * to the forma-
tion of flints in chalk, if we adopt the theory of Werner, | should be as

* The mineral waters of Bath contain twenty grains of silex in ten pints and a half. Nichol-
son’s Journal, Vol. iil. p. 403.
+ Organic Remains, Vol. i. p. 328.
+ Geological Transactions, Vol. i. p. 350.
§ Ibid. p. 96.

146 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

much disposed to attribute the void spaces in the chalk to a natural con-
traction of its substance, as to the disengagement of air. We know that
chalk divides, by drying, into compartments that are sometimes very re-
gular, nearly in the same way as marl. According to this hypothesis, we
may suppose either that the chalk and the flints are of contemporaneous
formation, that the elements of flint were mixed with those of the chalk,
and that they separated from each other by elective affinity, or that
the siliceous matter has been afterwards introduced, and has filled up the
cavities left in the chalk.”

Professor Buckland, whose opinions on geological subjects merit the
highest consideration, objects altogether to the explanation offered by the
Wernerian theory. “It does not,” he remarks, “ appear possible that
the flints could have been formed by infiltration into pre-existing cavities,
like the regularly disseminated geodes of the trap rocks; since this
hypothesis, in the case of chalk, would imply the anomaly of their
having once existed uniformly over many hundred square miles, as
many strata of air bubbles as there are of flint, alternating with the chalk;
and of which air-holes not one was left empty, or partially filled ; whilst,
on the other hand, many of the nodules could not have been formed in
such air-holes, as they entirely derive their shape from some extraneous
bodies affording a nucleus to the silex that has incrusted them*.” He then
offers the following ingenious theory, as the result of a diligent investiga-
‘tion of the subject. “ Assuming that the mass which is now separated
into beds of chalk and flint, was, previously to its consolidation, a com-
pound pulpy fluid, and that the organic bodies now enveloped in the

strata were lodged in the matter of the rock, before the separation of its
calcareous from its siliceous ingredients, he conceives that the bodies thus
dispersed throughout the mass, would afford nuclei, to which the flint, in
separating from the chalk, would, upon the principle of chemical affinity,
have a tendency to attach itself ‘The chalk and flint he considers to
have proceeded through a contemporaneous process of consolidation, the
separation of the siliceous from the calcareous ingredients, having been.
modified by attractions, which drew to certain centres the particles of

* Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 422.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 147

the siliceous nodules, as they were in the act of separation from the ori-
ginal compound mass. The distances of the siliceous strata he imagines
to have been regulated by the intervals of precipitation, of the matter
from which they are derived ; each new mass, as it was discharged, forming
a bed of pulpy fluid at the bottom of the then existing ocean, which being
more recent than the bed produced by the last preceding precipitate,
would rest upon it as a foundation similar in substance to itself, but of
which the consolidation was sufficiently advanced, to prevent the ingre-
dients of the last deposit, from penetrating or disturbing the productions
of that which preceded it *.”

That the beds of chalk and flint were deposited periodically, cannot
admit of the slightest doubt. Specimens are not unusual, in which an-
gular fragments of black flint, that could not possibly have been originally
formed in their present state, are imbedded in chalk. An example of
this kind in my possession, contains several portions of flint which are
as sharp and translucent as if recently broken, and entirely destitute
of the external opaque crust invariably seen in the perfect nodules ;
these are imbedded in, and separated from each other by the chalk. It
is sufficiently obvious that the nodule from which these pieces were de-
rived, must have been displaced and broken, subsequently to its original
formation, and the fragments afterwards enveloped in another and more
recent stratum of chalk f+.

* Vide Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 420.

4+ As connected with the history of the formation of siliceous nodules, I cannot refrain from
noticing in this place, the extraordinary circumstance of coins, and other antiquities, having
been found enclosed in them.

In Schneider's Topog. Mineral. mention is made of 126 silver coins, that were found en-
closed in flints at Grinoc, in Denmark *. It is however much to be regretted, that no descrip-
tion is given of the coins, nor any conjecture offered of their probable age ; since, if the account
be correct, the determination of that circumstance would fix a certain date to one era, at least,
of the formation of flint.

Mr. Knight Spencer, ina letter published in Bakewell’s Introduction to Geology +, relates the
following interesting story, and which, from its authenticity, may be considered as decisive of
the comparatively recent formation of flint, in certain situations.

“ In 1791, two hundred yards north of the ramparts of Hamburgh, in a sandy soil, M. Liesky
of that city picked up a flint, and knocking it against another, broke it in two. In the centre
of the fracture he observed an ancient brass pin, and on picking up the other half, he found

* Phillips’ Mineralogy, 2d edition, p. 12.
+ Bakewell’s Introduction to Geology, 8vo. 1813, p. 338.
U2

148 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

But to return from this digression.—The line of coast from Brighton
to Beachy Head, exposes an interesting vertical section of the upper chalk,
exhibiting almost every variety of character hitherto remarked in the
beds of that deposit. j

At Brighton, the cliffs are composed of an accumulation of diluvial
substances, resting upon the solid chalk, which there constitutes the sea-
shore, and continues to Rottingdean. From thence to Newhaven, the
cliffs are nearly perpendicular, and on the western side of the harbour
rise into an irregular elevation called Castle hill, the upper part of which,
is composed of numerous beds of the plastic clay formation : the lowermost
fifty feet consisting of the flinty chalk. On the opposite side of the river,
a low mound of chalk, capped with a bed of plastic clay and ferruginous
breccia, appears at Chimting Castle. Proceeding eastward towards the
Signal-house, near Seaford, the chalk rises to a considerable height, and
forms a majestic line of cliffs from thence, to the embouchure of Cuck-
mere river; from this place they extend eastward, and terminate in the
magnificent promontory of Beachy Head, which is nearly six hundred feet
above the level of the sea*. Along this line of coast, Ammonites of a
large size, Plagiostomx, Terebratule, Echinites, and other productions
of the chalk, may be obtained in considerable numbers.

The sections in the interior of the country are entirely artificial; of
these, the following are the most interesting, that occur in the south-
eastern part of the county.

the corresponding mould of the pin so laid bare; he presented them to Thomas Blacker, Esq.
in whose possession they now are, and who has shewn them to the writer of this paper.”

In the Gentleman’s Magazine for 17—, mention is made of an ancient brass key (a figure
of which is there engraved) having been found in a block of chalk at Guilford, in Surrey.
My friend, J. B. Durrant, Esq. of Malling-house, had the kindness, in compliance with my re-
quest, to inquire into the correctness of the account, but it proved, as indeed might have been
expected, too apochryphal to be worthy of credit.

* The following circumstance is too singular to be omitted. One of those prodigious
falls of the chalk cliffs, which make a residence near them frequently so dangerous, oc-
curred at Beachy Head a few years since. ‘The clergyman of Kast Dean was walking on
the brink of the precipice, when he perceived the ground to be sinking from under him,
and although he had the presence of mind instantly to rush from the impending danger, a
deep chasm had formed at some distance from the edge of the cliff, over which he had escaped
but a few moments, before the mass of chalk upon which he had been standing, to the extent of

three hundred feet in length, and eighty in breadth, fell with a tremendous crash into the, sea.
Geological Transactions, Vol. ii. p. 191.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 149

Holywell quarry, near Eastbourne; contains Echinites, Plagiostome,
Inocerami, Terebratulz, the remains of Fishes, &c.

Alfriston chalk-pit; remarkable for crystallized carbonate of lime of
considerable purity.

Cliff Hills. The pits formed on the sides of this insulated portion
of the chalk hills, produce a great variety of fossil shells, and zoophytes,
the remains of fishes, and the vertebre and bones of unknown animals.
In some of these quarries, after a recent fall, the chalk presents a remark-
able appearance; the newly exposed surface is of a brown colour, and
uniformly marked with fine vertical striz, giving to the mass a fibrous
appearance. Small conical portions of the chalk sometimes partake of the
same character, and I have specimens that closely resemble calcareous
fossil wood. In every instance, however, this structure is confined to the
surface, and does not affect the interior of the chalk. In all probability
it has been produced by a subsidence of the strata, which caused them to
slip over each other, before they were entirely consolidated *.

South-street pit, near Lewes, affords a fine section of the flinty chalk,
exceeding two hundred feet in height. An irregular canal or dyke,
varying from two to eight feet in diameter, traverses this quarry, in an
oblique direction. It was noticed many years since at the northern
extremity of the pit, and subsequent falls of chalk have from time to
time exposed its course towards the centre, from whence it now appears to
proceed easterly: a section of it is still perceptible at an elevation of a
few feet. In some parts this cavity was almost empty, and in othiers
nearly filled by sand, clay, and ochre of a light chocolate colour. This
canal or dyke has probably been formed by a subterranean current of
water, the substances it contains being evidently alluvial. South-street
pit is also remarkable, as being the only known locality of the detached
ectaédral sulphuret of iron. It contains the scales, teeth, &c. of fishes,
and numerous shells and corals.

Beddingham pit is situated on the side of the Downs, about a mile
distant from the village. In ascending the hill, the grey marl, lower

* An appearance somewhat similar occurs in the limestone beds of Derbyshire, and is
there termed “ slickensides.”

150 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

chalk, and flinty chalk, are passed over in succession. The pit is between
twenty and thirty feet high, and consists of,

1. Vegetable mould intermixed with chalk rubble, 1 foot.

2. Chalk rubble, - - = - = 2 3 feet.

3. Flinty chalk, - - - - 2 SE ee0rtecets

The chalk is stratified in horizontal beds from two to four feet thick,
and these are separated in some instances by layers of flints, and in others
by chalk rubble; flints are also irregularly disposed throughout the mass.
This spot is peculiarly interesting, from the circumstance of the strata
having been rent asunder since their original deposition. Vertical fissures
are every where observable, and these are partially filled with broken chalk
and flint, cemented together by crystallized carbonate of lime, of a light
amber colour. The sides of the fissures are incrusted with the same sub-
stance, which has insinuated itself into the crevices of the surrounding
chalk, and also occurs in irregular concretions in the cavities of the flints.
The surface of these stalactitical depositions of calcareous spar, is fre-
quently covered with delicate undulations, as if the water had been sud-
denly congealed, while in a state of agitation.

Piddinghoe. This pit lies on the road side, near the village of the
same name; it is remarkable for the purity and softness of the chalk, and
for the numerous vertical and oblique veins of tabular flint, by which it
is traversed. These veins are of a most extraordinary character; for
although the flint retains its original form and situation, yet upon
examination, it is found to be cracked and shivered in every direction.
The fractured flint falls to pieces upon being removed from the chalk,
but in some instances it is held together by sulphuret of iron, forming a
conglomerate of silex and pyrites, of a very singular appearance. The
phenomenon here remarked, is not however confined to this quarry,
but may be observed in several chalk-pits near Lewes and Brighton.

Sir Henry Englefield was the first who directed the attention of
geologists to this subject. In a paper read before the Linnean Society,
he notices several beds of shattered flints, which occur in a chalk-pit at
Carisbrook, in the Isle of Wight; and after describing their appearance
and situation, proceeds to offer some conjectures upon the probable cause

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 151

of their destruction. This he supposed might have been occasioned by
some sudden shock or convulsion, “which in an instant shivered the
flints, though their resistance stopped the incipient motion ; for the flints
though crushed are not displaced, which must have been the case, had
the beds slid sensibly *.”

Offham pit, is nearly two hundred feet high, and exhibits a good
section of the Sussex chalk. It contains the large fibrous bivalve, the
fragments of which are so frequently met with in every locality; teeth
and palates of fishes, and numerous zoophytes. It is the only locality
near Lewes, in which the Marsupites have been discovered. South of
this place, in a bank on the road-side, the chalk is covered by a bed of
ochraceous clay, and where in contact with the latter, the chalk and flints
are marked with regular stripes of yellow, bluish grey, and brown. This
singular appearance extends into the substance of the chalk, but does not
penetrate beyond the external crust of the flints: similar specimens some-
times occur in the pit in South-street.

Clayton pit. This locality produces Inocerami, Nautili, Plagiostome,
Terebratule, Marsupites, &e.

Falmer. An excavation made on the side of the road, leading from
the village, towards the farm of Mr. Moon, is particularly interesting
from the evident proofs it exhibits of the changes the strata have suffered,
since their original deposition. The pit is about twenty feet high, and
contains the following beds; beginning with the lowermost.

1. Chalk with horizontal layers of large flints, - 6 feet.
2. Chalk much broken, containing interspersed flints, 10 feet.
3. Ochraceous clay and flint pebbles from 2 to 4 feet.

From the upper part of the pit, several fissures of an irregular shape,
and from three to six feet in diameter, extend through the broken chalk
to the more solid beds beneath. Some of these cavities are of an inversely
conical form, and others are nearly cylindrical. They are filled with
ochraceous clay, rolled flints, and rounded masses of a conglomerate, con-

* Linnean Transactions, Vol. vi. p. 108.

152 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

sisting of pebbles and fragments of chalk, held together by a ferruginous
cement. A portion of the pit in which sections of three of these wells
occur, is represented Tab. iv. fig. 3. An appearance somewhat analogous
is observable on the north side of the chalk-hill on which the church of
St. John, sub Castro, in Lewes, is situate *. The broken chalk in Falmer
pit is in very small pieces, the angles of which are perfect; a proof that
although minutely divided, it has not suffered by attrition. The sides of
the vallies of the South Downs, are universally composed of chalk, of a
character precisely similar; an appearance, which in all probability, has
resulted from the ruin of the chalk cliffs having accumulated in sloping
taluses at their base.

Brighton pits. There are several chalk-quarries in the vicinity of
this celebrated watering-place, but of these, one only is particularly worthy
of notice}. The pit alluded to is situated near the church, and affords an
excellent example of that fractured state of the chalk, which has been pre-
viously mentioned. It is thus described by Sir H. Englefield: “« The
upper part of this chalk is in separate masses, not perfectly rubble, but
with all their tender angles sharp, exactly as if just broken to pieces to
put into the lime-kiln, and quite clean, nearly of a size, and almost with-
out any chalk powder mixed with them.” Some remarkable veins of
shattered flints occur in this quarry {.

Preston. The quarry is extensive, and hes immediately behind the
village; it formerly produced numerous remains of fishes, palates, teeth,
&c. but is now seldom worked. It is however deserving of attention, on
account of several thin veins of pure flint that fill up vertical fissures in
the chalk, and which, to use the language of Sir H. Englefield, “ appear
exactly as if the flint, not being quite hard when the fissures took place,

* A circumstance somewhat similar is mentioned by M. M. Cuvier et Brongniart. These
naturalists remark, that in the beds of the lower marine formation, and particularly in those of
Liancourt, natural wells of considerable size are sometimes found, filled with ferruginous and
sandy clay, and waterworn siliceous pebbles. Geolog. Trans. Vol. ii. p. 208.

+ This chalk is very pure; aspecimen of the specific gravity 2:34, analyzed by my brother,

was composed of, Carbonic acid 43°4
Lime - - 56:0
Silica - - 06

{ Linnean Transactions, Vol. vi. p. 108.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 153

had been squeezed out of the beds, and had run into the fissures as soft
pitch would do: I do not mean that this was the case, but merely to de-
scribe the appearance *.”

Steyning chalk-pits. These produce belemnites, plagiostome, dian-
chore, teeth, palates, &e. The sulphuret of iron found in these
quarries is of a very singular form, being cylindrical, with a small projec-
tion at both extremities ; a specimen is represented in tab. xvi. fig. 16.

MINERALS.

The minerals of the upper chalk are but few in number, and like the
lower chalk, it contains but one metalliferous ore.

1. Crystallized quartz: this is of frequent occurrence in the cavities of
siliceous nodules, shells, &e. The form of the crystals is that ofa six-
sided pyramid, their colours varying from a reddish brown to a light blue,
amber, grey, and white.

2. Chalcedony, is often found occupying the hollows of flints, and is
either mammillated, botryoidal, or stalactitical. It sometimes forms the
constituent substance of corallines, aleyonites, and other zoophytes, dis-
playing in the most delicate manner the complicated structure of the
originals. Its colour is of various shades of grey, azure, and pearl white,
and in many examples it is beautifully translucent : specimens are not un-
common, in which the surface of the mammillated chalcedony has received
an investment of crystallized quartz.

The stalactitical and botryoidal varieties, are confined to those nodules
which retain a part of the original zoophyte. In some instances the flint
passes insensibly into chalcedony; in others the line of separation is most
distinctly marked; but in all, there is sufficient evidence that the chalce-
dony and quartz were deposited by infiltration, and must have passed
through the substance of the flint.

* Linnean Transactions, Vol. vi. page 108.

154 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

On this subject Professor Buckland remarks, that “ although, in the
present compact state of the matter of flint, it is not easy, though pos-
sible, to force a fluid slowly through its pores, yet it is probable that be-
fore its consolidation was complete, it was permeable to a fluid whose
particles were finer than its own; and that the particles of chalcedony,
whilst yet in a fluid state, being finer than those of common flint, did thus
pass through the outer crust to the inner station they now occupy;
where they also allowed a passage through their own interstices to the
still purer siliceous matter, which is often crystallized in the form of
quartz in the centre of the chalcedony, and so entirely surrounded by it,
that it could have no access to its present place, except through the sub-
stance of the chalcedony, and the flint enclosing it *.”

3. Calcareous spar. This mineral is abundant in the fissures and
hollows of the chalk, and forms the constituent substance of the shells and
echinites. It is of various shades of amber colour, brown, and pearl
white ; the variety into which the shells and echinites are converted, is
opaque, and has an oblique fracture. The other modifications generally
possess some degree of transparency; in some of the larger bivalves, of
the genus Inoceramus, the structure is fibrous.

The crystals of carbonate of lime are of various forms; the most usual
are the rhomboidal, columnar, and acicular. The first occurs abundantly
in cavities in the chalk,’ immediately beneath the turf, on Plumpton
Plain; and it is worthy of notice, that the hollows it occupies, have mani-
festly been formed subsequently to the consolidation of the chalk. In
Western Sussex, branched cavities in the chalk, apparently occasioned by
the decay of ramose zoophytes, are incrusted by this variety of calcareous
spar}.

Of the columnar crystals, some fine specimens were brought to view
by the tremendous fall of the cliffs near Beachy Head, that happened a
few years since. These occurred in large masses of a yellowish colour,
and the crystals when detached were semitransparent; Plumpton Plain,

* Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 419,
+ From the correspondence of J. Hawkins, Esq.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 155

Alfriston chalk. pit, and some other localities, have produced similar ex-
amples.

Obtuse rhomboidal crystals, of great beauty, have been found in a
chalk-pit near Alfriston ; their colour is of a delicate pearl white, and in
their general appearance they resemble the double refracting spar of
Iceland, except in their inferior degree of transparency. The cavities of
echinites are sometimes lined with rhomboidal crystals of carbonate of
lime, disposed in lines parallel with the sections formed by the arez of
the shell ; and the inner surfaces of the terebratuli, are frequently frosted
over with drusy crystals of the same substance.

4. Sulphuret of iron, or iron pyrites, in subglobular and irregular
masses, is very common in the upper chalk. The external surface of the
specimens is invested by crystals of a pyramidal, octaédral, or cubo-
octaédral form; and their interior exhibits a radiated structure, possess-
ing a brilliant metallic lustre. When broken and exposed to the action
of air and moisture, they undergo decomposition with great rapidity ;
and even in cabinets, frequently form an efflorescent sulphate of iron,
and crumble into dust. This mineral occasionally incloses flints, shells,
echinites, &c.* and frequently fills up the cavities of the latter. A
specimen in my possession, exhibits on the upper side, a sharp cast of the
interior of an echino-spatagus; and its base is covered with an elegant
group of quadrangular pyramids, evidently the terminations of octaédrons,
with their inferior angles concealed.

The lower beds of the flinty chalk in South-street, contain detached
crystals of sulphuret of iron, remarkable for their neatness and ele-
gant figure. They are usually regular octaédrons, having their planes
studded with small quadrangular pyramids; but some examples occur in
which the solid angles are replaced by quadrangular planes, forming a
crystal with fourteen sides. A specimen of the former variety is repre-
sented, tab. xvi. fig. 10.

* A terebratula imbedded in the centre of a nodule of sulphuret of iron, is represented in
British Mineralogy, tab. 171. It was found in chalk by Mr. Weekes, of Hurstperpoint. This
gentleman has also a perfect pyritous cast of Pecten Beaveri, from Clayton Hill.

x 2

156 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

ORGANIC REMAINS OF THE UPPER, AND LOWER CHALK.

The organic remains of the chalk are very numerous; but notwith-
standing the important additions which modern discoveries have made,
the fossil productions of this important deposit are still but imperfectly
known.

The fossils of the French chalk have been described by M. M.
Cuvier, and Brongniart *, and those of the English, by Mr. Parkinson +,
W. Phillips, and others.

The contents of the Sussex beds, will be found to differ in many re-
spects from those previously noticed, while many species of fossils, described
by the authors above-mentioned, are unknown in this district. In their
mode of preservation, however, a perfect correspondence exists in the pro-
ductions of different localities They are for the most part remarkably entire,
the delicate coverings of the crustacea, the spines of the shells, &c. re-
maining unbroken ; in short, their appearance, as Mr. Parkinson justly re-
marks, “ warrants the conclusion, that they have been enveloped and sur-
rounded by the chalk, while living in their native beds; and that this de-
position was effected at the bottom of a tranquil sea.”

In every instance the shells, echinites, madreporites, and encrinites,
are converted into calcareous spar, their cavities being filled with chalk,
flint, or sulphuret of iron.

The remains of the softer zoopyhtes occur in the form of chalky casts,
tinged with a yellowish or reddish oxide of iron; this appearance, which
facilitates the separation of the fossils from the chalk, results from the de-
composition of pyrites. The vertebrae and bones are soft and friable ; but
the teeth and palates are finely preserved, and have the natural polish of
the enamel, heightened by an impregnation with iron. The scales and fins
of fishes, and the coverings of the crustacea, are changed into a brown
substance, which is exceedingly brittle, and fades upon exposure to the air.

* Essai sur la Geographie Minéralogique des Environs de Paris. Par M, M. G. Cuvier, et
Alex. Brongniart, p. 11.

++-Geological Transactions, Vol. i. p. 344.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 157

VEGETABLES.

1. Wood. This occurs in the same state as that of the chalk marl,
but is in larger masses, and the ligneous structure more distinctly ex-
hibited. It varies from a reddish brown, to a deep chocolate colour ; and
the more compact specimens possess the appearance and texture of char-
coal*. In some instances the knots or rudiments of branches are per-
ceptible ; in others, perforations caused by the depredations of the teredo ;
and in one example the tubular part of the shell still remains. Wood is
sometimes found in the centre ‘of flints.

Localities. South-street; Offham.

2. Leaves. Tab. ix. figs. 1, 2, 12.

Impressions of a lineari-lanceolate form, somewhat resembling in tex-
ture and colour the wood above described, are occasionally found in the
upper chalk, near Lewes. These closely resemble the leafy culms, or
stems of plants, and are undoubtedly the remains of unknown vegetables;
in some instances they are attached to portions of wood.

The imperfect state in which these remains occur, renders it impossible
to determme the nature of the original. From their being associated
with the supposed juli of the larch, it has been conjectured that they are the
leaves of a species of larixv or pinus, of which the bodies alluded to are the
fruit ; but as the nature of the latter is very uncertain, the coincidence
may be merely accidental. It must however be acknowledged, that these
remains and impressions bear a closer resemblance to the foliage of a
species of pinus, than to that of any other vegetable with which we are
acquainted.

Tab. ix. fig. 2, represents the usual appearance of the specimens.

——— fig. 12, is in all probability a flattened culm or stem, with the

linear leaves surrounding it.

* It seems probable that “the brown, or blackish brown substance, discovered in the Suffolk
chalk, and which sometimes has the appearance of a sooty powder, and is occasionally fibrous +,”
is wood in a state of decomposition.

+ Phillips’ Geology, edit. 1822, p. 72.

158 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Tab. ix. fig. 1. This appears to be the remains of a winged seed, or
capsule ; the black stain near it, is produced by carbonized wood.

Localities. Chalk-pits near Lewes and Brighton.

8. Unknown fossil bodies, resembling “ the supposed juli of the larch.”
Tab. ix. figs. 3. 6. 9. 10.

These are of two kinds; the first differs but little from the bodies
already described as occurring in the chalk marl at Hamsey (vide
description of the chalk marl fossils) ; the other variety is more elongated,
its surface nearly smooth, and it is solid throughout. The constituent
substance of these fossils, is precisely of the same nature as the vertebra,
and other bones’ of cartilaginous fishes, that occur in the chalk; this
resemblance is so striking, that it is with considerable hesitation I have
noticed them in this place, being fully of opinion, that they may here-
after prove to be parts of fishes.

Tab. ix. figs. 9, 10, are specimens of the imbricated variety, from
Steyning chalk-pits. The latter (fig. 10) resembles figs. F. G. Pl. V. of
Burtin *, which are supposed by that author to be “fruit, ou noyau de
Sruit inconnu.”

- fig. 3, represents a large example of the smooth kind, from
the upper chalk, near Lewes; a more perfect specimen lately discovered,
very much resembles in form the roe of a fish.

Tab. ix. fig. 6. This specimen is of a very singular character, and is
the only known instance in which the “supposed juli” have been dis-
covered in connexion with other remains. The substance represented
at the base of the drawing, possesses the character of bone, but is too
much injured to admit of its original nature being ascertained. The
mutilated remains of three of the “supposed jul” are imbedded in the
chalk near it; their relation to the substance in question cannot be
doubted, but at present the subject is involved in obscurity, and no
accurate opinion can be formed of their real nature and origin.

Localities. Chalk-pits near Lewes, Brighton, and Steyning.

* Oryctographie de Brucelles.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 159

4. Fruit of an unknown vegetable ?

A muciferous fruit has recently been found in the lower chalk, near
Lewes. It is of a flattened oval form, about two inches long, and 1:5
inch wide ; the surface exhibits a ligneous structure, and the surrounding
chalk is tinged with a bituminous stain.

In the malm rock of Western Sussex, a few specimens of this kind,
but of a small size, have been discovered near Bignor.

These fossils closely correspond with Martin’s figure of the external
covering of Phytolithus nuceus*, and which, notwithstanding its diminutive
size, that excellent writer was of opinion belonged to a species of Cocos
or Areca.

ZOoOPHYTES.

Although the remains of this class of organized beings are very
numerous in the chalk, they are referable but to few genera and species.
For the most part they bear scarcely any resemblance to known existing
species, and in numberless instances exhibit but slight indications of the
form and structure of the original. The stony corals are transmuted
into calcareous spar; while the softer spongeous zoophytes are either
enveloped in flint or chalcedony, or form chalky ferruginous casts and
impressions.

5. Madrepora centralis. Tab. xvi. figs. 2. 4.

Stirps solitary, cyathiform, turbinated, or cylindrical ; with numerous
perpendicular, radiating lamelle, alternately extending to the centre,
where they, unite ; surface longitudinally striated: pedicle slightly ex-
panded.

This species belongs to the genus Caryophillia of Lamarck; its form is
exceedingly various, being either turbinate, cyathiform, or cylindrical, &e.

The specimens are usually from half an inch to two inches in length,
and from 0°3 to 0-5 inch in diameter. The external surface is marked
with delicate longitudinal elevations, corresponding in number with the

* Petrificata Derbiensia, Plate xxi. fig. 6.

160 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

lamellz; the latter are perpendicular, alternately reaching to the centre
of the axis, where they unite at about 0-2 inch below the margin. The
intermediate lamellz are distinct, and do not extend more than half-way
towards the axis. ‘The smaller number of the lamelle, and the union of
the larger ones, separate this species from Madrepora cyathus of Ellis *, to
which if is nearly allied.

The cyathiform variety is represented, Tab. xvi. fig. 2.

The inversely conical, or turbinated, by Tab. iv. fig. 16. vol. 3.
Organic Remains.

In some specimens of the elongated or cylindrical variety, a mode of
growth is observable, which if not the effect of accident, might constitute
a specific, or perhaps a generic character. An example of this kind is
delineated in tab. xvi. fig. 4. The coral is attached by its pedicle to
a fragment of chalk, and is of a regular cyathiform figure, to the ex-
tent of about an inch. From the disk of this joint, it is produced
into an elongated cylindrical body, which is bent nearly at right angles
with the base; a peculiarity of shape that must have resulted either
from the original conformation of the animal, or from its having been dis-
placed, and subsequently extended in a perpendicular direction.

The constituent matter of the specimens is crystallized carbonate of
lime, which in some examples is translucent, and exhibits the lamellated
structure of the original, in a very distinct and beautiful manner.

Localities. Brighton, and Lewes chalk-pits.

6. An unknown species of compound Madreporite.

Of the compound Madreporites, or those which consist of an aggre-
gation of stars, a species has been discovered, that differs from any
previously noticed by authors; but the specimens in my possession, are
not sufficiently entire to point out the form of the original. It belongs
to those corals which Mr. Parkinson has designated by the term “por-
pital,” and occurs in fragments from one to two inches thick. It is
composed. of fine perpendicular lamella, united by very numerous hori~ _

* Ellis’ Zoophytes, tab. xxviii. fig. '7.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 161

zontal dissepiments. The cells are distinct and obscurely hexagonal, and
the partitions simple, as in Madrepora retepora of Ellis *; their cavities are
filled with chalk.

ALCYONIUM.

To this genus the fossil remains of zoophytes of very dissimilar cha-
racters have been referred by oryctologists. These bodies, whether convex
or concave, solid or porous, simple or ramose, possessing a pedicle, or
destitute of processes of attachment, appear to have been indiscriminately
named aleyonia, whenever their relation to other established genera was
not very manifest. But if we restrict the term to the fossils that agree
with the Linnean definition }, and assume the A. digitatwm as the type of
the genus, the number of those which are found in a fossil state will be
comparatively small. And when it is considered, that even many recent
species are with difficulty distinguished from the spongie and other
analogous zoophytes, it will not appear surprising, if in numerous in-
stances the generic characters of the fossils in question, cannot be accu-
rately determined. In this place, we shall therefore describe as alcyonia,
those specimens which either in form or structure, bear even a remote
resemblance to the recent species of the genus.

7. Turbinated alcyonite. ‘Tab. xv. fig. 5.

This fossil is of an inversely conical figure, the upper part being
slightly convex, and having a shallow circular cavity in the centre. The
external surface is marked with several reniform depressions, but is
destitute of the porous structure observable in the recent aleyonia. The
constituent substance is chalk.

This specimen corresponds in many respects, with the “siliceous
alcyonite,” described by Mr. Parkinson, (Org. Rem. Vol. 1. Tab. ix.

fig. 6.)

* Ellis’ Zoophytes, Tab. liv. fig. 3. :
+ Alcyonium. Gen. Char. Body fleshy, gelatinous, or spongy ; with an external skin full
of openings, possessed by oviparous tentaculated hydrz ; the stirps fixed.
YG

162 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Tab. xv. fig. 4, represents a vertical section of a similar specimen.

Localities. Chalk-pits near Lewes.

8. Flints deriving their form from aleyonia. Org. Rem. Vol. ii.
Tab. 12. ;

These are frequently met with on the ploughed lands of the South
Downs, and in all probability are the remains of aleyonia enveloped in
flint.

Rolled chalk flints of a depressed, subrotund, hemispherical, or oblong
form, containing a body of a spongeous texture, are not unusual among
the pebbles on the sea-shore; they are similar to the specimens figured
by Mr. Parkinson: the substance which they enclose is evidently of
aleyonic origin.

Localities. 'The shore at Newhaven, and along the coast to Beachy
Head.

9. Bodies of a depressed, spheroidal, or subconical form, consisting of
a plexus of fibres, ramifying In a spongeous mass; their constituent sub-
stance, a friable carbonate of lime.

These frequently form the nuclei of siliceous nodules.

Localities. In the upper chalk near Lewes and Brighton, and on
the ploughed lands of the Downs.

10. Pyriform bodies, the nature of which is unknown. Tab. xvi. figs.
17, 18. i

These fossils are of a pyriform shape, slightly furrowed longitudinally,
and composed of flint, coated with a calcareous crust; when viewed
through a lens, their surface exhibits a spongeous structure. .

They are solid, and exhibit some indications of a pedicle or process of
attachment.

Localities. In the chalk near Brighton, first noticed by Col. Birch of
Bath.

11. Spongia ramosa. Tab. xv. fig. 11.

The remains of this fossil are probably more abundant in the flints of
the upper chalk, than those of any other zoophyte. The specimens ge-
nerally consist of cylindrical fragments, from 2 to 3 inches in length, and 0-6

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 163

or 0°8 inch in diameter; and veryrarely possess any vestiges of branches. The
present example was found in the centre of a large flint, from South street,
and is the finest hitherto discovered. It is of a compressed cylindrical
form, nearly eight inches long, and exhibits the remains of seven branches;
yet it is evidently only a fragment of a large specimen. Its structure is
‘spongeous, and it is destitute of an epidermis, or external covering.

This spongite appears to have been of so delicate a texture, as not to
allow of its preservation in the chalk; and it is only when enveloped in
siliceous nodules that any distinct traces of it remain. The constituent
substance is partly siliceous, and partly calcareous, the centre being
generally composed of flint, and the external spongeous mass, of a friable
white or yellowish carbonate of lime. In a few instances the surface is
frosted over with drusy crystals of quartz.

The specimens are for the most part either loose in the cavities of the
flints, or but very slightly adherent; a circumstance that may have ori-
ginated from the decay of the epidermis of the original, or from a con-
traction of its substance.

As this species of fossil sponge is very common, it seemed desirable to
distinguish it by some appropriate name; that of S. 7amosa has therefore
been assumed as a temporary distinction.

Tab. xv. fig. 8, is the siliceous cast, or nucleus, of a fossil of this kind,
the friable spongeous mass having been removed. Similar specimens are
not unusual in the cavities of those nodules in which the original zoophyte
has suffered decomposition, subsequently to its immersion in the flint.

Localities. In every quarry in the upper chalk near Lewes, and
Brighton.

12. Branched silicified zoophytes, belonging to some unknown genus.

Itis scarcely possible either by description or delineation, to convey an
accurate idea of these curious fossils. They generally occur in the centre
of the largest fimts, and are more or less ramose. Some specimens have
from four to six branches, the terminations of which appear on the surface
of the nodule, in the form of annular depressions. Upon fracture, these
bodies are found to consist of innumerable diverging tubuli, proceeding

Nerd

164 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

from one common centre, or stem, and surrounded by a spongeous epi-
dermis. Their constituent substance is siliceous, being frequently com-
posed of agate or chalcedony, and having a loose covering of carbonate of
lime.

An analogous structure is observable in the “ sand alcyonia” of
Warminster Common, but the latter do not appear to possess the sponge-
ous epidermal covering, so strikingly displayed in the former. The only
recent zoophyte to which these fossils bear the slightest resemblance, is
the “ branched sponge from Cape Coast Castle, in Africa,” figured by
Ellis in the Philosophical Transactions, Vol. 55, Tab. 11, fig. F ; but the
dissimilarity between them is too great, to admit of the supposition that
they belong to the same genus.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes and Brighton.

13. The epidermis of a ramose zoophyte attached to a flint.

The surface is covered with minute openings regularly disposed, and
when viewed through a lens, the intermediate substance is observed to be
finely punctated.

This specimen belongs to a genus formed by Mr. Konig, for the recep-
tion of those fossil zoophytes that possess symmetrical openings, either
round, or disposed in meshes.

Localities. Ploughed lands on the Downs.

14. Spongus * Townsendi. Tab. xv. fig. 9.

Body cyathiform, containing a conical cavity; substance spongeous ;
stirps fixed by radical processes.

These are the cup-hke corals, er sponges, so accurately described by
the late Rev. J. Townsend, of Pewsey~; and by Mr. Parkinson{, in his
celebrated work on the organic remains of a former world. The usual
form of the specimens is that of fig. 9. Tab. xv.

* ‘Spongus corpus multiforme, epidermide porosa tectum, protuberantiis interdum conicis,
oculiferis.—It approaches the genus spongia, from which it differs in being invested with an
epidermis, and in having had the power of contraction; the epidermis as well as the oculi, are
often destroyed in the process of mineralization.” Extract of a letter from Chas. Konig, Esq,
of the British Museum, to the author.

+ Character of Moses, 2 vols. 4to. 1813.

{ Organic Remains, Vol. ii. pp. 125, 126,

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 165

The depth of the cup-like cavity is in the proportion of one-third of
its longest diameter, the latter being nearly equal to the length of the
entire fossil, which varies from three to eight inches. ‘The margin, or
border of the cup, is about 0-3 inch in thickness, and exposes the edge of
the enclosed zoophyte. The base is perforated by several foramina,
through which the processes of attachment have passed; and it is not un-
usual for the openings to be partially filled with the remains of these ap-
pendages. These are the only external indications of the original in the
perfect siliceous specimens, the substance of the zoophyte being com-
pletely enveloped in flint, except at the margin and base; but upon
fracture, sections are obtained that distinctly display its form and structure.
When preserved in chalk, the porous or spongeous texture is very ap-
parent, and these examples are more or less deeply coloured with an
ochraceous or ferruginous stain*.

That the original was a zoophyte of a cyathiform shape is very clearly
established; and in all probability, it bore considerable resemblance to S.
infundibuliformis, or §. crateriformis t.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

15. Spongus labyrinthicus. Tab. xv. fig. 7.

Body hemispherical, turbinated, or subcylindrical ; the superior surface
marked with flexuous depressions ; base perforated.

The figure sufficiently explains the usual form of these fossils. The
base has an irregular foramen for the passage of the processes of attach-
ment. The upper surface is almost flat, and is marked with flexuous anas-

*« Mr. Townsend remarks, “ that many of these fossils are compressed, and others have
their margin folded back without being fractured; on the other hand, there are numbers which
have evidently been fractured and have sharp edges. The former are probably sponges of the
infundibuliform species; the latter, I am persuaded, are cup-corals. Such were the corals of
M. Guettard, as appears by the Memoirs of the Academy of Paris for the year 1751.”

+ There are several recent sponges that possess a cyathiform figure, viz. Spongia infundi-
buliformis, Wernerian Transactions, Vol. 1, p. 562. S. crateriformis, Pallas, Sooph. p. 386. S.
scypha, Wernerian Trans. Vol. 2, p. 107. The shape of the last mentioned is that of an inverted
cone, with a very short stalk, which is of a corky nature internally, but porous superficially,
like the other parts; the hollow spreads like the bow] of a wine glass, becoming smaller at the
bottom. ' PN ee

166 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

tomosing depressions, surrounded by a circular or elliptical indentation,
that forms the outer margin. ‘These markings are produced by the edge
of the porous substance enveloped in the flint, which is evidently the re-
mains of a zoophyte of the genus Spongus.

The body is from one to three inches in length, apparently smooth,
but giving that peculiar sensation of roughness to the touch, which is con-
sidered by Mr. Parkinson, as characteristic of the fossil remains of the
spongiz and alcyonia.

Some specimens are solid, others hollow, or partially filled with a light
porous mass; and in numerous instances the interior is lined with mamil-
lated chalcedony of an azure colour.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

16. Cylindrical bodies enclosed in flints.

These are the remains of unknown zoophytes, in which but few traces
of organization are preserved. They are of a cylindrical form, from one to
six or eight inches in length, and about half an inch in diameter. They
consist of flint, and are invested with a thick covering of the same: the
interval between the surrounding flint, and the enclosed fossil, being either
hollow, or filled with a chalky porous substance, in all probability the de-
composed remains of the epidermis of the original. In one specimen the
cylinder is traversed by longitudinal tubes.

Localities. Very abundant in the chalk, and on the ploughed lands
near Lewes. ;

17. A compressed zoophyte, having a finely reticulated surface.

The remains and impressions of this fossil are invariably of a ferrugi-
nous colour, and are of frequent occurrence in the chalk. The specimens
are from 0-1 to 0:2 inch in thickness, and extend in the manner of the
gorgonie, oftentimes covering a space of six or eight inches square; but
no perfect example has hitherto been discovered. Both the external and
internal surface is covered with minute pores, regularly disposed, which
when viewed through a lens, prove to be the meshes or openings of a
reticulated plexus of fibres; the intermediate substance is composed of

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 167

chalk, and exhibits no traces of organic structure. The impressions of
this fossil form a surface covered with minute papille, that have been
moulded in the meshes or interstices of the reticulated integument.

There is no recent genus to which this zoophyte can with propriety
be referred; it approaches in some respects to the gorgonie, and in
others, to the flustre, but possesses characters that separate it from
both*.

Localities. Upper and lower Chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

VENTRICULITES.

This genus has been instituted by the author, for the reception of a
numerous and highly interesting division of fossil zoophytes, whose re-
mains have usually been confounded with the spongie, aleyonia, and other
analogous genera.

The first specimen submitted to my notice, was the elegant flint, de-
lineated in tab. x. fig. 5; it was collected many years since by my esteemed
friend, 'Thomas Woollgar, Esq. of Lewes, and was supposed to be a pe-
trified mushroom, or some other species of agaric. A slight examination,
however, convinced me that its form was derived from some unknown
zoophyte ; and being very desirous of ascertaining the nature of the ori-
ginal, I shewed the specimen in question, to the workmen employed in
the chalk-quarries near Lewes, and by exciting their industry with
suitable rewards, soon formed an extensive collection of these curious
bodies. But the refractory nature of the silex in which they were en-
veloped, prevented the acquirement of any satisfactory information; the
sections produced by fracture merely proving, that the enclosed zoophyte
was of a cyathiform shape, and possessed processes of attachment at the
base.

Early in the ensuing year, a broad circular fossil, with a reticulated
surface, was discovered in a block of chalk, on the road-side near Ringmer :

* It very closely resembles a fossil in the British Museum, marked “ Elustra, from New
Holland.”

168 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

but this appeared to differ so essentially both in form and structure, from
the funnel-shaped flints above mentioned, that their relation was not sus-
pected. Notwithstanding the investigation was continued with but little
intermission, nearly two years elapsed before any additional light was
thrown upon the subject; when the fortunate discovery of the fossils re-
presented in Tab. xi. (in which the inferior portion of the zoophyte is en-
veloped in flint, and the upper part displayed on the surface of the chalk)
proved most decidedly the identity of the chalk, and flint specimens.

In the year 1814, I presented a brief description of these fossils
(accompanied with explanatory drawings) to the Linnean Society,
which was honoured with a place in the 11th volume of its Transac-
tions. In that paper the name of alcyonium chonoides, (funnel-shaped
aleyonium) was proposed as a temporary distinction, “ till future dis-
coveries should point out more precisely its situation in the scale of ani-
mated nature*.’”” Numerous examples have subsequently been discovered,
which not only confirm the opinions there advanced concerning the
probable structure of the original, but also demonstrate the existence of
characters sufficiently remarkable to be assumed as generic distinctions.
The propriety of forming the present genus, it is therefore presumed, will
be readily admitted.

18. Ventriculites radiatus+. Tab. x. xi. xil. xiii. xiv.

Gen. Char. Body inversely conical, concave, capable of contraction
and expansion: original substance spongeous? or gelatinous? external
surface reticulated ; internal surface covered with openings or perforated
papilla; base imperforate, prolonged into a stirps, and attached to other
bodies.

Spec. Char. Infundibuliform; external integument composed of cy-
lindrical, anastomosing fibres, radiating from the centre to the circum-
ference; inner surface covered with perforated papillz, formed by the

* Linnean Transactions, Vol. XI. p. 401.

+ In my geological correspondence, I have been accustomed to distinguish this species by
the specific name of choniformis, but as the funnel-like form is common to the whole genus, the
term is manifestly improper; that of radiatus is here substituted, the radiating manner in which
the fibres of the external integument are disposed, appearing to be peculiar.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 169

open extremities of short transverse tubuli; stirps fixed by radical pro-
cesses.

So numerous are the accidental varieties of form assumed by the fossil
remains of this species, that it is difficult to distinguish them correctly,
without the assistance of an extensive suite of specimens. This cireum-
stance is partly attributable to the various states of expansion and contrac-
tion, in which the originals were introduced into the mineral kingdom;
and partly to the mode in which their remains are occasionally preserved.

_ The specimens enveloped in flint, are usually of a cyathiform, or turbi-
nated shape (vide Tab. x.); while those imbedded in chalk, are more or
less expanded in the form of a broad circular disk, as in Tab. xiv. Theex-
ternal surface is composed of cylindrical fibres, that extend in a radiating
manner from the centre or base, to the outer margin, and by frequently
subdividing and anastomosing, constitute a reticulated integument capable
of very considerable contraction and expansion. Wide Tab. xii. figs. 1, 2.
Tab. xiii. figs. 2, 3, 4, 5. Tab. xiv. fig. 2. .

The fibres are solid*, and when viewed through a lens, exhibit a
porous structure, bearing considerable resemblance to dried sponge. The
meshes, or interstices between the fibres, are narrow and elongated in the
specimens that are expanded, but very irregular in those which are cor-
rugated by contraction. In some instances slender transverse filaments
extend from one fibre to another, by which the entire plexus is more firmly
connected together ; these are represented in the magnified sketch, fig. 6,
Tab. xiii. The surface of the interior, or funnel-shaped cavity, is studded
with small perforated tubercles, or papilla, the open extremities of short,
straight, cylindrical tubes, that arise between the fibres of the external
integument, and passing in a transverse direction, terminate on the inner
surface. Siliceous casts of these tubuli, are frequently observable in flints

* A different opinion is entertained by Miss Benett, who assures me, that in several Wilt-
shire specimens in her possession the fibres are hollow. I have not, however, been able
to detect such a structure in any of the numerous examples that have been submitted to my
examination.

Z

170 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

deriving their form from ventriculites. (vide the edge of the flint re-
presented in Tab. x. fig. 13.)

The base forms an elongated stem or stirps, and terminates in diverging
root-like processes, by which the original was fixed to other bodies ; these
are shewn in the specimens represented Tab. xi. fig. 2, and Tab. xu.
fig. 2.

This zoophyte, when contracted into a cylindrical form, is from one to
six inches in length; when expanded, its diameter occasionally exceeds
nine inches: the thickness of its substance is seldom more than 0:2 inch.

Tab. x. represents various flints whose forms are derived from V.
radiatus.

Fig. 1. ‘This specimen is partially expanded, and its margin exposes
casts of the tubuli, as previously mentioned; the base is perforated by
fifteen openings, through which the processes of attachment passed out.
A plate of an echinus is attached to the inferior part of the stem.

Figs. 2, 3, 4. Small turbinated flints, formed in the stirps or base of the
funnel-like cavity ; (vide description of Fig. 2, ‘Tab. xi).

Fig. 5. This elegant flint was discovered by my friend Mr. Thomas
Woollgar. The margin is marked with semilunar indentations, the im-
pressions of the fibres of the external integument ; a similar appearance
is observable on the edge of fig. 9. ‘These markings are peculiar to the
fossils of this genus, and attention to this circumstance will frequently
enable the collector to distinguish the siliceous specimens of ventriculites,
from those of Spongus Townsendi.

Fig. 6. This specimen is inverted in the engraving; it is hollow, the
zoophyte it formerly enclosed having been removed. ‘lhe upper part
(the base of the original) has numerous openings formed by the transit of
the radical processes.

Fig. 7. A transverse section of a flint enclosing the stirps.

Fig. 8. The thickness of the margin of this specimen, has evidently
been produced by the contracted state of the original, at the period of its
immersion in the flint.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 171

Fig. 9. Represents a specimen viewed from beneath.

The specimens above described exhibit no traces of organization,
except at the margin and base, the outer surface of the original being
obscured. by the silex, in which it is imbedded. In some examples, how-
ever, the enclosed zoophyte may be separated from the surrounding flint
by a well-directed blow on the margin, and very delicate casts and
impressions may be thus obtained.

The former exhibit the external integument changed into a white
friable carbonate of lime; the latter form conical cavities covered with
numerous interrupted ridges, disposed in a radiated manner.

The casts of the funnel-shaped cavity are solid cones ; their surface
exhibiting numerous minute papille, that have been moulded in the
open extremities of the tubuli. A chalk specimen of this kind is figured
by Lhwyd, No. 176*: but it is drawn in an inverted position.

Tab. xi. The fossils here represented are remarkably interesting, since
they tend to elucidate the formation of those above mentioned, and
establish the identity of the chalk and flint specimens.

In fig. 1, a conical flint fills up the lower half of the funnel-lke cavity,
and is surrounded by the impression of the external surface of the upper
portion.

In fig. 2, the stem is occupied by a small turbinated flint, that sends off
several radical processes from its base. The dissimilarity in the size and
shape of these flints is purely accidental, arising from a greater proportion
of silex having been deposited in the one instance, than in the other. Hence
we may infer, that if in either example the quantity of silex had been
sufficient to have filled the entire cavity, the flints thus formed would, in
every particular, have resembled those delineated in the preceding tablet,
figs. 1. 5. 9. E

_ Among the singular forms assumed by the siliceous specimens of
ventriculites, none are apparently more difficult of explanation, than the

* Tt is thus described, “ Astroite congener radularia cretacea. E puteis cretaceis juxta
Aston Rowant in agro Oxoniensi.” Lhwyd, Lith. Britt.
Z2

172 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

broad annular flints occasionally found on the ploughed lands of the
Downs, and which bear considerable resemblance to a coit; their origin is
however satisfactorily illustrated by the specimen, fig. 1. Tab. xii. In this
example, the ventriculite is inverted, and attached to the chalk by its
inner surface, the outer integument forming a narrow zone round the
annular flint, which in the perfect state of the fossil encircled the stem :
as is shewn in the annexed sketch.

=e

Tt co 7 : :

The appearance of this specimen seems to warrant the conclusion,
that at the period of its mineralization, the silex was in a state of a thick
viscid fluid, otherwise it is difficult to understand why it should not have
extended to the margin of the zoophyte, instead of being consolidated in
its present situation. The cyathiform flint, fig. 1. Tab. x. might also be
adduced in support of such an opinion, since the silex not only fills the
cavity of the ventriculite, but is elevated considerably above the margin,
as if a pulpy or glutinous fluid had been gradually poured in, till the cup-
hike cavity was overflowing.

Tab. xii. fig. 2, exhibits the external surface of a ventriculite, attached

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 173

to a block of chalk ; the impressions of numerous radical processes are
‘seen at the base.

Tab. xii. fig. 1. The upper part of a ventriculite preserved in flint,
the side of the cavity beg somewhat collapsed.

Figs. 2, 3. 5; chalk specimens of the stem or inferior part; the moni-
liform appearance of the fibres is probably the result of contraction *.

Fig. 4. A ventriculite attached to a block of chalk. The lower part
is enveloped in flint, but a fracture near the base exposes a portion of the
enclosed zoophyte; the upper portion is preserved in chalk, and exhibits
the reticulated structure of the external integument.

Fig. 6. A magnified view of part of the external surface of fig. 2,
shewing the lateral filaments or processes.

Tab. xiv. represents two chalk specimens of Ventriculites radiatus,
the animal in both instances being completely expanded. Fig. 1 exhibits
the inner surface covered with perforated papille; fig. 2 the external
surface with its reticulated integument. The radical processes are not
seen in this example, having been unavoidably removed with the sur-
rounding chalk.

In concluding this description, it may be proper to offer a few remarks
on the prokable economy of the recent animal, and from the facts that
have been presented to our notice, endeavour to illustrate the nature of
the original.

From a careful examination of a numerous and interesting suite of
specimens in my possession, the structure of the recent ventriculite may
be readily understood. The general form of the animal appears to have
been that of a hollow inverted cone, having numerous ramose fibres
proceeding from the base, by which it was attached to other bodies. [Ex-
ternally it was composed of a muscular reticulated integument, capable
of expanding and contracting, according to the impressions it received ; and

* The flint represented in Sowerby’s British Mineralogy, Tab. 215, fig. 3. is a siliceous
specimen of the stirps of this species; but it is drawn in an inverted position: the perforations
in the upper part of the figure, are the apertures through which the radical processes passed.

174 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

internally it possessed a surface covered with the apertures of numerous
tubuli, in all probability the openings of absorbent vessels, by which its
nutrition was effected.

These inferences naturally present themselves, even upon a slight in-
spection of the fossils above described. It has already been shewn that
the specimens occur in every intermediate form, between that of a simple
elongated cone, and a flat circular disk; hence it is obvious, that the sub-
stance of the original must have been soft and elastic, susceptible of
spontaneous expansion and contraction, or it could not have accommodated
itself to such a variety of shapes, without fracture or laceration. The
fibres composing the external integument, are nearly straight in the

expanded specimens, but are corrugated and moniliform in those which -

are contracted; the thickness of the latter is also much greater than in
the former examples ;—circumstances that strongly corroborate the
opinion here advanced.

The expanded state of the animal, might be favourable for the discovery
of the substances destined for its nutriment, and which by its subsequent
contraction, would been closed in its funnel-like cavity. Whatever may
have been the nature of its aliment, it seems probable that it underwent
a certain degree of digestion and assimilation before it was fitted for its
support; and that the nutritious particles were taken up by the openings
so numerously distributed on the inner surface of the ventricular cavity.

Whether the recent ventriculites were confined to one spot, or pos-
sessed a certain degree of locomotion, and by detaching their radical
processes, were able to change their situation by floating in the water,
cannot with certainty be determined; but it seems more probable, that,
like the alcyonia, and actinie, they were permanently fixed to the rock
upon which they grew.

The annexed outlines will perhaps serve to render the ae more
intelligible than mere description.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 175

<< (( \ Shs
Unarreap UES f G Ne & = =
a i A
WY
Ns, = :
k ee
cat a LE” Mi

FY pr

SPA, = a
i LX lt
; Ly ly ts &Sp YZ i

pyle: bb
eA Dag

% ie 6 “=

J pas,

7

Fig. a. A ventriculite in an expanded state, shewing the inner
surface.
Fig. b. A specimen partially contracted, exhibiting the external in-

tegument.

Fig. c. A ventriculite more expanded, and exposing the internal
cavity. .

From what has been remarked, I am therefore led to conclude that
the ventriculites were more nearly related to the actinie*, than to the

* The following interesting fact was communicated to me by Grorcr CumBERLAND, Esq.
of Bristol, (a gentleman well known for his various communications on subjects connected
with Geology); and as it offers a pleasing illustration of the manner in which the nutrition of
the softer zoophytes is effected, it is here inserted.

A few years since, in the summer season, Mr. Cumberland was on a visit at , and
during a ramble on the sea-shore, his attention was arrested by a group of the Actinia
mesembryanthemum, (Lllis’ Zoophytes, page 4,) attached to a rock, left bare by the recession of
the tide. While examining these curious objects, a fisherman who stood near, observed that
“they sea flowers were strange things, for they lived upon sprats, and fed only once a year;”
and upon Mr. C. expressing his surprise at the remark, his informant assured him that the fact
was indisputable, and might be easily verified in the sprat season. Determined to investigate
the swbject, Mr. C. marked the spot to which the zoophytes were attached, and upon
revisiting it in the autumn of the following year, the small disciform actinie were no longer to be
seen, but their place ‘was occupied by several elongated cylindrical bodies, several inches in length,
and without any perceptible aperture. He immediately detached one of them from the rock, and upon

176 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

alcyonia; and that each individual was a perfect animal*, capable of
performing those motions which were necessary for its preservation and
subsistence.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes and Brighton.

19. Ventriculites alcyonoides. Org. Rem. Vol. ii. Tab. x. fig. 12.

— Smith's Strata, Tab. i. fig. 1.

Spec. char. Conical when contracted, disciform when dilated; meshes
of the external surface nearly circular, filled with small radiated (?) pores or
openings; inner surface covered with papill: stirps fixed by radical
processes.

This species is rare in Sussex, but common in a contracted state at
Heytesbury, in Wiltshire; the expanded specimens are of less frequent
occurrence.

The external integument is finely reticulated, the meshes or openings
being very numerous, and almost circular; a structure by which the
present species may be easily distinguished from V. radiatus.

In some siliceous specimens, the meshes are filled by little cells or
pores, having a central opening, and surrounded by radiating lamelle,
which are rendered evident, by a lens of moderate power; these in all
probability, are the external orifices of tubuli that pass through the
substance of the zoophyte, and terminate in the papille of the inner
surface.

It is a small species, seldom exceeding two inches and a half in
length.

The impressions both of the outer and inner surface are conical, and
studded with papilla; but the former are concave; the latter, solid and
convex. The difference in the form of this ventriculite when in an

slitting it open, found that it contained the remains of a sprat, (Clupea sprattus) in a partially digested
state; and that these unknown bodies were in fact the actiniea, enormously distended. Subsequent
observations convinced him, that after a certain period the animal rejected the undigested
remains of the fish, and subsequently contracted into its original shape ; remaining in a quies-
cent or torpid state till the next season, when its annual repast was renewed.

May not the nutrition of the ventriculites have been effected in a similar manner ?

* Mr. Miller thinks this opinion is erroneous, and that each ventriculite should be
regarded as an ageregation of polypes.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 177

expanded and contracted state, is very analogous to what has been
noticed in the shape of the recent actinia mesembryanthemum under
similar circumstances, (vide note in page 175.)

Smith’s figure is an excellent representation of the usual appearance
of the outer surface of the conical specimens. Mr. Parkinson’s resembles
a cast of the interior; he describes it “as being composed of chalk, and
having somewhat of a conical figure, the surface closely beset with small
depressions pretty regularly disposed in a quincuncial order.”

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

20. Ventriculites guadrangularis. 'Tab. xv. fig. 6.

Spec. Char. The animal capable of contracting itself into a quadran-
gular form ; the meshes of the external integument circular, very minute;
inner surface ————? Stirps —?

The specimen represented is the only one hitherto discovered; the
quadrangular form into which it is collapsed distinguishes it from every
other species.

Locality. Upper chalk, Offham.

21. Ventriculites Benettie. Tab. xv. fig. 3.

Spec. Char. Inversely conical; meshes of the external integument,
oblong, irregular, rather distant; inner surface covered with circular
depressions; margin of the cavity broad, smooth, and nearly flat; base
fixed by radical fibres.

The form and appearance of this species are so well expressed in the
engraving, that a brief description will suffice. It is distinguished by the
large, irregular, oblong meshes, of the reticulated surface, and the broad
smooth border of the ventricular cavity *. The lower part of the speci-
men figured is siliceous, and a radical process is seen issuing from the
base.

Ihave named this beautiful species in honour of Miss Benert, of Nor-
ton-house, near Warminster, Wilts; a lady of great talent, and indefatigable

* Tt must, however, be remarked, that. the thickness of the parietes of this species, renders it
probable that its powers of contraction and expansion were very inconsiderable: in this re-
spect, it resembles the choanites ; but the reticulated external integument, and the structure of
the inner surface, seem to warrant its being retained in the present genus.

IN IX

178 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

research, to whom I am under infinite obligations, for many valuable com-
munications on scientific subjects.
Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes; very rare.

CHOANITES.

Gen. Char. Form various, generally either funnel-shaped, spherical,
globular, or subcylindrical, having a central opening in the superior part;
the original composed of a parenchymatous substance, capable of imbibi-
tion and contraction ; the base fixed.

The fossil zoophytes which this genus is intended to comprehend, are
very numerous, and hold an intermediate place between the alcyonia,
properly so called, and the ventriculites. They are distinguished from the
former by the central cavity in their superior part, and from the latter, by
being destitute of an external reticulated integument, &c. and possessing
but a slight degree of contractile power.

The alcyonium ficus of Linné (figure de substance et deponge et d'alcion,
of Marsilli) may be considered as the type of the genus. “It is of the
form of a fig, being attached to the rocks by branches proceeding from its
smaller end; the upper part is a little flattened, and has a cavity in the
middle. Its colour resembles that of tobacco, and its parenchymatous
substance cannot be compared to any thing better than to nutgalls when
well dried *.”

The fossil remains of this genus, (hitherto indiscriminately placed
among the alcyonia) were first noticed by M. Guettard at Verest,
and at Montrichard in Touraine, and form the subject of a paper
published in the Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences at Paris (ann. 1757).
He observes, that they are of a globular form, having the basé in many
examples elongated into a pedicle. In the centre of the superior part is
a circular opening, generally filled “with the substance in which the
fossils are imbedded. This cavity is larger in its upper than in its lower
part, and is continued almost to the pedicle, in some specimens appearing

* Organic Remains, Vol. ii. p. 96.

ig

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 179

to penetrate it. From the circumference of the opening, lines may be
traced, that not only pass over the whole of the spherical part, where they
form striz more or less distinct, but also penetrate the substance of
the zoophyte. There is seldom more than one opening, but instances
have occurred in which there were three*.” The fossils represented in
Pl. ix. figs. 1, 3, 4, 6? 8. and Pl. xi. fig. 8, Org. Rem. Vol. ii. belong to
this genus.

22. Choanites subrotundus. Tab. xv. fig. 2.

Depressed, subrotund ; central cavity small; external surface smooth.

This species is generally termed “ ficoid alcyonite” by collectors,
from its supposed resemblance to a fig. The surface is smooth, and
wholly destitute of markings; the cavity nearly circular. The depressed
form of the specimens is probably owing to compression.

In the specimen figured, three of these bodies are attached to a block
of chalk, of which substance they are composed.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

23. Choanites fleruosus. ‘Tab. xv. fig. 1.

Cyathiform, margin of the central depression marked with flexuous
indentations. The radical processes long, and fibrous; base fixed by ra-
dical processes.

The specimen figured is enveloped in flint.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes: very rare.

24. Choanites Konigi. Tab. xvi. figs. 19, 20, 21.

Inversely conical, externally marked with irregular fibres, some of
which penetrate the substance, and terminate in openings on the inner
surface ; central cavity cylindrical, deep, narrow; base fixed by radical
processes.

This species is for the most part enveloped in large irregular flints,
which exhibit but slight traces externally, of the body they enclose. The
superior part (fig. 19) presents a convex surface, with a cylindrical body in
the centre, from whence interrupted fibres, slightly relieved, ramify in a
radiating manner towards the margin. At the base, numerous perfora-

* Organic Remains, Vol. ii. p. 81.
AA 2

180 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

tions are observed, affording a passage for the radical processes. The
vertical section (fig. 20) exposes the cylindrical cavity filled with silex;
and the substance of the zoophyte traversed by numerous fibres, (or
tubes ?) some of which appear to terminate on the outer, and others, on
the inner surface: these are still more distinctly shewn in the horizontal
section, fig. 21.

Mr. Parkinson represents a very fine example (Org. Rem. Vol. ii. Tab.
ix. fig. 1.) of the outer surface, in which the fibres are more regularly
disposed than in the Sussex specimens.

The species is named in honour of Charles Konig, Esq. of the British
Museum.

Localities. Common among the loose flints, beneath the turf, near
Lewes Race-course. It appears to have been abundant in the upper
beds of the chalk, but seldom occurs in our quarries.

25. Lunulites? Tab. xvi. fig. 22, 23, 24.

The fossils here represented, are convex above, and concave beneath.
The concavity is smooth, with the exception of a few circular markings
which appear like lines of increase: the convex side is rough, and when
viewed through a lens, exhibits a porous structure. The specimens are
solid ; their constituent substance, a spathose carbonate of lime.

These bodies, in their general appearance, resemble a species of Junu-
lites from Bologna, which Mr. Konig, from the perforations on its surface,
has named L. digitale; but they are destitute of the diverging radiated
sulci on the concave part, and these appear to be an essential character of
the genus *.

Fig. 22. Perspective view of a specimen placed on its apex; fig. 23,
the base or concavity; fig. 24, a lateral view.

Localities. Upper chalk, South-street, Lewes.

* Lunulites. Char. Gen. “ Polypier pierreux, libre, orbiculaire, aplati, convexe d’un cété,
concave de l'autre. Surface convexe, ornée de stries rayonnantes et de pores entre les stries:
des rides ou des sillons divergens 4 la surface concave.” Animauyr sans Vertébres, 'Tom. ii. p.194.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 181

ENCRINITES AND PENTACRINITES o

This name has long been applied to the petrified skeletons of those
zoophytes that possess a pelvis or basin, composed of an immense number
of crustaceous articulated plates, and ossicule +, supported by a jointed
flexible column.

The pelvis, which originally contained the viscera of the animal, is
surrounded by long jointed arms or tentacule, and affixed to the ver-
tebral column, by a pentagonal plate placed in the centre of the base.

The column, in most species, is of an immense length, and consists of
separate joints or vertebrz, regularly united, pierced in the centre, and
having their articulating surfaces ornamented with radiating, stellular,
or floriform markings. The inferior part of the column has a pedicle,
or process of attachment, by which the animal was fixed to other
substances {.

In the recent state, the skeleton was in all probability clothed with
a fleshy, or coriaceous integument; the central perforation in the ver-
tebral column, is supposed by Mr. Martin, to have been filled with a
medullary substance, by which sensation was conveyed to the inferior ex-
tremities of the animal §; but according to Mr. Miller, it served as an
alimentary canal |.

The detached vertebre are known to collectors by the name of
trochite ; and when several are united together, so as to form part of a
column, the series is termed an entrochite.

The remains of this family of zoophytes, so rarely occur in the chalk

* In the encrinites, the bones of the vertebral column are circular or elliptical ; in the penta-
crinites they are angular or pentagonal.

+ Mr. Parkinson has shewn, that upon a moderate calculation, the lily encrinite must have
been composed of nearly thirty theusand distinct bones. Org. Rem. Vol. ii. p. 181.

{ For a more particular account of the natural history of this extraordinary tribe of animals,
consult the 2d vol. of Parkinson's Organic Remains ; and Miller's Natural History of the Cri-
nowdea, or, Lily-shaped Animals ; 1 vol. 4to. 1821; a work that has been justly characterized by
an. eminent writer, as “a model of patient, sagacious, and successful research.”

§ Martin's Syst. Arrangement, p. 209.

|| Miller's Crinoidea, p. 31.

182 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

formation, that portions of two or three species, are the only examples
hitherto found in Sussex. Of these the most important is the bottle en-
crinite of Parkinson, (Apiocrinites of Miller,) which we shall now proceed
to examine. .

26. Apiocrinites ellipticus. 'Tab. xvi. figs. 3. 12.
Miller’s Crinoidea, p. 34.

« A crinoidal animal, having a column composed of oval joints,
articulating by a transversely grooved surface; the two upper joints of the
column enlarged, sustaining the pelvis, cost, &c. The column provided
with auxiliary side arms. Base formed by numerous irregular columnar
joints, sending off fibres for adhesion to other bodies.” (Miller’s Crinoidea,
p- 33.)

The different parts of this animal were first described by Mr. Parkin-
son, under the various names of bottle, straight, and stag’s horn encrinite ;
and have since been accurately investigated by Mr. Miller, who considers
them as belonging but to one species, which he has placed in his first
division of the Crinoidea; in the same genus with the celebrated Pear
encrinite of Bradford.

The column of this species consists of smooth ossicule, somewhat
enlarging in the middle; their articulating surfaces being elliptical, finely
granulated, and having two narrow transverse ridges, in the centre of
which is the small perforation containing the alimentary canal.

The pelvis or body, is of a tumid utricular form, and is divided into
separate ossicule of various shapes, to which the names of ribs, clavicles,
and scapulze, &c. have been applied by the authors above quoted.

The specimens in my possession, were discovered too late to admit of

insertion in the engravings.

The entrochites delineated in 'l'ab. xvi. do not exhibit the transverse.

ridges generally observed on the arez of the columnar joints, but in other
respects they perfectly correspond with those of the present species.

Fig. 3, consists of sixteen vertebrae, some of which are partially dis-
united; the articulating surfaces are smooth and even, the central perfora-

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 183

tion very small. From the diminutive size, and elongated form of this
specimen, it may probably be a portion of the side-arms, or lateral ap-
pendages.

Fig. 12, is composed of eight ossiculz ; and is evidently part of the
vertebral column of the present species.

27. Part of the vertebral column of a pentacrinite.

This specimen is formed of eleven thin pentagonal vertebrz, with
markings on their articulating surfaces, precisely similar to those re-
presented in Tab. xi. fig. 64, Org. Rem. Vol. ii.

28. A single vertebra, of a quadrangular form, the angles rounded, the
surface ornamented with figures resembling a floret of four rays.

The entrochite, No. 1170, of Lhwyd, is composed of ossiculee, perfectly
resembling the specimen here described. 'Trochitz of four rays are
very rare; Mr. Parkinson mentions that he had seen but one (fig. 59,
Tab. xii. Vol. 1. Org. Rem.) and that is very dissimilar to the fossil in
question.

MARSUPITES.

This genus is formed for the reception of a fossil that has hitherto
been placed among the encrinites, from which however, it differs most
essentially, in being destitute of a vertebral column, and processes of
attachment ; hence it is obvious, that the recent animal, instead of being
fixed to one spot, was capable of locomotion, and floated ad libitum, like
the Medusz and some other zoophytes.

Mr. Parkinson, whose publication on the Organic Remains of a former
World, forms an important era in oryctological science, was the first
author that accurately noticed these interesting remains. In his 2d vol. an
admirable description is given of the pelvis of the animal, under the name
of tortoise encrinite; and very recently, the structure of the original
has been ably illustrated by the ingenious author of The Natural History
of the Crinoidea, who has adopted the name by which I have been ac-
customed to distinguish it.

The following definition is the result of an attentive examination

184 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

of more than a hundred specimens; but as the recent animal is un-
known, and the fossils never occur in a perfect state, it is very probable
that some of those characters which are here assumed as permanent
distinctions, may hereafter prove to be only accidental varieties of form.

29, Marsupites Milleri. Tab. xvi. figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, 15.

Gen. Char. Body orbicular, contained in a pelvis composed of crus-
taceous plates, having five articulated arms or tentacule proceeding from
the margin: the opening of the pelvis covered by articulated ossiculz, in
the centre of which the mouth is placed.

Spec. Char. Pelvis composed of sixteen convex, radiated, angular
plates; the arms dichotomous, united to the margin by a corresponding
number of intermediate semilunar bones: the ossiculz covering the aper-

ure of the pelvis disposed in a proboscideal form.

The fossil remains of this zoophyte have hitherto been found only in the
upper chalk of Sussex, and Wiltshire, and like most other crustaceous
bodies enclosed in that deposit, are transmuted into a spathose calcareous
spar.

But one species is known; the following description will therefore
illustrate both the generic and specific characters :

This fossil is generally of a suborbicular form, more or less distorted,
with the lower extremity closed and obtuse, and the upper, truncated
and open, being filled with chalk or flint. It is composed of’numerous
thin angular plates, that are not united as in the echinites, but are simply
held in apposition to each other, by the chalk in which they are imbedded.
The name of “ cluster stones” given them by the workmen, not inaptly
expresses their general appearance.

The pelvis, or cavity in which the viscera of the animal were contained,
is very capacious, and is composed of sixteen angular, convex plates,
arranged in the following manner, viz.

1. A pentagonal plate (abdominal) placed in the centre of the base.

2. Five pentagonal (costal) plates, attached to the sides of the centre.

3. Five hexagonal (intercostal) plates, placed between the superior
angles formed by the union of the costal.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 185

4, Five pentagonal (scapular) plates, filling up the angles in the
superior margin of those last described, each having a semilunar de-
pression on their marginal edge: these form the margin of the pelvis,
properly so called.

These sixteen plates are succeeded by

5. Five semilunar ossiculee (clavicles), attached to the articulating de-
pressions of the scapular plates.

6. Five cuneiform ossicule (cuneiform or humeral bones,) attached to
the clavicles. These are the first bones of the arm, and their superior edge
is divided into two articulations, from which the tentaculz are sent off.

7. Numerous reniform ossiculz, by which the aperture of the pelvis is

closed. .
The plates of the pelvis are convex, sometimes umbonated in the
centre, and ornamented with radiated ridges on the external surface.
Their markings vary in different examples, and even in the same indi-
vidual ; specimens occurring in which some of the plates are nearly smooth:
and others richly ornamented.

Vig. 13. Tab. xvi. represents a plate, with prominent ridges extend-
ing from the centre to the angles, the intermediate surface being covered
with numerous diverging strie. In fig. 14, the centre is slightly um-
bonated, and the markings are coarser and less regular than in the former
variety ; the ridges are obtuse, and the diverging striz few and irregular.

The plates in fig. 15 are perfectly smooth, with the exception of a few
folds near the margin.

In every instance, however, the edges of the plates are more or less
crenulated, and when united form a suture in the same manner as the
scales of the tortoise, but they readily separate when the chalk is removed.
The central or abdominal plate is larger, and more depressed, than the
surrounding costals; the latter are readily distinguished by their penta-
gonal, and the intercostals by their heragonal form.’ The scapule are ge-
nerally less ornamented than the rest of the series, and are easily identified
by the semilunar cavity in their upper edge ; this articulating surface is

BB

186 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

traversed by a longitudinal ridge, with a minute depression in the centre,
and is adapted for the reception of the clavicles.

The clavicles are small, and of a semilunar form externally; the upper
edge is thick, nearly straight, and unites with the humerus; the lowermost
is rounded, and corresponds with the semilunar cavity of the scapula; be-
tween these two surfaces, on the inside, is a triangular space, the use of
which is not at present known.

The cuneiform or humeral bones, may be considered as the first of the
arms; they have four articulations, and are attached to the clavicles by
the two lowermost. Their upper margin forms two oblique surfaces, each
divided by a longitudinal ridge, in the same manner as the first joint of the
finger in the Bradford encrinite (apiocrinites rotundus). From this struc-
ture it may be inferred, that the arms were dichotomous, but whether
they were subdivided, and terminated in elongated tentaculz, as in the
crinoidea, cannot be ascertained, since none of the specimens contain any
vestiges of the ossiculze of these appendages. On the inner surface of the
humerus, a smooth space is observable, appearing like a continuation of the
triangular interval, on the corresponding part of the clavicle: is this the
articulating surface for the attachment of the pectoral bones ?

The reniform ossicule, or pectoral bones, are united to each other by
their. upper and under surfaces, both of which are divided by a ridge into
two depressions. In the only specimen, (Tab. xvi. fig. 6.) in which these
bones remain, the respective parts have suffered so much displacement,
that their mode of arrangement is no longer distinguishable ; there is,
however, reason to conclude, that in the recent animal they were attached
to an epidermis extending over the cavity of the pelvis. in the form of a
proboscis, the mouth being placed in the centre.

From this examination of the skeleton of the marsupite, it is evident
that the recent animal was nearly related to the crinoidea; but the ab-
sence of the vertebral column separates it most decidedly from that tribe.

It may however, as Mr. Miller observes, be considered as forming a
link between the crinoidea articulata and the stelleride.

The folds, radiating ridges, and striz on the plates, and the lateral

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 187

adhesion of plate to plate by simple sutures, plainly indicate that the
whole were invested by a muscular integument; the markings on the
plates being the effects of its action*.

From the rudiments of the arms, it is also equally obvious, that the
recent animal was furnished with tentaculz, to enable it to seize and
detain its prey, in the same manner as the encrinites, &c. Its position
when floating in the water, was in all probability with the mouth down-
wards, like the Medusa pulmo, M. campanulata, and other species of that
family.

The specific name is in commemoration of the valuable researches of
my friend J. S. Miller, Esq. A.L.S. of Bristol; a tribute of respect, to
which his able investigation of the Natural History of the Crinoidea, justly
entitles him.

Tab. xvi. fig. 6. represents the only specimen in which the reniform, |
or pectoral ossicula remain; but the plates have suffered so much dis-
placement from compression, that their relative situation is not very ob-
vious, without careful examination. It does not however appear pro-
bable, that the proboscideal form in which the pectoral bones are dis-
posed, is the effect of accident, since a similar structure prevails in the
actinocrinites}+, and several other zoophytes. A clavicle united with one
of the humeral bones, is seen attached to the scapula, near the middle of
the figure.

fig. 7. The semilunar depression on the upper margin of a
scapula.

fig. 8. Outline of the clavicle.

fig. 9. A clavicle and humerus united.

figs. 13, 14. Detached costal plates ; the one finely striated, the
other with obtuse ridges.

fig. 15. The entire pelvis, consisting of the abdominal, costal,
intercostal, and scapular plates. Specimens of this kind, more or less dis-
torted, are the only parts of the animal generally found; the clavicles,

* Miller’s Natural History of the Crinoidea, p. 137.
+ Vide Nat. Hist. Crinoid. Actinocrinites, 30 dactylus, P\. 2.

BBQ?

188 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

humeral bones, &c., are among the rarest productions of the chalk forma-
tion.

Localities. Offham, Preston, Clayton*, and Brighton chalk-pits; the
last mentioned locality was first discovered by Geo. Cumberland, Esq. of
Bristol, to whose liberality I am indebted for the information.

AsTERIA, OR STAR-F1sH.

But few remains of these animals have been discovered in Sussex,
although they are not uncommon in the Kentish chalk.

30. The specimens in my possession consist of a few detached sascole
of pentagonaster semilunatus, (Org. Rem. Vol. ui. Tab. 1. fig. 1,); and
fragments of a species that appears to be distinct from any previously
known.

Fossiu Ecurnt.

Of this order of mollusca, numerous species occur both in a recent and
fossil state. They are marine animals, having a body more or less round,
covered with a crustaceous shell, and furnished with moveable spines; the
mouth being placed beneath. The crust or covering is composed of an
immense number of plates, varying in form in different families, and in
some species amounting to nearly a thousand in one individual. It has
numerous perforations, through which the tentacule of the enclosed
animal are protruded. These pores form bands (ambulacra) that divide
the shell into segments (aree), the latter being more or less covered
with tubercles, to which the spines are attached by strong ligaments.
Upon the death of the animal these ligaments undergo decomposition,
and the spines almost constantly fall off, a circumstance that explains the
cause of their being so seldom found in connexion with the shell, in a
fossil state. The mouth is armed with five or six triangular teeth.

These animals feed upon crabs and the lesser kinds of shell-fish, which

* A specimen was discovered near Clayton, many years since, by Richard Weekes, Esq.
of Hurstperpoint.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 189

they seize and convey to their mouth by means of the tentacule, the
spines being the instruments of motion *.

Various systematical arrangements of the echini have been formed by
naturalists}; that of Leske, adopted by Mr. Parkinson, is followed in the
subjoined description of the Sussex specimens.

Crparts (the turban). This family comprises those echini Rich are of
an hemispherical, globular, or oval form, with avenues of pores diverging
equally on all sides from the vent to the mouth; vent vertical, mouth
central. .

31. Cidaris saxatilis. Org. Rem. Vol. iu. Pl. 3, fig. 1.

Hemispherical, depressed, with ten porous ambulacra, and two rows of
small nearly equal tubercles, or papillz, on each area.

This is a small species, seldom more than 0-7 inch in diameter.

Localities. Bridgwick, and South-street chalk-pits, near Lewes.

32. Cidaris papillata. Org. Rem. Vol. i. Pl. 1, fig. 9.

Round, rather depressed, divided by undulating biporous ambulacra
into five areze, each having two rows of tubercles disposed alternately, and
surmounted by perforated papillee, encircled by a distinct groove at their
base; the intermediate surface finely granulated.

This beautiful fossil is well known to collectors; it is rather rare in
Sussex. It occurs occasionally in the upper chalk, and impressions of its
plates and spines are sometimes observable on the flints and pebbles on
the sea shore.

The spines of this species are slender, and delicately muricated; one of
them is represented in Tab. xvii. fig. 13.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes and Brighton.

33. Cidaris Konigii. Org. Rem. Vol. iii. Tab. i. fig. 10.

Circular, much depressed, divided by porous ambulacra into five large
and five small aree. The lesser divisions ornamented with two rows of

* Rees’ Cyclopedia. Art. Echinus.

+ Mr. Konig has constructed an excellent arrangement of the fine suite of echini in the
British Museum ; and I much regret, that unavoidable circumstances have prevented me from
adopting it on the present occasion.

190 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

tubercles, surmounted by imperforate papilla, generally fifteen in each
row; these are larger and more distant on the circumference or ambit of
the shell, than on the vertex and base. The larger aree have two sets of
papillary tubercles, extending from the vertex to the base; and also two
short rows that arise at the vertex, but do not reach below the circum-
ference of the shell; hence there are thirty rows of tubercles on the
vertex, and but twenty on the base. This remarkable character is seen in
every specimen that has been submitted to my notice, and distinguishes
the present species from Cidaris mamillata, with which it corresponds in
every other respect. The ambulacra are quadriporous on the vertex, but
become biporous on the circumference and base.

I have named this elegant species in honour of Chas. Konig, Esq., of
the British Museum.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Brighton and Lewes; casts occur in
the flints of the South Downs.

34. Cidaris corollaris. Tab. xvii. fig. 2.

This name is applied by Mr. Parkinson to a siliceous nucleus, moulded
in the cavity of a species of Cidaris variola. (Echino-cidaris of Konig).
Specimens are not unfrequent among the flints on the ploughed lands of
the South Downs.

Conuxus. (Echino-pileum of Konig). Conical, or oval, with porous
ambulacra radiating from the summit to the base; mouth central, vent
situate in some part of the base or margin.

35. Conulus albogalerus. 'Tab. xvii. figs. 8. 20.

Obscurely pentagonal, divided by ten biporous ambulacra, into five
large, and five very small arez ; surface covered with minute granule. The
vent placed on the margin; vertex with five perforations.

This species is very common in the Kentish chalk-pits, but is seldom
found in Sussex.

Fig. 8, a lateral view’; fig. 20, the base of the same specimen.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

36. Conulus albogalerus, var. acuta. (Konig). Tab. xvii. figs. 16. 19.

In this variety the apex is acute, in other respects it differs but little

- UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 191

from the preceding. ‘The specimen figured is a siliceous cast, of which
fig. 16 is a profile, and fig. 19, a sketch of the base.

Localities. Upper chalk, and ploughed lands near Lewes.

37. Conulus vulgaris. Org. Rem. Vol. iii. Pl. 2, fig. 3.

The siliceous nucleus figured by Mr. Parkinson under this name is
from Sussex, but it appears to have been too imperfect to admit of its
characters being accurately defined.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

38. Conulus subrotundus. Tab. xvii. figs. 15. 18.

Subglobose, divided by biporous ambulacra into five wide and five nar-
row arez; mouth small; vent placed in the margin.

This species is somewhat globular; the summit rounded, and rather
depressed ; the base flat; the mouth circular; the vent elliptical, and
placed in the margin. The surface is studded with granule.

Figs. 15, 18, are different views of a siliceous cast collected near
Mount Caburn, by my friend Thos. Woollgar, Esq.; the shell itself has
but lately been discovered.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

Ecurnocorys (the helmet). Body vaulted, or helmet-shaped ; base
nearly flat; mouth and vent beneath, and opposite.

39. Kchinocorys seutatus. Org. Rem. Vol. iii. Pl. 2, fig. 4.

Galeated, with a prominent ridge extending from the vertex to the
vent; surface granulated, divided into five small, and five large ares, by
biporous ambulacra; base oval, with the vent placed near the margin of
its longest diameter ; mouth transversely reniform, situate at the broadest
extremity, with a ridge passing from it to the base.

This species is found in great numbers in the vicinity of Lewes, and
Brighton, and siliceous casts deprived of their calcareous covering, are
very common among the flints of the Downs.

The cavity of the shell is generally filled with chalk, or flint, but in a
few instances is partly hollow, and its inner surface lined with transparent
crystals of carbonate of lime ; these in all probability have-been formed by
an infiltration of calcareous spar through the substance of the shell, sub-

192 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

sequently to the mineralization of the latter. One specimen in my col-
lection is particularly interesting; the shell, as usual, is converted into
spathose calcareous spar, and about one-fourth of its cavity is occupied by
pure black flint, the surface of which, together with the sides of the shell,
are incrusted with rhombic crystals of carbonate of lime*.

Localities. Upper chalk, throughout Sussex.

Spatraneus. Body cordiform, or ovate; vent lateral.

40. Spatangus cor anguinum. Org. Rem. Vol. iii. Pl. 3, figs. 11, 12.

Cordiform, narrow extremity truncated, surface granulated; back
convex, with five grooved quadriporous ambulacra, the two shorter ones
extending obliquely towards the truncated extremity, and having a ridge
between them, which passes to the vent; the two longer ones inclined
towards the broader end; the fifth extending direct to the mouth, and
forming a deep groove along the back. Mouth transversely reniform, its
lower margin but slightly produced ; vent placed in the upper part of the
truncated extremity.

This species is too well known to require farther dhatehan

Localities. Abundant in the upper chalk throughout Sussex.

4i, Spatangus rostratus. Tab. xvii. figs. 10. 17.

Cordiform, dorsal ridge rostrated; anterior part of the shell depressed.

This species resembles the preceding, but the ridge which extends
from the vertex to the vent is strongly produced, while the opposite side
of the shell is considerably depressed; these characters are so constant,
that I have ventured to assume them as specific distinctions.

Localities. Chalk-pits, near Brighton.

42. Spatangus planus. Tab. xvu. figs. 9. 21.

Ovate, vertex rather depressed ; surface nearly smooth, with eight (?)
biporous ambulacra, diverging in pairs on each side the back and front ;
dorsal groove superficial, smooth, extending to the mouth; base slightly
convex; mouth transversely reniform; vent placed in the upper part of
the side.

* Scilla (Tab. xix. fig. 3,) gives the representation of an echino-cidaris, partially HES
with crystals “ ripieni d’i ingemamento bellissimo.” ~

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 193

This species is a rare production of the chalk, and is distinguished by its
ovate form, and by the ambulacra not being grooved as in the two former
species. Its surface, in some instances, is covered with minute and in-
distinct papille, but generally appears perfectly smooth; even the am-
bulacra are scarcely perceptible. It is therefore possible, that a pair may
extend to the dorsal groove, although none can be detected in that situa-
tion, in the specimens in my possession.

Figs. 9, 21, are different views of the same specimen.

A spatangus nearly related to this species, has very recently been dis-
covered in the grey marl, at Hamsey; the summit is depressed, the base
slightly concave, and the dorsal groove rather more distinct than in 8.
planus.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

43. Spatangus Tab. xvu. figs. 22, 23.

This species is perfectly smooth, and no traces of ambulacra are per-
ceptible. The mouth and vent are placed as in the preceding species, of
which, perhaps, the present specimen may be the shell in a young state.

Mr. Konig informs me they are not unlike Spatangus pine of La-
marck, except that the ambulacra are not visible.

Figs. 22, 23, are sketches of the same individual. I have seen no
larger examples.

Locality. Brighton; rather numerous in the Upper chalk.

EcuInitTau SPINES.

It has already been mentioned, that these are the instruments of mo-
tion, and are fixed by ligaments to the tubercles, or papille, of the crus-
taceous covering.

Specimens in which they are still attached to the shell, are very rare
in a fossil state; the only example that has been discovered in Sussex, is
in the possession of Miss Rebecca Godlee of Lewes; it is a Cidaris papzil-
Jata, with four or five spines imbedded in the surrounding chalk.

The spines generally present considerable variety both in their forms

Cre

194 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

and markings; but the following are the only species that have been ob-
served in this district.

44. Clavated spines. Tab. xvii. figs. 11. 14.

These are delicately muricated; they belong to a species of Cidaris, to
which Mr. Konig has applied the name of C. claviger.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

45. Cucumerine spines. Tab. xvii. figs. 12, 13.

The elegant spine, fig. 12, is well known to collectors, and occurs in
great perfection in the limestone of Calne, in Wiltshire ; it belongs to Ci-
daris sceptrifera (of Konig). The other specimen, fig. 13, has previously
been described as the spine of Cidaris papillata*.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

TESTACER.

Univalves.

46. Cirrus perspectivus. Tab. xviii. figs. 12. 21.

Obtusely conical; volutions convex, transversely ovate, spirally stri-
ated; umbilicus deep, exposing one-third of the volutions; aperture
transversely oblong.

The umbilicus of this species resembles in structure that of the cele-
brated staircase shell, (Trochus perspectivus of Linné,) exposing the
inner edge of the volutions, to the extent of nearly one-third of their
width. The volutions are six or seven in number, convex externally,
smooth in the casts, but where portions of the shell remain, marked with
fine spiral striz.

The specimens are seldom more than chalky casts; vestiges of the
shell itself being exceedingly rare. A few examples have, however, been
noticed, in which the casts are covered with a nacreous pellicle, the remains
of the internal pearly coat of the original.

Tab. xviii. fig. 12, represents the most perfect specimen in my posses-

* The teeth of echini have been discovered in the chalk, near Brighton, and I remember

seeing several specimens, collected in the vicinity of that town, a few years since; but I have
not been able to obtain a single example, either for description or representation.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 195

sion; a portion of the original shell is attached to one of the volutions.
This species sometimes attains two inches and a half in height, and
four inches in diameter.
Fig. 21. View of an interesting example of the base, exhibiting
the structure of the umbilicus.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk of the South Downs; rare in the
latter deposit.

47. Cirrus depressus. Tab. xviii. figs. 18. 22.

Spire depressed; volutions transversely ovate, spirally striated; aper-
?

ture ? umbilicus
This shell might be referred to the genus Euomphalus of Sowerby, but
is so clearly related to the preceding species, that I cannot hesitate to

retain its present appropriation.

It differs from C. perspectivus, in the spire being scarcely elevated
above the margin of the outer volution, the umbilicus must consequently
be very shallow.

In a large specimen in my collection, the width of the base is 3-5
inches, while the height of the shell is 1-3 inch; some allowance, it is true,
may be made for the effects of compression, but the circumstance is too
constant to be the result of accident. The form of the aperture, and the
structure of the umbilicus, are at present unknown.

Tab. xviii. fig. 18, represents the appearance of a specimen viewed
from above.

Fig. 22. A perspective view of another example.
Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.
48. Cirrus granulatus.

Conical, volutions five or six, obscurely quadrangular, ornamented with
5

regular, transverse, granulated striz ; umbilicus

I have but very recently discovered this elegant shell, and only four

imperfect casts are at present known: its characters are however sufficiently

defined to identify the species. ‘The volutions are depressed on the

upper and under surface, and broad and slightly convex on the outer
olor

196 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

margin; the form of the inner edge is unknown. The striz are about
fifteen on each volution, very regular, and elegantly granulated, or moni-
liform ; no traces of the shell remain.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

49. Cast of a species of Dolium ?

The fossil here alluded to, is the cast of a ventricose spiral univalve,
consisting of three volutions. It is nearly seven inches long, and five
in circumference. The body is ventricose, the surface smooth, the
aperture oblong, extending the entire length of the last volution; the
spire is very small, and depressed obliquely.

This specimen contains not the slightest remains of the shell, and
is so much distorted, as to prevent the possibility of its generic cha-
racters being determined. In its general form, it bears some resemblance
to the Auricula represented in Tab. xix. fig. 34; but is still more nearly
related to the siliceous cast of a Buccinum, from St. Peter’s mountain,
figured by Faujus St. Fond. (Hist. Nat. Mont. St. Pierren{Rlxxx fig.
1. a.) It seems, however, more probable that the recent shell may have
belonged to the genus Doliwm of Lamarck.

Locality. Clayton chalk-pit. Collected by, and in the possession of,
Richard Weekes, Esq. of Hurstperpoint.

50. Vermicularia wmbonata ?

Imperfect examples of a species related to V. umbonata, are sometimes
found in the vicinity of Lewes. The spire is composed of three or
four contiguous volutions, the outer one being produced in a curved form.

51. Vermicularia y

Masses composed of a smooth cylindrical shell, much convoluted or
intertwined, are of frequent occurrence in the chalk, at Brighton; the
propriety of placing them in the present genus cannot, however, be deter-
mined, till the discovery of more perfect specimens.

52. Serpula.

The remains of a species of serpula are very common on the shells of
the echini, inocerami, &c.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 197

53. Nautilus elegans. (vide Grey Marl Fossils, No. 27.)

Examples of this species, with the undulating markings but faintly
expressed, are occasionally found in the chalk; perfectly smooth casts
also occur, and these are probably referable to the same, the strize being
effaced by accident*.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

54, Ammonites varians. (Grey Marl Fossils, No. 30.)+ A few ex-
amples have been found in the Lower chalk, near Lewes.

55. Ammonites Woollgari. ‘Tab. xxi. fig. 16. Tab. xxii. fig. 7.

Discoidal, depressed, volutions one-third inserted, transversely cos-
tated; costz remote, slightly curved, inclined towards the aperture,
terminating on the outer margin in compressed tubercles, or spinous
projections ; carene acute, deeply serrated.

The volutions are generally three or four in number, rather depressed,
and ornamented with transverse ribs, that terminate on the outer margin
in carinated tubercles, which are elongated into spinous projections in the
adult shell (as im fig. 16. Tab. xxi.) In some examples, there are two
tubercles on the outer extremity of each rib, and one on the inner
margin. ‘The carene is acute, and deeply serrated, the projections being
almost angular.

This elegant ammonite is a rare production of the lower chalk: it
varies in size from 0-5 inch, to four or five inches in diameter, and is easily
identified by the serrated keel, and the form and disposition of the ribs,
and tubercles.

I have named it in honour of my esteemed friend, Thomas Woollgar,

* It is probable that the nautilus mentioned by Mr. Parkinson, (Geolog. Trans. vol. v.
p: 56.) belongs to this species. It is stated to be nine inches long, six inches deep, and five
wide ; the whorls oblique, the back marked with small, closely set, transverse, undulating strie;
which agree in their direction with the contour of the shell.

The obliquity of the spire observable more or less, in almost every example of the
chalk nautili, ammonites, &c. is clearly the effect of accidental compression, and has no relation
whatever to the structure of the original.

‘++ It may be remarked, that the upper chalk is the most recent formation, in which
the shells of the genus ammonites have been discovered; the ocean which deposited it appear-
ing to be the last abode of this tribe of testaceze, no vestiges of their remains occurring in any
of the superior deposits, and their recent analogue being unknown.

198 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Esq. of Lewes; a gentleman, whose taste for science, leads him to
patronize every attempt to elucidate the natural history, and topography,
of his native town *.

Tab. xxi. fig. 16. A cast of the adult shell, with its spinous projections ;
a small specimen of Choanites swbrotundus is attached to the inner
volutions. It is scarcely necessary to observe, that the chalk ammonites,
and other multilocular testacez, very rarely contain any remains of their
shelly covering.

Tab. xxii. fig. 7. A cast of the young shell.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

56. Ammonites navicularis. Tab. xxii. fig. 5.

Elliptical? umbilicate, volutions narrow, compressed, deeply inserted,
rapidly enlarging ; ambit convex, very broad, transversely costated ; costz
numerous, smooth, rounded.

The specimen figured is the only known example of this species, and
this is unfortunately imperfect; it is however remarkably characterized
by its navicular form, the width of the ambit, large rounded costx, and
sudden increase of the outer volution. The ribs are perfectly smooth,
and so numerous, as almost to expand into each other; with but few
exceptions, they extend entirely across the ambit, forming a tuberculated
margin on each side the wreaths. The form of the septa, aperture, and
umbilicus, is unknown. The drawing is diminished to one-half the size
of the original.

Locality. Upper chalk, Offham.

57. Ammonites catinus. Tab. xxii. fig. 10.

* Since this was written, my lamented friend is no more; but I feel a melancholy pleasure
in paying this humble tribute to his memory. For many years he had been ardently en-
gaged in forming a collection of drawings, and manuscripts, illustrative of the topography of
the south-eastern part of Sussex, with a view to publication; but a long, and painful illness,
prevented the accomplishment of his wishes. ‘To the future historian of Sussex, his labours
cannot fail to afford material assistance ; and his name will be associated by posterity, with those
of Rowe, Burrell, Hay, Dallaway, and others, whose researches have lain the foundation of the
history, of this former kingdom of the South Saxons. It is to be hoped that his son, John
Webb Woollgar, Esq. M.A.S. whose scientific attamments are worthy of such a parent, will
be induced to favor the public with the result of his father’s investigations.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 199

Depressed, volutions exposed, quadrangular; disk concave, ex-
panded; ambit broad, oblique; a row of large obtuse tubercles on the
outer margin.

The volutions are three in number, almost entirely exposed; their
outer margin elevated, and crested with a row of large nodular projec-
tions. The ambit is broad, and smooth, inclined outwards, forming an
obtuse angle with the inner surface of the volutions. The septa are
numerous.

It is probable that this is the species described by Mr. Parkinson, as
being “of a large size, with nodular projections on the sides towards the
back, which is generally flat.” (Geolog. Trans. Vol. i. p. 552.)

The specimen is nearly three and a half times the size of the figure.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

58. Ammonites rusticus. Min. Conch. Tab. 177.

Depressed, volutions few, gibbous, exposed, with a row of conical
tubercles on each side, and two rows on the back; aperture wider than
long.

The whorls seldom exceed three in number. ‘The bases of the larger
tubercles almost touch each other, and expand nearly across the volu-
tions. The back is broad, and rather flat; the tubercles upon it are
numerous, and but little elevated. The inner side of the aperture is
concave.

This species is of frequent occurrence in the lower chalk at Souther-
ham, but the specimens are very imperfect. ‘The fossil figured and
described by Mr. Sowerby, is more distinct than any that have been found
in Sussex.

This ammonite corresponds in some particulars with A. catinus, but
is distinguished by the two dorsal rows of tubercles, and the gibbous form
of the volutions.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

59. Ammonites Lewesiensis. Tab. xxii. fig. 2.

Depressed, umbilicus minute; volutions wide, flat, almost entirely

200 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

concealed ; the external whorl equal to four-sevenths of the diameter of
the shell; carene very narrow, rounded ; aperture acutely sagittate.

This ammonite may be readily distinguished in a suite of specimens,
although its characters are rather of a negative description. In its
general form it resembles A. complanatus, (Grey Marl Fossils, No. 34;)
but the umbilicus is larger, the carene less acute, and the surface exhibits
no traces of striz, or plice.

Its longest diameter is commonly about fourteen inches ; width of the
outer volution nine inches ; greatest thickness five inches ; at the external
edge, one inch and a half. The volutions are but few, and with the ex-
ception of four or five obscure, transverse, radiating ridges, are perfectly
even. The greatest thickness is at the inner margin, from whence the
wreaths gradually taper to the keel. The outer volution increases rapidly,
and is nearly equal to half the diameter of the shell.

In the specimen figured, which is nearly one foot and a half in
diameter, the volutions appear to be wholly inserted, but probably in
more perfect examples, their inner margin is exposed. The septa are
sinuous, and very numerous ; and the surface of the specimens is generally
covered with thin, foliaceous impressions, which closely resemble those of
the “ammonite articulée” figured by Faujus St. Fond, (Pl. xxxi.. Hist.
Nat. St. Pierre.)

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

60. Ammonites peramplus.

Discoidal, subumbilicate ; volutions subcylindrical, nearly half inserted ;
a row of indistinct, distant, oblong eminences, on the inner margin ; aper-
ture transversely obovate.

This is a very large species, frequently exceeding two feet in diameter;
it is seldom found entire. ‘The longest diameter of a specimen in my
possession is 24 inches; shortest diameter 18 inches; circumference of
the outer volution, at the aperture, 23 inches ; diameter of the umbilicus
7 inches ; depth of the same 3-5 inches.

The volutions are four or five, almost half concealed, and in all

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 201

probability, were originally cylindrical, but are now laterally compressed.
‘The aperture has its inner edge indented by the preceding whorl. The
back is smooth. ‘The protuberances are indistinct, and wholly wanting
in some examples.

This, and the species last described, are the largest ammonites of
the chalk formation*; both are nearly destitute of ornament, yet their
forms are so dissimilar, that even fragments can be distinguished with
facility: those of A. Lewesiensis being flat, and thin, in proportion to
their magnitude; while the remains of A. peramplus are convex, and
almost cylindrical. ;

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Eastbourne.

61. Belemnite . Tab. xvi. fig. 1.

This figure represents the only species of belemnite, that occurs in
the Upper, and Lower chalk, of Sussex.

It is smooth, cylindrical, and unlike most of the genus, has no external
sulcus. Longitudinal sections shew that a small tube extends from the
alveolus to the apex of the spathose part.

Localities. Brighton, and Lewes.

62. Scaphites striatus. (Grey Marl Fossils, No. 35.)

This species has been discovered in the Lower chalk, at Brighton.

63. Hamites alternatus. (Grey Marl Fossils, No. 39.)

The existence of Hamites, in the Upper chalk, has not previously been
noticed : two decided examples of the present species have been found
near Lewes.

64. Pecten quinquecostata. Tab. xxvi. figs. 14, 19, 20.

Subtriangular, slightly oblique, longitudinally costated, transversely
striated ; lower valve gibbous, beaked, pentangular ; upper valve flat, front
pentarcuate, sides forming an acute angle; margin crenulated; ears
small.

* A fragment of A. peramplus, sent some years since to Mr. Sowerby, must have belonged
to a specimen nearly three feet in diameter.
DD

202 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

The length of this shell exceeds its width; it is slightly oblique, and
the surface is covered by numerous diverging ribs, and furrows, decussated
by fine transverse strie: the lines of growth are deep, and frequent.

The lower valve is convex, beaked, and of a pentangular form ; a large
costa is placed on each angle, and four lesser ones on each of the inter-
vening spaces. The beak is produced, and incurved. The upper valve
is flat, rather depressed, and marked with diverging costa, and sulci,
corresponding in number with those of the lower valve. The hinge line
is straight. The sides diverge from the beak towards the front, the
margin of which is pentangular, and arcuate.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 20. A perfect specimen of both valves.

- fig. 19. Inner surface of the upper valve.

—___—_—— fig. 14. A view of the back of the lower valve.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes, and. Brighton ; it also
occurs in the ferruginous sand of Rackham common.

65. Pecten nitida. Tab. xxvi. figs. 4. 9. (1 ?)

Obovate, rather oblique, longitudinally striated; striz numerous,
radiating ; upper valve flat ; lower valve slightly convex.

A remarkably neat shell, much depressed, and rather oblique. The
upper valve is perfectly flat; the lower one slightly convex. The strize
are prominent, and regular, radiating from the hinge line to the margin;
about fifty on each valve. These are crossed by fine lines, which are
scarcely visible to the naked eye. The margin is slightly crenulated, the
ears are small, and placed obliquely; the lines of increase few, and in-
distinct ; the length and width of the shell nearly equal.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 4, the inner surface of the lower valve; and fig. 9, the
external surface of the flat valve; part of the lower shell is also seen, the
upper valve being somewhat displaced.

fig. 1, represents the inner surface of a pecten, bearing
considerable resemblance to the present species. Where portions of the
shell have been removed, the impressions of the outer surface remaining
upon the chalk, indicate the existence of striz like those of P. nitida. The

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 203

margin is however perfectly smooth, the hinge line straight, and the length
of the shell exceeds its width, in a greater proportion than in the present
species.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

66. Pecten ——————. Tab. xxv. fig. 14.

The specimen here figured, is in too mutilated a state to admit of
specific distinction ; but as a rare production of the chalk, it is worthy of
notice. Itis a thin, delicate, slightly convex shell, of a suborbicular form,
marked with gentle undulating grooves, or furrows. The margin is entire,
and smooth: no transverse striz are perceptible, but the lines of increase
are strongly marked. 'The figure is reduced one-third.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

67. Pecten . Tab. xxv. fig. 6.

The cast of a small pecten, its surface marked with eleven radiating
coste ;—the imperfect state of this fossil prevents the determination of its

species.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

68. Plagiostoma spinosa. ‘Tab. xxvi. fig. 10.

Obovate, inequivalve, longitudinally furrowed ; the flatter valve armed
with spines : sides nearly equal; beaks incurved, approximate; ears small,
even ; margin denticulated.

This fossil is remarkably distinguished from the other shells of the
chalk, by the long slender spines attached to the upper valve.

Each valve has from 25 to 30 rounded costz, formed by intervening
furrows, that radiate from the beaks to the margin; these are decus-
sated by fine transverse striz, and the lines of increase; the inner sur-
face of the shell is also marked with corresponding impressions. The
lower valve is most convex, and has the line of the hinge straight; the
upper valve is spinous, rather depressed, and contains the angular sinus,
by which the shells of this genus are characterized.

The spines arise from the ribs, but without any regularity, except that
they are more numerous at the sides, than in the centre. They vary from
15 to 20 in number, and are from half an inch, to two inches and a half

DD2

204 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

in length; each spine has a groove on the under, and a corresponding
ridge on the upper surface. They generally project from the shell, but
in some instances lie close on the surface.

The beaks are convex, and incurved; the ears small, and even; the
margin neatly denticulated. A specimen cleared from the chalk, exhibited
no muscular impression.

There are several varieties of this species, of which the following are
the most remarkable :

Var. a. With both valves gibbous, and but few spines.

b. Valves depressed, spines numerous.
c. Valves gibbous, ribs regularly convex and even.
d. , ribs channelled near the front.

This shell is one of the most common productions of the Upper chalk,
but is less frequent in the lower beds; the hardness of the Sussex chalk
renders it exceedingly difficult to clear the specimens, without destroying
the spines.

Localities. The chalk-quarries in every part of the South Downs.
Siliceous casts of the interior of the shell, occur among the flints on
Plumpton Plain.

69. Plagiostoma Brightoniensis. Tab. xxv. fig. 15.

Obovate, depressed, longitudinally costated: posterior side eared; an-
terior side lunulate, concave, small, acuminated ; margin crenulated.

The length of this species is 3 inches; greatest width 2-5 inches ; thick-
ness of the united valves, 1 inch: the convexity of the valves is nearly equal.
The costa are somewhat flattened, and channelled towards the anterior
margin; there are about thirty on each valve. The anterior depression
is elongated, and marked with longitudinal striez; the posterior side is
short, and eared. The lines of growth are very distinct.

Locality. The specimen figured is from the Upper chalk of Brighton.

70. Plagiostoma Hoperi. Tab. xxvi. figs. 2, 3, 15.

Transversely ovate, oblique; valves convex, covered with numerous
diverging striz ; posterior slope short ; anterior slope concave, elongated,
obliquely striated; ears unequal; margin entire.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 205

This shell is nearly related to P. rigida, and P. ovalis of Sowerby,
(Min. Conch. Vol. i. tab. 114) from which it is distinguished by the in-
equality of the ears, and the deep elongated lunette of the anterior side.
The general form of the shell is also somewhat dissimilar, and the striz
are less distinct than in the fossils above mentioned.

This species presents considerable variety both in its form, and mark-
ings, but the differences observable, are not sufficiently constant to require
notice. It is more or less obliquely oval, but forms a larger segment of a
circle, than is strictly implied by that term. The length and width nearly
correspond ; and the thickness of the united valves equals about half the
length. The striz, or rather sulci, are undulated, and distinct, in some
examples, but in others are altogether wanting. The lunette, or depres-
sion on the anterior side, is very deep, and extends from the beaks to
the commencement of the front; it is marked by numerous oblique striz,
which are decussated by the lines of growth. The ears are plicated ; that
on the anterior side is small, and obscure, but the other is distinct. The
beaks are small, and terminal.

I have named this elegant shell in honour of the Rev. Henry Hoper,
A.M. of Portslade, to whose kindness I am more indebted, than his
modesty will permit me to acknowledge.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 2. A specimen of the depressed variety with but few

strie.

———— fig. 3. A shell in which the striz are distinct.

fig. 15. The united valves, the upper one rather displaced ;
this example exhibits the lunette on the anterior
side.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes.

71. Dianchora lata. Tab. xxvi. fig. 21.

Semicireular ; beak prominent; free valve plain.

The obliquity of this species is scarcely observable. The “lines of
growth being slightly marked, ard the gentle convexity of its form, added
to the indistinctness of the few striz upon its surface, and the sharpness

206 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

of its margin, give it a peculiar neatness*.” The specimen figured and
described by Mr. Sowerby, was found in the chalk near Lewes. Thave not
been so fortunate as to discover another example of the united valves.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 21, represents the inner surface of a mutilated s specimen
of the lower valve.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

72. Dianchora obliqua. Tab. xxv. fig. 1. Tab. xxvi. fig. 12.

Obliquely obovate; upper valve convex, marked with numerous di-
verging striz ; margin serrated.

The free valve is convex, and marked with upwards of 50 prominent
stria, separated from each other by fine sulci, and terminating in an
acutely serrated margin. The beak is acuminated; the ears small, and un-
equal. The lower valve, by which it is attached to other bodies, has
its inferior surface finely granulated; its sides are erect, wide at the
anterior and posterior slopes, but very narrow in front. The posterior
side is more elevated than the anterior, and the upper valve is in conse-
quence inclined obliquely.

This species is distinguished from D. Oh by its ovate form, and
numerous striz; and from D. striata, (the only other known species) by its
obliquity, striated surface, and denticulated margin.

Tab. xxv. fig. 1. is a perfect specimen; it shews the triangular cavity
beneath the beak, formed by the union of the valves; the smooth, erect
border of the lower, and the striated surface of the upper valve.

Tab. xxvi. fig. 12. The upper, or convex valve, detached; collected by
Col. Birch.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

73. Ostrea . Smith’s strata, Upper chalk. Figs. 5, 6.

The shells of the genus ostrea are so irregular in form, and the same
species, in different stages of its growth, exhibits such dissimilar appear-
ances, that it is very difficult to arrange them with precision. This con-
sideration has induced me to relinquish the attempt to distinguish those

* Min. Conch. Vol. i. p. 184.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 207

that occur in Sussex by specific names; since the specimens present no
remarkable character, and although of various shapes, and degrees of
convexity, are probably only varieties of one species.

The shells figured by Mr. Smith, are of frequent occurrence in the
Upper chalk, near Lewes, and are commonly attached to other bodies;
they appear to be the upper and under valves, of the same species. They
are nearly flat, of a suborbicular form, their margins very thin, and much
expanded.

74. Ostrea —. Tab. xxv. fig. 4.

This shell is rather depressed, of an oblique, ovate form, the external
surface scabrous, the margin thin, and undulated by five or six depressions.
The hinge is tripartite, marked with transverse plice, and the adjoining
edge of the shell on each side, has a row of crenulated indentations ; the
inner border of the hinge is straight, and rendered very distinct by a
deep hollow that extends beneath it. The inner surface is marked with
a few gentle concentric ridges. ‘The muscular impression is slight.

Three or four examples have been discovered with the characters
above enumerated very distinctly marked, while others occur in which
they are but obscurely expressed ; it is not improbable, that in a suite of
specimens, the present variety may pass insensibly into the flat oyster,
previously noticed.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

75. Teredo Tab. xviii. fig. 23.

The Teredo navalis, or ship-worm, is wel! known for its depredations
on the hulls of vessels, which in warm climates, it sometimes completely
destroys. The fossil, like the recent species, is found inhabiting cavities
which it has formed in blocks of wood; and the wood, with the shells
imbedded, is frequently discovered in a petrified state, in many parts of
England*.

* Specimens of this kind are figured by Parkinson, Org. Rem. Vol. i. Pl. viii. fig. 9.
They are very abundant in the London clay; some of the finest examples known were collected
by the author on the banks of the Regent’s Canal.

208 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Portions of the tubular part of the shell, are the only vestiges that
occur in the Sussex chalk; these are sometimes enclosed in fragments of
carbonized wood, but owing to the friable nature of the latter, are more
commonly found detached. The specimens are of a depressed, cylindrical
form, more or less bent, and gradually tapering to a point. Their
diameter at the larger extremity, seldom exceeds half an inch; their length
varying from one to six inches. The surface is smooth, and has numerous,
indistinct, annular elevations, and depressions, like the recent teredo; of
which, in fact, the present species appears to be only a variety.

Tab. xviii. fig. 23, represents the usual appearance of these fossils.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

76. Terebratula subrotunda. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. figs. 1, 2.

Circular, depressed, smooth; valves regular, equally convex; beak
short.

The width of this shell rather exceeds its length, which is seldom more
than 0°7 inch. The sides, near the beak, are somewhat angular. The
surface of the valves is smooth, and marked by fine, transverse lines of
growth.

The lower, or beaked valve, has two hinge teeth, and the upper valve,
two corresponding grooves for their reception, from which two elongated
appendages proceed. ‘This structure is beautifully represented by Mr.
Sowerby, in fig. 6. Tab. xv.

Localities. Common in every part of the South Downs.

77. Terebratula ovata. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. fig. 3.

Obovate, depressed, smooth ; upper valve depressed.

In this species the proportions are reversed ; the length exceeding the
width. It is nearly of the same size as the former; the beak is rather
more produced.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Brighton, and Lewes.

78. Terebratula undata. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. fig. 7.

Obovate, both valves convex, smooth; front margin straight, with a
deep undulation on each side; beak produced.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 209

The length of this species exceeds its width. It is distinguished from
the two former, by the straightness of the front, and the deep undulations
on each side. The beak is produced, and its perforation large; both
valves are equally gibbous. It sometimes attains 1°5 inch in length.

Localities. Common in every quarry in the South Downs.

The three species above described are easily distinguished from each
other; but it must be confessed, that the two following are so nearly re-
lated to the preceding, and in a suite of specimens pass so insensibly into
each other, that the propriety of their separation may be questioned. I
have, however, followed the arrangement of Mr. Sowerby, to avoid a mul-
tiplication of synonymes™*.

79. Terebratula intermedia. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. fig. 8.

“ Obscurely five sided, rather depressed, smooth; larger valve most
convex; front margin undulated ; three depressions in the smaller valve,
and two in the larger.”

The undulations in this species are not confined to the margin, but
extend some distance along the body of the valves; the front is depressed.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, South Downs.

80. 'Terebratula semiglobosa. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. fig. 9.

“ Nearly circular, gibbous, smooth; larger valve deepest, and uni-
formly gibbous; front margin undulated, with two ridges on the lesser .
valve.”

The width of this shell nearly equals its length; some specimens are
very gibbous. The undulation in front, the two eminences on the upper

* A friend who has paid some attention to the subject, has favoured me with the following
arrangement of these shells.

Terebratula undata. Min. Conch. Tab. xv. figs. 7, 8, 9.

Spec. char. Obovate, both valves convex, smooth; margin of the front either straight or
depressed, undulated on each side; beak produced.

Var. a. subundata, (fig. 7.) Longer than wide, front straight; valves equally convex.

Var. 6. intermedia (fig. 8.) Rather depressed, longer than wide; larger valve most convex;
front wndulated ; undulations extending upon the walus,

Var. c. semiglobosa (fig. 9.) Subglobose; length, width, and thickness nearly equal; front
margin undulated.

“The above descriptions refer to those specimens which present the most striking differ-
ences; it would be easy to select examples of every intermediate gradation of form.

EE

210 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

valve, and the width and thickness of the united valves, appear to be the
distinguishing characters of the species. .

The shells of the terebratulz above described, are invariably changed
into crystallized carbonate of lime; their cavities, like those of the echi-
nites, being frequently lined with calcareous spar, or crystals of sulphuret
of iron. Their prevailing hue is a deep cream colour, but sometimes
shades of red, brown, and blue, are observable; may not this in some
measure depend on the colour of the original ?

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, South Downs.

81. Terebratula plicatilis. Min. Conch. Tab. exviii. fig. 1.
var. b. octoplicata. Min. Conch. Tab. exviil.

fig. 2.
var. ec. concinna. Min. Conch. Tab. Ixxxiii.

fig. 6.

Gibbous, transversely obovate, longitudinally striated: margin finely
serrated ; front sinuate, elevated with from six to twelve acute plice ;
beak slightly projecting. .

The difference in the number of folds on the front, is assumed by Mr.
Sowerby, as the specific distinction between his T. plicatilis, and T. octo-
plicata; T. concinna is separated on account of its more globose form.
The specimens in my possession vary so much in the number of plicz, and
in the convexity of the valves; and the characters of each are so in-
timately blended in many examples, that I have been compelled to con-
sider them as only varieties of the same species.

In var. a. the length of the shell exceeds the depth of the united
valves, and the width is one-third greater than the length; the front
margin is elevated by a broad sinus containing twelve plice. Var. 0.
has but eight plica. In var. c. there are but seven plice; the valves are
globose, the depth and width of the shell bemg nearly equal.

The strize are rounded, and diverge with a gentle sweep from the beaks
to the margin; the number on each valve varying from thirty to fifty.
The lower valve is less convex than the upper; the beak is but slightly
produced, and the perforation very small. The lateral margin is acutely

ee

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. Yallal

serrated, and sometimes marked by several rows of plicated indentations,
formed by the lines of growth.

The elevated front margin, and the numerous strize with which both
valves are covered, distinguish the present species from the other striated
terebratule of the chalk.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Brighton and Lewes.

82. Terebratula subplicata. Tab. xxvi. figs. 5, 6, 11.

Transversely ovate, gibbous, nearly smooth; lower valve depressed,
upper valve convex; margin serrated; front smuate, with three or four
sharp plice ; beak slightly produced.

This is a small species, well characterized by its smooth surface, and
elevated plicated front. The young of T. plicatilis, (the only chalk tere-
bratula with which it can be confounded) have both valves covered with
minute striz.

Like the other species of this genus, considerable variety is observable
in the contour of the shell, in different specimens. The plice are from
three to five in number, and extend a short distance on both valves. The
beak is very small.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

InocERAMUS.

This genus was formed by Mr. Sowerby for the reception of the fibrous
bivalves, whose fragments occur in such prodigious quantities, in almost
every locality of the Upper and Lower chalk. These shells were first
noticed by Da Costa, who describes them as being “ very large limpets,
which, like the concholepas, resemble the single shell of a bivalve. They
are of two kinds, and more irregular than that shell; and instead of being
sulcated lengthwise, are circularly wrought, in a transverse manner, with
very high irregular ridges, not thickly but rather thinly set. The shells
are very thick; one sort is high and copped; the other is broad and

flattish* ”

* Elements of Conchology, p. 142.
, EE?

212 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

In the third vol. of Mr. Parkinson’s “ Organic Remains,” a fragment
of an inoceramus is accurately represented, (PI. v. fig. 3), and is noticed
by that author as “ part of an uncommon fossil shell, resembling a patella
in some of its characters*.”

The celebrated geologists, M. M. Cuvier and Brongniart, were in-
duced from the striated crystalline structure of the shells in question, to
regard them as belonging to the genus Pinna; but fragments of the hinge
having been subsequently presented to their examination, they were led
to doubt the correctness of their former opinion Ff.

For a knowledge of the structure of these curious shells, we are in-
debted to the acumen and zeal of Miss Benett, of Norton House. From
specimens in her cabinet, and with the assistance of others collected by
the present writer, Mr. Sowerby has constructed the following generic de-
finition.

InocERAMUS.

A free, inequilateral, beaked bivalve; hinge linear, channelled, trans-
versely suleated, extending on one side of the beaks only ; cartilage partly
external; no visible muscular impression ?

The shells of this genus are more or less gibbous, and are commonly
marked with transverse concentric ridges, and striz; their constituent sub-
stance is invariably composed of crystallized carbonate of lime, of'a radiated
or fibrous structure.

* Organic Remains, Vol. iii. p. 51.

+ “Il n’est pas str que les gros fragmens planes, de 12 milleméetres d’epaisseur, et 4 tex-
ture striée qu’on trouve dans la craie, appartient 4 ce genre de coquille. Nous avons vu chez
M. Defrance, des portion de charniére qui indiquent un autre genre.” Géograph. Min. des
Environs de Paris. p. 11.

Perfect specimens of this fragile tribe of shells are so exceedingly rare, that even at the
present time, the distinguished naturalists above mentioned, have not been able to obtain an
example, in which the structure of the hinge is satisfactorily shewn.

In a recent communication from M. Brongniart, that gentleman remarks, “Je suis ex-
tremement embarassé pour déterminer la coquille fibreuse si commune dans la craie, et dont
vous avez représente diverses parties dans votre Planche xxvii. J’ai voulu aussi faire figurer
cette coquille, mais n’ayant pas eu le bonheur d’en avoir des échantillons assez entiers, j'ai été
forcé de me contentir de fragments, et de donner la copie de votre figure 1, Pl. xxvii.”

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 213

The hinge is a longitudinal furrow, transversely crenulated, extending
on one side of the beaks only; its direction, as it regards the transverse
diameter of the shell, being generally oblique.

There are several species, and many varieties, and in some speci-
mens the characters are so much blended as to be distinguished with
difficulty. The shell represented in fig. 1, Tab. xxvii. is an excellent
type of the genus, and is probably the most perfect specimen hitherto
discovered.

83. Inoceramus Cuvieri. 'Tab. xxvii. fig. 4. Tab. xxviii. figs. 1. 4.

Convex, with large, obtuse, distant, transverse costz ; surface covered
with numerous linear lamella; hinge side depressed, expanded; posterior
side flat, nearly smooth; beaks small, reflexed; hinge oblique.

The number of the coste varies from eight to twelve; they are large
and rounded, and extend with a gentle sweep across the valves, being
gradually lost in the expanded anterior side. The surface is covered with
transverse lines, and possesses a lamellated structure, appearing as if com-
posed of a succession of thin plates; but the substance of the shell is per-
fectly solid, and consists of fibrous calcareous spar. The posterior side
is nearly flat, and smooth; the hinge is placed obliquely. The com-
parative width and length of this species cannot be determined, since no
perfect specimen has been discovered.

The adult shell attains a gigantic size; a specimen in my possession
must, when entire, have exceeded three feet in length, and twenty inches
in width. Fragments of the hinge of a corresponding magnitude are not
uncommon, some of them being more than 1:5 inch wide, and 1:2 inch
thick.

This species is named in honour of the illustrious Cuvier, to whose
researches the comparative anatomist, and the geologist, are so. greatly
indebted.

Tab. xxvii. fig. 4, fragment of the hinge, exhibiting the transverse cre-
nulated sulci.

Tab. xxviii. fig. 1, a specimen, the interior of which is filled with flint.
— fig. 4, represents the upper and lower valve of the same

214 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

individual imbedded in a block of chalk: the hinge groove is placed be-
neath the oblique line on the left side of the uppermost valve.

Localities. Common in the Upper chalk, near Lewes, Eastbourne,
&e. :

84. Inoceramus Lamarckii. Tab. xxvii. fig. 1.

Valves equal, very convex, with a few obscure, longitudinal undula-
tions, and distant transverse ridges; surface covered with numerous con-
centric striz ; posterior slope subdepressed ; anterior side lobate, expanded ;
hinge nearly transverse.

Both valves are equally convex, and gradually expand towards the

‘margin; the greatest convexity being near the middle of the shell, which
is suddenly contracted longitudinally, and has a lobated appearance on
the hinge side. The beaks are incurved and inclined toward the pos-
terior slope, which is slightly concave. The anterior side is convex, ex-
panded, and separated from the body of the valve by a deep furrow or de-
pression. The hinge is nearly transverse. ‘The whole surface is marked
with fine transverse striz, disposed concentrically on the convex part,
and expanding over the anterior side with an elegant sweep, terminate
on the hinge line. The ridges are distant, and vary in strength and
number, but seldom exceed six or eight on each valve. The longitudinal
depressions mentioned by Mr. Parkinson as affording a specific distinction,
are obscure in many instances, and altogether wanting in others. The
specimens are from 3 to 4 inches long, and 2:5 inches wide; the greatest
convexity of the united valves is 3°5 inches.

Mr. Parkinson, “ as a tribute of gratitude for the advantages afforded
to science by the classification of Lamarck, has affixed his name to the
present species*.”

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

85. Inoceramus Brongniarti. ‘Tab. xxvii. fig. 8.

Equivalved, gibbous, transversely costated; anterior side angular,
acute ; posterior side flat, truncated ; hinge transverse, straight.

* Geological Transactions, Vol. v. p. 55.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. Pls)

This shell is very gibbous, the convexity of the united valves being
equal to its length. The valves are regular, and gradually increase in
width from the hinge to the front; there are about twenty prominent
ridges, or coste, on each, which diverge from the posterior slope over
the convexity of the shell, and terminate with a gentle curve on the
border of the hinge. ‘The posterior side is flat, the anterior acute, form-
ing an angle with the hinge; the latter is transverse, its plane cor-
responding with the transverse diameter of the valves. The front is
rounded, the margin very entire; the beaks small and reflexed.

The present species may be distinguished from the preceding by the
number and strength of the costz; the flat, truncated, posterior slope;
and more particularly, by the hinge side, which is not expanded as in I.
Lamarckii.

I have named this elegant shell in honour of my friend M. Brongniart,
the able colleague of Baron Cuvier, author of “ Géographie Minéralogique
des Environs de Paris,’ &ce.

Tab. xxvii. fig. 8, an excellent specimen in which the characters of the
species are well defined ; the beaks are broken off. This figure is reduced
to one-half the size of the original.

Tab. xxviii. fig. 3, an imperfect example of a variety of this species.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

86. Inoceramus mytilloides. ‘Tab. xxviii. fig. 2.

Depressed, elongated, with numerous concentric striz, and a few dis-
tant ridges; posterior slope inflated, its margin plicated; anterior side de-
pressed, expanded ; beaks acuminated ; hinge very oblique.

The shell is most convex near the beaks, and gradually becomes flatter
and more expanded towards the margin. The beaks are produced, and
terminate in a sharp point, over the commencement of the hinge; the
plane of the latter is placed at an acute angle with the longitudinal dia-
meter of the valve.

The strize are numerous, and form a few irregular ridges that terminate
in folds, on the margin of the posterior slope. Fragments of this species

216 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

are not uncommon in the Lower chalk of Sussex; but I have not seen a
perfect specimen.

Tab. xxviii. fig. 2. A specimen from Plumpton.

The shell represented in Tab. xxvii. fig. 3. has the acuminated beaks,
and oblique hinge of the present species; but the ribs are more pro-
minent and numerous, and the valves more convex: it may, perhaps, here-
after prove to be specifically distinct.

Localities. Plumpton, Offham, Southerham.

87. Inoceramus latus. ‘Tab. xxvu. fig. 10.

Valves convex near the beaks, flat and expanded towards the front;
surface marked with distant transverse ridges, and numerous concentric
striz ; posterior slope smooth, depressed ? anterior side expanded ; hinge
oblique.

This species equals I. Cuvier? in length and width, but is much
depressed, and is also destitute of the prominent costz by which that
species is distinguished; fragments occur that are from eighteen to twenty
inches wide, and almost flat. The posterior side is smooth, and de-
pressed ? the anterior expanded ; ; when this part is broken off, the valves
assume a triangular form, as in the example figured. The hinge is very
oblique.

Tab. xxviii. fig. 10, exhibits the usual appearance ie the specimens :
the figure is pemaihed three-fourths.

Localities. Common in the Upper chalk near Brighton, Lewes,
Offham, &c.

88. Inoceramus Websteri. Tab. xxvii. fig. 2. |

Convex, smooth, with distant, irregular, transverse ridges ; ; beaks
rounded, posterior slope nearly flat; anterior side expanded, hinge very
oblique.

The valves are convex, the surface smooth, and the ridges placed at
unequal distances. The greatest convexity is near the beaks, from
whence the shell gradually becomes flatter, and expands as it approaches
the front. The posterior slope is small, and somewhat depressed, the
hinge side flat, and broad.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 217

This species differs from I. Brongniarti, in the ridges being distant, and
irregular ; and from the young of I. Lamarckii, in the greatest convexity
being near the beaks, and not in the centre of the valves, as in that species.
It is a small shell, seldom exceeding the size of the figure, and is named
in commemoration of the interesting researches of Thomas Webster, Esq.
keeper of the Museum of the Geological Society, whose unassuming
manners, and extensive information, have obtained him the respect, and
esteem, of all who have the pleasure of his acquaintance.

Locality. Lower chalk, South-street : very rare.

89. Inoceramus striatus. Tab. xxvii. fig. 5.

Gibbous, rounded, even, with numerous transverse strie; hinge ob-
?)

lique ? beaks

The roundness of this shell, and its finely striated surface, readily distin-
guish it. The specimen figured, has a ridge down the convex part of
the valve; but as this appearance is not constant, it is omitted in the
specific description. A perfect example has not been discovered.

Locality. Lower chalk, South-street: very rare. It occurs also in
the chalk near Heytesbury, Wilts.

90. Inoceramus undulatus. Tab. xxvii. fig. 6.

Convex, marked with numerous, regular, transverse elevations, and de-
pressions ; posterior slope truncated ; hinge side expanded.

The surface being gently undulated by the round, even, alternate
elevations, and depressions, this shell has a peculiarly neat appearance.
The posterior slope is flat, and nearly smooth. The valves are regularly
convex, but hollowed or contracted on the anterior side, which is ex-
panded. ‘The beaks are rounded, and incurved.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

91. Inoceramus Tab. xxvii. fig. 9.

This shell is rather depressed near the beaks, and inflected in front ;
it has numerous concentric ridges and striz. It is in too mutilated a
state to admit of a more particular description.

Locality. Lower chalk, Lewes.

Fragments of other species of Inoceramus occur in the chalk in the

EE

218 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

vicinity of Lewes, but the specimens hitherto collected, are not sufficiently
perfect to warrant their specification. .

92. Parasitical bodies in the shells of various species of Inoceramus.
Tab. xxvii. fig. 7. .

The shells of the larger Inocerami appear to have been subject to the
ravages of a peculiar parasitical animal, which destroyed the intermediate
substance, leaving the outer and inner plates entire, and supported only
by thin partitions. The specimens exhibiting these appearances, are
full of small oblong cells, connected by linear perforations ; and these are
either empty, or filled with chalk, or flint ; in the latter case, they give rise
to a curious class of fossils, the nature of which has but very lately been
explained.

A specimen of this kind is represented Tab. xxvii. fig. 7; it is part
of a flint, moulded in the interior of an Inoceramus, containing on its
surface, numerous irregular oblong bodies, more or less compressed, and
united to each other by slender lateral filaments.

These curious bodies were first noticed by Mr. Parkinson *; and have
subsequently formed the subject of an interesting memoir from the pen
of the Rev. W. Conybeare, published in the 2d vol. of the Geological
Transactions.

The investigations of Mr. Conybeare, have clearly elucidated the origin
of the fossils in question, and shewn “ that they are siliceous casts, formed
in little cells, excavated in the substance of certain marine shells, the work
of animalcule preying on those shells, and on the vermes inhabiting them.
These casts, like the screw-stones of Derbyshire, must have been formed by
the infiltration of siliceous matter while in a fluid state into the cavities of the
shells, and which have been laid open and denuded by subsequent exposure
to some agent, capable of dissolving and removing the calcareous matter of
the shell forming the matrix, while the siliceous cast remained unaltered +.”

* Organic Remains, Vol. ii. pp. 75, 76.

+ Geological Transactions, Vol. ii. p. 328.

In a very interesting fossil in my possession (from St. Peter's mountain, near
Maestricht,) changes of a similar nature have taken place, but with this difference, that the

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 219

Upon this subject, Professor Buckland remarks, “that the hollows
affording a mould for the formation of these bodies, are clearly the work
of some minute parasitical insect. ‘The small aperture, the cast of which
now forms the projecting axis of each globule, was probably perforated by
this intruder, as the entrance to his future habitation. Having completed
this passage, and excavated at its termination a cell suited to his shape
and convenience, he appears by the aid of a delicate augur or proboscis:
to have drilled many minute and almost capillary perforations into the
substance of the shell on every side around him; taking care to leave
always partitions sufficient to support the thin external plate of the shell
which formed the roof of his apartment. Having exhausted all the
nourishment that could be procured in this manner with safety from the
vicinity of his first establishment, the insect appears to have emigrated,
and after working for itself a lateral passage to a considerable dis-
tance, to have formed a new settlement in the midst of fresh supplies.
In a recent oyster shell in my possession, this process has been carried on
to a great extent in the intermediate matter between two or three sets of
the pearly plates comprising it ; and yet without effecting the destruction

casts, and their surrounding matrix, are composed of limestone, of a subcrystalline structure.
The specimen contains numerous casts and impressions of bivalve shells, univalves, madre-
porites, &c.; the forms of which are defined with much sharpness, and elegance. The cavities
left by the removal of the shells, are more or less filled with groups of globular bodies, and are
crossed by slender filaments, evidently moulded in perforations that existed in the recent
testacez.

As the constituent substance both of the shells, and casts, in the present fossil, were ori-
ginally composed of nearly similar materials, it appears difficult to explain by what agency the
one has been removed, while the other has remained uninjured. The following observations
of Mr. Parkinson, will illustrate the mode by which this operation has been effected.

“ Calcareous spar, exposed to the action of water, suffers through a long period but little
change or diminution; while on the other hand, animal substances, such as shells, the crusta-
ceous parts of animals, and other bodies formed of an intermixture of animal membrane
or gelatin, with carbonate of lime, undergo a very rapid decomposition by the agency of water
alone, as is the case with dead shells, &c. on the sea and river shores. In these instances, the
animal membrane suffers resolution particle after particle, and layer after layer, and the car-
bonate of lime deprived of its cement and support, gradually peparaiee and moulders away *.”
Thus it has happened to the shells enveloped in the crystalline limestone before us; while the
animal substances have been decomposed by the action of simple water, the investing matrix
has suffered no change, but perfectly retains the form and impressions of the animal bodies that
have passed away.

* Org. Rem. Vol. ii. p. 173.

FFQ2

220 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

of the exterior crust, or in any degree injuring the inner surface of the
shell, which remains untouched; and notwithstanding these attacks, still
equally adapted to every purpose required by the economy of its in-
habitant *.”

Siliceous specimens of this fossil are not frequent in Sussex ; but there
are scarcely any of the larger Inocerami that do not exhibit traces of the
depredation of this parasite, the cells being either empty, or filled with
chalk.

The example figured in Tab. xxvii. was found on the beach, at
Brighton ; the shell is entirely removed.

93. Balanus. Tab. xxxiii. fig. 11.

The specimen figured, is the only vestige of a multivalve shell that
has been noticed in the chalk of Sussex.

It is gently curved, has two sharp ridges, and not inaptly resembles
the beak of a bird; it is the valve of an operculum of some unknown
species of Balanus.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

CRUSTACEA.

The fossil remains of those species of cancer, in which the crustaceous
covering is hard and compact, are not unfrequent in the London clay at
Highgate, Sheppey, &c. ; and a few have already been noticed as occurring
in the Blue chalk marl of Sussex: but the lobster, cray-fish, and other
species, whose structure is more delicate and fragile, are but seldom found
in a mineralized state, and rank among the most: rare and interesting
objects in the cabinet of the oryctologist. .

About seven years since, the remains of an unknown crustaceous
animal were discovered in the Upper chalk near Lewes ; but the mutilated
and brittle state of the specimens defied all my attempts to ascertain their
original form. In the hope, however, that from detached portions of the
animal, the required information might ultimately be obtained, every

* Oyster shells perforated in the manner hoe described, are frequently found on the sea-
shore at Hastings.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 221

fragment that could be procured was carefully examined and preserved,
and the result has ultimately exceeded my most sanguine expectations,
since not only the generic, but also the specific characters of the original
have been determined.

The remains in question are composed of a delicate friable crust, and
when first collected are of a dark chocolate colour, inclining to black,
but become pale, and lose much of their beauty by exposure to the aivr.
The inner surface only, is seen in those specimens that are exposed by
fracture; it is glossy, and covered with minute circular depressions, formed
by the bases of the spines. ‘The external surface is armed with short
spines, and papilla, and is invariably concealed by the chalk, until the
latter be carefully removed by art; a process, which from the delicacy of
the fossil, and the hardness of the surrounding matrix, is exceedingly
difficult and tedious, and can scarcely be accomplished by an inexperienced
hand. Of the specimens in my collection, some contain the claws,
others the thorax, and a few exhibit the abdomen, and tail. These
detached parts having been accurately delineated, a restored outline of
the original was formed, and by a careful comparison of the latter with
the recent crustacea, the genus and species of the original have been
ascertained.

94, Astacus Leachii. Tab. xxix. figs. 1, 4, 5. Tab. xxx. figs. 1, 2. Tab.
O60

Gen. Char. Antenne pedunculated, unequal; the exterior ones long
and setaceous; inner pair divided at the extremity; body elongated; legs
commonly ten; tail foliaceous.

Spec. Char. Thorax scabrous, convex, sixlobed, marginate; head semi-
circular in front; hands chelate, muricated, twice the length of the
thorax; pincers very long, armed with obtuse spines.

The thorax is longitudinally oblong, convex, covered with small
tubercles and papillz; it is divided into six lobes by a rounded dorsal
ridge, and two lateral sulci; the margin is entire.

_ The form of the head of this species is unknown; it appears to have
been semicircular or rounded in front, and is not distinct from the thorax.

222 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

The external antenne are long, filiform, and setaceous, and are placed on’
squamous peduncles ; the inner pair have not been discovered. The two
chelate hand-claws are equal, and have their surface muricated, or beset
with short erect spines. The pincers are very long, not muricated, but
marked with three or four longitudinal, punctated furrows ; each finger is
armed with a row of obtuse, cylindrical spines, which are mutually re-
ceived and inserted, when the claws are shut. The claws, including the
pincers, are equal to twice the length of the thorax.

There are five legs on each side; the anterior pair is didactyle ; the
others appear to terminate in swimmers or paddles, but this circumstance
cannot be accurately determined. The abdomen is composed of six
granulated arcuate segments. The tail is foliaceous, marginate, granu-
lated, and has a few longitudinal ridges; but the only known specimen
(Tab. xxx. fig. 1.) does not exhibit the entire form.

This species appears to be distinguished from the recent animals of
the genus, by the dorsal ridge and lateral sulci of the thorax; the great
length and straightness of the pincers; and the peculiar form of their
spinous processes.

In naming this fossil in honour of Wm. Elford Leach, M.D. of the
British Museum, I am desirous of testifying the high respect which I en-
tertain for his talents as a naturalist, and particularly for his excellent
systematical arrangement of the crustaceous animals.

Tab. xxix. figs. 1, 4,5. The chelate claws of A. Leachii.

fig. 4. is the largest example hitherto discovered.

fig. 1. A fragment of the pincers of the preceding specimens.

fig. 5. A block of chalk, containing part of a claw, leg,
and several detached spines; fragments of a fish are
attached to the upper part of this specimen.

Tab. xxx. fig. 2; two chelate hand-claws, attached to the chalk in which
they were imbedded.

Tab. xxxi. fig. 1: on the left of this specimen, part of the thorax is

attached; and on the right, a hand-claw deprived of
one of its pincers.

rhs)
AS)
iss)

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Tab. xxxi. fig. 2. Cast of the thorax; the head broken off.
fig. 3. The thoraw flattened by compression.
fig. 4. Represents the most perfect specimen in my col-
lection.
a. The head.
b. The thorax.
c. One of the long setaceous antenne.
d. The squamous peduncle of the same.
e. One of the anterior legs, with its didactylous
termination.
f. The hand-claws, and pincers.

Tab. xxxiv. fig. 9. Part of a claw flattened by compression.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Houghton *.

95. Astacus <j) Bab. xxaxaufhig3:

This specimen is evidently the chelate hand-claw of a species of
Astacus, distinct from the preceding. The surface both of the claws and
pincers is spinous, the latter are slightly curved, and armed with a row of
obtuse tubercles.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

96. Cancer. Tab. xxix. fig. 3.

_This figure represents the chelate hand-claw of a species of Cancer;
having a minutely granulated surface. The pincers are curved, and
finely serrated on the inner edge.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

97. Cancer. Tab. xxix. fig. 2.

The cast of the thorax, of a species of Cancer, is represented in the
figure referred to. It is of an obcordate form, much depressed, the
margin impressed with four or five indentations, and the front cleft in the

middle.

* A specimen, containing the chelate hand-claws, and the extremities of two legs, has lately
been discovered in the chalk near Houghton, in Western Sussex, by Mr: Frederic Sargent, of
Wool Lavington: to the kindness of John Drewett, Esq. of Peppering, lam indebted for an
excellent lithographic drawing of this interesting fossil. ;

224 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

98. Leg of an unknown crustaceous animal. ‘Tab. xxxiv. fig. 4.

This fossil is part of the leg of some crustaceous animal, but whether
belonging to either of the genera above-mentioned cannot be ascertained ;
it is nearly black, and its surface highly polished.

Locality. Offham chalk-pit, near Lewes.

ICHTHYOLITES, OR THE FOSSIL REMAINS OF FISHES.

The remains of fishes are of far less frequent occurrence in a fossil
state, than those of many other tribes of animals; nor will this cireum-
stance appear extraordinary, when it is considered that the softness of
their structure renders them liable to undergo putrefaction with great
rapidity, and that such as die a natural death, rise to the surface of the
water, and immediately become the prey of a multitude of assailants. A
concurrence of circumstances, by which the destruction and envelopement
of these animals maybe instantaneously effected, seems therefore necessary
to the preservation of their remains in the mineral kingdom. Hence
some naturalists have asserted, that wherever petrified fishes occur in
considerable numbers, it may be inferred that they perished by some
sudden catastrophe which destroyed and overwhelmed them in shoals, in
the very spots where they are now found entombed*.

The Rey. Graydon +, in an interesting memoir on the fossil fish
of Monte Bolca, endeavours to account for the phenomena they exhibit,
by a very ingenious theory, that appears to be in perfect accordance with
the facts already known on this subject. He supposes that the fishes
were destroyed by submarine volcanic eruptions, by which immense
masses of calcareous stone were ejected in a calcined state; and which in-
volving the animals, &c. within its reach, subsequently became consolidated,
and now forms the cream-coloured matrix of these celebrated fossils.

The mineralized remains of fishes occur in various parts of England ;

* Rees’ Cyclopedia, Art. Ichthyolites. Dict. D’ Hist. Nat. Tome viii. p- 550. Martin’s Syst.
Arrangement, p. 29.
+ Irish Transactions, Vol. vy. p. 310.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 225

but no where more abundantly than in the chalk of the South Downs,
in the immediate vicinity of Lewes.

The specimens are generally imperfect and distorted, and afford but
slight indications of the form of the original; but few examples having
been found, in which the number and situation of the fins, and other
parts essential to the determination of the genus, or species, are distinctly
exhibited. Yet, in many instances, their general characters are suf-
ficiently defined, to prove their entire want of correspondence with any
known existing species.

The teeth and palates are remarkably beautiful, their original substance
being heightened by an impregnation with iron, and their natural polish
and sharpness remaining uninjured. The vertebre and other bones are
of a reddish brown colour, and very friable.

The fins and scales possess a glossy surface, are exceedingly brittle,
and both in colour, and in the mode of their preservation, perfectly re-
semble the ichthyolites of Monte Bolca.

Of the cartilaginous fishes, the teeth of several species of Squalus or
shark, are most frequent; the vertebree are also occasionally met with, but
no decided examples of any other part of these animals have hitherto been
discovered.

99. Vertebre of an unknown species of Squalus. Tab. xxxiii. fig. 10.

The specimen here represented exhibits two vertebra, and the section
of a third, imbedded in chalk, and is part of a large mass containing
eleven others. The vertebrae are concave both anteriorly, and posteriorly ;
but no traces of the spinous, or transverse processes remain. They re-
semble those of the recent Squalus maximus; and correspond both in size,
form, and colour, with the fossil vertebre, figured in the Oryctographie de
Brucvelles, Pl. ii. B. G. and Pl. iii. B.

The latter are 38 in number, and articulated to each other, forming a
column more than five feet long; they are thus described by Blainville*:
“Dans le milieu de la pierre 4 chaux d’une carriére des environs de

* Nouveau Dict. d’ Histoire Nat. Vol. xxviii. Art. Ichthyolites.

226 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Moelsbrock, a été trouvée, fossile, une série de vertebres jointes en-
semble, au nombre de 38, et formant un tout de cinq pieds, qui ne diminue
dans cette longueur que de trois lignes ou plus. Il] n’y a aucune trace
d’apophyses. M. Burtin regarde cet ichthyolite comme provenant d’un
serpent de mer; et par-la il est probable qu'il entend parler du congre ;
mais il se pourroit plutét quil provint d’une grande espéce de squale,
qwil est & peu prés impossible de spécifier.”

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

100. Teeth of Squalus cornubicus. 'Tab. xxxil. fig. 1.

The teeth of sharks are so numerously distributed throughout almost
every deposit of the secondary formations, that there is scarcely an
oryctological writer, who has not made mention of them. ‘They are the
glossopetra, ornithoglosse, &c. of the earlier authors, and have been de-
scribed by Woodward, Lhwyd, Knorr, Scilla, &e.

The present species has sharp entire edges, and two sharp pointed
lateral processes. The specimens are generally straight, slender, taper-
ing, and sometimes slightly curved; the cartilaginous base is deeply arched,
and has an obtuse tubercle on the centre of the outer surface. The dif-
ference observable in their forms, is probably owing either to the age of the
individual, or to the situation the teeth respectively occupied in the jaw
of the recent animal; the anterior being longer, and more slender, than
the posterior ones.

Localities. Upper chalk near Lewes, Brighton, Steyning, &c.

101. Teeth of the Squalus mustelus*. Tab. xxxii. figs. 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 11.

These teeth are triangular, nearly straight, and flat, with entire cutting
edges; and furnished with two small acuminated lateral processes. The
base of the tooth is nearly straight, and the cartilage but slightly arched.

The specimens figured are from the Upper and Lower chalk ; in fig. 11
the lateral processes are destroyed.

* A specimen of the recent animal, about six feet long, was caught a few years since off’ ©
Newhaven ; the head came into my possession, and enabled me to compare the fossil with the
recent teeth; the correspondence between them was most complete, and left no doubt of their
having belonged to the same species of Squalus.

. UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. QO

Localities. Lewes, Brighton, Steyning.

102. Teeth of the Squalus zygena? Tab. xxxii. figs. 4,7, 8, 10, 26, 28.

These are either straight or slightly curved triangular teeth, with en-
tire cutting edges, but destitute of lateral processes. It has been sug-
gested that the latter may have been removed by accident, but this sup-
position does not appear tenable, since in those examples where the
cartilaginous base is perfect, no vestiges of lateral points can be de-
tected.

They bear a close analogy to Mr. Parkinson’s figure of a fossil tooth of
Sq. zyg@na; but their supposed identity, with those of the recent species,
must be received with some hesitation.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

103. Teeth of the Squalus galeus ? Tab. xxxii. figs. 12, 14, 15, 16.

The width of these fossils frequently exceeds their length ; the body
is inclined to one side, the edges are finely serrated, and the cartilaginous
base nearly straight.

The form of this species varies considerably, but the characters enu-
merated, readily distinguish it from those above described.

I am unacquainted with the teeth of the recent animal, and have re-
ferred these fossils to the Sq. zygena, upon the authority of Mr. Parkin-
son, whose figure represents a specimen from the Kentish chalk, that
perfectly corresponds with those of Sussex.

Localities. Lower chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

104. Teeth of an unknown species of Squalus. Tab. xxxii. fig. 13.
Tab. xxxill. fig. 9.

These teeth are of a lanceolate form, with serrated edges ; they differ
very essentially from the preceding, and probably belong to an unknown
species of shark.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes; very rare.

105. Tooth of a fish of the genus Squalus? Tab. xxxii. fig. 22.

This elegant little fossil resembles fig. 1276 of Lhwyd, and fig. 111 of
Brander, and is supposed to be analogous to the teeth of the recent dog-
fish of Scilla. Mr. Parkinson mentions that a species of Squalus from

GG2

228 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

Messina, described by Spallanzani, (and which appears to agree in its
characters, with the fish figured by Scilla, Tav. xxvii.) has also teeth of
a similar structure. It may however be questioned, if the present spe-
cimen belongs to the same kind of animal; or whether it may not be the
fin-bone of a fish allied to the Balistes. It consists of six sharp points or
spines, anchylosed at the base, and attached to a narrow, bony or car-
tilaginous process. _

The example figured, is probably the only fossil of the kind hitherto
discovered in the chalk formation. Scilla’s specimens were found in the
limestone of Malta, which is situated above the chalk; and those of the
English authors above referred to, were collected from different localities
of the London clay.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

106. Tooth of ? Tab. xxxill. fig. 7.

The fossil here represented is of a very singular character. It is of a
lanceolate shape, of a dark brown colour inclining to black, and its surface
is marked with numerous irregular fissures filled with chalk; this ap-
pearance is constantly observable in every specimen. The edges are
acute, and entire.

I am unacquainted with any teeth, either in a fossil or recent state,
that possess a similar structure.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

The remains we are next to examine, bear considerable analogy to the
corresponding parts of certain species of Balistes, or file-fish: to illustrate
the subject, we shall therefore insert a brief description of the recent
animals.

BALISTES.

The fishes of this curious genus, have the head compressed, and close
to the body, appearing as if it were a continuation of the trunk. The
mouth is narrow, the teeth in each jaw are eight in number, of which the
two anterior ones are the longest; there are also three interior ones on
each side, opposite the intervals between the external row. The aperture

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 229

of the gills is narrow, destitute of opercula, and placed above the
pectoral fins; the branchiostegous membrane has two rays. The body
is compressed, and carinated on each side; the scales are coriaceous, joined
together, and rough, with sharp minute prickles. They have two dorsal
jins, of which the anterior one is armed with a strong spinous ray, concealed
in a deep groove in the back, and can be erected or depressed by the animal,
at pleasure*. Some species, as the B. monoceros (Unicorn file-fish), are
furnished with a spine between the eyes.

107. Spine of a species of Balistes. Tab. xxxiil. figs. 5, 6.

The specimen delineated in fig. 5, is evidently the defence of a fish,
and so strikingly resembles the spine fixed between the eyes of certain
species of Balistes, that there can be no hesitation in considering it as
belonging to a fish of that genus. It is of a dark chocolate colour, and
possesses a fine polish; several vertebre are imbedded in the chalk near
its base.

Fig. 6, is nearly allied to the preceding, but in all probability is re-
ferable to a different species of the same genus.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

108. Dorsal fin, or radius, of a fish allied to the Balistes. Tab. xxxix.

This magnificent specimen, is one of the most interesting productions
of the Upper chalk. It was unfortunately broken by the quarry-men, and
the intermediate portion destroyed: the dotted outline will, however,
assist In conveying an idea of its original form.

It consists of thirteen narrow parallel rays, divided by fine sulci, that
gradually diminish in size as they approach the apex, which is broken off.
The rays are anchylosed, or united to each other, the grooves or furrows
penetrating but a short distance in the substance of the fin. The upper
edge is serrated, having fifteen obtuse projections, with corresponding

* «Ts ont deux nageoires dorsales, dont la premiére présente toujours un rayon tres fort,
et souvent garni d’épines, qui, couché dans une fossette creusée dans le dos, peut se relever a
la volonté de l’animal, avec autant de vivacité que la corde d’une arbalétre qui se détend, ce qui
ne permet pas aux poissons voraces de les saisir, ou leur blesse gravement le palais lorsqu’ ils
les ont saisis.” Nowveau Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Tom, ii. p. 515.

230 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.”

depressions. The inferior margin is entire, and near the base of the fin,
is furnished with numerous slender processes, or cirri, that occupy a space
of three inches in length, and an inch and a half in breadth; these are
probably the remains of the tendinous expansion of the muscles, by which
the fin was erected, and depressed.

The external surface is in a great measure destroyed, but where
portions of it remain, exhibits a granulated structure, like seal-skin.
This appearance is distinctly seen near the two first teeth, and towards
the smaller extremity. The fin is solid, and is composed of a brown
brittle substance, resembling the constituent matter of the vertebra of
cartilaginous fishes found in the chalk.

It is 10-5 inches long; 3°5 wide at the base; and about half an inch
thick.

In “Townsend’s Character of Moses,” a dorsal fin bearing a general
resemblance to the present fossil is figured, Pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2, 3.
Similar specimens occur also in the Blue Lias of Dorsetshire. These fins
consist of parallel rays, and are armed on the upper margin with sharp
spines, placed in sockets, like the teeth in the proboscis of the Pristis.
It must however be remarked, that in the specimen under consideration,
the tooth-like processes are prolongations of the substance of the fin, and
not distinct processes ; a structure that separates it from any fossils pre-
viously discovered. It differs also from the dorsal fins of the Balistes in
its form, in the greater number of rays, and in the latter being anchy-
losed; while in the recent species the rays are but few, and placed at
some distance from each other, being united bya membrane. It is there-
fore obvious that the fossil in question belonged to a fish, of which the
recent prototype is either extinct, or unknown.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

109. Dorsal fin of a fish allied to the genus Balistes. Tab. xl. fig. 3.

This fin is less perfect than the preceding, and differs from it in the
tooth-like projections being larger, and more distant; those of No. 107
being twice as numerous. ‘There can, however, be no doubt that it
belonged to a different species of the same genus.

99

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 931

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

110. Part of a dorsal fin. Tab. xxxiv. fig. 8.

This fragment consists of five parallel rays; it differs from those
above mentioned, in its surface being marked with oblique finely serrated
sutures *; the interior is hollow, and filled with chalk.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

Two other dorsal fins, apparently belonging to different species of the
same tribe of fishes, have very recently been discovered. One of them is
from the grey marl; it is composed of twelve or thirteen rays, the upper
ones being distinct, and the lower ones anchylosed ; it is ten inches long,
and 1-5 inch wide at the base: both margins are entire, but it is probable
that the uppermost ray may be wanting.

The other fin is imperfect; the rays are very slender, nearly cylindrical,
and quite distinct from each other.

111. Teeth of fishes allied to the genus Diodon. Tab. xxxii. figs. 18,
19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 29.

These teeth are more or less of a quadrangular shape, having the
outer surface convex, and composed of an exceedingly hard enamel, which
in the centre is formed into sharp and slightly curved ridges; these are
surrounded by a border of obtuse papillae. The specimens before us
exactly resemble the teeth of the Diodon histrix, which has one tooth of
this kind affixed to the os hyoides, and another to the palate or roof of the
mouth. But the fossil teeth are sometimes found in considerable numbers,
and of various sizes, forming a tesselated surface of several square inches;
and so regularly disposed, the smaller palates being adapted to the in-
tervals between the larger ones, that no doubt can exist of this having
been the mode in which they were placed in the original. Hence, instead
of each specimen being a distinct palate, like the corresponding teeth of
the Diodon, they appear to have constituted the covering of the entire
roof and base of the mouth f.

* Tam informed by Mr. Konig, that a similar structure is perceptible in the fin figured by
Townsend, which is now in the British Museum.
+ These teeth are termed by Mr. Miller, dentes tritores: “they differ from the molares, in

232 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

The specimens figured are of various forms, but do not appear to be
specifically distinct.

Tab. xxxii. fig. 29, differs from the preceding, in having a greater
degree of convexity, in its ridges being transverse, more numerous and
delicate, and the depressions less deep: it is, perhaps, referable to a
different species.

The conical teeth, Tab. xxxii. figs. 17, 21, 27, although not exactly
corresponding with either of those above described, may yet, in all
probability, be regarded as belonging to a fish of the same genus.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, in every quarry on the South
Downs*.

APODES.

The fishes of this order approach very nearly to the Amphibia nantes
of Linné, and some of them resemble the serpent tribe. They are long
and slender, having a smooth skin, which is generally naked or covered
with small soft scales. Two species of fishes allied to the genus Murena,
are the only animals of this order that occur in a fossil state in Sussex.

112. Mureena? Lewestensis. ‘Tab. xxxix. fig. 11. Tab. xl. fig. 2.

Along cylindrical fish, of which neither the fins nor extremities have been
discovered, is one of the most frequent, but most imperfect of the Sussex
ichthyolites. The specimens are ofa subcylindrical form, rather flattened
by compression, from six inches to two feet in length, and about one inch
wide. They occur abundantly in the Upper chalk, and occasionally in
the siliceous nodules. They are, for the most part, perfectly straight;
but some specimens are undulated, as if the fish had been suddenly
enveloped in the chalk, while in a state of motion. The surface is covered
with small, delicate, smooth scales, confusedly mixed together; not one

not being affixed tothe jaws.” He supposes them “to have been attached to the palate bones,
os hyoides, &c. of fish of the genera Diodon, and Balistes. It was their office to crush the food,
fishes generally having teeth of detention in their maxillz.”

* About two years since, a block of chalk, containing upwards of a hundred of these
bodies, was discovered by the workmen in Offham pit; it was sold to a stranger, or its repre-
sentation would haye formed a splendid embellishment to the present volume.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 233

instance having been noticed, in which they are disposed with any degree
of regularity.

Tab. xl. fig. 2, represents the usual appearance of these fossils; and
Tab. xxxix. fig. 11, the only example that retains the slightest indication
of a fin. In another solitary specimen, one extremity terminates in an ob-
tuse projection, like an obscure outline of the head; it is however, too im-
perfect to warrant any speculation on the form of the original.

Until more illustrative specimens shall be discovered, our conjectures
concerning the recent animal must be vague, and unsatisfactory. That
the remains in question are referable to a fish of the order Apodes, cannot
however be questioned, and they certainly appear to be more intimately
related to the genus Murena, than to any other with which we are ac-
quainted.

In the quarries at Offham, the remains of a narrow, compressed,
cylindrical body, evidently related to the preceding, are occasionally met
with. They are more or less contorted, possess a glossy surface, and are
of a light greenish colour; the imperfect state of the specimens prevents a
more particular notice.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

THORACICI.

In the fishes of this order, the ventral fins are placed on the trunk, or
nearly under the pectoral fins.

It is with some hesitation, that I refer to this division a thin com-
pressed fish, whose remains are frequently met with in the Upper chalk
near Lewes. This ichthyolite is related to the genera Stromateus, Cheto-
don, and Zeus; but in its general form, more closely resembles the recent
individuals of the latter.

The fishes of the genus Zeus have the head compressed, and sloping,
the upper lip arched, the tongue subulated, the body compressed, thin,
and shining; and the rays of the first dorsal fin ending in filaments; in

HH

234 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

every essential particular of this description, the fossils alluded to, will be
found to correspond.

113. Zeus Lewesiensis. Tab. xxxv. figs. 1,2. Tab. xxxvi.

_This species is from six to eight inches long; and its width is nearly
equal to the length of the body, exclusive of the head. It is covered with
Jarge, ovate, striated scales; the back and abdomen are ridged, and gently
arched; and the body is thin, and compressed. The head is somewhat
obtuse, and large in proportion to the body; the orbits project, and are
placed high in the head. The lower jaw is straight, the upper one
slightly arched; and both are destitute of teeth. The opercula branchiaha
are large, and there are six branchiostegous rays. The dorsal and anal
fins are placed opposite to each other, and extend over two-thirds of the
posterior part of the body, but do not unite with the tail; the rays of the
dorsal fin appear to pass into long filaments, as in the recent Dory. The
pectoral fins have not been observed. ‘The caudal fin, or tail, is rounded,
and composed of numerous strong rays. The vertebrz are about twenty
in number : in most instances the ribs still remain attached.

‘The above description is taken from upwards of twenty specimens, not
one of which is sufficiently entire, to indicate the structure of the original,
without the assistance of other examples. ‘Those figured, are the most
perfect in my possession, and will serve to illustrate the general appear-
ance of this species. It seemed unnecessary to delineate detached parts.

Tab. xxxv. fig. 1. A portion of the body, exposing several vertebre,
with the ribs attached.

Tab. xxxv. fig. 2, and Tab. xxxvi. are corresponding parts of the same
specimen. In fig. 2, the drawing is inverted, the fish being represented
with the abdomen uppermost. It exhibits the anal fin, the termination of
the lower jaw, and numerous remains of the bones of the head.

In Tab. xxxvi. the same parts are more distinctly shewn; and also the
elongated rays of the dorsal fin, with part of the tail, &e.

Localities. Upper chalk, near Lewes, and Brighton.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 235

ABDOMINALES.

The abdominal fishes are more frequent in the mineral kingdom, than
those of any other order; they are distinguished by the ventral fins being
placed behind the pectoral, or upon the abdomen. The remains of three
species, belonging to as many genera, have been discovered in the Sussex
chalk, all of which appear to differ from any previously noticed, either in a
recent, or fossil state.

The first that claims our attention, is nearly related to the genera Salmo
and Clupea, but does not entirely conform to the characters of either; it
may however be convenient to affix some name as a temporary distinction,
and for reasons hereafter mentioned, the following has been selected.

114. Salmo Lewesiensis. Tab. xxxii. fig. 12. Tab. xl. fig. 1.

The body of this ichthyolite is of an elongated oval form, and covered
with smooth, delicate, semicircular scales. The trunk is subcylindrical,
the back slightly ridged, and the abdomen rounded. The head, so far as
can be ascertained from the specimens in my collection, appears to have
been ofan obtuse form. ‘The eyes are placed high on the head; the mouth .
and jaws resemble those of the Salmo odoe, but no vestiges of teeth are
perceptible; the lips are rounded as in the Perch (Perea fluviatilis.) The
opercula branchialia consist of three or four plates, and in one example ten
or eleven of the branchiostegous rays remain. 'The pectoral fins lie close
to the gill-covers, and are composed of seven or more rays. The ventral
fins are attached to the abdomen, and each has six or seven rays. The
dorsal and caudal fins are unknown; but the small adipose fin or process,
so constantly observable between the dorsal fin and tail, in the recent
fishes of the salmon tribe, is distinctly shewn in one specimen.

The ventral fins being situated behind the pectoral, places this fossil
fish in the order abdominales; while the relative situation of these parts,
the adipose dorsal appendage, "the structure of the opercula, and the
rounded form of the abdomen, prove its affinity to the salmo. The ab-
sence of teeth, and the obtuse form of the head, appear to distinguish it
from the recent species.

‘Tab. xl. fig. 1. The body of S. Lewestensis attached to a block of chalk:

HH 2

236 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

it contains some traces of the tail; but no vestige of the other fins
remains.

Tab. xxxiii. fig. 12, represents the head of this ichthyolite; it exposes
the jaws, part of the gills, temporal bones, &c.

The specimens here figured, present but little information concerning
the structure of the original; and it is but very lately, that the discovery
of a most interesting example, has enabled me to determine its characters
with precision. In the fossil alluded to, the back of the animal is im-
bedded in the chalk, but the abdomen, head, &c. are distinctly exposed.
This fish lies three inches in relief, is nine inches long, 2°5 inches wide
between the pectoral fins, and one inch between the ventral; the latter
being placed three inches below the former. ‘The relative situation of
these parts may probably have been altered by compression, but the spe-
cimen is so little distorted, that the difference produced by this cause
cannot be material. The head is considerably mutilated; it exhibits por-
tions of the jaws, temporal bones, the plates of the opercula, and ten or
eleven branchiostegous rays on each side; the latter are spread out from
beneath the opercula, and meet under the lower jaw. Both the pectoral
fins are preserved; the right one remains in its natural situation; the
other is displaced, and partly covered by the gills; each is composed
of seven or eight rays. ‘The ventral fins consist of six or seven rays, and
are partially separated from the body of the fish. The number, form,
and situation of the dorsal fins, cannot be ascertained without removing a
considerable portion of the chalk, and incurring the risk of injuring the
specimen. ‘The tail is altogether wanting.

This magnificent fossil fish, (probably one of the most interesting
Great Britain has produced, was discovered too late for representation in
the present volume.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

115. Detached scales of fishes. 'T'ab. xxxiv. figs. 1, 2, 3. 5, 6.

With the exception of fig. 6, which evidently belongs to the Salmo
Lewesiensis, the scales here delineated, cannot with certainty be referred to,
any known species.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 237

Figs. 1, and 3, are said by Mr. Konig, to resemble those of the Jew
fish. Scales of this kind are figured by Knorr, in his Monwmens des Ca-
tastrophes, but I have no opportunity of referring to that celebrated work.

Fig. 2, a scale with its process of attachment.

Fig. 5, lozenge-shaped scales, their recent analogue unknown.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes.

116. Esox Lewestensis. ‘Tab. xli. figs. 1,2. Tab. xxv. fig. 13. Tab.
XXxill. figs. 2, 3, 4.

The specimen represented in Tab. xli. fig. 1, is one of the most re-
markable fossils of the Sussex chalk. It is evidently the lower jaw of a
fish, whose recent prototype is unknown. The dentature of the maxille in
certain species of Esox or Pike, is very analogous, and in all probability, the
interesting relic before us, will hereafter be found to belong to an extinct
or unknown species of that genus. ‘The engraving conveys so accurate an
idea of the original, that a brief description will suffice.

The jaw is nearly perfect, and is attached to the chalk by the left side,
the opposite portion lying in alto relievo. Notwithstanding the brittle
nature of the specimen, the chalk has been removed from the interior, and
the dentature on both sides is completely exposed*. The maxilla, in-
cluding the articulating process, is nearly six inches long, but the den-
tated part does not exceed 3-5 inches. It is about one inch wide at the
posterior part, and gradually contracts towards the front, which is only 0-5
inch wide.

There are twelve teeth remaining, viz. seven on the left side, and
five on the right; these are not fixed in sockets, but united to the jaw
by anchylosis. They have a glossy surface, and are exceedingly brittle ;
differing most essentially in this respect from those of the shark, and other
fishes previously noticed. The two anterior teeth are nearly an inch in
length, and possess a very peculiar form; they are broad at the base, and
suddenly contracting, terminate in a point; they are convex behind, and

* To the young collector it may not be unimportant to learn, that in clearing specimens
of this kind, it is necessary to leave small brackets of chalk to support the teeth; without this
precaution, the brittle nature of the latter is an insurmountable obstacle to their preservation.

238 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

rather channelled in front (vide fig. 2, Tab. xli.). The teeth on the left
side (the uppermost row in the figure,) are of various sizes, the two pos-
terior ones being very short; they are not attached to the edge of the jaw,
but to a longitudinal depression on its inner surface. The teeth on the
right side are very irregularly disposed, and appear to have suffered some
degree of displacement; four of them, including the anterior tooth, are
affixed to the margin of the jaw, but the penultimate one is placed nearly
0-3 inch within the outer edge*.

Tab. xli. fig. 1, the lower jaw above described.

—— fig. 2. Front view of the anterior teeth of the same.

Tab. xxv. fig. 13. Lower jaw of sor Lewesiensis in a young state.

Tab. xxxiii. figs. 2, 3, 4. Detached teeth of the same.

Localities. Upper, and Lower chalk, near Lewes.

The ichthyolite we have next to describe, is in all probability abdo-
minal, but the situation of the fins is so imperfectly shewn, that even this
point cannot be positively ascertained. ‘The determination of its generic
characters is involved in still greater obscurity, since there does not appear
to be any recent genus to which it can be correctly appropriated. It
bears some affinity to the Antherina, Mugil, and Polymnemus, but possesses
characters obviously distinct from either of those genera. In the elon-
gated form of the body, the number and situation of the fins, and in the
dentature of the jaws, it resembles an ichthyolite figured by Cuvier}; and
which is considered by that illustrious naturalist, as approaching to the
Amia calvat of Linné.

Both the fossils in question differ however from each other, and from
the recent species, in many important particulars; and although it is
probable they will hereafter be found to be but very remotely related, yet
in the present infancy of oryctological science, it may be excusable to

* Whether this is the result of accident or of original conformation, cannot perhaps be
determined. It is not however improbable, that the original may have been provided with
two sets of teeth in each maxilla, the outer row being attached to the margin of the jaw, and
the inner set, to a depression on the inner surface; the teeth of the latter, being placed opposite
to the intervals left between those of the former.

+ Fossiles de Paris; Reptiles et Poissons, fig. 18.
{t The Amia calva is a fresh water fish, inhabiting the rivers of Carolina.

Se eae

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 239

retain them under the same genus, until their characters shall be accu-
rately determined, by the discovery of more illustrative specimens.

117. Amia? Lewesiensis. Tab. xxxvii. xxxviii.

The length of this ichthyolite generally exceeds eighteen inches, the
head being equal to one-third of the whole; the width is about 4-5 inches.
The body is of an elongated form, slightly compressed, scaly, and reti-
culated.

The scales are of a rhomboidal shape, and beset with numerous, small,
adpressed spines, producing a scabrous reticulated appearance, not unlike
the surface of some kinds of Balistes. The head is angulated; the orbits
large; the opercula smooth, and rounded; the jaws dentated, and nearly
straight. The teeth in the upper maxilla are conical, pointed, and rather
flat; there are about forty on each side, of which the eight or nine anterior
ones, are the largest. Those of the lower jaw are exceedingly small, and
very numerous. The dorsal fins are two in number; the anterior one
(a. Tab. xxxvii.) is placed in a sulcus, or groove, in the back, and appears
to have been capable of erection or depression; it consists of eight strong
rays, the two first being garnished with spines. The posterior dorsal fin
(6. "Tab. xxxvil.) is remote from the other, and composed of numerous
delicate rays. The pectoral fins are placed on the thorax, near the lower
margin of the opercula. The ventral fins (¢. Tab. xxxvii.) are attached
to the abdomen, opposite to the anterior dorsal fin. The anal fin is un-
known. The tail appears to have been rounded, but no perfect specimen
of this part has been obtained. The tongue is occasionally preserved,
(vide 'Tab. xxix. fig. 6. Tab. xxxiv. fig. 7.) It is of a triangular form,
and its surface is covered with numerous papillae. The air bladder is of
an elongated oval shape, and lies in the abdomen, immediately beneath
the spine*.

From the preceding description, which comprehends all that is at
present known concerning this curious ichthyolite, the original appears to

* It may seem scarcely credible, that a part of such delicate structure, should be preserved
in a mineralized state, yet the fact is unquestionable; I have three specimens in my collection,
in which it is clearly shewn.

240 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

have borne some resemblance to the Mugil ; but its dentated maxilla, not
to mention other obvious differences, distinguish it from the recent in-
dividuals of that genus.

The structure and situation of the anterior dorsal fin, and the re-
ticulated scabrous surface of the body, is similar to what is observed in
some species of Balistes; but the fossil before us, does not present the
slightest analogy in any other respect, to that tribe of fishes.

The specimen figured by Cuvier, and described by Blainville, under
the name of Amia ignota*, possesses many characters in common with the
fossil before us. It consists of the skeleton of a fish, attached to a block
of gypsum. It is twelve inches long, and four inches high; the head being
equal to one-third of the length. It has two dorsal fins occupying the
same relative situation with those of the Sussex fossil; the ventral fins
also correspond; the lower jaw is furnished with many small pointed
teeth, and the tail is rounded. But the angular form of the head in A.?
Lewesiensis: the spinous rays of the anterior dorsal fin, and the scabrous
structure of the scales, separate it most decidedly from the A. ignota of
the French naturalists.

Tab. xxxvii. A portion of the body of Amia? Lewesiensis.

a. The anterior dorsal fin.
b. The posterior dorsal fin.
c. One of the ventral fins.

The whole surface is covered with scales in an excellent state of pre-
servation.

Tab. xxxviii. A specimen imbedded in chalk, the scales being almost

entirely removed.
The lower margin of the orbit.
The maxilla, with two teeth in the upper jaw. In
another example the teeth are preserved in both jaws.
The impression of one of the opercula branchialia.
. One of the ventral fins.
. The air bladder.

&

oo

os a°5o

* Nouveau Dict. d’Hist. Nat. Tom. xxviii. Art. Ichthyolites, p. 69.

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 241

Tab. xxix. fig. 6, the tongue detached from a large specimen. ~

Tab. xxxiv. fig. 7, a vertical section of the head, the tongue remaining
in situ.

Locality. Lower chalk, near Lewes.

118. The lower jaw; vertebra, &c. of an unknown fish? T'ab. xlii.

The fossils delineated in this plate were imbedded in the same block
of chalk, and most probably belonged to the same individual. They con-
sist of part of the lower jaw, several tusks or defences, a vertebra, and a
cylindrical bone.

The jaw, fig. 1, of which the right side only remains, is attached to
the chalk, by its inner surface, the exterior being exposed. It is 5-5
inches long ; 1-2 inch wide; and 0°5 inch thick in front : it contains twelve
smooth pointed teeth. These are slightly convex, very brittle, and
possess a glossy surface.

The three anterior ones are gently curved; their fangs are hollow,
and placed in sockets that extend almost to the base of the jaw. The
nine posterior teeth are of a lanceolate form, and probably destitute
of fangs, appearing as if attached to the jaw by anchylosis. The two
anterior and posterior teeth of this set, are placed close to each other ;
one of them is very small and delicate. A fragment of bone is imbedded
immediately above the posterior part of the jaw; and although it is too
imperfect to admit of any satisfactory conjecture of its nature, yet there
seems reason to suppose, that it may be the remains of a palate bone.

The specimens figs. 3, and 4, are corresponding portions, and were by
accident broken from the front of the jaw; but the edges of the respective
pieces were so much mutilated, that I have been unable to ascertain the
precise situation they originally occupied. ‘They consist of a portion of
the jaw, with the remains of five tusks or defences, only one of which is
entire ; these resemble the teeth in the fossil figured by Faujas St. Fond,
Hist. Nat. de la Montagne de St. Pierre, Tab. xix. fig. 10; which that
distinguished naturalist describes as “ Portion de machoire d’un poisson
imconnu.”

The vertebra (fig. 2.) is deeply concave on both sides, and the inner

i

242 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

surface is marked with numerous annular ridges; a small portion of the
spinous process still remains.

The bone (fig. 5.) is cylindrical in the centre, but the two extremities
are nearly flat, and extend in opposite directions. These parts have
suffered so much from compression, that it is scarcely possible to ascertain
their original shape. It seems probable that they were once convex, and
formed articulating surfaces; if this opinion be correct, the bone may,
perhaps, have been a humerus.

Of the nature of the original animal, I must confess myself incapable
of offering any satisfactory conjectures: the fangs of the anterior teeth,
like those of the crocodile, are hollow, fixed in sockets, and not attached
to the jaw; but their smooth polished surface, and flattened form, separate
them most decidedly from the animals of that tribe. The posterior teeth
are affixed to the edge of the jaw, a mode of dentature observable in many
kinds of fishes. The structure of the vertebra is decidedly that of a fish,
the conical cavities being very deep ; and it possesses the annular markings
so constantly observable in the vertebre of fishes. The cylindrical bone
is too much injured to allow of any correct inference bemg drawn from it.
From these circumstances it seems probable, that the remains before us
are those of an osseous fish, of a species, and perhaps genus, distinct from
any previously known.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

119. Vertebre of the fossil Monrror of Marsrricur.

Tab. xxxiii. fig. 13. Tab. xh. fig. 3.

The quarries of St. Peter’s mountain, near Maestricht, have been long
celebrated for the remains of one of the most extraordinary oviparous
quadrupeds, hitherto discovered in a fossil state. Several magnificent
specimens of the skeleton of this animal, are figured and described in the
splendid work on the fossils of that mountain, by Faujas St. Fond; and
the nature of the original has been ably elucidated by M. le Baron Cuvier.

These remains have not previously been noticed in England; and in-
deed, have been found in the immediate vicinity of Maestricht only ; where
they occur in a soft, yellowish, calcareous freestone. This limestone

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 243

reposes upon the flinty chalk, and contains beds of flints perfectly re-
sembling those of the chalk formation.

The vertebrz represented in the figures above referred to, are from
the Upper chalk, near Lewes; and being found in the same quarry, and
at a short distance from each other, may probably have belonged to the
same individual. Like those of the crocodile, monitor, inguanas, and the:
greater part of the saurian animals, they have the body convex posteriorly,
and concave anteriorly ; a structure, that distinguishes them from those of
the cetacea, and fishes.

The bone, fig. 13. Tab. xxxili. appears to correspond most completely
with the posterior dorsal vertebree in the spinal column of the Maestricht
monitor, figured by Faujas, Pl. 52; particularly with the third and fourth
vertebra, reckoning from the left hand of the specimen. The body of
the vertebra is rather compressed, about two inches long, and 1-4 inch
high; the face is slightly elliptical The convexity of the posterior
extremity is but slight, and the concavity of the opposite side of a cor-
responding depth, the surface being perfectly plain and smooth. The
spinous process, of which a fragment only remains, is compressed, and
occupies the anterior four-fifths of the body of the vertebra.

The specimen fig. 3. Tab. xl. contains two vertebre articulated to
each other. They are shorter than the one above described, and each
has an inferior apophysis. In their general characters, they resemble the
vertebrz delineated in Pl. vu. and viii. of Faujas; their bodies are
compressed, and their length and height nearly equal; their faces are
elliptical in a vertical direction, the transverse diameter being 1:1 inch,
and the longitudinal 1:5 inch. The dorsal apophyses are narrower than in
the preceding example. The inferior apophysis is strong, and rounded at
the base, and suddenly contracts into a spinous process, which when entire,
was probably several inches in length. As this appendage is placed. rather
laterally, it was suspected that another might exist on the opposite side,
and that the union of the two would form a triangular bone, corresponding
to the l’os en chevron of the crocodile, and other animals of the lizard tribe.
To ascertain this point, the chalk was removed so far as was practicable,

112

244 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

but not the slightest trace of another process could be discovered. This
circumstance puzzled me exceedingly ; and the difficulty of explaiing it
was increased, upon perceiving that the apophyses in question were per-
fectly anchylosed to the bodies of the vertebra, and not united by suture,
as in the recent lacerte. A careful perusal of Cuvier’s observations on
the osteological characters of the monitor of Maestricht, enabled me, how-
ever, to explain this apparent want of agreement, in a very satisfactory
manner ; the researches of that philosopher having shewn that the posterior
caudal vertebre possess the structure here described, “los en chevron n’y
est plus articulé, mais soudé, et fait corps avec elles.” The situation of this
inferior process, presents also another striking proof of the identity of the
vertebrz before us, with those of the Maestricht monitor. In the lizard
tribe in general, the chevron bone is placed at the junction of the vertebre ;
and in the monitor, at the posterior part ; but in the animal of St. Peter's
mountain, it is attached to the middle of the vertebra, as in the specimens
before us. .

That the reader may form his own opinion upon this interesting
subject, Cuvier’s anatomical description of the vertebral column of the
Maestricht animal, is here subjoined. The extract is rather long, but it
will not be deemed irrelevant, when the importance of extreme accuracy
in these researches is duly considered.

«“ Toutes ces vertébres, comme celles des crocodiles, des monitors, des
inguanes, et en général de la plupart des sauriens, et des ophidiens, ont
leur corps concave en avant, et convexe en arriére, ce qui les distingue
déja notablement de celles des cétacés qui l’ont a-peu-pres plane, et bien
plus encore de celles des poissons, ow il est creusé des deux cdtés en céne
concave.

“ Les antérieures ont cette convexité et cette concavité beaucoup plus
prononcées que les postérieures. Quant aux apophyses, leur nombre
établit cing sortes de ces vertébres.

“Les premiéres, ont une apophyse épineuse supérieure, longue et
comprimée ; une inférieure terminée par une concavité ; quatre articulaires
dont les postérieures sont plus courtes et regardent de dehors, et deux

UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK. 245.

transverses, grosses et courtes ; ce sont les derniéres vertebres du cou et
les premitres du dos. Leur corps est plus long que large, et plus large
que haut; les faces sont en ovale transverse, ou en figure de rein.
D’autres, ont Vapophyse inférieure de moins, mais ressemblent aux
précédentes pour le reste ; ce sont les moyennes du dos.

“Tl en est ensuite, qui n’ont plus d’apophyses articulaires ; ce sont les
derniéres du dos, celles des lombes, et les premitres de la queue; et leur
place particuliére se reconnoit 4 leurs apophyses transverses qui s’allongent
et s’aplatissent. Les faces articulaires de leur corps sont presque trian-
gulaires dans les postérieures.

« Les suivantes ont outre leur apophyse épineuse supérieure et les
deux transverses, 4 leur face inférieure deux petites facettes pour porter
Vos en chevron; les faces articulaires de leur corps sont pentagonales.

« Puis il en vient qui ne different des précédentes que parcequ’elles
manquent d’apophyses transverses. Elles forment une grand partie de
la queue, et les faces de leur corps sont en ellipses, d’abord transverses,
et ensuite de plus en plus comprimées par les cétés. L’os en chevron
n’y est plus articulé, mais soudé, et fait corps avec elles.

« Enfin, les dernitres de la queue finissent par n’avoir plus d’apophyses
du tout.

« A mesure qu’on approche de la fin de la queue, les corps des vertébres
se raccoursissent, et presque, dés son commencement, ils sont moins longs
que larges et que hauts. Leur longueur finit par étre moitié moindre
que leur hauteur *.”

From this investigation, I think we may, without hesitation, refer the
vertebrae before us to the fossil animal of Maestricht+. The specimen
Tab. xxxiii. fig. 13, is evidently one of the posterior dorsal vertebre ;
those represented in Tab. xli. fig. 3, are two of the posterior vertebree of

the tail.

* Animaua Fossiles. Tome iv. Animal de Maestricht, p. 20, 21.

+ This opinion is confirmed by the observations of Mr. Konig, who obliged me by com-
paring the drawings of the Sussex specimens, with the vertebrae of the Maestricht monitor, in
the British Museum; and expressed himself perfectly convinced of their identity.

246 UPPER, OR FLINTY CHALK.

In conclusion, it may be observed, that Cuvier has ascertained that
the original animal formed an intermediate genus, between the lizards
with a long and forked tongue, including the monitors and common
lizards; and those with a short tongue, and dentated palates, comprising
the inguanas, marbres, and anolis. This genus, he thinks, would only
have been allied to the crocodile, by the general characters of the lizards.
The length of the entire skeleton appears to have been nearly twenty-
four feet ; the head being equal to a sixth of the whole length. The tail
must have been very strong, and the width of its extremity so con-
siderable, as to have rendered it a powerful oar, by which the animal
could stem the most agitated waters.

From this peculiar structure, and from the character of the organic
remains with which those of the Maestricht animal are associated, there
is every reason to conclude, that the original was an inhabitant of the
ocean ; a circumstance very remarkable, since none of the existing lacertz
are known to live in salt water*.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

120. A conical striated tooth; probably of some species of lacerta?
Tab. xxxii. fig. 1.

This specimen is of a conical form, with the apex truncated, and the
surface finely marked with longitudinal grooves, and striz.

It bears some resemblance to the teeth of the Ichthyosaurus, Crocodile,
&c. but does not possess characters sufficiently decisive, to admit of its
being appropriated to any of the recent or fossil lacertaz. As a rare pro-
duction of the chalk, it is worthy of notice, and it affords another proof of
the little that is at present known, concerning the organic remains of the
chalk formation.

Locality. Upper chalk, near Lewes.

\ . . ti
* Vide Cuvier’s interesting description of the remains of the animal of Maestricht. dnzm.
Foss. Tome iy.

FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK. 247

XIV.

§ 11. FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK.

Tue flat maritime district, extending on the south side of the Downs,
from Emsworth and Bracklesham, to Brighton, is composed of various
deposits of clay, sand, and brick-earth, reposing upon the chalk. Accu-
mulations of similar materials, enclosing waterworn blocks of sandstone,
and boulders of a coarse, ferruginous breccia, occur also at Falmer, Lewes,
Piddinghoe, Newhaven, and Chimpting castle. These are evidently the
ruins of strata that formerly existed above the chalk, and were probably
of considerable thickness, extent, and variety.

The class of deposits to which these belong, were but imperfectly
known, till the researches of M. M. Cuvier, and Brongniart, in the
environs of Paris. The publication of their masterly delineation of the
Géographie Minéralogique, of that district, excited universal attention,
and attached to the investigation of these strata a high degree of interest
and importance. ‘The inquiry was pursued with equal zeal and success,
in our own country, by Mr. Webster, who discovered in London, Hamp-
shire, and the Isle of Wight, a series of beds, corresponding in their cha-
racters, and geological position, with those of the neighbourhood of Paris.
Insular portions of these strata have subsequently been noticed in
numerous localities of the English chalk, and the facts already known,
are sufficient to warrant the conclusion, that they were formerly as
extensive in this island, as on the continent.

To enable geologists to identify the English formations with those of
other countries, Professor Buckland has constructed a tabular arrangement,
which is admirably adapted to facilitate the acquirement of a correct

248 FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK.

knowledge of their geological relations. As this table will materially elu-
cidate the nature of the tertiary deposits of Sussex, and has hitherto ap-
peared only in a periodical work*, we shall subjoin that part of it which
relates to the present subject. |

A Tabular Arrangement of the Rocks that occur in England, with their Equivalents
én certain Districts on the Continent. By the REv. WM. BuckLanD, Professor of
Mineralogy and Geology in the University of Ozford, F.R.S. Sc.

ENGLISH FORMATIONS. FORMATIONS ON THE CONTINENT.
ALLUviuM t. ALLUVIUM.
Effect of causes now in action. Effect of causes now in action.
Mud of rivers, deltas, gravel of torrents. Same as in England, but on a larger scale.
Dizvuvium. Dinuvium.
The effect of causes no longer in existence. The effect of causes no longer in existence.

Gravel and rolled blocks both on hills and Same as in England.
in vallies, not produced by any causes now in
action.

Gravel of the vallies of the Thames, Se- _ Superficial gravel covering the regular ter-
vern, and Humber. tiary strata of the vallies of the Po, the Danube,

and Geneva.

Blocks of Cumberland granite in the plain _ Granite blocks on the Jura, above Neuf-
of Shropshire, near Bridgenorth; and of chatel, and on the Saleve mountain, near Ge-
Galway granite at Shalk, on the S.W. of neva.

Carlisle in Cumberland.

Tertiary FormatTIons.

London and Hampshire basins. Basin of Paris, vallies of the Po, the Da-
nube, and Switzerland.
1. Freshwater Limestone. 1. Calcaire Eau Douce.
Headen Cliff, Isle of Wight. Basin of Paris; Frienisberg, near Bernis;

St. Sapphorin, near Vevey; Horgen, near Zu-
rich; Locle on the Jura; valley of the Rhine,
three miles N.E. of Basle. ‘These are prin-
cipally composed of marl stone, and contain
beds of coal with freshwater shells intermixed.
‘Oeningen, near Schaffhausen, with fresh water
fish.

* Annals of Philosophy, June, 1821. p. 462.
+ In this table Professor Buckland commences with the uppermost or newest deposits, a
method directly the reverse of that which has been adopted in the present volume.

FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK. 249

2. London Clay. 2. Calcaire Grossier of Paris.

Highgate Hill, London. Verona, Vicentine Hills, and Monte Berici,
in the valley of the Po.
Loretto, S. E. of Vienna, in the basin of the
Danube, Tour de Moliere, E. of Yverdun, in
Switzerland.
With plants and marine fish. With plants and marine fish.
Isle of Sheppey. Monte Bolca near Verona. Solenhofen near
Pappenheim, (probably). Fish of Mount Le-
banon, (probably).

3. Plastic Clay Formation. 3. Plastic Clay Formation.
Clay, marl, sand, and gravel, with marine Beds of clay, marl, sand, and gravel, with
shells. marine shells.
- Basins of London, Hants, and Dorset. Basin of Paris.

All the edges of the plains of Lombardy,
near Parma, Placenza, Asti, Turin, Vicenza
Valley of the Danube.

Valley of Geneva and Constance.

4, Puddingstone of Hertfordshire. 4. Nagelflue of Switzerland, Como, and Saltzburg.
Druid sandstone blocks of Buckingham- Puddingstone of Riga near Lucerne, and
shire, Wilts, Dorset, and Sussex. of Bregentz, of Lake Constance.
5. Lignite and Glance Coal. Imperfect Wood 5. Lignite and Glance Coal. Perfect, and used
Coal. Sor Fuel.
Alum Bay, Isle of Wight. Monte Bolca and Arzignar in the Vicentino.
Fussen in Bavaria.
Corfe clay pits, Isle of Purbeck. Titmoning, Teisendorf, Miesbach, and all the
coal-pits in the valley of the Danube above
Vienna.

Marburg in Styria.
Leoben in Styria.

It is not implied that the above five subdivisional parts of the tertiary
formations, maintain the same relative order of succession in England, and
on the Continent ; most of them probably alternate, but they are all more
recent than the chalk of England, France, and Italy.

Seconpsry ForMaTIoNs.

Chalk.
Large proportion of the 8. E. of England. Craie of the French, encircling and forming

the base of the basin of Paris.

Younger Alpine limestone of the Euganean
and Vicentine Hills in Italy.

Fort near Lunenburg, close to the town on
the side of [amburgh.

Castle of Cracow in Poland.

KK

250 FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK.

Green Sand*. Craie Inferieur of the French.

Large proportion of the S. E, of England. Quader sandstien, and Planer Kalk, of Wer-
ner. Younger Alpine limestone of Savoy,
forming the summit of the high ridge from
Mount Varens in the vale, of the Arve, of Dia-
bleret, in the Rhone valley.

In the preceding arrangement, the excavations or hollows in the chalk,
containing the tertiary formations, are termed basins; and these are
farther distinguished by the names of their principal localities: thus we
have the Paris, London, and Isle of Wight basins; the two last men-
tioned, comprehend the whole of the tertiary beds that have been noticed
in England.

According to the plan of the present work, the alluvial and diluvial
beds, will be hereafter described. The freshwater limestone does not
occur in this county; the Druid sandstone, Plastic clay, and London clay
are therefore the only members of the series that come under examination
in this section.

The Druid sandstone occurs in the form of boulders, promiscuously
scattered over the surface, or imbedded in diluvial deposits. The Plastic
and London clay occupy a considerable extent of country, and form the
low maritime district of the south-western part of Sussex. These beds
are supposed by Mr. Webster to have belonged to the Isle of Wight
basin; to obtain a clear idea of their geological relations, it will therefore
be necessary to take a brief view of the extent, and characters, of that
celebrated depression of the chalk.

The district comprehended by the Isle of Wight basin, is about 100
miles in length, and at its greatest breadth does not exceed twenty miles.
The southern side is formed by the highly inclined chalk, extending from
the Culver Cliffs, at the east end of the Isle of Wight, to White Nose, in
Dorsetshire, five miles west of Lulworth; the north side by the South
Downs, that pass from Beachy Head, to Dorchester, in Dorsetshire. The

* Professor Buckland continues this arrangement down to the Greywacke, of the transi-
tion series.

FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK. 251

strata of which these hills are composed, dip generally from 15° to 5° to
the south; the inclination varying in different places. The south side of
the basin must therefore have been extremely steep, while the slope of the
north side was very gentle. The western margin cannot be distinctly
traced, and the eastern is now entirely destroyed, the sea flowing through
the opening*.

The strata contained in the Hampshire or Isle of Wight basin, form
five principal divisions, viz.

1. Lowest marine formation over the chalk, including the plastic clay
and sand, together with the London clay.

g. Lowest fresh water formation.

3. Upper marine formation.

4. Upper fresh water formation.

5. Alluvium.

The annexed sketch will illustrate this description, and shew the con-
nexion between the outlying fragments of these beds in Sussex, and those
of the Isle of Wight.

Bilge N : In
aa a eS ZZ

(7 — ae |
—

The remains of the tertiary formations that occur in Sussex, admit of
the following arrangement; it must however be remarked, that from the
ruin and displacement to which they have been exposed, it is scarcely
possible in every instance accurately to determine their geological positions.

Tertiary Formations in Sussex.

" Boulders of siliceous sandstone, some-

times enveloping pebbles, and forming
eee resembling that of Hertford-
shire,

Scattered over the surface
of the Downs, near Falmer,

1. Druid sandstone.
” Brighton, Lewes, &c.

* Mr. Webster on the Strata overlaying the Chalk. Geolog. Trans. Vol.ii. p. 170, et seq.
KKQ

252 FORMATIONS ABOVE THE CHALK.

f Beds of clay, marl, sand, &c. resembling 2 Castle Hill, near Newhaven.

those of Woolwich. § Chimpting castle, &c.

2. Plastic Clay.
Bracklesham, in the Isle of

Blue clay containing shells. Sains
Bognor Rocks; Barn Rocks,
3. London Clay. : between Selsea and Bognor;
Greenish grey sandstone. Houngate, and Street Rocks,

west of Selsea.

L

DRUID SANDSTONE. 253

XV.

§ Ill. 9. DRUID SANDSTONE.

Immense blocks and boulders of siliceous sandstone, composed of gra-
nular quartz, and occasionally enveloping chalk flints, and other extraneous
bodies, lie scattered over the Downs, and on the ploughed lands, near
Brighton, Falmer, and other places. This sandstone is perfectly analogous
to that which occurs in Berkshire and Wiltshire, where it is distinguished
by the provincial term of “ Grey Weathers.” Of this substance, Stonehenge
and other druidical monuments are composed, a circumstance that has
given rise to its present geological appellation. 'The cement of the beauti-
ful conglomerate or puddingstone of Hertfordshire, agrees in its characters
with the druid sandstone, and from that breccia also occurring in detached
blocks above’ the chalk, it is now generally supposed that they are both of
contemporaneous origin; the siliceous deposition, when it did not envelope
any foreign substance, forming the rock called the “ Grey Weathers,”
and when it fell among pebbles of any kind, composing a breccia or pud-
dingstone*.

Professor Buckland, and Mr. Webster, have ably investigated the geo-
logical history of this substance, and it affords me much pleasure to be
able to corroborate their opinions, by the discovery of blocks of the sand-
stone under circumstances similar in this county.

The puddingstone is exceedingly rare in Sussex, but specimens some-
times occur; and I have several examples from the vicinity of Newhaven,
that could not be distinguished from the Hertfordshire breccia.

* Geological Transactions, Vol. ii. p. 225.

254 DRUID SANDSTONE.

Examples of the siliceous sandstone may be seen on the hill near
Lewes Race-course; at Bormer; in Stanmer Park ; and on the ploughed
lands near Hogshrove farm. At Falmer, the pond that supplies the vil-
lage with water is surrounded with large masses of this substance. These
boulders have their edges rounded and even, and exhibit incontestable
proofs of long exposure to the action of the waves. ‘They are of various
sizes, some of them exceeding nine feet in length; their colour is either
white, or of different shades of grey, and reddish brown. Their tex-
ture is subcrystalline; the white varieties, when recently broken, much
resembling lump sugar. In a few instances they enclose chalk flints
slightly worn, and small fragments of a dark green substance, the nature
of which is unknown.

Boulders of druid sandstone also occur in the shingle bed, and calca-
reous deposit, at Brighton, and may be observed lying on the sea-shore in
considerable numbers, after a recent fall of the cliffs.

Upon comparing the sandstone of Stonehenge with that of Sussex, no
perceptible difference can be detected; and in this county, as well as in
Wiltshire, it has been employed by the earlier inhabitants, as landmarks to
denote the boundaries of towns*, and villages, or to commemorate the
site of battles; as sepulchral stones, to perpetuate the memory of their
chiefs; and as altars, on which to sacrifice to their gods.

No regular stratum of the druid sandstone has yet been discovered in
this country, and its geological position is still undetermined. In the ta-
bular arrangement of Professor Buckland, it is placed below the plastic
clay}; and if the cliffs at Brighton (hereafter described) belong to that
formation, there is conclusive evidence, that the appropriation is correct.

* The frequent occurrence of large smooth blocks of stone, on the boundary line of vil-
lages and parishes, in the south-eastern part of Sussex, must have been noticed by many of my
readers. A large boulder of druid sandstone placed at the corner of Ireland’s Lane, in St.
Ann’s parish, forms the western boundary of the borough of Lewes. Similar stones are not
unfrequent in the large tumuli on the Downs; several may be seen near Lewes Race-course.
It seems probable, that the ancient Britons regarded this sandstone with superstitious venera-
tion; for besides employing it in the construction of their temples, kist-vaens, &c., they con-
verted the pebbles and smaller stones into amulets and beads.

+ Ona former occasion, this gentleman referred it to the plastic clay formation; and con-

DRUID SANDSTONE. 255

It appears to be more nearly related to the “ Calcaire siliceuw” of
M. M. Cuvier, and Brongniart, than to any other of the tertiary forma-
tions of France*; but that deposit is stated to lie above the plastic clay+-:
future observations can alone reconcile this discrepancy of opinion.

sidered it as a member of that series of irregular alternations of beds of clay, sand, and gravel.
Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 301.

* My friend, Chas. Lyell, Jun. Esq. of Bartley Lodge, Hampshire, upon seeing the
boulders of druid sandstone in the vicinity of Lewes, was immediately struck with their re-
semblance to those of the Calcaire siliceux in the forest of Fontainbleau.

+ Catcarre siticeux.— La formation dont nous allons parler, est dans une situation
géologique paralléle, pour ainsi dire, a celle du culcaire marin. Elle n'est située ni au-dessous
d’elle, ni au dessus, mais 4 cété, et semble en tenir la place dans immense étendue de terrain
qu’elle recouvre A l’est et au sud-est de Paris. Ce terrain est placé immédiatement aw-dessus
des argiles plastiques.” Geograph. Min. p. 29.

256 PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

XVI.

§ II. 10. PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

In conformity with the nomenclature of M.M. Cuvier, and Brong-
niart, a principal division of the tertiary formations, consisting of various
beds of sand, clay, marl, and gravel, is distinguished by the name of Plastic
Clay. (Argille Plastique). An attentive examination of the general
points of resemblance in the physical characters, and organic remains, of
these irregular alternations above the chalk, leaves no doubt of their being
members of a series of nearly contemporaneous depositions, intermediate
between that formation and the London clay*.

A fine series of beds belonging to this division, occurs at Castle Hill, on
the western side of Newhaven harbour, lying upon the chalk cliffs, which
are there about fifty feet high. The summit of the hill is broken and
rugged, and its appearance differs so remarkably from the smooth rounded
surface of the surrounding downs, that the geologist, even at a distance,
would suspect the existence of strata of a very dissimilar character to any
that exist m its vicinity. Towards the sea it presents a steep declivity,
having numerous shelvings, and fissures, occasioned by repeated slips
of the strata. On the eastern brow, an ancient circular entrenchment still
remains; and from this point the beds extend about one mile westward,
where the chalk cliffs are covered only by a thin layer of ochraceous clay,
and vegetable mould. 'These deposits were first noticed by Henry War-
burton, Esq. F.R.S., secretary to the Geological Society, &c., and have

* Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 209.

PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION. 257

subsequently been described by Mr. Webster, and Professor Buck-
land *.

10.

11.

SECTION OF THE STRATA AT CastLE Hity, Near NEwHaven.
(Beginning with the lowermost deposit.)

(Vide Tablet vi.)

Thickness.
. Chalk with flints, = = = = 50 feet.
. Ochraceous clay, containing hydrate and subsulphate of alu-
mine, and crystallized sulphate of lime, about - - 14 foot.
. Breccia of green sand and chalk flints, the latter covered with
a green and ferruginous crust, - - - 1 foot.
. Sand, of various shades of yellow, green, and ash colour, 20 feet.

. Blue clay with marl of a sulphur yellow colour; including

large crystals of sulphate of lime, with fibrous and foliated
ey et ir 5 5 Gs - 20 feet-

. A seam of surturbrand, or coal; about - - - 6 inches.
. Indurated reddish brown marl, the lower part slaty, contain-

ing impressions of leaves, and casts of cerithia, cyclades, &c. a few inches.

. Blue clay, containing an immense number of shells, chiefly

of the genus cerithium; teeth of a species of squalus, &c.
This bed is traversed by a seam of pyrites, a few inches

10 feet.
thick, containing casts of cerithia : - coe

. Blue clay with broken bivalve shells, apparently of the ge-

nera cytherea, and cyréné, - = = =

A bed composed almost entirely of oyster shells held together

by an argillaceous cement, about - - - - 5 feet.
Diluvium, consisting of yellow and fawn coloured sand, with

* Residing within a short distance of Castle Hill, the interesting character of its beds

had long since engaged my attention; but from want of leisure to arrange the notes I had
taken, my observations have been anticipated by the gentlemen above named in every import-
ant particular.

LL

258 ' PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

pebbles; the latter evidently formed of broken chalk flints
rounded by attrition, from - - - 10 to 15 feet.

The ochraceous clay (No. 2) contains the substance that has ren-
dered Castle Hill so interesting to the mineralogist—the subsulphate of
alumine. As this mineral is peculiar to Sussex, or at least has not been
discovered elsewhere in England, a particular description of it must not
be omitted.

Hydrate and subsulphate of alumine. Brit. Min. Tab. 499. Annals
of Philosophy, Vol. ii. p. 238.

This substance is imbedded in a layer of ochraceous clay that lies im-
mediately upon the chalk. The bed is situate nearly midway between
the summit of the cliffs and the sea-shore, and therefore cannot be ex-
amined without much difficulty, and exposure to considerable danger*.

The first specimen of the subsulphate was discovered by the author
among some gravel that had been brought from Newhaven, and was
lying in a wharf near Lewes}. A few months afterwards, Mr. Webster,
in a geological excursion along the Sussex coast, collected a specimen at
Newhaven. This was analyzed by Dr. Wollaston, and found to consist
of alumine, in combination with sulphuric acid, and a small proportion
of silex, lime, and oxide of iron.

This mineral occurs massive, in veins, and in tabular and tuberose
masses; the former frequently attaining several feet in length, and the
latter exceeding three or four pounds in weight. It appears to have
been of stalactitical origin, and is supposed to result from the decomposition
of iron pyrites, and the reaction of other substances. As the superin-
cumbent strata contain all the elements necessary for its production, it
probably has been introduced into its present situation by infiltration t.
When pure, it is perfectly white, but is generally more or less- dis-

* Specimens may generally be found among the ruins of the cliffs that lie scattered on
the shore, from half a mile to a mile west of Newhaven harbour.

+ Vide Mr. Sowerby’s description of this substance in British Mineralogy.

{ Professor Buckland on the Plastic Clay. Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. p. 294.

PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION. 259

coloured by an intermixture of yellow clay. It is dull and opaque, with
an earthy fracture, and yields to the knife. It is infusible at 166° of
Wedewood*, but fuses rapidly when exposed to the stream of the hydro-
oxygen blow-pipe : the result is a pearl white translucent enamel, a partial
combustion taking place during its fusion}. According to Stromeyer it
consists of

Alumine, = 30
Sulphuric acid, 24
Water, = 454

Crystals of gypsum are frequently disseminated through the masses of
alumine, and the two substances enter into various states of combination,
sometimes giving rise to specimens that are semitranslucent. Chalk flints,
indurated ochraceous clay, and other extraneous bodies, are also occa-
sionally enveloped.

From the recent experiments of Dr. Clarke, it appears that the purer
masses of aluminite are destitute of sulphuric acid, and consist simply of
water and aluminous earth. Hence a suspicion has arisen that the sul-
phuric acid in the examples analyzed by Stromeyer, and Dr. Wollaston,
may have originated from the presence of gypsum; this, however, is not
the case, since in many specimens it is evident that the sulphate of lime
has been decomposed, and the sulphuric acid entering into combination
with the alumine, has formed a true subsulphate.

The hydrate occurs in friable masses, of the colour and. consistence of
magnesia : it adheres to the tongue, and may be reduced to powder between
the fingers. In this respect it differs from the subsulphate, which possesses
considerable hardness, and is susceptible of a fine polish §.

* Kirwan.

+ History of the Gass Blow-pipe, by E. D. Clarke, LL.D. 8vo. 1819, p. 56. ‘The ex-
periments of my brother gave similar results.

{ Phillips’ Mineralogy, 2d edition, 1819. p. 111.

§ In the elegant compendium of geology, inserted in Professor Brand’s Manual of Che-
mistry, are the following observations on this subject:

“Tn the cliffs at Newhaven, on the Sussex coast, a very curious series of changes is going
on. A stratum of marl, containing decomposing pyrites, lies upon the chalk, which gives rise

1 it,

260 PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

The flints or pebbles composing the breccia (No. 3) are characterized
by their green and ferruginous crusts.

This appearance is so peculiar, that it frequently serves to identify
the situations formerly occupied by the breccia, even where the stratum
itself has been broken up and destroyed. These pebbles are scattered over
the ploughed lands on the summits and slopes of the Downs, near Tar-
ring, Piddinghoe, Falmer, Stanmer, Bormer, and many other places in the
vicinity of Lewes. I have also detected them in the alluvium of the in-

to the formation of sulphate of alumine : this is decomposed by the chalk ; and aluminous earth,
selenite, and oxide of iron are the results.” (Manual of Chemistry, 3 Vols. 8vo. 1821. Vol.
iii. p. 312.

eis fe Annals of Philosophy for August, 1820, Mr. Cooper, of the Strand, gives a de-
scription of an aluminous chalybeate spring, situated on the coast between Newhaven and
Rottingdean. The precise situation of this spring is not mentioned, and my brother and my-
self have searched for it invain. I can therefore add nothing to the following extract from
Mr. Cooper’s letter:

Description of an Auumtnous CHALYBEATE Sprine on the coast of Sussex, (from the Annals of
Philosophy, Aug. 1819. Art. 11, No. 80, page 148.)

« Drar Sir, 89, Strand, July, 1819.

“JT was requested to examine a bottle of water which was brought to me from the coast of
Sussex, between Newhaven and Rottingdean; and although the quantity I had was small,
(being only about a wine quart) yet there was sufficient to ascertain its general nature and
characters, without regarding the quantities of its component parts.

« The spring is situated, as I understand, about midway between Newhaven and Rotting-
dean, at an elevation of about 15 or 16 feet above the level of the sea at high water mark. It
issues from between the cliffs or fissures of the chalk in small streams, and these when united
pour forth from 20 to 25 gallons in the hour. The chalk about the place is every where tinged
with an ochreous deposit. Its temperature as it issues is 65° Fahr. and remains constantly
the same. When I received it, there was a deposit of a brownish colour, which proved on ex-
amination to be oxide of iron. Its specific gravity, at the temperature of 60° Fahr. was 1-076:
it is slightly acidulous, changing the colour of litmus paper both before and after boiling, by
which operation it deposits a further portion of oxide ofiron, and also a little lime. Reagents
show it to contain the following substances in solution:

Oxide of iron, Lime,
Alumina, Carbonic acid,
Muriatic acid, Soda.
Sulphuric acid,

« This last substance I will not be quite certain of; but I expect shortly to be able to make
a more perfect analysis, and to give a better account of its situation, which is of some im-
portance, as I expect it is not far distant from the spot where the native alumina or subsulphate

is found.
I am, &c.
Joun Tuomas Cooper.”
“ To Dr. Thompson.”

PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION. 261

terior of the country. Waterworn fragments of the breccia occasionally
occur in similar situations; some of considerable magnitude may be ob-
served lying bare in the fields near Brighton church, Goldstone-bottom,
and Falmer-hill*.

The selenites or crystallized gypsum (of No. 5) occurs in flattish
crystals, from six to eight inches long, which are generally in the form of
oblique parallelopipeds, or of rhomboidal prisms. The fibrous gypsum
is deposited in veins in the marl; the foliated variety occurs in large
tabular masses, composed of thin lamine, and is frequently coated with a
coaly substance.

The surturbrand or coal (No. 6) appears to be analogous to that of the
Paris Basin, Corfe castle, and Alum bay: it also resembles the surturbrand
of Iceland ; some specimens are exactly similar to the Bovey coal.

Rolled masses of this substance are frequently found on the shore at
Brighton, and were formerly so abundant as to be used for fuel by the
poorer inhabitants}. They are provincially called strombolo, a corruption
of strom-bollen, stream, or tide balls; the name given them by the Flemings,
who formerly settled in that town.

The use of this substance was prohibited, on account of the very
offensive smell emitted during its combustion. It was employed by the
late Dr. Russell as a fumigation in certain glandular complaints, and it is
said with decided benefit.

* The boulders of this breccia, like those of the siliceous sandstone, were used in distant
ages as sepulchral stones. Beneath one of those, near Brighton church, an urn of high an-
tiquity, containing human bones and ashes, was discovered by the late Rev. J. Douglass,
F.A.S.

An immense block of this kind is situated in Hove parish, near the Shoreham road, and
is vulgarly called Goldstone, “ from the British word col, or holy-stone; it is evidently a tolmen
of the British period. This stone is in a line to the south of Goldstone-bottom, at the end of
which, close to the rise of the hill, is a dilapidated cirque, composed of large stones of the same
kind. On the farm of Thomas Read Kemp, Esq. opposite Wick, are two dilapidated Aust
vaens, formed of similar materials; and on each side of the British trackway, leading to the
Devil's Dyke, blocks of the same substance may also be observed.” Extract of a letter from the
late Rev. J. Douglass, to the Author, dated May, 1818.

+ Lee’s History of Lewes and Brighthelmstone, 8vo. 1795, p. 554.

It is difficult to imagine from whence so large a quantity of this substance could have
been derived. The narrow layer at Castle Hill, is evidently too inconsiderable for the pur-

262 PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

The organic remains found in these deposits are the following :

1. Wood.

A small block of wood, with the ligneous structure well preserved, has
been discovered in the sand of the Diluvium (No. 11.)

2. Impressions and remains of leaves, Tab. vill. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

— Brit. Min. tab. 500.

The specimens figured in Tab. viii. and in Mr. Sowerby’s Brit. Min.
were collected from the red marl (No. 7); but although considerable
diligence has been used to add to their number, our researches have been
unsuccessful, nor can we discover the precise spot from whence they were
taken. They are peculiarly interesting, as they afford an example of
leaves and shells imbedded in the same stone; an association but rarely
observed.

The impressions in figs. 1, and 4, are thought to bear some resemblance
to the larger foliage of Platanus orientalis. This opinion may probably be
correct so far as regards the genus ; but the characters of the leaves appear
to be too imperfectly developed to admit of the species being identified.

Figs. 2, and 3, differ in some respects from those above described.

The upper beds of the “Calcaire marin grossier” of France, also
contain vegetal impressions ; but those represented in the “ Essai sur la
Géographie Minéralogique,” Pl. 2. fig. 1. do not correspond with the
fossils under consideration. The French specimens are supposed to
belong toa species of Neriwm; however this may be, it is obvious, that,
like those of Newhaven, they cannot have belonged to any marine plant,
although they are now imbedded in the midst of testaceous remains
decidedly of marine origin*.

3. Mr. Webster mentions that H. Warburton, Esq. discovered in
the marl at Newhaven, leaves precisely similar to those figured by

pose ; and no traces of it occur in any other part of the adjacent coast. ‘The encroachments of
the sea at Brighton are well known to have been very extensive within the few last centuries :
is it probable that a bed of surturbrand formerly existed in the strata that have been swept
away? or was the layer at Castle Hill, at that period, sufficiently extensive? was it washed
from the opposite coast of France? or from Alum bay, in the Isle of Wight?

* Essai Min, Géograph. p. 126.

PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION. 263

Cuvier, “and also a fruit of a species of palm, with the vegetable fibres
quite distinct*.”

4. The casts of shells in the specimens figured, belong to the genera
cerithium, unio, and cyclas; the species of the latter resembles the
Linnean Mactra solida, or subtruncata, which is also found abundantly
with cerithia, in the blue clay at Woolwich f.

5. Cerithium funatum. ‘Tab. xvii. fig. 4.

A conical elongated shell, with two obtuse, crenulated, transverse
ridges on each volution.

It consists of ten or eleven whorls, and is seldom found perfect. It
occurs in immense quantities in the blue clay (No. 8), and is sparingly
distributed in the oyster-bed (No. 10), and in the red marl (No. 7).

6. Cerithium melanoides. Tab. xvii. fig. 3.

Turreted, whorls convex, longitudinally undulated, transversely
carinated ; carinz tuberculated.

This elegant species is found in the same stratum with the above,
but is easily distinguished by the sharp, tubercular, carinated ridges with
which it is ornamented, and the longitudinal depressions between the
tubercles. It is comparatively rare.

7. Helix? Tab. xvii. figs. 19, 20.

The delicate little shell, figured in the plate referred to, was found by
Col. Birch, of Bath, in the blue clay (No. 8), of Castle-Hill. The mouth
is filled with clay, and the specimen is too fragile to permit its removal ;
the surface is perfectly smooth; the spire elevated; the volutions are
three in number. It has much the appearance of a fresh-water shell.

8. Cytherea scutellaria? (of Webster). Tab. xxv. fig. 2.

This fossil is from the blue clay (No. 9), which is almost entirely
composed of broken bivalves, apparently of the genera cytherea and
cyclas. A perfect example is exceedingly rare, and I have not yet been
so fortunate as to discover one; the shell represented beg the most
entire of any in my possession.

* Geolog. Trans. Vol. ii. p. 191. + British Mineralogy, Vol. iv. p. 185.

264 PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

I believe it is this bivalve that Mr. Webster has designated by the
name of Cytherea scutellaria. It very nearly resembles the “cythérée
bombée” of Lamarck, “des marnes superieures du gypse*.”

9. A species of cyréné ?

This shell was also found in the blue clay (No. 9), and is remarkable‘
from its being the only decided instance of a fresh-water shell that has
been discovered in that deposit ft.

10. Ostrea.

The bed, No. 10, consists principally of a broad, flat species of oyster,
presenting nothing peculiar in its form or appearance. Another species
is sometimes found, in which the upper valve is nearly flat, and the lower
one very convex; this shell is precisely similar to a specimen in Mr.
Parkinson’s cabinet, marked ostrea vesicularist.

11. Tooth of the Squalus mustelus.

This specimen is from the blue clay (No. 8), and perfectly resembles
the teeth of the recent fish.

Of the strata above enumerated, Nos. 8, 9, 10, are considered by
Professor Buckland, as analogous to the plastic clay beds of Woolwich,
(Nos. 7, 8. Pl. xiii. Geolog. Trans. vol. iv.) which contain also the same
species of cerithium and cyclas.

No. 4 of Castle Hill, is the ash coloured sand of Woolwich, in dimi-

nished thickness. The breccia, No. 3, corresponds with the Reading oyster

bed, which “ though inconsiderable in thickness, seems constantly to occur

* Géographie Minéralogique, p. 276, Pl. ii. fig. 7.
+ The fossil in question was submitted to the examination of Mr. G. B. Sowerby, who
favoured me with the following observations.

«The specimen you have sent me has every character of a cyrene, and of being a fresh-
water bivalve. I would, however, suggest the necessity of extreme caution in noting the
stratum from which it was obtained. If from the plastic clay, it is the first that I have seen
decidedly from that formation, of a fresh water origin; all the fossils from the London and
plastic clay being marine. This shell, too, bears considerable resemblance to some from
Woolwich; as well as to a species that occurs abundantly in the stratum of mélange between
the two fresh water beds at Headen hill, in the Isle ef Wight.”

t In a recent communication from M. Brongniart, that distinguished geologist questions
the propriety of this appropriation. He remarks, that in the environs of Paris, the ostrea

vesicularis of Lamarck is confined to the upper, or flinty chalk. It is therefore probable, that
the English fossil belongs to a different species.

PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION. 265

immediately above the chalk; although organic remains have been noticed
in it only at Reading*.”

Between Castle Hill and Seaford, a flat alluvial tract intervenes,
through which the Ouse flows into the British Channel. To the east of
this marshy plain, the perpendicular slopes in which the Downs terminate,
are covered with a cap of fawn coloured and greenish sand, with rolled
blocks of chalk, and flint pebbles. An excavation on the side of the hill,
near the road leading from Newhaven to Seaford, exhibits a good section
of these deposits. The rolled pebbles and sand, occupy about fifteen feet
of the upper part of the bank, and lie in a hollow or basin of chalk
rubble; and wherever the chalk is accessible to observation along this
margin of the Downs, it is invariably in a broken and ruinous state.

At Chimting Castle, about half a mile to the east of Seaford, the upper
part of the cliffs is composed of a bed of sand, about fifty feet thick.
Here a stratum of the ferruginous breccia, previously mentioned, is seen
in situ, lying beneath the sand, and immediately upon the chalk. The
sand is of a fawn colour, passing into olive green; it contains numerous
irregular veins, and concretions of mammillated ironstone. The pudding-
stone, or breccia, is precisely similar to that of Castle Hill, with which,
there can be no doubt, it was once continuous. The flints that compose
it, present the same characters; some being rolled, others angular, and
all of them either of a dark green or yellow colour externally. The bed
of breccia, in some places, is nearly four feet thick. These deposits
extend eastward about half a mile, and disappear near the Signal House ;
they dip to the west at an angle of from 10° to 20°.

Eastward of this place, the chalk has only a covering of ochraceous
clay, and vegetable mould, and, with the exception of the blocks of breccia
at Brighton, &c. previously alluded to, and a few insular patches of olive
green sand in hollows of the chalk at Piddinghoe, I am not aware of the
existence of any other decided examples of the Plastic clay, in the south-
eastern part of Sussex.

In the western division of the county, Professor Buckland observed a

* Professor Buckland on the Plastic Clay, Geolog. Trans. Vol. iv.
MM

266 PLASTIC CLAY FORMATION.

red variety of Plastic clay, in a small valley, at the village of Binstead,
three miles west of Arundel; and also on the declivity of the hill by
which the Binstead and Chichester road descends into Arundel.

The country around Chichester has a foundation of chalk, with a sub-
soil of fine red gravel, and pebbles, mixed with sand, loam, and chalk
rubble. Furrows and wells in the chalk, filled with these materials, are
commonly observable in the quarries near that city.

On the opposite coast of France, strata corresponding with those of
Castle Hill, and Chimting Castle, occupy the same relative position.

In the perpendicular cliffs, under the light-house of St. Margaret, to
the west of Dieppe, the following beds occur :—

1. Chalk.

2. Sand and sandstone in thick beds, containing concretions of the
same substances.

3. Plastic clay, impure, and containing lignite much charged with
pyrites. Also oysters, cerithia, &c. both in beds, and irre-
gularly disseminated.

4, Alluvium*.

These deposits M. Brongniart considers as identical with the beds of
the Plastic clay formation in many other parts of France; particularly at
Marly, and in the Soissonnois, where similar organic remains occupy
strata disposed in the same manner, and identical with those near Dieppe.

In the preceding sketch of the strata of the Plastic clay of Sussex,
the geologist will immediately recognize the usual characters of that
formation, which, “viewed on an extended scale, is composed of an
indefinite number of sand, clay, and pebble beds, irregularly alternating.
The distribution of the organic remains, like the alternation of the strata,
being exceedingly variable; sometimes they occupy the clay; at other
times the sand or pebbles; and very frequently are altogether wanting in
them both +.”

* Professor Buckland on the Plastic Clay Formation, Geolog. Trans. Vol. iv. p. 295.
+ Geological Transactions, Vol. iv. loc. cit.

LONDON CLAY. 267

XVII.

§. ITI. I. LONDON CLAY.

Turs formation consists chiefly of a dark blue clay, which in some
localities includes beds of grey limestone and sandstone.

Both the clay and limestone occur in Sussex; the former constitutes
the flat maritime district of the south-western part of the county ; the
latter composes groups of rocks on the coast.

Buve Cray.

This deposit forms the line of coast from Worthing to Christchurch
in Hampshire, extending from the latter place inland, by Ringwood,
Romsey, and Fareham; and passing a mile or two south of Chichester,
terminates near Worthing, from whence to Brighton, the surface of the
chalk near the coast, is covered with beds of loam, clay, brick earth,
gravel, &c.*

In some parts of its course in Sussex, it contains an abundance of the
organic remains for which it is so remarkable. Emsworth and Stubbing-
ton, on the confines of the county, have been noticed by Mr. Webster, as
abounding in fossil shells. Bracklesham, near Selsea, is equally pro-
ductive ; and if I may judge from the liberal contributions of my friends,
will almost rival the celebrated cliffs of Hordwell.

On the coast westward of Selsea, near Thorney and Bracklesham, vast
quantities of fossil shells are washed out of the clay and deposited on the
shore, by the action of the waves, particularly after severe storms. This
bed of clay is, however, only accessible at low water, and even then but
for a very short period.

* Phillips’ Geology, p. 32, edit. 1822.

268 LONDON CLAY.

Below the beach at Bracklesham, in the parish of East Wittering, the
clay envelopes the trunks, roots, and branches of trees*.

In the second volume of the Geological Transactions, Mr. Webster
has enumerated the fossils discovered by him at Bracklesham. An
interesting collection from that place, for which I am indebted to the
kindness of Mr. Hawkins, has enabled me to add very considerably to
their number.

Oreanic Remains FRoM THE Biue Cuiay or BRackiesHam.

1. Trochus agglutinans. (Lamarck). Foss. Hant. 'Tab. i. figs. 4, 5+.

2. Scalaria acuta. Min. Conch. Tab. xvi. figs. 4, 5.

This very elegant shell seldom exceeds 0-7 inch in length. It is
readily known by the transverse risings on the lower margin of the spire,
and its acute, expanded, recurved ribs.

It is very seldom found in the cliffs of Hampshire; Mr. Hawkins is the
first who has noticed it in Sussex.

3. Voluta luctator. Min. Conch. Tab. exv. fig. 1.

4. bicorona. (Lamarck). Foss. Hant. fig. 68.

A specimen of this species was discovered by Mr. Rollo. It appears
tobe rare at Bracklesham, although very common at Hordwell.

. Pyrula bulbiformis. Foss. Hant. fig. 54.

6. (murex pyrus of Brander). Foss. Hant. figs. 52, 53.

7. Ampullaria patula. (Lamarck). oss. Hant. figs. 57, 59.
8

9

Ox

. Natica similis. Min. Conch. Tab. v.
. Conus dormitor. (Brander). Joss. Hant. fig. 24.
10. Ancilla aveniformis. Min. Conch. 'Tab. xcix. figs. 1, 2.
Another species of Ancilla also occurs, which approaches in some re-
spects to A. turritella (of Sowerby); and some mutilated specimens re-
semble Bulla sopita (of Brander).

* T am favoured with this account by my excellent friend John Hawkins, Esq. F.R.S. &c.
of Bignor Park. Vide his “‘ Observations on the geological phenomena of Western Sussex,”
published in Dallaway’s history of that division of the county, Vol. ii.

+ Fossilia Hantoniensia collecta, et in Museo Britannico deposita, a Gustavo Brander,
Londini 1766. This work is much prized by collectors for the elegance and fidelity of the
plates. It contains figures of more than one hundred and thirty fossils of the London clay.

LONDON CLAY. 269

11. Fusus longevus. Min. Conch. Tab. Ixiii.

The specimens in my possession are very small, not exceeding three
inches in length. ‘There can however be no doubt of their belonging to
this species.

12. Solarium canaliculatum. (Lamarck). Foss. Hant. figs. 7, 8.

This elegant little shell is about 0-3 inch in diameter. The spire is
depressed, and deeply umbilicated. The volutions are subrotund, and
spirally striated; the striz crenulated; the outer margin of the wreaths
acute; aperture round.

13. Melania costellata. (Lamarck). oss. Hant. fig. 27.

14. sulcata. Min. Conch. Tab. xxxix.

This is a fine spiral shell, sometimes attaining eight inches or more in
length, having from thirteen to fifteen whorls. It is spirally striated, and
has a sulcus, or groove, between each wreath.

15. Pleurotoma , fragments of an unknown species.

16. Turritella mu/tisulcata. (Lamarck).

LO conoidea. Min. Conch. 'Tab. li. figs. 1, 4.

18. — elongata. Min. Conch. Tab. li. fig. 2.

Pyritous casts of Turritelle are very frequent.

19. Murex argutus. Foss. Hant. fig. 13.

20. Dentalium entalis?

These Dentalites bear a close resemblance to the recent species; but
there are some doubts as to their identity.

21. Cerithium giganteum. Min. Conch. Tab. clxxxvii. fig. 2.

22. Nummulites levigata. Parkinson’s Org. Rem. Vol. iii. Pl. x. fig.
13.

These are small, circular, multilocular shells, nearly smooth, and slightly
convex on both sides. M. Cuvier considers the Nummulites to be charac-
teristic of the lower beds of the Calcaire grossier. “ Elles se trouvent,
toujours dans les parties les plus inférieures*.”

* Geograph. Min. p. 23.

270 LONDON CLAY.

23. Venericardia planicosta. Min. Conch. Tab. 1.

This shell is one of the most elegant of the genus. It is frequently
four or five inches wide; of an obliquely cordate form, and the surface is
divided by longitudinal sulci into about twenty broad flat costz. Speci-
mens from Grignon, sent me by M. Brongniart, are precisely similar to
the Sussex shells; and are only to be distinguished from them, by their
peculiar whiteness.

24. Venericardia sguamosa? (Lamarck).

25. Sanguinolaria Hollowaysti. Min. Conch. Tab. clix.

A thin, transversely ovate, elongated bivalve, having a striated surface.
The anterior side is much wider than the posterior.

26. Venericardia acuticosta? (Lamarck).

This shell is 1 inch wide, and 0°8 inch long, with 20 acute longitudinal
ribs ; the inner margin dentated.

27. Pectunculus pulvinatus.

28. Cardium semigranulatum. Min. Conch. Tab. exliv.
asperulum? of Lamarck.

29. Chama plicata. (Brander.) Foss. Hant. figs. 84, 85.

The Bracklesham specimens are much larger than Brandevr’s figures;
but in other respects the resemblance is complete. The upper valve is
nearly flat, and marked concentrically by the lines of growth; the lower
one is convex, and deeply furrowed by longitudinal sulci.

30. Chama lamellosa. (Lamarck). oss. Hant. fig. 86.

This species is subrotund, the surface marked with transverse concen-
tric sulci; the lower valve very convex. It was found by Mr. Rollo.

31. Crassatella Jamellosa. (Lamarck). oss. Hant. fig. 89.

An elegant equivalve shell, of an irregular ovate form, with numerous,
transverse, undulating sulci; the anterior slope produced, and angular; the
margin crenulated; collected by Mr. Rollo.

32. Ostrea. A shell of this genus, but too imperfect to admit of spe-
cification.

33. Palate of a fish of the ray kind resembling fig. 117. Foss. Hant.

LONDON CLAY. 271

34, Vertebra of a fish. Foss. Hant. fig. 109.

2. SANDSTONE, OR ARENACEOUS LIMESTONE OF Boewnor.

The sandstone rocks of Bognor are the ruins of a deposit once very
extensive, and which, even within the memory of man, formed a line of
low cliffs along the coast; at present, a few groups of detached rocks,
covered by the sea at high water, are all that remains, and the period is
not far distant, when all traces of it will be swept away by the encroach-
ments of the ocean. ‘The lowermost part of the rocks is a dark grey lime-
stone, in some instances passing into sandstone: the upper part is sili-
ceous. The Barn rocks between Selsea and Bognor, the Houndgate and
Street rocks on the west, and Miren rocks on the south of Selsea, are por-
tions of the same bed. The fossils enclosed in these strata are nearly
similar to those which occur in the London clay.

These beds are decidedly analogous to the Calcaire grossier of Paris;
the correspondence in their geognostic situation, and in the nature of their
materials, and organic remains, sufficiently evince their identity*.

The sandstone is of a grey colour inclining to green; and varies con-
siderably in hardness and composition. The shells are generally white
and friable, consisting of a soft calcareous earth, but in a few instances
occur in a good state of preservation. ‘To my young friend and pupil
Mr. Rollo, (nephew of the late Dr. Rollo, of Woolwich,) I am indebted
for the following specimens collected by him in the summer of 1820.

Orcanic Remains or THE Bocenor SanpsrTone.

1. Rostellaria.

2. Natica similis? Min. Conch. Tab. v.

The specimen figured by Mr. Sowerby is from Bognor, and was col-
lected by Wm. Borrer, Esq. of Henfield.

3. Lingula tenuis. - Min. Conch. Tab. xix. fig. 3.

A delicate minute shell, of a lanceolate form, the anterior end trun-

* Geological Transactions, Vol. ii. p. 208.

272 LONDON CLAY.

cated. It is generally of a reddish brown colour, has a glossy surface, and
very much resembles a detached scale of a fish.

4. Vermicularia Bognoriensis.

Spiral, last volution much produced, inferior side deeply umbilicate.

The longest diameter is about 0-5 inch; the volutions are five or six
in number; the produced part exceeding in length the longest diameter
of the shell.

The great length of the straight portion of the tube, the height of the
spire, and the depth of the concave or umbilicated side, appear to be the
distinguishing characters of this species. The wreaths are nearly round
and smooth. It is gregarious, and occurs very abundantly in some parts
of the sandstone: a block in my possession, about four inches square, con-
tains nearly twenty specimens lying in relief.

5. Pyrula . (Murex pyrus of Brander.) Foss. Hant. figs. 52, 58.

A fine cast of this species is the only example hitherto discovered.

6. Dentalitm planum. Min. Conch. Tab. Ixxix. fig. 1.

This species is scarcely an inch long; it is curved, and gently tapering ;
the surface is smooth, and the aperture round. It occurs in small groups,
and is evidently gregarious.

7. Mya intermedia. Min. Conch. Tab. |xxvi. fig. 1.

The width of this shell is equal to twice its length, which is seldom
more than 1-3 inch. ‘The anterior side is expanded, and the shell pos-
sesses a flatness, which Mr. Sowerby considers as characteristic of the
species. The surface is smooth, except where it is marked by the lines of

increase.

8. Pinna margaritacea*. (Lamarck).

The usual mode in which this species occurs, is that of casts covered
with the pearly coat of the shell; very rarely, the shell itself remains.

* This species is described by Mr. Parkinson; (Organic Remains, Vol. iii. p. 165) and is
figured by Burtin, (Oryctographie de Bruzelles), fig. B. Pl. xviii. as a Jambonneau ou Pinne
marine.

Mr. Rollo found a small block of sandstone, containing the remains of eight individuals.

LONDON CLAY. 273

The specimens are from four to five inches long, the shell very thin,
and possessing the striated structure observable in the recent species of
the genus. The surface is almost smooth, with the exception of a few in-
distinct longitudinal ribs, that are decussated by gentle concentric depres-
sions formed by the lines of increase.

9. Pectunculus pulvinatus. (Lamarck.) _

This shell is very abundant; large masses of the limestone being
almost wholly composed of it; a slab in my possession, about a foot square,
contains upwards of fifty specimens. Considerable variety is observable
in the form of the shells; some being transversely, and others obliquely
obovate, and a few nearly orbicular. They are from 0-5 inch to 1-8 inch
long, and are marked by numerous longitudinal striz, crossed by fine
transverse lines; the marks of increase are distant. The hinge teeth are
from fourteen to sixteen in number, and the interior of the margin is finely
serrated.

10. A small tricuspid tooth of a species of squalus.

11. Large ramose zoophytes; the specimens are in too imperfect a
state to be particularized.

The following shells are enumerated by Mr. Webster, but were not
observed by Mr. Rollo.

12. Calyptrzea trochiformis. Foss. Hant. figs. 1, 2.

13. Ampullaria patula.

14. Serpula.

15. Modiola elegans. Min. Conch. Tab. ix. fig. 5.

16. Ostrea edulis.

17. Teredo navalis. ;

274 ALLUVIAL FORMATIONS.

XVIII.

§ IV. ALLUVIAL FORMATIONS.

By this term are. designated those accumulations of sand, clay, gravel,
rounded flints, and other water-worn materials, that cover the surface of
the regular formations, and are composed either of the detritus of the
upper portions of the strata on which they repose, or of heaps of materials
confusedly, mixed together, transported from distant or more elevated
regions. These beds are consequently as various as the strata from
whence they are derived, and it is neither possible, nor necessary, to
enumerate every difference in their appearance, and composition.

As monuments of the last revolutions that have swept over the face
of the earth, their study becomes peculiarly interesting; for although
most of them may be regarded as recent depositions, when compared with
the formations previously examined, yet even the latest will be found to
exhibit indisputable evidence of a very remote origin.

The beds usually comprehended under the general name of Al/uwium
may be more properly separated into two divisions, viz. :

1. Diluvium, consisting of gravel, boulders, sand, &c. produced by
causes no longer in action.

2. Alluvium, strictly so called, composed of the mud of rivers, deltas,
the gravel of torrents, &c., the effect of causes which still continue in
activity *.

* « Tt will be convenient if geologists will consent to restrict the term Diluviwm to the super-
ficial gravel beds produced by the last universal deluge; and designate by the term Alkeium,
those local accumulations that have been formed since that period by torrents, and rapid
rivers, the bursting of alpine lakes, and similar minor causes, which operate daily, and partially,
within the sphere of our own observation.” Professor Buckland, Geolog. Trans. Vol. v. p. 533.

DILUVIUM. 275

XIX.

g Iv. 12. DILUVIUM.

IrrecuLar accumulations of clay, sand, and gravel, intermixed with
broken chalk flints, are every where indiscriminately distributed over the
surface of the country, and obscure the outcrops of the regular forma-
tions. These depositions are evidently composed of the ruin of the more
ancient strata; and in all probability have been produced by that last ca-
tastrophe, by which the vallies have been excavated, and the hills moulded
into their present form.

Of these deposits, the detritus of the chalk in a state of calcareous
loam, broken flints, and gravel, constitute by far the most considerable
portion; and so extensive is the destruction to which that formation has
evidently been exposed, and so universally are its ruins distributed over
the Weald of Sussex, as to warrant the conclusion, that it formerly ex-
tended very far beyond its present limits.

On the summits of the Downs, a layer of flints, slightly rolled, appears
immediately beneath the turf, resting on an inconsiderable layer of chalk
rubble. This bed contains rounded masses of chalk, crystallized car-
bonate of lime, ferruginous breccia, scoriaceous ironstone, a coarse grit
containing angular fragments of quartz, and flattened oval pebbles of
druid sandstone. The flints are more or less broken, have suffered but
little from attrition, and are so abundant, as to form a constant supply for
repairing the roads in the south-eastern part of the county. This bed
has clearly been formed by the destruction of the upper portion of the
chalk; and it is equally evident, that the cause which produced the ruin
of the superior strata, was as transient, as it was powerful; since although

NN2

276 DILUVIUM.

the chalk in which the flints were imbedded has been entirely destroyed,
the latter have sustained but very little injury.

Descending into the vallies, accumulations of chalk rubble and ochra-
ceous clay, are again seen lying upon the basseting edges of the solid
strata; and the slopes of the hills are generally composed of similar
materials. Examples of this kind occur in almost every locality of the
South Downs.

The gravel-pits (as they are called) of Barcombe, are part of a ridge of
broken chalk flints, slightly rolled, resting upon a bed of ochraceous clay.
The flints are of various shades of yellow, brown, and carnelian. The
colour, which in all probability results partly from decomposition, and
partly from an impregnation of metallic oxides, pervades the substance of
the flint, but is much paler towards the centre than on the surface. These
flints are not reduced to the state of pebbles, much less of gravel, but are
merely broken, and the sharpness of their angles worn away.

At Isfield, Little Horsted, Barcombe, Wellingham, &c., the surface of
the Weald clay, Iron sand, and Green sand, is covered with beds of gravel,
composed of water-worn fragments of sandstone and ironstone, which in
some instances are consolidated into a coarse aggregate, and are evidently
the detritus of the upper layers of the Iron and Green sand formations.
A considerable bed of it occurs in the parish of Barcombe, near the Anchor ;
at Hamsey, on the estate of the Rev. Geo. Shiffner; and at Wellingham,
near the seat of Mr. John Rickman.

At Ringmer, and Laughton Place, a layer of loam and ochraceous clay
is distributed over the surface of the Blue chalk marl, and frequently con-
tains belemnites and other organic remains, that have been washed from -
the upper beds of that deposit. On the south side of the Downs, to the.
north-west of Brighton, beds of loam, marl, and clay, with interspersions of
gravel, constitute a flat narrow tract of country that extends without in-
terruption to Shoreham.

But the most considerable and important deposit of diluvial detritus in
Sussex, is that forming the cliffs at Brighton; and which possesses charac-
ters so remarkable, as to require particular notice.

DILUVIUM. 2770

Brighton is situated on an immense accumulation of water-worn ma-
terials, which fills up a valley, or hollow, in the chalk. This diluvial de-
posit is bounded on the north-west by the South Downs; on the east it
extends to Rottingdean, and is there terminated by the chalk; on the
south it is washed by the sea, and forms a line of cliffs from 70 to 80 feet
high; these exhibit a vertical section of the strata, and enable us to ascer-
tain their nature and position.

A vertical section of the cliffs, about half a mile east of Brighton, is
represented in Tab. iv. fig. 1. The lowermost bed is

1. The Upper, or flinty chalk; which constitutes about six or eight
feet of the lower part of the cliff, and dipping southward, extends to an
unknown distance into the sea. The continuation of the chalk behind
the calcareous bed is marked “ former cliff” in the sketch; and is in-
troduced to shew the relative situation of the masses, but without any
regard to proportion.

2. Bed of fine sand, from three to four feet.

3. Shingle bed, from five to eight feet.

4. Calcareous bed, formed of the ruin of the chalk strata, with an in-
termixture of clay; it is provincially termed Coombe rock ;—from 50 to
60 feet.

The chalk presents its usual characters; and in various parts of its
course is traversed by vertical and oblique veins of flint.

The sand is very fine, varying from pure white to a light reddish
brown colour. It disappears about a mile to the east of Brighton, where
the succeeding deposit lies immediately upon the surface of the chalk.

The shingle bed consists of pebbles, formed, like the present beach, of
broken chalk flints rounded by attrition. It contains also water-worn
blocks of granite, porphyry, slate, limestone, and druid sandstone. It oc-
casionally envelopes masses of broken shells. The upper part of this bed
is cemented together by calcareous spar, of a light yellow or amber colour,
forming a kind of breccia of a very singular appearance*.

* A specimen of this mineral is figured in Sowerby’s British Mineralogy.

278 DILUVIUM.

The calcareous bed is composed of broken chalk, with angular frag-
ments of flint, imbedded in a calcareous mass of a yellowish colour, con-
stituting a very hard and coarse conglomerate. It is not stratified, but is
merely a confused heap of alluvial materials. It varies considerably in its
appearance and composition, in different parts of its course. In the in-
ferior portion of the mass, the chalk is reduced to the state of small
grains, which gradually become larger in proportion to their height in the
cliff; at length fragments of flint appear, and these increase in size and
number as they approach the upper part of the bed, of which they con-
stitute the most considerable portion. These flints are more or less
broken, and resemble those of our ploughed lands that have been long
exposed to the action of the atmosphere.

In some parts of the cliff irregular masses occur of an extraordinary
hardness; these have been produced by an infiltration of crystallized car-
bonate of lime. Large blocks of this variety may be seen on the shore,
opposite to the New Steine, where they have for years resisted the action
of the waves.

This bed also contains water-worn blocks of druid sandstone, and fer-
ruginous breccia, corresponding in every respect with those previously
noticed in our description of. the plastic clay formation. Small nodular
masses, composed of carbonate of iron in lenticular crystals, interspersed
with brown calcarecus spar, have occasionally been found at the depth of
ten or twelve feet from the summit of the cliff*. The only organic re-
mains discovered in this deposit are the bones and teeth of the horse,
and of the Asiatic elephant +; these occur but seldom, and are more or less
water-worn {.

* Tam indebted to Mr. Langridge, of Brighton, for specimens of this substance, dis-
covered in digging the foundation of a house on the east cliff.

+ In the present month (April, 1822), a large molar tooth of the Asiatic elephant has
been discovered in Lower Rock gardens, in a well 50 feet deep ; by John Smith, Esq. Foreign
Consul.

+ I have specimens of the teeth by favour of Mr. James Berry, architect, found in a well
of yards inland, at the depth of 46 feet, in the Coombe rock, and immediately above a bed. of
shingle.

DILUVIUM. 279

The wells in the lower part of the town pass through the calcareous
bed, shingle, and sand, in succession; upon reaching the chalk, springs of
good water burst forth, and these are said to be influenced by the tides*.

Such are the leading features of these remarkable beds, in the im-
mediate vicinity of Brighton; in their course eastward, towards Rot-
tingdean, other characters are exhibited, which we shall now proceed to
examine.

About a mile to the east of Brighton, vertical veins of tabular flint
traverse the chalk in an oblique direction, and terminate with the chalk,
immediately beneath the shingle bed (vide Tab. iv. fig. 2). ‘To avoid
repetition, it may be proper in this place to remark, that the veins of
flint, so numerously distributed both horizontally and vertically through-
out the chalk, are invariably confined to that formation, and in no instance
whatever appear either in the shingle bed, or in the calcareous bed above
it}. The shingle bed is perfectly horizontal, and contains boulders of
chalk, druid sandstone, and ferruginous breccia. In the Coombe rock, the
proportion of chalk is so great, that the cliff at a distance assumes the
appearance of a regular stratum; but upon closer examination, it is
evident that the chalk at some remote period has been broken, and dis-
placed; and having fallen upon the shingle, previously to the formation
of the calcareous bed, has subsequently been covered by that deposit.

In Tab. iv. fig. 2, the chalk traversed by oblique veins of flint, is seen

The teeth are rounded by attrition, but in other respects have suffered no material
change.

The story of human bones having been found in the “ calcareous bed,” is too apocryphal
to require notice.

* “ Some wells at Tetney (a village on the coast of Lincolnshire), that are sunk in the chalk,
are also affected by the tide; the wells overflowing with a greater flux at the time of high
water, and particularly at spring tides; shewing that the water in the chalk communicates
with the sea.” Geolog. Trans. Vol. ii. p. 394.

+ An opinion haying been expressed (by a gentleman well known in the scientific world),
that the flint veins traverse not only the shingle bed, but also the calcareous deposit ; and have
been formed “ subsequently to the accumulation of an alluvial bed, by the attrition of agitated
water ;” and that the cliffs at Brighton are to be regarded as “‘ two very distinct chalk forma-
tions*;” I carefully repeated my examination of the strata in question; but could not discover
any appearance to support such an hypothesis.

* Vide Royal Institution Journal, No. 8, pp. 227, et seq. Phillips’ Outlines, Edit. 1822, p. 106.

280 DILUVIUM.

forming the base of the cliff. The shingle bed succeeds; and imme-
diately above it, is a heap of chalk in a state of ruin; the latter is invested
by the calcareous bed, of which the upper part of the cliff is composed.
This appearance is curious, but the manner in which it has been produced
is easily explained, by a reference to those natural operations that still
continue in full activity on our coasts. Were a bed of calcareous rubble
to be deposited over the ruins of the chalk cliffs that are scattered along
the shore, a collection of materials would be formed, corresponding in
every respect with those above described; and a vertical section would
exhibit an appearance precisely similar; namely, a stratum of solid chalk
at the base; then a layer of sand and of shingle; and lastly, a heap of
displaced chalk, surrounded by calcareous diluvium. In corroboration of
this opinion, it may also be remarked, that while in general, the variations
observable in the colour and composition of the calcareous bed, are nearly
horizontal, in the circumstances under discussion, they are no longer
conformable to the subjacent deposit, but rise over the heaps of chalk
rubble ; as in Tab. iv. fig. 2. These interspersions of pure chalk are
frequent in other parts of the bed, but the present example is one of the
most remarkable.

Proceeding eastward, at the distance of two miles and a half from
Brighton, the cliff is composed of the Upper chalk, to the extent of three
hundred yards. This remarkable change in the structure of the cliff has
evidently been occasioned, partly from the destruction of the diluvial
deposits by the inroads of the sea, and partly from a projection of the
chalk, which formed their ancient boundary; for there appears to have
been but little correspondence in the sinuosities of the ancient and modern
shores. An abrupt recess marks this alteration in the face of the cliff;
and here the calcareous bed rises suddenly to the summit of the chalk,
over which it is continued in a layer of inconsiderable thickness (vide
Tab. v. fig. 1). The shingle bed, which at a short distance to the west
contains large masses of chalk, here suffers a remarkable contraction, and
is divided by thin seams of sand and fine rubble. At the curvature of
the recess, the shingle diminishes very abruptly, and soon entirely dis-

DILUVIUM. 281

appears. Along the face of the chalk, slight traces of it are here and
there perceptible, and in these situations, the vertical flint veins that
traverse the cliff, invariably pass behind, and are concealed from view, by
the insular patches of shingle.

The face of the chalk is remarkably even; it is not, however, vertical,
but forms a precipitous slope. In the upper part, the chalk is much
broken, and contains two horizontal veins of tabular flint; the inferior
strata are more regular. It is particularly necessary for the reader to bear
in mind, that although the chalk with its horizontal flint veins, (vide Tab.
v. fig. 1), is higher than the insular portions of the shingle bed, it is not
situated perpendicularly above them; the cliff, as before mentioned, forms
an inclined plane, its summit receding considerably from the shore: con-
sequently a vertical section would cut off all traces of the shingle*.

On the eastern extremity of the recess, the chalk is traversed by
numerous veins of marl, but in other respects presents nothing worthy of
observation. At the termination of the chalk, a bold projection of the
cliff occurs, in which the shingle and calcareous bed appear in their
usual position and proportions.

Towards Rottingdean the cliffs increase in altitude, but the calcareous
bed diminishes considerably in thickness, and wherever a vertical section
is exposed, is seen lying upon the shingle, in contact with a sloping
bank of broken chalk ; the latter being evidently the ruin of the ancient
chalk cliffs, the flints it contains presenting no appearance of having
suffered either from attrition, or exposure.

To the west of Rottingdean, the cliffs are chiefly composed of the
regular chalk strata, containing, as usual, horizontal beds of siliceous
nodules, and veins of tabular flint. Veins of marl are also very numerous,
and there is one of remarkable extent, which appears beneath the shingle,
and extending in a horizontal direction to within a short distance of

* It was probably from want of attention to this circumstance, that the respectable
writer previously alluded to, was led to adopt the opinion, that the shingle bed was situated
between two distinct beds of flinty chalk.

00

282 DILUVIUM.

Rottingdean, (vide Tab. v. fig. 2), reappears on the eastern bank of the
landing place (vide Tab. v. fig. 3).

In that portion of the cliffs we are now describing, the shingle ter-
minates as represented in fig. 2. Tab. v.; and by a singular coincidence, a
bed of flint nodules commences immediately beneath it, and pursuing a
horizontal course in the chalk, resembles at a distance a continuation of
that bed. It is scarcely necessary to observe, that this apparent identity
is a mere illusion; a bed of rounded pebbles lying upon the chalk, cannot
readily be mistaken for a stratum of perfect chalk flints, stall occupying the
cavities in which they were originally formed.

On the west side of the landing place at Rottingdean, the cliff is low,
and its upper part occupied by a mass of chalk rubble, analogous in some
of its characters to the caleareous bed, of which it may possibly be a con-:
tinuation. It is strongly marked with undulating lines, of an ochraceous
yellow colour. The chalk on both sides of the gap is more or less
disturbed, and the veins of tabular flint are broken and contorted; this
is remarkably the case with those on the eastern bank (vide fig. 3, Tab. v),
in which the fragments of flint are detached from each other. The beach
near this place contains semitranslucent pebbles of agate, and chalcedony,
of a bluish grey colour. These are collected by visitors, and when cut
and polished, are used for bracelets and other ornamental purposes: they
are usually called “ Rottingdean pebbles.”

In concluding this description of the cliffs between Brighton and
Rottingdean, I would observe, in the words of Mr. Webster, “that it is
impossible to view them, without immediately perceiving, that they do
not owe their existence to original stratification, but are simply the
section of an immense heap of fragments of chalk, and flints, mixed with
clay and sand, the whole having, at some distant period, been subjected
to the action of water, and deposited upon the solid chalk stratum.”

It would be unjust to close this article, without acknowledging my
obligations to Miss Sarah Godlee, of Lewes, for the elegant and accurate
sketches of the strata, engraved in Tab. iv. and v.; and to Mr. Thomas

DILUVIUM. 283

Hodgkin, of Brighton, for an interesting account of the principal
phenomena above described; to the kind assistance of this gentleman,
whose residence near the spot afforded him every facility for accurate
observation, I hold myself particularly indebted.

Orcanic- Remains oF THE Drnuviat Deposits.

It is precisely in deposits of this kind, that is, in diluvial beds spread
over the surface of plains, or accumulated in the bottoms of vallies, that
the remains of quadrupeds have been discovered in various parts of
England. In Sussex, however, these remains but very rarely occur; the
bones and teeth of the horse, and of the elephant, being the only ex-
amples at present known.

Mr. Hawkins informs me, that about sixty years since, the bones of
an elephant were dug up in Burton Park, near Arundel, but I have been
unable to obtain any satisfactory account of the circumstances attending
their discovery.

In the brick loam at Hove, near Brighton, a fragment of a bone
resembling the femur, and a grinder of a large size, were found at the
depth of about six feet; the tooth was decidedly that of the Asiatic
elephant.

In the spring of last year, at Peppering, near Arundel, the bones, and
several grinders of elephants, were found in a bed of gravel, on the estate
of John Drewett, Esq. of Peppering, who kindly favoured me with the
following remarks concerning them.

«The remains in question were found in a bed of gravelly loam,
situated near the foot of the Downs, and reposing upon the chalk, at an
elevation of about eighty feet above the level of the Arun. They were
lying very superficially, the first fragment of bone that attracted our
notice being scarcely three feet beneath the surface. The specimens col-
lected consist of a tusk, four grinders, and several fragments of other
bones, apparently portions of the skull; the body appeared to he beneath
a bank of earth of considerable thickness, and could not have been

002

284 DILUVIUM.

removed without much labour. The tusk was lying upon its convex
part, and notwithstanding every precaution, broke into several pieces,
upon our attempting to remove it. It measured four feet and a half
long, and from twenty-two to twenty-four inches in circumference ; but
neither the base nor point were perfect. The largest grinder of the lower
jaw weighed six pounds four ounces; its upper surface being three inches
and a half wide, and seven inches long; one of the molares of the upper
jaw was broken in two, and the pieces detached from each other.”

The grinders and bones of the elephant, and horse, occur in the
calcareous bed at Brighton, as previously mentioned.

The antlers and bones of the red deer are said to have been discovered
in a bed of loam, in sinking a well near the barracks, a mile to the north-
east of Brighton ; but much confidence cannot be placed in the correctness
of the information.

ALLUVIUM. 285

XX.

§ IV. 13. ALLUVIUM.

Unper this name are included,

1. Marsh land, composed of blue clay, silt, &c. produced by rivers.

2. Peat, and subterranean forests.

3. Caleareous tufa, deposited by springs.

4. Sand, and comminuted shells, on the coast, and drifted inland.

These depositions are clearly the effect of local causes which still
continue in operation, and appear to have proceeded with but little
modification, from the period when our continents assumed their present
form *.

In Sussex, the marsh lands (No. 1), which from the flatness of their
surface, have received the provincial name of “levels,” constitute several
extensive tracts, partially filling up vallies in the older formations. They
perfectly correspond in the nature of their materials, and for the most
part have a river flowing through them. A description of those of
Lewes will serve to convey a correct idea of the whole.

Lrewrs tEvets, have already been noticed as constituting a flat
marshy tract, through which the river Ouse winds its way to the British
Channel. Tradition, ancient records, and the names of several hamlets +

* Phillips Geology, (Edit. 1822), p. 4. + Hamsey, Landport, &c.

286 ALLUVIUM.

situated upon its borders, lead to the opinion, that in distant ages, it
was covered either by an arm of the sea, or an inland marine lake, which
extended up the country far beyond the town of Lewes; the site of the
cliff being buried beneath its waters. During the last century, and
before the present improved state of the navigation of the Ouse, the
levels were annually exposed to extensive inundations, from the over-
flowing of the banks of the river; the ries and other eminences, forming
islands in the midst of the lake.

A section of this alluvial deposit exposes,

1. Pipe clay; the detritus of the chalk marl upon which it

reposes, = = = = = s = = 1 foot.
2. Silt, or blue clay, with marine and fresh water shells;

from = = = z s = = 5 to 25 feet.
3. Impure peat, with trunks of trees, - - - - 5 feet.
4. Vegetable mould, - - - = - - - 1 foot.

Interspersions of white sand, gravel, and chalk rubble, also occur in
various places.

The pipe clay is sufficiently plastic for the usual purposes to which
that substance is applied, and is evidently the detritus of the chalk
marl.

The si/t varies in thickness from three to twenty-five, and in some
instances, to thirty feet. The lower part of the bed contains marine
shells ; the upper, fresh water shells; but in the intermediate layers, both
kinds are indiscriminately mixed together. The shells correspond with
the recent testaceze of the adjacent river, and sea; and I believe, are
common in other alluvial depositions near the coast. I am indebted to
William Wood, Esq. F.R.S. &c. (of the Strand), for the following deter-
mination of their characters.

ALLUVIUM. 287

SHELLS FROM THE SiILT OF Lewes LEvELs.

Marine. Fresh water.
Turbo ulva. 1. Helix planorbis. (Planorbis of
Tellina solidula. Lamarck).
Cardium edule. 2. Helix cornea. (Planorbis cornea
Mactra Listeri. of Lamarck).
3. Helix stagnalis. (Lymnea of La-
marck).
. Helix palustris.

limosa.

wo

—— putris.

tentaculata.

Turbo fontinalis.

Tellina cornea. (Cyclas cornea of
Lamarck).

SOR OE StS Sri

The peat consists of the remains of rushes, flags, and the foliage of
various kinds of plants that affect a marshy soil; it occasionally contains
the trunks of large trees*.

The alluvial deposits above described, are clearly of very remote an-
tiquity, as is evident from the superficial situation in which ancient coins,
&c. have been found. On the west side of Glynd bridge, a paved Roman
causeway was discovered lying about three feet beneath the turf, upon a
bed of silt twenty feet thick}. And in forming the new road across the
levels from Ranscombe to Beddingham, a coin of Domitian was found im-
mediately beneath the turf. From these circumstances we may infer, that
the formation of the levels was antecedent to the Roman advent; and
that since that period, they have not received any material addition.

They also afford an interesting example of the gradual conversion of

* «Tn widening the bed of the Ouse, trees, each containing aload of timber, were dis-
covered.” Cook's Topography of Sussex.
+ A large brass of Antoninus Pius was found near it.

288 ALLUVIUM.

an extensive basin of salt water, into a fresh water lake*, and of the
transition of the latter into a narrow river, which now flows through a
fertile tract formed of the detritus of other strata, brought in remote
ages from the interior of the country, and deposited in a valley of the
chalk formation.

3. SUBTERRANEAN FORESTS.

The occurrence of large trees beneath the surface of the earth, with
their leaves, roots, and even fruits, more or less preserved, attracted the
attention of philosophers at a very early period. , These subterranean
forests have been noticed in almost every part of England, and various
conjectures offered in explanation of the catastrophes by which they have
been overwhelmed. The subject has been ably treated by Mr. Parkin-
son}, to whose work the reader is referred for an interesting account of
the most remarkable examples.

The trees are chiefly oak, hazel, fir, birch, yew, willow, and ash ; in
short, almost every kind that is indigenous to this island occasionally
occurs. The trunks, branches, &c., are dyed throughout of a deep ebony
colour; the wood is firm and heavy, and sometimes sufficiently sound
for domestic use; in Yorkshire it is employed in the construction of
houses. Several accumulations of this kind have been discovered on the
coast of Sussex, occupying low alluvial tracts, that are still subject to
periodical inundations.

At Felpham, near Bognor, on the 25th of October, 1799, a submarine
forest was laid bare by a north-east hurricane. It was situated about five
feet beneath the surface; but neither its thickness nor extent could be
ascertained; notwithstanding, there can be no doubt, that it pervades the

* This conclusion naturally results from the occurrence of marine shells in the lower beds
only, and of fresh water in the upper, the two being intermixed in the intermediate layers;
since the experiments of M. Beaudant have shewn, that if fresh water mollusca be suddenly
introduced into sea water, they die in a very short time; but if the fresh water is very gradually
impregnated with salt, they will live in it when of the strength of sea water without any injury:
the same experiments repeated on fresh water mollusca gave similar results. Vide Annal. de
Chim. et Physique, ii. 82.

+ Organic Remains, Vol. i. p. 62, et seq.

ALLUVIUM. 289

Felpham levels, probably as far as the village of Barnham. Large por-
tions of the trunks of trees, and heaps of reeds, oak-leaves, &c., matted
together, were observed, permeated throughout with a bituminous stain.
This storm also exposed on the strand, at low water, upwards of forty
large oak trees, lying with their heads toward the south-east. The body
of the largest measured four feet in diameter, the wood was extremely
black, and emitted a strong sulphureous smell during combustion. ‘Trees
of this kind have often been observed by the inhabitants of Bognor after
a north-east storm, and doubtless, may again be witnessed under similar
circumstances by any curious inquirer*.

In Pevensey levels the trunks of large trees have often been observed,
imbedded in a mass of decayed vegetables. The substratum is an inferior
peat, with an intermixture of sand, reposing upon a thick bed of blue al-
luvial clay, containing marine shells of the same species as those that occur
in Lewes levels. In that division of the marsh called Hoo Levels, a sub-
marine forest was discovered a few years since. It lies in the western
extremity of Bexhill parish, just above low water mark, adjacent to a
manor farm of the Duke of Dorset, called Conden, nearly midway between
Hastings and Eastbourne. The following description, from an anonymous
correspondent, was published in the Gentleman’s Magazine for 17—.

« Tn this place, there are the remains of 200 or more trees, which are
firmly rooted to the soil, now become sand, and still retain their perpen-
dicularity, and original position. Some of the trees are four or five feet
above the surface, others have been cut down, or rather I conjecture worn
away by the continued flux and reflux of the water. The ramifications,
&c. of the roots are very perfect. The trees are of the same species as
those of which our Sussex woods are composed, being principally oak and
birch. At high water this spot is covered by the sea to the depth of ten
or twelve feet; so that it is evident, that the earth must here have ex-
perienced some grand convulsion, as it is utterly impossible, under present

* Communicated by the late Rev. J. Douglas, F.A.S. of Preston.
PP

290 ALLUVIUM.

circumstances, that any other than marine vegetation could thrive or even
exist there.

“ The adjacent country, inland, is a marsh from which the sea has been
expelled, and is now kept out with great difficulty, and at a vast expense,
and there is no woodland nearer than four miles, on the hill adjoining
these levels.”

The marsh called the Wisu, near Eastbourne, chiefly consists of peat,
of the same character as that of Pevensey, containing leaves, nuts, branches
of trees, &c., and the bones of ruminants*: and at Isfield, in sinking the
well near the paper-mill, a bed of similar materials was passed through ;
it is nearly 20 feet thick, and contains oak-leaves, nuts, branches of trees,
&e.

3. CALCAREOUS TUFA, DEPOSITED BY SPRINGS FLOWING THROUGH LIME-
STONE STRATA, &c.

The deposition of calcareous earth from water flowing through beds
of limestone, is a fact so well known as to require but little comment.

Springs of this kind occur in many parts of England, particularly in
Derbyshire, where the incrustations they form are generally considered
as petrifactions, although certainly having no claim to that title. The

chemical changes which give rise to the phenomena in question admit of
an easy explanation.

At the temperature of 60°, lime is soluble in 700 times its weight of
water; and if to this solution a small portion of carbonic acid be added, a
carbonate of lime is formed, and precipitated in an insoluble state+. If
however the carbonic acid be in such quantity as to supersaturate the
lime, it is again rendered soluble in water, and it is thus that carbonate
of lime, held in solution by an excess of fixed air, not in actual combina-
tion with the lime, but contained in the water, and acting as a men-

* In 1817 Thomas Smith, Esq. F.R.S., discovered in this alluvial bed the bones of a
species of Bos.
+ Organic Remains, Vol. i. p. 373.

ALLUVIUM. 291

struum, is commonly found in all waters. Hence it is obvious, that a
deposition of carbonate of lime from water, may be occasioned either
from an absorption of carbonic acid, or from the loss of that portion
which exists in excess.

The only incrusting spring that occurs in Sussex, has its source in the
beds of limestone of the iron sand formation*. It is situated in a wood
at Pounceford+}, between Heathfield and Burwash. It forms an incon-
siderable cascade over a rock of sandstone, and pursuing a tortuous course,
deposits carbonate of lime on every extraneous body that lies in its
channel ; converting the mosses and other vegetables within reach of its
waters, into masses of calcareous tufa. The specimens in my possession
consist of incrustations of mosses, small branches of trees, leaves, &c.:
some of them are composed of a porous friable calcareous earth; and
others of a compact carbonate of lime of a subcrystalline structure, per-
fectly resembling the tufaceous depositions of Derbyshire. When re-
cently collected, the moss on the surface was green and flourishing, and
had evidently continued to vegetate although the roots, &c. were com-
pletely unbedded in the stone.

I have not been able to obtain any of the water for analysis; but it is
evidently possessed of very considerable lapidescent powers, and might
doubtless be applied to the same ingenious purposes as the waters of
Tivoli, and the baths of St. Phillip, in Tuscany ¢.

* The existence of an incrusting spring in Sussex, was first made known to me by Mr.
Daniel King of Lewes.

+ Pounceford is the name of a farm in the possession of Mr. Edward Simes; in passing
from Heathfield to Burwash, it lies to the right of the road, and may readily be found by en-
quiring of the keeper of the turnpike gate.

‘ At the baths of St. Phillip in Tuscany, a manufactory is established, where casts of
medals and bas-reliefs are formed of calcareous tufa. The water is propelled from a consider-
able height into a large vessel, and being interrupted in its fall by a wooden cross, is separated
into a fine spray and dashed against the moulds of the medals, which are placed round the
sides of the vessel; by this means excellent impressions are produced. Vide Org. Rem. Vol. i.

. 363.
r The waters of the Ouse also contain a considerable proportion of calcareous earth. A
wooden pipe which had for several years been used fur the conveyance of water from the
paper-mill at Lewes, had its interior coated with a very compact carbonate of lime, nearly 0-4
inch thick.

pPP2

292 ALLUVIUM.

4, SAND AND COMMINUTED SHELLS ON THE COAST, &c.

Under this head, I shall merely notice the low bank near the entrance of
Shoreham harbour. It is about 20 feet high, and consists of clay and
marl, resting upon a bed of sand that contains the remains of shells in
a very fragile and mutilated state; they appear to be of the same species
as those which inhabit the adjoining sea*.

PRESENT EFFECTS OF THE OcrAn.

Havre examined the various accumulations of mineral substances that
are worthy of notice in the district comprehended in the present volume,
and described the numerous organic remains distributed in the respective
deposits, it now only remains to investigate the nature of those changes
which are still produced by that element, of whose powerful effects we
have seen such unequivocal manifestations. But the present operation of
the sea, seems to be wholly incapable of producing the important changes
that have formerly taken place, and on the Sussex coast they are restricted
to a gradual, but constant destruction, of the strata which compose its
shores.

The encroachments of the sea along the coast of Sussex, have con-
tinued incessantly, from time immemorial; and when so considerable as to
have occasioned sudden inundations, or overwhelmed fertile or inhabited
tracts, have been noticed in our historical records. In the “ Tawatio
ficelesiastica Anglie et Walla, auctoritate P. Nicholas, (A.D. 1292), and
Nonarum inquisitiones in curia scaccarii, (A.D. 1340), the following notices
occur, of the losses sustained by the action of the sea, between the years
1260 and 1340; a period of only eighty years.

* On the authority of Thomas Smith, Esq. F.R.S. of London.
+ I was favoured with this notice by the late Thomas Woollgar, Esq. of Lewes.

ALLUVIUM. 293

At Pett, marsh land overflowed by the sea; the tithes of which were
valued at two marks per annum.

Iklesham and Ryngermersh, lands of which the tithes were 49s. 8d.
per annum.

Thornye, 20 acres of arable, and 20 acres of pasturage.

Selseye, much arable land.

Felpham, 60 acres of land.

Middleton, 60 acres.

Brighthelmston, 40 acres.

Aldingion, 40 acres.

Portslade, 60 acres.

Lancing, \and, the tithes of which were 44s. 6d. per annum.

Stddlesham and Westwythering, much land.

Houve, 150 acres.

Terringe, land, the tithe valued at 6s. 8d. per annum.

Bernham, 40 acres.

Heas, 400 acres.

Brede, great part of the marsh called Gabberghes.

Salehurst and Udimer, land, the tithes of which were valued at 40s.
per annum.

At Brighton, the inroads of the sea have been very extensive. In the
year 1665, twenty-two tenements under the cliff had been destroyed,
among which were twelve shops, and three cottages, with land adjoining
them. At that period, there still remained under the cliff; 113 tenements ;
and the whole of these were overwhelmed in 1703 and 1705. Since that
time, an ancient fort called the Block House, with the Gun garden, wall,
and gates, have been completely swept away, not the slightest trace of
their rus having been perceptible for the last 50 years*.

At the present time, the whole line of coast, between the embouchure
of the Arun, and Emsworth harbour, is visibly retreating, and the means

* Lee’s Mist. of Lewes and Brighton.

294 ALLUVIUM.

adopted for its prevention, have hitherto been attended with but little
success *.

The process by which this destruction of the coast is effected, is suf-
ficiently obvious. By the incessant action of the waves the cliffs are un-
dermined, and at length fall down, and cover the shore with their ruins.
The softer parts of the strata, as chalk, marl, clay, &c., are rapidly disin-
tegrated and washed away; while the flints, and more solid materials, are
broken and rounded by the continual agitation of the water, and form
those accumulations of sand and pebbles, that constitute the beach, and
which serve, in some situations, to protect the land from farther encroach-
ments. But when the cliffs are entirely composed of soft substances, their
destruction is very rapid, unless artificial means are employed for their
protection; and even these, in many instances, are but too frequently
ineffectual.

* Dallaway’s Western Sussex, Vol. i. p. lv.

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS: 295

XXI.

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

In the preceding pages, it has been my object to convey a general idea
of the mineralogical structure of Sussex, confining myself, so far as the
nature of the enquiry would permit, to a plain statement of facts; and but
seldom indulging in hypothetical discussions. I cannot, however, close
this volume, without taking a more extended view of the subject; and,
briefly noticing the principal phenomena that have been submitted to
our examination, endeavour to point out the geological deductions that
result from their investigation.

The chalk formation has been described as traversing the county in a
direction nearly east and west, extending from Beachy Head, to near
Midhurst; from whence it passes into Hampshire, and finally into Surrey
and Kent, terminating in a range of lofty cliffs at Dover; thus forming a
semi-elliptical chain of downs, that encloses an extensive district, composed
of deposits more ancient than the chalk. On the south, and south-east,
these strata are cut off by the British channel; and the southern margin
of the chalk, is covered by the remains of the tertiary formations of the
Isle of Wight basin.

The area included by the chalk, has a range of hills belonging to the
iron sand in the centre (the Forest Ridge); on each side of which the
country gradually descends; the low district on the south-west, forming
the Weald of Sussex; and that on the north-east, the Weald of Kent
both being composed of the weald clay with its beds of shelly limestone.

In Kent, and Surrey, a range of hills formed by the green sand, inter-
venes between the Weald, and the foot of the Downs; but in the south-

296 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

eastern part of Sussex, this deposit only constitutes a ridge of inconsider-
able elevation.
Intermediate between the hills of the green sand and the chalk, is
another valley, formed by the outcrops of the grey and blue chalk marl.
The annexed diagram and section, although possessing no preten-
sion to accuracy of detail, willserve to render this description more in-

telligible.

4,
KR

bas 2
Hy orth Dumn >.

—
oD
Ss a

6
a

SUS SEX

The figures both in the plan and section, refer to the same deposits;
the section is in the direction of a line drawn from the south of Sussex, to
the north of Kent.

Explanation of the Plan, and Section.
1. Tertiary formations; Plastic clay of Newhaven.

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 297

2. 2. Chalk, constituting the South Downs of Sussex, the Surrey hills,
and the North Downs of Kent.

3.3. Grey and Blue chalk marl; at Ringmer, near Lewes, on the
north of the South Downs; at Bletchingley in Surrey, and Folkstone in
Kent, on the south side of the North Downs.

4.4. Green sand, and cherty sandstone; at Eastbourne, south of
Lewes, Ditchling, Haslemere, &c. in Sussex ; near Godalming, Reigate,
Nutfield, &c. in Surrey ; Folkstone, and Hythe, in Kent.

5.5. Weald clay, containing Sussex marble; Wealds of Surrey,
Sussex, and Kent. The localities of the limestone in Sussex, are well
known; in Surrey, it occurs at Red-hill, near Reigate; and in Kent, at
Bethersden.

6.6. Iron sand, with beds of bivalve limestone; forming the central
range of hills on the boundary line of Kent, and Sussex.

7. 'Tilgate limestone, &c.

The plan shews the appearance of the strata on the surface, and the
manner in which the various formations are disposed in regular succession
within the area encircled by the chalk hills, arranging themselves round
the central mass of Iron sand. Hence in the section from Newhaven to
the Forest ridge, the deposits form a descending series, and are inclined
towards the south; thus we have 1. the Plastic clay, 2. the Chalk, 3. the
Blue chalk marl, 4. the Green sand, 5. the Weald clay, and 6. the Iron
sand. But proceeding from the Forest ridge to Dover, they are passed
over in an ascending order, and dip in a contrary direction; the Iron
-sand being the first, which is succeeded by the Weald clay, Green sand,
Blue chalk marl, and Chalk.

Such is the geographical distribution of the strata in Surrey, Kent,
and Sussex ; and it is worthy of remark, that the formations on the op-
posite coast of France, are disposed in a similar manner, appearing like a
continuation of the English beds. The escarpment of the French chalk
describes a semicircle of about twelve miles radius, ranging around Bou-
Jogne as a centre; the southern extremity, on the coast near Etaples,

QQ

298 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

corresponding with the termination of the Sussex Downs, at Beachy head;
and the northern point at Calais, with that of the Kentish hills, at Dover.
The included area contains beds of Green and Iron sand, but the greater
part of the coast is composed of .a calcareo-argillaceous formation, which
underlies the sand last mentioned, and is considered by Professor Buckland
as identical with the Oxford clay*.

This occurrence of the more ancient deposits, within a zone of chalk
hills, is a problem exceedingly difficult of solution. From the appearance
of the strata, as shewn in the plan and section, one might be almost led to
suppose that the chalk, at some remote period, was continuous over the
whole extent of country that now forms the counties alluded to, and that
by some unknown catastrophe the central mass of chalk had been swept
away, and the underlying deposits forced into their present situation. I
do not, however, mean to insinuate, that such has actually been the case,
but that the mode in which the strata are disposed presents such an
appearance ; for although (as an eminent geologist} has remarked), the
truncated form of the escarpment of the chalk, evidently shews it to have
once extended much farther than at present, still it would be highly rash
to assume, that at any period it actually covered the whole space in which
the inferior strata are denuded.

We shall now proceed to take a rapid sketch of the geological features
of the several formations previously described, that their most important
characters may be placed in a conspicuous point of view.

1. The Iron sand (p. 24), requires but a brief notice. It has been
shewn to consist of various strata of sand and sandstone, including beds
of ironstone (p. 28), shelly limestone (p. 30), and coal (p. 34). The lime-
stone bears a considerable resemblance to the upper beds of the Purbeck,
and is supposed to form the base, upon which the iron sand rests; yet
there is reason to conclude that in some instances (p. 33), these deposits
alternate. The shells enclosed in the limestone are wholly bivalve ; some

* Vide Phillips’ Geological Outlines, p.155. + Rev. W. D. Conybeare, Phillips’ Outlines, p. 144,

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 299

resemble a species of Tellina, or Nucula, and others are supposed to
belong to the genus Cyréné; but whether they are of fresh water, or of
marine origin, has not been satisfactorily determined.

The beds of Coal appear to be of very limited extent, and not likely
to be sufficiently productive for economical purposes; their occurrence in
such a situation, is, however, highly interesting to the geologist, and
proves how much the existence of a deposit may depend upon local
causes.

The organic remains are but few; traces of lignite or charred wood
occur in the Iron sand; impressions of ferns, in the coal shale; and the
casts and remains of bivalves, in the limestone.

2. Tilgate Limestone, &c. (p. 37). The strata designated by this
name, are fully described in the body of the work; in this place it is only
necessary to recapitulate the more important points. These deposits
consist of thin beds of limestone and sandstone, which repose on Blue
clay, and correspond in so many particulars with the Purbeck, that there
is every reason to conclude they belong to that formation, and form a
protrusion through the Iron sand by which they are surrounded (vide
p- 58). They contain the remains of four or five species of vegetables,
bearing a distant resemblance to recent tropical plants; nine or ten kinds
of univalves and bivalves; several genera and species of fishes; three
species of Turtle; and one or more gigantic animals of the lizard tribe,
besides the bones, teeth, &c. of unknown animals, and perhaps of birds ?

The remains of turtles, fishes, lizards, &e. occur in the Purbeck lime-
stone, and the latter also corresponds in its chemical characters with that
of Tilgate; it therefore appears unnecessary to renew the discussion on
their supposed identity; and I shall only remark, that the fossils collected
since the former part of this volume was written, serve to confirm the
opinion therein advanced.

3. The Weald clay (p. 61), is characterized by the Sussex TAR,
which has commonly been supposed to be of fresh water origin, from the
presumption, that the univalves it contains, are related to the recent
Helix vivipara. But if the observations of Mr. G. B. Sowerby (vide

Qar

300 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

p- 67), are correct, (and his opinions on the subject are entitled to con-
siderable deference), the hypothesis is untenable, since he believes that
the shells in question possess neither the form nor structure of fresh
water shells, but bear a close resemblance to a species of marine Turbo,
allied to T. littoreus.

4. The Green sand (p. 69), with its beds and concretions of cherty
sandstone, exhibits considerable variety, both in colour, and in the nature
of its materials ; it is, however, clearly identified with the Chlorite sand of
Wiltshire by its organic remains, consisting of more than twenty kinds of
fossil shells, most of which also occur in the same deposit in Devonshire
and Wiltshire (p. 78). In some instances, the sandstone is strongly
impregnated with bitumen (p. 76) ; in others, it contains fragments of
petrified wood (p. 76) *. .

5. The Blue chalk marl or Galt (p. 80), is a remarkable division of

the chalk formation; and although not always present, yet wherever it .

does occur, maintains a striking uniformity, both in its mineralogical
characters, and organic remains. It contains two or three species of
Turbinolia; more than thirty kinds of testaceee, which in most instances
retain their shelly coverings in a beautiful state of preservation; five
species of crustacea; and the scales, teeth, and vertebree of fishes. Many
of these fossils are peculiar to this deposit; namely, Turbinolia Konigii,
Cirrus plicatus, Rostellaria carinata, Nautilus iequalis, Ammonites
splendens, Hamites attenuatus, Nucula pectinata, Inoceramus concentricus,
I. sulcatus, &e. and the crustacea.

The “Malin Rock” of western Sussex (p. 84), is evidently a con-
tinuation of the same bed, but somewhat altered in its characters by the
influence of local causes.

6. The Grey chalk marl (p. 99), is co-extensive with the chalk,
appearing throughout the county, on the inner edge of the escarpment
of the Downs. Its organic remains are very numerous: those discovered

* Ihave lately obtained several examples of fossil wood, from the Blue marl of Folkstone ;
and these so closely resemble the specimens found at Willingdon (described at page 76), thatit
is not improbable the latter may also belong to the lower beds of that formation.

2 a

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 301

in the vicinity of Lewes consist of wood, supposed Juli of the Larch, im-
pressions of leaves, seven kinds of Zoophytes, several species of Echinites,
upwards of fifty species of univalves and bivalves, and the remains of
fishes, and crustacea. Of these, the Scaphites, Turrilites, Hamites, and
the supposed Juli, are the most remarkable.

7. The Upper and Lower chalk (pp. 139 and 143), form the South
Downs; their characters are too well known to require farther notice.
They contain wood; impressions of supposed vegetable bodies; nearly
thirty different kinds of Zoophytes ; Star fish ; fifteen species of Echinites ;
fifty species of univalves and bivalves ; four species of crustacea ; eighteen
or more kinds of fishes; and the remains of a species of Monitor.

The strata comprised in the preceding sketch have manifestly, with
but few exceptions, been formed by gradual deposition at the bottom of
tranquil seas; the zoophytes and shell-fish having in all probability been
enveloped, while living in their native beds. It is also evident, that
these formations took place at periods sufficiently remote from each other,
to allow of the consolidation of the inferior beds, before the upper ones
were deposited; the line of separation being always distinctly marked,
and the inhabitants of each formation, essentially differing from those
contained in the strata either above, or below it.

8. The Tertiary formations have been described (p. 250), as lying in a
basin, or hollow of the chalk; hence it is cbvious, that the latter must
have suffered considerable destruction subsequently to its consolidation ;
and the immense quantity of rolled chalk flints that occur in the Plastic
and London clay, not only confirms that supposition, but also tends to
prove that a considerable period must have intervened between the
deposition of the chalk, and that of the strata under consideration. The
beds comprehended in this division are the Druid sandstone, Plastic clay,
and the London clay, and Sandstone.

The Druid sandstone (p. 253), appears to have anciently extended
over a considerable portion of the English chalk, but now only occurs in the
state of large boulders, which in most instances lie bare on the surface
of the Downs. It is supposed that this sandstone did not form a.

302 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

continuous bed*, but was originally imbedded in sand, like the masses of
“Whin stone” in western Sussex (vide p. 71). It is destitute of organic
remains.

The Plastic clay (p. 256), consists of various beds of marl, sand, clay,
and gravel; the lowermost constituting a ferruginous breccia, which lies
immediately on the chalk. Castle hill, near Newhaven, and Chimting
Castle east of Seaford, are the principal localities of these deposits in
Sussex. This formation contains aluminite, crystallized sulphate of lime,
surturbrand, wood, the impression of the foliage of a species of Platanus,
fruit of the Palm? shells of the genera Cerithium, Helix, Mactra, Unio,
Cytherea, Cyclas, and Ostrea; a shell which is supposed to be a fresh
water bivalve (p. 264), and the teeth of a species of Shark.

The analogues of these beds appear on the opposite coast near Dieppe,
where strata of sand, sandstone, and Plastic clay, are seen lying upon the
chalk (p. 266) #-.

The London clay (p. 267), is confined to the south-western part of
the county. At Bracklesham it abounds in fossil shells, which exactly
correspond with those of Hordwell in Hampshire, and Grignon near
Paris; nearly forty species have been discovered.

The Limestone constitutes several groups of rocks, near Bognor and
Selsea, (p. 271), and appears to be decidedly analogous to the calcaire
grossier of Paris. It contains nearly twenty shells, peculiar to that
deposit.

These Tertiary formations closely correspond with the lower beds of
the Paris basin, and are without doubt detached portions of a series of
strata, deposited under similar circumstances in that excavation of the
English chalk, which geologists distinguish by the name of the Isle of
Wight basin.

* Phillips’ Outlines, p. 14.

+ That Great Britain was formerly united to the continent can scarcely be questioned ;
‘indeed, as Mr. Phillips observes, “the many remarkable points of agreement between the
opposite coasts of France and England, render the supposition too reasonable to be ranked
among mere hypotheses ; their separation was, in all probability, occasioned by an irruption of
the sea, which washed away the connecting mass.” Vide Geological Transactions, Vol. v. p. 51.

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 303

Here then we have undeniable proofs of another deposition of regular
strata, formed by a sea in a state of tranquillity, having been broken up
and almost annihilated by some sudden and powerful catastrophe.

9. The Diluvian accumulations of sand, gravel, clay, pebbles, &c. (p. 275)
promiscuously distributed over the surface of the country, and occa-
sionally including the remains of Elephants, and other land quadrupeds,
(p. 283), afford also conclusive evidence, that some general irruption of
water has taken place subsequently to the deposition of the most recent
of the regular strata.

To the same cause may likewise be ascribed, the present form and
appearance of the surface of the earth, the rounded outlines of our hills,
and the vallies, coombes, and sinuosities, by which they are intersected.
For if there be any one fact thoroughly established by geological in-
vestigations, it is the circumstance, that our globe has been overwhelmed
at a comparatively recent period, by the waters of a transient deluge*.

From the facts that have been presented to our notice, the following
inferences naturally arise:

1stly. That the strata composing the county of Sussex, have been
formed at different periods, by successive depositions at the bottom of
tranquil seas +.

2dly. That the waters which deposited these formations were in-
habited by shell-fish, zoophytes, fishes, &c., the greater part of which were
not only essentially distinct from any that are known in a recent state,
but many of them are confined to certain deposits.

3dly. That one of these formations (the Tilgate beds) contain the re-

* Vide Cuvier's Theory of the Earth, (translated by Jameson), p. 171. Mr. Greenough’s
Critical Examination of the First Principles of Geology, p. 155. Professor Buckland on the
Quartz Rock, §c. Geological Transactions, Vol. v. p. 544.

+ The absence of all traces of land animals and vegetables in these beds, does not however
appear to warrant the inference, that the former were not then in existence. For if we suppose
that after the deposition of the Iron sand, the sea retired, and the surface of that formation be-
came clothed with vegetation, and inhabited by animals; may it not be presumed, that if the ap-
proach of the next ocean was gradual, the advance and retrocession of its waves might destroy
all traces of the land and its productions, before the water covered the surface to a sufficient

depth, to allow of the tranquil deposition of the Weald clay? This remark equally applies to
the other secondary formations.

304 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

mains of shells, fishes, Palms, arborescent ferns, Turtles, gigantic Lizards,
and unknown quadrupeds; an assemblage of organic remains, for which it
is difficult to account, unless we suppose, that the bed in which they are
enclosed was deposited by a river, or lake of fresh water.

Athly. That the chalk subsequently to its consolidation has suffered
extensive destruction; the upper beds having been swept away, and ex-
tensive basins formed on its surface.

5thly. That the excavations, or basins of the chalk, have been filled
up by a series of depositions, possessing very different characters to any
that preceded them; and which in some places (Isle of Wight, Paris, &c.)
consist of alternations of marine, and fresh water deposits.

6thly. 'That these newer depositions have also been broken up, and in
a great measure destroyed, by an irruption of water in a state of violent
commotion; a catastrophe to whose powerful agency the present form
of the surface of the earth, and the accumulations of beds of gravel, SH,
&e. are to be attributed.

7thly. That it is only among these last and newest deposits, the wrecks
of ancient formations, that the remains of the Elephant, Deer, Horse, and
other land quadrupeds, have hitherto been discovered.

Lastly, That the present effects of the ocean appear to be wholly
inadequate to produce changes like those which have formerly taken place.

Hence it appears, that in the lapse of ages, the sea alternately encroaches
on, and retreats from the land, and the districts it formerly occupied
become the habitation of terrestrial animals and vegetables ; but other
revolutions succeed, the sea returns to its ancient bed, and the countries
from which it retires, are again fitted for the reception of their former
inhabitants.

Thus, as an elegant writer* has remarked, to discover order and intel-
ligence in scenes of apparent wildness and confusion, is the pleasing task
of the geological enquirer, who recognizes in the changes which are con-
tinually taking place on the surface of the globe, a series of awful but

* Dr. Paris.

Q

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 305

necessary operations, by which the harmony, beauty, and integrity of the
universe are maintained and perpetuated ; and which must be regarded,
not as symptoms of frailty or decay, but as wise provisions of the Supreme
Cause, to ensure that circle of changes so essential to animal and vegetable

existence.

Mysterious round! what skill, what force divine
Deep felt in these appear!

Were every falt’ring tongue of man,

Almighty Father! silent in thy praise,

Thy works themselves would raise a general voice,
Even in the depths of solitary wilds,

By human foot untrod, proclaim thy power.

] j - ’ ;
Be GE ie aa in
% i ra i os 4s a i
a rs AOERA Vi
rans hens :
He any "a : Safety pyre, bre $e i
= Be) ae 14
ee a ' ‘ .
te eR , Alaa Bigs baecchicpsiad
*
..: 7 A i ¢
ee
‘oe A 7 ; uk fa
Pgiarils dei delve Ubdie aaphtes ‘svat wig ae
sak tend Ltswesatet a geal) bi e sale te
' " f el ; de rer a ’
& * f ; C Z / : iW ¥ a " : =
2 : , | is | = eae ‘ipa’ Ma sungod yr ;
: Na ; oa | ¥i it) ay fualis { ' Ra

sa Varma ani. dees get lucent) coe
. f : z bs : v etHine qe vstiton te hilt 1 ibedh £ q
¥q re es, ; ity: mbit Jie file 24h ‘

307

A Catalogue of the Organic Remaims described in this Volume, to which Generic

and SpecificeNames have been appropriated by the Author.

ZooPuytes.

Aleyonium pyriformis.

Choanites, (a new genus, the name suggested

by Mr. Konig).
Jflexuosus.
Konigii.
subrotundus.

Madrepora centralis.

Marsupites, (a new genus).

Milleri.

Millepora Gilbertz.

Spongus, (a new genus, formed by Mr. Konig)-
labyrinthicus.
Townsendi.

Spongia ramosa.

Turbinolia Konigiz.

Ventriculites, (a new genus).

- alcyonoides.

———— Benettie.

— gquadrangularis.
— radiatus.

Ecutnites.
Cidaris Konigiz.
Conulus subrotundus.
Spatangus planus.
rostratus.

TESTACES.
Univalves.
Ammonites dzplicatus.

— catinus.

— cinctus.
complanatus.
curvatus.
falcatus.
Lewesiensis.

—_—

Ammonites navicularis.
peramplus.
Sussexiensis.
— tuberculatus.
Woollgari.
Ampullaria canaliculata.
Belemnites Listerz.
Cirrus granulatus.
perspectivus.
Hamites alternatus.
baculoides.
ellipticus.
Rostellaria carinata.
Parkinson.
Scaphites, costatus.
striatus.
Solarium canaliculatum.
Trochus linearis.
Turrilites undulatus.
Vermicularia Bognoriensis.
Sowerbzz.
Bivalves.
Cardium asperulum.
— decussatum.
Dianchora obliqua.
Fistulana pyriformis.
Inoceramus Brongniarti.
Cripsit.
latus.
striatus.
tenuis.
undulatus.
Websteri.
Nucula ovata.
Pecten nitida.
laminosa.
—— triplicata.

RRQ

308

Plagiostoma aspera.

Hoperi.
Terebratula Martini.
squamosa.

striatula.
subplicata.
sulcata.

Venus Ringmeriensis.

Brightoniensis.

CRusTACEA.

Astacus Leachiz.

FisHes.

Amia? Leweszensis.
Esox Lewesiensis.
Murezna Lewesiensis.
Salmo Leweszensis.

309

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

TABLET I.

Geological map of the south-eastern part of Sussex.

TABLET IL.

Fig. 1. View from a mill, west of Lewes, exhibiting a profile of the chalk hills to the south
of the town, and the situation of the “ R/ies” in the levels, see page 20.

Fig. 2. View from the eastern brow of Mount Harry, west of Lewes; shewing the general
form of the chalk hills in the south-eastern part of Sussex.

Fig. 3. Profile of Cliff Hills, near Lewes ; with a section.

TABLET III.

Fig. 1. Plan of the stratification of the county of Sussex.

The Tilgate beds are not introduced, as their position was unknown when this plate was
engraved. ‘The “dimestone in clay” resting on the ferruginous sand, refers to the Framfield
limestone; but its situation is incorrect, for subsequent observations have shewn that it
alternates with the iron-sand *.

Fig. 2. Section from Lewes to the Black Boys. The situation of the limestone near
Eason’s green, is hypothetical ; see the remark on fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Section of the iron sand, and limestone beds, in the parish of Framfield; the strata
have not been perforated to a sufficient depth to shew their relative position, p. 32.

TABLET IV.
Fig. 1. Vertical section of Brighton cliffs, p. 277.
Fig. 2. Cliffs east of Brighton, p. 279.
Fig. 3, Fissures in the chalk at Falmer, filled with clay, and the detritus of the breccia of
the Plastic clay, p. 151.

* Limestone, similar to that of Framfield, and Ashburnham, and enclosing the same kind of testacer, may
be observed alternating with Iron sand, in a quarry near Winchelsea. ~

310 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

TABLET V.

Fig. 1. Strata between Brighton and Rottingdean, p. 281.
Fig. 2. Strata to the west of Rottingdean, p. 282.
Fig. 3. The landing-place at Rottingdean, p. 282.

TABLET VI.

(The frontispiece).
Natural section of the Plastic clay beds at Castle Hill, west of Newhaven, p. 257.
No. 1. Diluvium, consisting of sand and pebbles.
2. Bed of oyster shells.
3. Blue clay containing broken bivalves, chiefly of the genera Cytherea and Cyrene.
4, Blue clay, enclosing immense quantities of univalves of the genus Cerithium ; and
sharks’ teeth.
. Reddish brown marl, containing remains of shells and vegetables; see the spe-
cimens delineated in 'Tab. viii.

Or

6. A seam of surturbrand ox lignite.

7. Blue clay, including crystals of sulphate of lime, &c.

8. Sand.

9. Breccia of green sand and pebbles.

0. Ochraceous clay, containing hydrate and subsulphate of Alumine.
1. The summit of the chalk cliffs.

TABLET VII.

View of the chalk pit at Southerham, near Lewes, shewing the dip of the Lower chalk,
p. 140. For this sketch I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Warren Lee.

TABLET VIII.

Specimens of ved marl from the Plastic clay beds at Castle Hill, containing the remains
and impressions of the foliage of unknown vegetables, allied to the Platanus orientalis ; and
casts of shells of the genera Cerithium, Cyclas, and Unio, p. 262.

TABLET IX.

Supposed vegetable bodies from the Chalk and Chalk Marl.

Fig. 1. The remains of a winged seed? in chalk, p. 158.

Figs. 2. 12. Linear markings, resembling the foliage of a species of Pinus, p. 157.

Figs. 3. 6. 9. 10. Unknown fossil bodies from the chalk, generally supposed to be the
remains of aments or cones, p. 158.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 311

Figs. 4. 5. 7. 8. 11. Supposed aments or cones of a species of Larch, from Hamsey;
p- 103.

TABLET X.

Flints of various shapes, deriving their forms from Ventriculites radiatus, p. 170.

TABLET XI.

Two specimens of Ventriculites radiatus, in which the lower part of the funnel-like cavity
is filled with flint; the upper portion being expanded on the chalk, p. 171.

TABLET XII.

Fig. 1. Annular flint formed in a Ventriculite, p. 172.
Fig. 2. A Ventriculite in chalk, exhibiting the external surface, and the ramifications of

the radical processes, p. 172.

TABLET XIII.

Fig. 1. A flint deriving its form from Ventriculites radiatus, p. 173.

Figs. 2. 3. 5. Chalk specimens of the stirps, or inferior part of Ventriculites radiatus,
p- 173.

Fig. 4. A Ventriculite with the inferior portion enclosed in flint, and the upper part
exposed on the chalk, p. 173.

Fig. 6. Magnified representation of part of the external integument of fig. 2.

TABLET XIV.

Specimens of Ventriculites radiatus expanded on the chalk, p. 173.
Fig. 1. The internal surface studded with numerous perforated papillz.
Fig. 2. The external surface.

TABLET XV.

Fig. 1. Choanites flexuosus, p. 179.
Fig. 2. ———— subrotundus, p. 179.
ig. 3. Ventriculites Benettia, p. 177.
Fig. 4. Section of a fossil zoophyte related to the Alcyonia, p. 162.
Fig. 5. Turbinated alcyonite, p. 161.
Fig. 6. Ventriculites quadrangularis, p. 177.
Fig. 7. Spongus labyrinthicus, p. 165.
Fig. 8. Siliceous cast of a branched coral, from the centre of a flint, p. 163.

312 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 9. Siliceous specimen of Spongus Townsendi, p. 164.

Fig. 10. Fossil coral, supposed to belong to the genus Millepora; from the chalk marl,
p- 106.

Fig. 11. Spongia vamosa, p. 162.

TABLET XVI

Fig. 1. A Belemnite from the chalk at Brighton, p. 201.

Figs. 2. 4. Madrepora centralis, p. 159.

Figs. 3. 12. Entrochites ; or portions of the column of Apiocrinites ellipticus, p. 182.

Fig. 5. Hamites armatus, p. 121.

Fig. 6. Marsupites Mzilerz, shewing the pectoral plates in situ, p. 183.

Fig. 7. The semilunar depression on the upper margin of the scapula in M. Miller7.

Fig. 8. The outer surface of the clavicle of M. Millerz.

Fig. 9. Clavicle and humerus of M. Millerz.

Fig. 10. Octaédral sulphuret of iron, from the Upper chalk, near Lewes, p. 155.

Fig. 11. A group of crystals of sulphuret of iron, from the Lower chalk, near Lewes,
p. 140° _

Figs. 15, 14. Detached plates of Marsupites Millerz, p. 185.

Fig. 15. Marsupites M7lleri, p. 184.

Fig. 16. Singular form of sulphuret of iron, from the chalk at Steyning, p. 153.

Fig. 17, 18. Siliceous specimens of a Zoophyte of a pyriform shape, the nature of which
is unknown, p. 162.

Fig. 19. Choanites Konigiz, p. 179.

Fig. 20. Vertical section of the same.

Fig. 21. Transverse section of the same.

Figs. 22, 23, 24. Different views of a species of Lunulites? p. 180.

TABLET XVII.

Fig. 1. A species of Cidaris, allied to C. saxatilis; from the grey chalk marl, p- 107.

Fig. 2. Siliceous cast of Cidaris corol/aris, p. 199.

Fig. 3. Cerithium melanoides, from the Plastic clay, p. 263.

Fig. 4. ———— funatum, p. 263.

Figs. 5,6. Detached specimens of the univalves contained in the Sussex marble; and
described by, Mr. Sowerby under the name of Vivipara fluviorum, p. 67.

Fig. 7. A polished slab of Sussex marble, p. 64.

Fig. 8. Conulus albogalerus, p. 190.

Fig. 9. Spatangus planus, p. 192.

Fig. 10. rostratus, p. 192. _

Figs. 11. 14. Echinital spines, belonging to Cidaris claviger, p. 194.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 313

Fig. 12. Spines referable to Cidaris sceptrifera, p. 194.

Fig. 13. Spine of Cidaris papillata, p. 194.

Fig. 15. Conulus subrotundus, p. 191.

albogalerus; the acute variety, p. 190.

Fig. 17. Front view of Spatangus rostratus.

Fig. 18. The base of Conulus subrotundus.

Fig. 19. —————— albogalerus, var. acuta.

Fig. 20. The base of fig. 8.

Fig. 21. The base of Spatangus planus.

Figs. 22, 28. Different views of a species of Spatangus from Brighton; allied to S.

prunella, p. 193.

TABLET XVII.

Figs. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10. Views of various specimens of Rostellaria Parkinson, from the
chalk marl, p. 108.

Fig. 3. Cast of Auricula s¢mulata, p. 111.

Fig. 7. Trochus agglutinans ? p. 109.

Fig. 8. Voluta ambigua, attached to a fragment of an Ammonite, p. 108.

Fig. 9. Trochus, related to T. agglutinans, p. 109.

Fig. 11. Cast of a species of Ampullaria, p. 111.

Fig. 12. Cirrus perspectivus, p. 194.

Fig. 13. Portion of an unknown species of Buccinum, p. 108.

Figs. 14,15. Vermicularia Sowerbiz, p. 111.

Fig. 16. A distorted specimen of Trochus linearis, p. 110.

Fig. 17. Trochus linearis, p. 110.

Figs. 18, 22. Different views of Cirrus depressus, p. 195.

Figs. 19, 20. A species of Helix, from the Plastic clay at Castle Hill, p. 263.

Fig. 21. View of the base and umbilicus of Cirrus perspectivus.

Fig. 23. A species of Teredo, p. 207.

Fig, 24. Vermicularia wmbonata, p. 111.

TABLET XIX.

The whole of the fossils represented in this plate, with the exception of figs. 1, 2, 3, and
34, are from the Blue chalk marl, near Lewes.

Fig. 1. Cast of a species of Pecten or Plagiostoma, p. 129.

Figs. 2, 3. Auricula incrassata, from the Grey chalk marl, p. 110.

Fig. 4. Dentalium striatum, p. 87.

Fig. 5. Cast of Nucula pectinata, p. 94.

Figs. 6, 9. Perfect specimens of Nucula pectinata.

314 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Figs. ‘7, 8. Casts of unknown bivalves, p. 96.

Figs. 10, 11, 12, 14. Various specimens of Rostellaria carinata, p. 86.
Fig. 13. Ampullaria canaliculata, p. 87.

Fig. 15. The beaked part of the lower valve of Inoceramus concentricus, p. 99.
Fig. 16, Inoceramus sulcatus, p. 95.

Figs. 17, 18. Belemnites Listeri, p. 88.

Fig. 19. Inoceramus concentricus, p. 95.

Fig. 20. A specimen of Inoceramus, shewing the crenulated hinge, p. 96.
Fig. 21. Dentalium ellzpticum, p. 87.
Fig. 22. The upper surface of Turbinolia Konzg7z, p. 85.

Fig. 23. Variety of Belemnites Listeri, p. 88.

Fig. 24. View of the base of Turbinolia Konzgiz, p. 85.

Fig. 25. Cast of the interior of Dentalium ellipticum, p. 87.

Figs. 26, 27. Nucula ovata, p. 94.

Fig. 28. An unknown species of Dentalium, p. 87.

Figs. 29, 30. Hamites attenuatus, p. 93.

Figs. 31, 32. Probably a species of Natica, p. 87.

Fig. 33. Cast of a species of Arca? or Nucula?

Fig. 34. Auricula incrassata, p. 110.

TABLET XX.

Fig. 1. Nautilus elegans, from the Grey chalk marl at Middleham, p. 112.
Fig. 2. Ammonites Sussexiensis, from Hamsey, p. 114.

=

TABLET XXI.

Nautili, and Ammonites, from the chalk, and chalk marl, near Lewes.
Figs. 1, 4, 8. Casts of Nautilus elegans, in a young state, p. 113.
Figs. 2, 5, 7. Varieties of Ammonites varians, p. 115.
Fig. 3. Ammonites planus, from the Blue marl, p. 90.
Fig. 6. Ammonites falcatus, p. 1177.
Fig. 9. Costated variety of Ammonites Mantelli, p. 113.
Fig. 10. Ammonites Sussexiensis, p. 114.
Fig. 11. - lautus, from the Blue marl, p. 91.
Fig. 12. A portion of Ammonites falcatus, shewing the ambit, p. 118.
Fig. 13. Fragment of Ammonites splendens, p. 89.
Figs. 14, 15. Nautilus znequalzs, p. 88.
Fig. 16. Ammonites Woollgari, p. 197.
Fig. 17. A cast of A. splendens, p. 89.
Fig. 18. Ammonites curvatus, p. 118.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 315

TABLET XXII.

Ammonites, and Scaphites, from the chalk and chalk marl, near Lewes.

Fig. 1. Ammonites Mantelli, p. 113.

Fig. 2. ————— Lewesiensis, p. 199.

Figs. 3, 4, 9, 11, 13. Various specimens of re SUES, p- 119.

Fig. 5. Ammonites cdtinus, p. 198. a °“

Fig. 6. ————— biplicatus, from the Blue sii p- 91.

Fig. 7. ————— Woollgari, ina young state, p. 197.

Figs. 8, 12. Scaphites costatus, p. 120.

Fig. 10. Ammonites catinus, p. 198.

Figs. 14, 15. Different views of a pyritous cast of the inner volutions of Scaphites strzatus,
p. 119.

Fig. 16. Section of a cast of Scaphites striatus.

TABLET XXIII.

Hamites, and Turrilites, from the chalk marl in the vicinity of Lewes.
Figs. 1, 2. Hamites plicatilis, p. 121.
Fig. 3. View of the foliaceous structure of the septa in Hamites armatus, p. 121.
Fig. 4. Hamites armatus, from the grey marl at Hamsey.
Fig. 5. Fragment of a large Hamite, p. 12].
Figs. 6,7. Hamites baculoides, p. 123.
Figs. 8, 13. Portions of Hamites attenuatus, p. 122.
Fig. 9. Hamites ellipticus, p. 122.
Figs. 10, 11. Hamites alternatus, p. 122.
Fig. 12. Hamites intermedius; from the Blue marl, p. 93.
Figs. 14, 16. Turrilites undulatus, p. 124.
Fig. 15. ————— costatus, p. 123.

TABLET XXIV.

Turrilites from the Grey chalk marl, near Lewes.
Figs. 1, 4, 5. Turrilites costatus, p. 123.
Fig. 2. View of the base of a wreath of Turrilites tuberculatus, p. 124.
Fig. 3. A variety of T. tuberculatus, p. 124.
Fig. 6. Perspective view of a specimen of T. zuberculatus.
Fig. 7. Turrilites twberculatus, from Middleham; exposing the situation of the siphun-
- culus, p. 124,
Fig. 8. A very fine specimen of Turrilites undulatus, from Hamsey, shewing the rounded
termination of the columella, p. 124.

ssQ

316 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

TABLET XXV.

Fig. 1. Dianchora odliqua, p. 206.

Fig. 2. Cytherea scutellaria ? from the Plastic clay, p. 263.

Fig. 3. Cardium decussatum, p. 126.

Fig. 4, Ostrea, p. 206.

Fig. 5. Venus? Ringmeriensis, p. 126.

Fig. 6. Pecten; the species unknown, p. 203.

Figs. 7, 8, 12. Different views of Terebratula striatula, from Hamsey, p. 131.
Fig. 9. Pecten triplicata, p. 128.

Fig. 10. quinquecostata, p. 128.

Fig. 11. Beaveri, p. 127.

Fig. 13. Lower jaw of Esox Lewesiensis, in a young state, p. 238.
Fig. 14. Pecten; the species unknown, p. 203.

Fig. 15. Plagiostoma Brightoniensis, p. 204.

TABLET XXVI.

Figs. 1, 4, 9. Pecten nitida, p. 202.

Figs. 2, 3, 15. Plagiostoma Hoperi, p. 204.

Figs. 5, 6, 11. Terebratula subplicata, p. 211.

Fig. 7. Pecten, from Hamsey mar! pit, p. 129.

Figs. 8. 22. Pecten /aminosa, p. 128.

Fig. 10. Plagiostoma spznosa, p. 203.

Fig. 12. Dianchora obliqua, p. 206.

Figs. 13, 16, 17. Plicatula spznosa, p. 129.

Fig. 14. Lower valve of Pecten guinquecostata, p. 201.

Fig. 18. Plagiostoma? aspera, p. 129.

Fig. 19. Inner surface of the flat valve of pecten quinquecostata, p. 201.
Fig. 20. Pecten quinquecostata, p. 201.

Fig. 21. Inner surface of the flat, or adherent valve, of Dianchora Jata, p. 220.

TABLET XXVII.

Fig. 1. Inoceramus Lamarckii, p. 214.

Fig. 2. ———_——. Websteri, p. 216.

Fig. 3. Variety of I. mytilloides, p. 215.

Fig. 4. Fragment of the hinge of I. Cuvierz, p. 213.

4
Fig. 5. Inoceramus striatus, p. 217.
6 undulatus, p. 217.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 317

Fig. 7. Siliceous casts of cells formed in the shell of an Inoceramus by some parasitical
animal, p. 218.
ig. 8. Inoceramus Brongniarti, p. 214.
. 9. —————,, the species not determined, p. 217.
. 10. ——_————_ latus, p. 216.
. 11. ———_——_ Cripsii, p. 133.

cole feolnerleee|
gq’ dq” 0

0g”

TABLET XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Inoceramus Cuvier, p. 213.

Fig. 2. ——————_ mzyftilloides, p. 215.

Fig. 3. ——————, probably a variety of I. Brongniarti, p. 214.
Fig. 4. Upper and under valve of I. Cuvieri, p. 213.

TABLET XXIX.

Remains of various species of Crustacea.
Figs. 1, 4. Chelate hand-claw of Astacus Leachii, p. 221.
Fig, 2. Cast of the thorax of a species of Cancer, p. 223.
Fig. 3. Chelate hand-claw of a species of Cancer, p. 223.
Fig. 5. A block of chalk, containing part of a claw, leg, and several detached spines, of
Astacus Leachii ; in the upper part of this specimen the remains of a fish are imbedded, p. 222.
Fig. 6. The tongue of Amia Lewesiensis, p. 241.
The following are from the Blue chalk marl, near Lewes.
Figs. 7, 8, 14. A species of Cancer allied to the genus arcania, p. 96.
Figs. 9, 10. A species belonging to the family Corystzde, p. 97.
Figs. 11, 12. A species of Etyus, p. 97.
Figs. 13, 15, 16. Species of Corystes, p. 97.

TABLET XXX.

Fig. 1. The tail and part of the abdomen of Astacus Leachiz, p. 222.
Fig. 2. The two chelate hand-claws of A. Leachiz, p. 221.
Fig. 3. The chelate hand-claw of an unknown species of Astacus, p. 223.

TABLET XXXL.

Fig. 1. On the left of this specimen is a portion of the thorax of Astacus Leachii, and on
the right, a claw deprived of one of its pincers, p. 222.

Fig. 2. Cast of the thorax of A. Leachii, p. 223.

Fig. 3. The thorax of the same, flattened by compression.

Fig. 4. The most perfect specimen of Astacus Leachii hitherto discovered.

318 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

a. The head.

6. The thorax.

c. One of the long setaceous antenne.

d. The squamous peduncle of the same.

e. One of the anterior legs, with its didactylous termination.
Ff. The hand-claws, and pincers.

TABLET XXXII.

Teeth of various kinds of fishes from the chalk formation, near Lewes.
Fig. 1. Tooth of Squalus cornubicus, p. 226.
Figs. 2, 3, 5, 6,9, 11. Teeth of Squalus mustelus, p. 226.
Figs. 4, 7, 8, 10, 26, 28. ———___——. zygena, p. 227.
Figs. 12, 14, 15, 16. ————————. galeus, p. 227.
Fig. 13. Tooth of an unknown species of Squalus, p. 227.
Figs. 17, 21, 27. Teeth of an unknown fish, allied to the genus Diodon, p. 231.
Figs. 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 29. Teeth of fishes allied to the genus Diodon, p. 231.
Fig. 22. Tooth of a species of Squalus, p. 227.

TABLET XXXIII.

Fig. 1. Tooth of an animal of the Lizard tribe, p. 246.

Figs. 2, 3, 4. Teeth of Esox Leweszensis, p. 238.

Figs. 5, 6. Spines of a species of Balistes, p. 229.

Fig. 7. Tooth of an unknown fish, p. 228.

Fig. 8. Tooth resembling the incisors of Anarhicas lupus.

Fig. 9. Tooth of a species of Squalus, p. 227.

Fig. 10. Vertebra of a species of Squalus, p. 225.

Fig. 11. Part of the valve of a species of Balanus, p. 220.

Fig. 12. The head of Salmo Leweszensis, p. 236.

Fig. 13. A posterior dorsal vertebra of the Fossil Monitor of Maestricht, p. 242.

TABLET XXXIV.
Figs. 1. 3. Scales of an unknown fish, p. 237.

Fig. 2. A scale with its process of attachment, p. 237.
Fig. 4. Leg of an unknown crustaceous animal, p. 224.

ae 5. Lozenge-shaped scales, p. 237.

Fig. 6. A detached scale of Salmo Lewesiensis, p. 237. .
Fig. 7. Part of the head of Amia? Lewesiensis, with the tongue remaining in situ, p. 241.
Fig. 8. A portion of the dorsal fin of a fish, allied to the Balistes, p. 931.

Fig. 9. Fragment of a claw of Astacus Leachiz, flattened by compression, p. 223.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 319

Fig. 10. Imperfect specimen of a fish from Hamsey, p. 133.
Fig. 11. Part of the body of Murzena Lewesiensis, exhibiting traces of a fin, p. 232.

TABLET XXXV.

Specimens of Zeus Leweszensis, in chalk.
Fig. 1. Part of the body, exhibiting several vertebre and ribs.
Fig. 2. This specimen is the counterpart of the fossil represented in Tab. XXXVI. it
shews the anal fin, the termination of the lower jaw, &c. p- 284.

TABLET XXXVI.

The most perfect example of Zeus Leweszensis hitherto discovered ; it exhibits part of the
opercula branchialia, the dorsal, and anal fin, and the tail, p- 234.

TABLET XXXVIL.

A fine specimen of the body of Amia? Lewesiensis.
a. The anterior dorsal fin.
b. The posterior dorsal fin.
c. One of the ventral fins, vide p. 240.

TABLET XXXVIII.

A specimen of Amia Lewesiensis, exhibiting its internal structure, p. 240.
a. The inferior margin of the orbit.
b. The maxilla, with two teeth in the upper jaw.
c. The impression of one of the opercula branchialia.
d. One of the ventral fins.
e.e.e. The air bladder,

TABLET XXXIX.
A dorsal fin, or radius, of a fish allied to the genus Balistes, from the Upper chalk, near
Lewes, p. 229.

TABLET XL.

Fig. 1. The body of Salmo Lewesiensis, p. 235.
Fig. 2. The usual appearance of the specimens of Mureena Lewesiensis, p. 232.
Fig. 3. Dorsal fin of a fish allied to the Balistes, p. 230. .

airs TABLET XLL

Fig. 1. The lower jaw, containing twelve teeth, of Esox Leweséensis, p. 237.

320 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 2. Front view of the anterior teeth of the above.
Fig. 3. Two posterior caudal vertebra of the Fossil Monitor of Maestricht, p. 242.

TABLET XLII.

The lower jaw, (containing twelve teeth), incisor teeth, one of the vertebra, and a bone of
some unknown marine animal, p. 241.

*> It was the intention of the Author to have subjoined a systematical catalogue of the fossils
described in this volume, with copious references to other works, and a list of synonymes ;
but he has been compelled to abandon the design, having already exceeded the limits assigned
him by his publisher.

59S IS YMouLjOG-g
$6 Obef HUEDLBOYNT PUL,

aounysyp porLo7nLoy Jo a7oo$-

ip (E 1 apwyaug

Ua

9 $
_ pen uty YG OSS 5S ROAD PPL, 2120 TT) Pung waly
QMO UG Ee DOU 4¥TOUD UOQUULOT- 4 OY VT) AOD-ONSOLT eal UNIAN "FAS" “YSLoIY TO

3PO PUM TL

; "Y ustia ee oa 7 PAV OY as ; ae i Dap ay) JO [aay |
SaTRE PY] : ’ 124 4 VILA X
f C UsLwog pulyy . UWOYOUIP PAT z DH 2/)SD)

PapSueyy apuny

tee

ee iil

= ny?

ON STA (PONY WOIQLa, *4|
is TA Es NS fo 20nd PL a

ee ee ee

,
| att
| a
| iD
F

| Lab. LT.
Sketch fivin eae Smarts Mell,

. Kangston Hille
Pirle Range

Levels

beavers Fatty

Fig 3 |

Mount Cabiry ~

halk U Lower Chath
Chath Siar?

a sha de Stew Pir Datteriow AE

Mary Ann Martell Scuig®

Sonth

i oe a=

4

a aa Ve

ie ma se —~<

PLZ
Mog 1 AHbILD =

Pui

un. aygised aL

UIQ ane

PTs fA Sy, ge” > é ao Ge hj Q We oe Rae ugar

= rete

Se

LAO LV &

Vertical Section of the Cliff at Brighton.

— a
y —
E “e | Calcareous Bed t
j s

~
. wae R | = or 5
Ps 3
Sa cS

= mS ee
Chalk SSS
Pe, ee > Ee ss 221 Se = i = ~ \ ‘ 4
* rae SS = Shingle Bed or Ancient Beach
5 > 3 SS DS = >.
es Baa I 2 oe 2 = Sand t
—— =) Z ha th ep oe

Se ~

Tee <<

+ BN se SS ; = = Level of the Sea
. aS : eX re ae

on
*
s

Gideon Mantel Sculp*

\

Laov.V.

Drawn by Wie Godlee. Engraved by M™ Mantel:

Wipe Landing Place at Rottingdean.

PETLUOWN iJ AQ PONCLOUT

22T ULI WV NO PYAOYS:
i a ;
Ne oe

Tab. VIL.

Mary Ann Marcell Sculp*

Tab. We

~

sf % rns c :

Tae. X.

ois
bit Rar tal

Mary Ann Mantel Scudp 2618.

i.

y
aM
Sid

t
ee z

J
Aa)

set F

c

Mary Arnie Wanted S

wit
a
fai!

oe

Sy apo

AO. SUE

Mary Arn Mantel. Sculp*

a

mae

tution ke

ti

a
; bats thd
F
.
ay eaka a i ‘
Wy 3
i” Ns 7 !

pee as

ae

Dae nx
eI or

Sime ! Mary Ani Martell Sculp™

LAa0XV |

3 41>
i N

ABs » yw ,
if ny

nn

£75

gente
‘G4.

+s

oy Oe
Tae way
ey ott wa

UA. Mantell Sculye

Lao XVI.

TY,

( i

.

eae Ene

If

= i Fe
VT GP”

a ( Vie \ °
dies a “SL

*

MA Mardell Scuip?

TGQ. XS.

ZI]
c a
EZ
ees

=

SE
—— \

BS 7

MA Mantell Sculo®

Tab XVI

Mary dna Mantedl Scuip®

Wi, SOE

ion

UA Mantell Sciup*

Web, OE.

Mary Arow Mantel Scuie

BE HE
iy

so

M

LAO. XX.

i At) NBS J} :
INS SSVI y
7

Ly 2

:

\
\

| ==

sti 3
Mary Ann Manitell Scuip*

aaa,
ae

aes

Tah. XSI.

VW

TB Wa iM

i

My

fi

re Pay

° LMM Mis dior Peseinasiias

E KRKE TE

Mary Ana Mantel Sculyr

Lab. XX1V

Mary Ane Mantel Scuip™

mete cuit lot cane ete

Tab. XXV.

\\

\
My
\y

a

iy

Mary Ann Mantels Scape?

Tab. XX VI.

i=
II NSS

Z 4 |

|
Ah

\ Sat
(\ al
NN

MA Mantel Sculpt

Tab, XXVIL.

iL Wary Ann Mardell Scape

Cat
aa

VIL.

ZO, IX.

Le

Mary Ane Mantel! Sculpt

Liab, XKAX.

Wary Ann Uantell Scuip!

TD, FOO.

& —— - ~~ — $e

ee

ee

Muy Ann Mantell Scittp.”

: ~ *
i
Aa s o
ih
: ‘ ly
=o. na
- - y
7 tie |
’
he uveoten >”
ro P
is '
H ‘ i :
gn Abd
. k .
5 y ‘ x y i
; aris vey O f
; a z ‘ eon Ne .
é ; Sy) sieeabahe lf ‘ Hii ig
ss ~ es

LO. XXXT.

a — pw SE a | ——- —— ile a

Darr Renner renee

HAH EAAO OSHA LG roygy

SORE
at i)

Mary Anj Afantell Scitip.

te

Tab. XXX

Z Al

4] ' (3
f f \h 1 Avihie
/ a ‘ny
f ay | hl
<r a) i ; a

MW
Pema =iia ! 13 “te ®

G

. :
Mary Ann Mantel Sculp* 18.16.

Lao, XXX.

\

Mary dnp Mantedl Sculp®

: Lab XXXIV.

Mary A mnMantell Seulp®

1 Lab. XXXV

Nery Arn Mantel. Scuipe

LAXXX QUT,

{MINIS PAUL UUp ALO, =

WAXXX QUE ll ee

——

XXXVAT

Tab

[QOS ARUDY WU ALD]

XIXXX QYL

HAG SG,

Mary Ani Mantell Scuip !

Tab. XEL.

3 Mary dna Wanted: Suis

Tab {LL

Mery tte Marrote

. “ 1 8 tl eerie g
s
me “?
«
.
‘
.
*
nh :
t oa

We

iN DE xX.

Abdominales, fossil fishes of the order of,

Actiniz recent, observations on,
Adur river, - 4 2
Alluvial deposits, - =
Alligator, fossil scales of, -
Alcyonium pyriformis, -

Alcyonia, flints deriving their forms from,

Alumina, hydrate and subsulphate of,
Ampullaria canaliculata, -
unknown species of,
patula, = z
Amia Lewesiensis, = =
Ammonites auritus, - ‘
biplicatus, - =
of the blue marl, -
chalk, =
catinus, = &
cinctus, - ‘
complanatus, -

——

curvatus, - =
falcatus, = =
of the grey marl, -
lautus, = ei
Lewesiensis, -
Mantelhi,
navicularis, -
peramplus, - =
planus, - =

rusticus, - 2
splendens, :,

Page
235
175
15
23
46
105
162
258
87

HINES

268
239
90
91
89
197
198
116
118
118
117
113
91
199
113
198
200
90
199
89

Ammonites Sussexiensis, — - s
tuberculatus, = 3
varians, - S 2
Woollgari, : =
Anarhicas lupus, fossil teeth of, —-
Animals unknown, fossil remains of,
Ancilla aveniformis,
Apiocrinites ellipticus, - a
Apodes, fossil fishes of the order of,
Arun river, 2 - =
Archer’s Wood, strata of, - :
Ashburnham Park, strata of, =
Astacus Leachiit, - = g
Astacide, fossil remains of, =
Asteria, or star fish, remains of, —-
Avicula, - = = =
Auricula incrassata, S =

Balanus, fossil valve of, = =
Balistes, description of, 3 =
fossil spine of, - i.
dorsal fin, or radius of, =
Barcombe, gravel pits at, - -
Barracouta, fossil teeth of the, -
Basin, Isle of Wight, - :
Beddingham, chalk pit at, -
Beechwood Green, sand of, a
Belemnites Listerz, - 2 a
in chalk, - =
Bexhill, coal of, - - =

Page
114
92
115
197
46
54
268
182
232
15
31
29
221
98
188
126
110

220
228
229
230
276

251
149

201

322

Bituminous sandstone of Chilley,

Blue chalk mazrl, -
————_———— sections of,

organic remains of,

Bognor rocks, and sandstone,
fossils of,
Bones fossil, =
Bracklesham, fossils of,
Breccia, ferruginous,
Brighton chalk pits, -
cliffs, =
Broyle, strata of the,
Buccinum, in the grey marl,
Buckland, Professor, tabular
of, = =

Calcareous bed of Brighton,
tufa, =
Cancer in chalk, =

arrangement

Castle Hill, near Newhaven, section of,

Cardium asperulum, -
decussatum,
semigranulatum,
Chalcedony, - -
Chalk, = -

formation, =

lower, -
marl,

upper, -
Chama plicata, -
lamellosa, -
Chilley, bituminous sandstone
Chiltington, strata of,
Chimting Castle, -
Choanites, definition of,

flexuosus, -
—— Konigii, -

subrotundus,
Chlorite sand, -
Cerithium funatum, -

139. 1835. 190

80, 99

143
270
270

76

84
265
178
179
179
179

69
263

INDEX.
Page
76 Cerithium giganteum, - s
80 melanozdes, = B
82 Cidaris, fossil species of, - =
85 corollaris, - - =
271 Konigiz, = = é
271 papillata, - =
52 saxatilis, 5% :
268 Cirrus plicatus, EN ie =
. 265 perspectivus, - -
152 depressus, -
276 granulatus, = -
62 Clay, plastic, - - =
108 London, = : 2
slate, in marl, - -
248 weald, 2 - =
Clayton chalk pit, 2 3
277 Cliff hills, - - - -
290 Cliffs at Brighton, = -
223 Rottingdean, - -
257 Dieppe, - - -
270 near Seaford, - =
126 Coal of Newick Park, and Bexhill,
270 Coins in flints, = = -
153 in alluvial deposits, -
138 Concluding observations, - :
79 Cooksbridge, strata of, - E

Conus dormitor, - : Ss
Conulus albogalerus, - a
vulgaris, - - 2
subrotundus, = 2

Conybeare, Rev. W., observations of,
Corystidz, fossil species of, -
Crassatella damellosa, . -
Creation, Mosaic account of, considered,
Crocodile, fossil teeth of, - =
gangetic, fossil teeth of,
bones of, S -
Crustacea of the blue marl, -
chalk, = -

grey marl, =

Page
269
263
107
190
189
189
189
86
194
195
195
256
267
102
61
151
19
148
281
266
265
34
147
287
295
83
268
190
191
191
218
97
270
1
48

Crystallized carbonate of lime,
———— quartz,
Cuckmere river, <
Cucullea, fossil species of,
Cytherea scutellarza, =
Cyréné, species of,

Danny, sandstone of,

Dentalium, fossil species of,
striatum, -
ellipticum,

— entalis, -

planum, -

Dianchora Jata, 5

—obliqua, -
Dicksonia, fossil species of,
Dieppe, strata west of,
Diodon, fossil teeth of,
Diluvium, = =

organic remains of,
Ditchling, strata at, -
Dolium, fossil species of,
Dorsal fin of Balistes,
Downs of Sussex, -
Druid sandstone, -

Eastbourne, strata at,
Echinites of the chalk,
grey marl,
Echinital spines, -
Echino-spatangus cordzformis,
— radiatus,
Echinocorys scutatus,
Elephant, fossil remains of,
Encrinites, = -
Esox Lewesiensis, -
Kssay, preliminary,

Etyus, fossil species of, -

Euphorbie, fossil species of,

INDEX.
Page
154 Falmer chalk-pit, - 2 uy
153 druid sandstone at, :
16 Felpham, submarine forest at, =

73
263
264

Fern, arborescent, fossil remains of,
Fishes fossil, in sandstone, -
in blue marl, =
in grey marl, - =
in chalk, < =
scales of, in chalk, - -
Fish, lower jaw of, in chalk, -
Fistulana pyriformis, = %
Fletching, strata at, = sf
Flint, formation of, = ‘

analysis of, - - -
Flints, cylindrical bodies in, -
Forest ridge, = = =
subterranean, 5 eZ
submarine, - - -
Formations above the chalk, =
secondary, of Sussex,
tertiary, - -
Fusus longevus, = - - -

Gangetic crocodile, fossil teeth of,
Gayial, supposed fossil teeth of, -
Geographical description of Sussex,
Geological structure of Sussex, -
Green sand formation, =

Grey chalk marl, = -

Hamites of the blue marl, =

.Hamites alternatus, - .

attenuatus, - -
armatus, - - =
baculoides, - =
ellipticus, - = 4
intermedius, - <

|

——— maximus, = - -
——— plicaitilis, - -

323

Page
151
254
288
42
45
98
138
224
236
237
16
Q7
144
143
166
17
288
289
247
22
248
269

50
50
14
Q1
24. 69
99

92
122
93
121
123
122
93
93
121

324 INDEX.
Page
Hamsey, grey marl of, - - 100 Little Horsted, strata of, -

Helix, fossil species of, - = 263
Horse, fossil remains of, = - 283
Hydrate of alumine, - - - 258
Ichthyolites in chalk, - - 224
Incrusting spring at Pounceford, = Pahl
Inoceramus Brongniarti, - - Q14

concentricus, - - 95
Boo. Cripsiiada «2 Ww © + afi 33

Cuvieri, = - = 213

Lamarckii, - - 214
a fF = - - 216
—___—_—— mytilloides, - - 215

parasitical bodies in the shells

of, - - - - 218
striatus, - - 217

sulcatus, - - 95

tenuis, - - - 132

undulatus, - - 217

Websterz, - - 216

Tron sand, - - - - 24
== stone, = - - - 28:
—— pyrites - = 140, 155
works at Ashburnham, = 28

Isle of Wight, basin of, - - 251
Juli of the larch, fossil remains of, 158. 103
Lacertz, fossil teeth and bones of, 48
Laughton Place, fossils of, - = 82
Leaves, impressions of, in limestone, 44,
marl, = 105

—_——— plastic clay, 262
Leucosiadz, fossil species of, - = 96
Lewes, situation of, - = - 18
Levels, - - 19. 101. 286
Limestone in blue clay, - - 30
Limestone of Tilgate Forest, - 37
Lingula tenuis, - = = Q71

Lizard, fossil species of, -
London clay, - =
—, organic remains of,
Lunulites, 2 - =

180

Lyell, Charles, Esq., fossils collected by, 59

Madrepora centralis, -
Madreporite, compound, -
Maestricht, fossil monitor of,
Malm Rock of Western Sussex,
Marsupites Millerz, -
Marl grey, - -
Marble, Sussex, - a
Marsh land, - -
Melania costellata, - =
Melsbroeck, fossil turtles of,
Miller Mr., researches of, -
Millepora Gilberti, —- =
Minerals,
Modiola imbricata, - -
Monitor gigantic, bones of, -
-, teeth of, -
, Jaw of, - :

Murex argutus, - -
Murena Lewesiensis, &
Mya, casts of, 5 a
intermedia, - -
Mytilus, fossil, é z

Natica, - z 5
similis, = -
Nautilus elegans, 5 :
imequalis, — - =
Newhaven, strata near, =
Newick Park, coal of, -
Newtimber, blue marl of, =
Norlington, blue mar! of, F

101.

of Maestricht, vertebrze of,
Mosaic account of the creation, essay on,

159
160
242

63
285
269

87
18]
106,

140. 153

73

242

1
269
232

INDEX.
Page
Nucula pectinata, = - 94 Pentacrinites, definition of, = S
ovata, - 94 Perna, - - =
Nummulites levigata, - - 269 Petworth marble, - -
Pevensey, subterranean forest at, =
Oak Tree clay, - - 61 Phillips Mr., on the Dover chalk,
Ocean, present effects of, - - 292 Piddinghoe, chalk pit at, = A
Offham, grey marl of, - - 100 Pinna margaritacea, =
Organic remains of the Alluvium - 287 Plagiostoma aspera, = -
— Blue Marl, 85 Brightoniensis, =
a a Dognor Rocks;, 271) ==" Hopern, -
——_—_—_ Diluviumm, 283 spinosa, = =
Green sand, 72 Plastic clay formation, - -
—————_————— Grey marl, 102 Pleurotoma, = -
——__——_——— Tron sand, 36 Plicatula spinosa, - =
———_ —_—__— London clay, 268 Preston chalk-pit, - =
—— Lower chalk, 141 Pyriform zoophytes in chalk, ~
———— Malm Rock, 98 Pyrula bulbiformis, - - -

Parham sand, 72
Se it Oat 262
———— Stonesfield slate, 59
——_————— Sussex marble, 63
———— Tilgate beds, 42

———— Upper chalk, 156

Ostrea, - = - 206
Ouse river, = = - 16
Oxide of iron, in marl, - LO
Palate of a species of Ray, - - 270
Palm, fossil species of, - - 43
Parasitical bodies in Inocerami, - 218
Parham Park, sand of, - 71
Patella, - = = 72
Peat, - - - 287
Pebbles of Rottingdean, - 282
Pecten Beavert, - = a ier

laminosa, - - 128

nitida, - - 202
- triplicata, - - 128

quinquecostata, - 74. 128. 201
Pectunculus pulvinatus, « - 273

Quadrupeds oviparous, fossil remains of,
land, remains of, -

» Supposed ribs of, -

Rand Cater, Esq., section of strata by,
Ringmer green, sand of, = =

, blue mart of, - -
Rivers of Sussex. - -
Rocks of Bognor, 2 2
at Uckfield, : -

, tabular arrangement of, 22.

Rostellaria carinata, d %

Rottingdean cliffs, x :
pebbles, = E

Saint Peter's Mountain, fossil from,

Salmo Lewesiensis, - = %
Sanguinolaria Hollowaysii, - -
Scales of a species of lizard, -
Scalaria acuta, : - =
Scaphites costatus, - - -

Parkinsoni, - 72.

326 INDEX.

Page

Scaphites striatus, - - seal
Serpula, - - = - 112
in chalk, = = = el96
Selenites, - = - a Anil
Sea, encroachments of, - - 292
—-, present effects of, - - 292
Shale in blue clay, - = ‘ 31
Sheep ponds, - = = 19
Shingle bed of Brighton, = - 277
Shoreham, bank of shells near, 292
Silt of Lewes levels, - - - 286
Smith, Thomas Hsq., bones collected by, 290
Solarium canaliculatum, = - 269
South Downs, = = _ 17
Southbourne, grey sand of, - 77
Southerham quarry, - = - 140
Spatangus cor anguinum, = - 192
- planus, - - - 192

—_— rostratus, - - =) 192
Spongia ramosa, = BS - 162
Spongus Townsendi, - : - 164
labyrinthicus, - - 165

Spring, chalybeate, - - - 260
, incrusting, - = = 4291
Squalus, teeth of, in sandstone, 3 46
cornubicus, teeth of, - 226
mustelus, - - 98. 134. 226
galeus, - = 134, 227

, teeth of an unknown species of, 227

5 vertebre of, = = 225
Steyning chalk pits, - = = | TER
Stonesfield limestone, fossils of, = 59
Stonepound, strata of, a = "5
Strata in the Broyle, & x 52
in Surrey, Kent, and Sussex, - 296
sections of, at Bexhill, = 35
Subsulphate of Alumine, 2 - 58
Subterranean forest, - < 288
Sulphuret ofiron, - = 101, 140
Surturbrand, 5 “ - 961

Sussex, geographical description of,
, geological structure of,

5 Strata of,

——., Weald of,
marble,
Tellina, -

» secondary formations of,

Tertiary formations, -

Terrible Down, strata of,

Teredo in chalk,
Terebratula intermedia,
—— Martini,
ovata,
— plicatilis,
————— semiglobosa,

— striatula,
— subundata,
— subrotunda,
— subplicata,
sulcata, -
squamosa,
Testacez in chalk,
Testudo imbricata,

Thoracici, fishes of the order of,

Tilgate forest, strata of,

Tortoises fossil,

» section of,
» organic remains of,

plates of, -

Trionyx, fossil remains of,

Trigonia aliformis,

— clavellata,
Trochus, =
— agelutinans,
Turbinated alcyonite,
Turbinolia Konigii,
Turrilites costatus,
tuberculatus,
undulatus,
Turritella conozdea,

Page
14
21
22
22
16

63, 65

73

248. 251

32
207
209
131
208
210
209
131
130
130
211
130
132
194

48
233

57

38

42

47

47

47

73

73
109
268
161

85
123
124
124,
269

INDEX.
Page
Turritella elongata, - - - 269 Voluta ambigua, : m
—— multisulcata, - = 269 bicorona, 3 & e
Vegetables in limestone, —- - 42 Ce z ' ‘i
aments or cones in marl, - 103
eee in chalk, Y = a 158 Uckfield rocks, 2 - 2
in the Plastic clay, - 262
Venericardia, = 3 - 126 Waldron, coal of, = a G
- acuticosta, - - 270 Weald clay, = = .
planicosta, = = 73 Weald of Sussex, - = s
squamosa, zs - 270 Webster, Mr., researches of, - =
Ventriculites alcyonoides, — - - 176 Wellingham, green sand of, 3 2
Benettia, = - 177 Whin-stone, - = = e
quadrangularis, - 177 Willingdon, fossil wood of, = =
—- radiatus, = - 168 Wood in chalk, a fe ath
Venus, - - = - 73 in grey marl, - 5 a
Ringmeriensis, - - 126 ——-ingreen sand, - = S
Vermicularia Bognoriensis, - = ane in plastic clay, - = .
Sowerbiz, = = UML in sandstone, = = a
umbonata, - - 111 Woollgar, Thomas, Esq., notice of the
Vertebra, fossil of crocodiles, = 50 late, = = 3 2
, of the Maestricht
Monitor, - - - 242 Zoophytes of the chalk, : -

, of a species of Squalus, 225

—-———— branched, silicified, - -

Vivipara extensa, — - : - 45 of the grey marl, -
fluviorum, - 2 = 45 ramose, epidermis of, :
THE END.

DIRECTIONS TO THE BINDER.

Tab. VI. to be placed opposite the Title Page.
The other plates to follow immediately after the “ Description of the Plates,” and defore

the Index.
The Map is to be considered as Tab. I.

WORKS PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

In one Volume 8vo.

PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS IN MEDICINE AND SURGERY,

BY GIDEON: MANTELL, F.L.S.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, MEMBER OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, AUTHOR
OF THE “ GEOLOGY OF SUSSEX,” &c.

*‘ Anxious to contribute some assistance to the general work of improvement, it has been
my business, for several years, to observe and note the phenomena of disease at the bed-side
of the sick; and having collected many facts, and deduced many inferences from those facts, I
have determined to publish the results of my observations.”

Dr. Armstrong.

»

In one thin Volume royal Ato, illustrated with numerous engravings,

A SYSTEMATICAL CATALOGUE OF THE FOSSILS OF SUSSEX.

(INTENDED AS AN APPENDIX TO THE GEOLOGY OF SUSSEX,)

BY GIDEON MANTELL, F.L.S.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, MEMBER OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, AUTHOR OF THE “* GEOLOGY
oF sussex,” &c.

“Horum contemplatio multiplicem habet usum. Sunt instar nummorum memorialium,
que de precteritis globi nostri fatis testantur, ubi omnia silent monumenta historica.”
Bergman. Med. de Syst. Foss.

In one Volume 4to, with 30 lithographic drawings, (Price to Subscribers 11. 11s. 6d.)

THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES OF LEWES AND ITS VICINITY;
BY THE REV. T. W. HORSFIELD, AND J. W. WOOLLGAR, Esq. M.A.S.

THE NATURAL HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES
BY GIDEON MANTELL, F.L.S. M.G.S.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, &e.

Subscribers’ Names received by Lupton Relfe, 18, Cornhill, London; and
J. Baxter, Bookseller, Lewes.

LONDON:
PRINTED BY THOMAS DAVISON; WHITEFRIARS.

ii y
Pay

rhea Ur)
fei A) At

een |

Tt Py

4, a ae Aaa)
| i |
i Pu
(i 1 qv Mite Lh i i ;
i i Mt thi a DD, | in
i] sh i i | an
om be

i i Wl
i ea

A fy ) ;

| one >

i

fj Te, vat ea
piece

LG : ae " |

Date Due

SS

mr
oes wt wins
Ayes of